Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Xerox WC 7655-7665-7675 SM PDF
Xerox WC 7655-7665-7675 SM PDF
and used in accordance with the instructions documentation, may cause interference to radio
Service Documentation communications. It has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A comput-
ing device pursuant to subpart J of part 15 of FCC rules, which are designed to provide reason-
WorkCentre 7655/7665 Service Documentation able protection against such interference when operated in a commercial environment.
Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause interference in which case
705P01130 the user, at his own expense, will be required to correct the interference.
Launch
5/06
All service documentation is supplied to Xerox external customers for informational purposes
only. Xerox service documentation is intended for use by certified, product-trained service per-
sonnel only. Xerox does not warrant or represent that it will notify or provide to such customer
any future change to this documentation. Customer performed service of equipment, or mod-
ules, components, or parts of such equipment may affect whether Xerox is responsible to fix
machine defects under the warranty offered by Xerox with respect to such equipment. You
should consult the applicable warranty for its terms regarding customer or third-party provided
service.
If the customer services such equipment, modules, components or parts thereof, the customer
releases Xerox from any and all liability for the customer actions, and the customer agrees to
indemnify, defend and hold Xerox harmless from any third party claims which arise directly or
indirectly from such service.
While Xerox has tried to make the documentation accurate, Xerox will have no liability arising
out of any inaccuracies or omissions. Changes are periodically made to this document.
Changes, technical inaccuracies, and typographical errors will be corrected in subsequent edi-
tions.
USA
XEROX®, The Document Company®, the stylized X and the identifying product names and
numbers herein are trademarks of XEROX CORPORATION.
All non-Xerox brands and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their
respective companies
CAUTION
Section 4 Repairs/Adjustments
This section contains all the Adjustments and Repair procedures.
Repairs
Repairs include procedures for removal and replacement of parts which have the following
special conditions:
When there is a personnel or machine safety issue.
When removal or replacement cannot be determined from the exploded view of the
Parts List.
When there is a cleaning or a lubricating activity associated with the procedure.
When the part requires an adjustment after replacement.
When a special tool is required for removal or replacement.
Use the repair procedures for the correct order of removal and replacement, for warnings, cau-
tions, and notes.
Adjustments
Adjustments include procedures for adjusting the parts that must be within specification for the
correct operation of the system.
Use the adjustment procedures for the correct sequence of operation for specifications, warn-
ings, cautions and notes.
It should be noted that the BSDs no longer contain an Input Power Block referring to Chain 1. It
will be necessary to refer to the Wirenets in order to trace a wire back to its source.
Warnings, Cautions, and Notes will be found throughout the Service Documentation. The
An arrow points to the location to install, to gain access to, or to release an object.
words WARNING or CAUTION may be listed on an illustration when the specific component
associated with the potential hazard is pointed out; however, the message of the WARNING or
CAUTION is always located in the text. Their definitions are as follows:
WARNING
A Warning is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure, a practice, condi-
tion, or statement, if not strictly observed, could result in personal injury.
CAUTION Figure 2 Customer Access Label
A Caution is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure, a practice, condition, or
statement, if not strictly observed, could result in damage to the equipment. This symbol indicates that a surface can be hot. Use caution when reaching in the machine to
avoid touching the hot surfaces.
NOTE: A Note is used whenever it is necessary to highlight an operating or maintenance pro-
cedure, practice, condition, or statement.
WARNING
This machine contains an invisible laser. There is no visual indication that the laser Figure 3 Heated Surface Label
beam is present. During servicing, the machine is a Class 3B product because of the
invisible laser. the laser beam could cause eye damage if looked at directly. Service pro- Danger label indicates where electrical currents exist when the machine is closed and operat-
cedures must be followed exactly as written without change. The service representative ing. Use caution when reaching in the machine.
must observe the established local laser safety precautions when servicing the
machine. Do not place tools with a reflective surface in the area of the ROS opening. Do
not look in the area of the ROS window if the power is On and the laser is energized.
The following symbol and statement appear on a label in the machine. The symbol by
itself, or the symbol and the statement may also appear in the service documentation
and in the training program. When this symbol appears, the service representative is
warned that conditions exist that could result in exposure to the laser beam.
WARNING Figure 4 Shock Hazard Label
Do not try to bypass any laser interlocks for any reason. Permanent eye damage could
result if the laser is accidentally directed into your eye. These symbols indicate components that may be damaged by Electrostatic Discharge (ESD).
In this example, the red meter lead would be placed on TP7 and the black meter lead on TP68.
If a second test point is not given, it is assumed that the black meter lead may be attached to
the copier frame.
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with
the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
WARNING
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with
the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine. the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'éviter des blessures ou des chocs électriques, ne pas effectuer des DANGER: Afin d'éviter des blessures ou des chocs électriques, ne pas effectuer des
activités de maintenance ou de réglage avec l'équipement sur Marche ou avec le cordon activités de maintenance ou de réglage avec l'équipement sur Marche ou avec le cordon
d'alimentation branché. d'alimentation branché.
REP 5.15 DADF Feed Roll REP 5.21 DADF Reg Sensor
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with
the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine. the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'éviter des blessures ou des chocs électriques, ne pas effectuer des DANGER: Afin d'éviter des blessures ou des chocs électriques, ne pas effectuer des
activités de maintenance ou de réglage avec l'équipement sur Marche ou avec le cordon activités de maintenance ou de réglage avec l'équipement sur Marche ou avec le cordon
d'alimentation branché. d'alimentation branché.
REP 5.16 DADF Nudger Roll REP 5.22 DADF Retard Roll
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with
the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine. the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'éviter des blessures ou des chocs électriques, ne pas effectuer des DANGER: Afin d'éviter des blessures ou des chocs électriques, ne pas effectuer des
activités de maintenance ou de réglage avec l'équipement sur Marche ou avec le cordon activités de maintenance ou de réglage avec l'équipement sur Marche ou avec le cordon
d'alimentation branché. d'alimentation branché.
REP 5.17 DADF Platen Exit Sensor REP 5.23 DADF Platen Exit Roll
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with
the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine. the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'éviter des blessures ou des chocs électriques, ne pas effectuer des DANGER: Afin d'éviter des blessures ou des chocs électriques, ne pas effectuer des
activités de maintenance ou de réglage avec l'équipement sur Marche ou avec le cordon activités de maintenance ou de réglage avec l'équipement sur Marche ou avec le cordon
d'alimentation branché. d'alimentation branché.
REP 5.18 DADF Invert Sensor REP 5.24 Opening / Closing the IIT Frame
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with
the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine. the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'éviter des blessures ou des chocs électriques, ne pas effectuer des DANGER: Afin d'éviter des blessures ou des chocs électriques, ne pas effectuer des
activités de maintenance ou de réglage avec l'équipement sur Marche ou avec le cordon activités de maintenance ou de réglage avec l'équipement sur Marche ou avec le cordon
d'alimentation branché. d'alimentation branché.
REP 5.19 DADF Exit Sensor 1 REP 5.25 IIT Lens Cover
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with
the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine. the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'éviter des blessures ou des chocs électriques, ne pas effectuer des DANGER: Afin d'éviter des blessures ou des chocs électriques, ne pas effectuer des
activités de maintenance ou de réglage avec l'équipement sur Marche ou avec le cordon activités de maintenance ou de réglage avec l'équipement sur Marche ou avec le cordon
d'alimentation branché. d'alimentation branché.
REP 5.27 Platen Angle Sensor REP 5.33 Carriage Motor
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with
the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine. the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'éviter des blessures ou des chocs électriques, ne pas effectuer des DANGER: Afin d'éviter des blessures ou des chocs électriques, ne pas effectuer des
activités de maintenance ou de réglage avec l'équipement sur Marche ou avec le cordon activités de maintenance ou de réglage avec l'équipement sur Marche ou avec le cordon
d'alimentation branché. d'alimentation branché.
REP 5.28 CCD Flexible Print Cable REP 5.34 Full Rate Carriage
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with
the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine. the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'éviter des blessures ou des chocs électriques, ne pas effectuer des DANGER: Afin d'éviter des blessures ou des chocs électriques, ne pas effectuer des
activités de maintenance ou de réglage avec l'équipement sur Marche ou avec le cordon activités de maintenance ou de réglage avec l'équipement sur Marche ou avec le cordon
d'alimentation branché. d'alimentation branché.
REP 5.29 IIT Lens Assembly REP 5.35 Rear Carriage Cable
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with
the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine. the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'éviter des blessures ou des chocs électriques, ne pas effectuer des DANGER: Afin d'éviter des blessures ou des chocs électriques, ne pas effectuer des
activités de maintenance ou de réglage avec l'équipement sur Marche ou avec le cordon activités de maintenance ou de réglage avec l'équipement sur Marche ou avec le cordon
d'alimentation branché. d'alimentation branché.
REP 5.30 IPS Fan REP 5.36 IIT/IPS PWBs
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with
the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine. the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'éviter des blessures ou des chocs électriques, ne pas effectuer des DANGER: Afin d'éviter des blessures ou des chocs électriques, ne pas effectuer des
activités de maintenance ou de réglage avec l'équipement sur Marche ou avec le cordon activités de maintenance ou de réglage avec l'équipement sur Marche ou avec le cordon
d'alimentation branché. d'alimentation branché.
REP 5.31 Lamp Fan REP 5.37 Exposure Lamp
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with REP 7.5 HCF Retard/Feed/Nudger Rolls
the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'éviter des blessures ou des chocs électriques, ne pas effectuer des
WARNING
activités de maintenance ou de réglage avec l'équipement sur Marche ou avec le cordon To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with
d'alimentation branché. the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
REP 6.2 ROS Assembly (Y, M) DANGER: Afin d'éviter des blessures ou des chocs électriques, ne pas effectuer des
activités de maintenance ou de réglage avec l'équipement sur Marche ou avec le cordon
WARNING d'alimentation branché.
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with REP 7.6 HCF Feed Shaft
the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'éviter des blessures ou des chocs électriques, ne pas effectuer des
WARNING
activités de maintenance ou de réglage avec l'équipement sur Marche ou avec le cordon To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with
d'alimentation branché. the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
Chain 7 DANGER: Afin d'éviter des blessures ou des chocs électriques, ne pas effectuer des
activités de maintenance ou de réglage avec l'équipement sur Marche ou avec le cordon
REP 7.1 HCF Tray 6 d'alimentation branché.
REP 7.7 HCF Retard Lever Spring
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with WARNING
the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine. To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with
DANGER: Afin d'éviter des blessures ou des chocs électriques, ne pas effectuer des the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with
the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'éviter des blessures ou des chocs électriques, ne pas effectuer des
activités de maintenance ou de réglage avec l'équipement sur Marche ou avec le cordon
d'alimentation branché.
REP 12.65 A/P Finisher Bottom Buffer Chute Assembly
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with
the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'éviter des blessures ou des chocs électriques, ne pas effectuer des
activités de maintenance ou de réglage avec l'équipement sur Marche ou avec le cordon
d'alimentation branché.
REP 12.67 A/P Finisher Eject Chute Assembly
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with
the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'éviter des blessures ou des chocs électriques, ne pas effectuer des
activités de maintenance ou de réglage avec l'équipement sur Marche ou avec le cordon
d'alimentation branché.
REP 12.68 A/P Finisher PWB
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with
the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'éviter des blessures ou des chocs électriques, ne pas effectuer des
activités de maintenance ou de réglage avec l'équipement sur Marche ou avec le cordon
d'alimentation branché.
i. Go to dC135 and determine what HFSI action is required based on the customer
output volume. Refer to the Detailed Maintenance Activities section for the detailed
HFSI information. Record any items that require action. These components will be
serviced in step 2.
j. Select the History File. Display and record the information in the Fail History, Jam
History, Fail Counter, and Jam Counter. Classify this information into categories:
Information that is related to the problem that caused the service call.
Information that is related to secondary problems.
Information that does not require action, such as a single occurrence of a prob-
lem.
If the problem appears to be related to operator error, or an attempt to perform a job outside of – Reduce/Enlarge Auto
the machine specifications, assist the customer in learning the correct procedure. • Select the Image Quality tab, then select:
– Original Type to Photo and Text
Procedure – Color Balance to Normal
If a fault code/status code is reported by the customer or is in the Error Logs, go to the RAP for – Color Shift to Normal
the code now. Otherwise continue here. • In Image Enhancement, set Contrast Correction to Auto
Switch off the machine if it is on. Switch on the machine. Observe the boot process. Within 4 • Run four copies of the Color Test Pattern.
minutes the UI displays clearly, the machine is in customer mode, and the UI indicates
The Image Quality of the copies produced is acceptable.
the machine is ready. Y N
Y N
Go to the IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP.
There are operational fans, movement of input or output trays, lit Ul LEDs, and a
recognizable image on the UI. Go to Final Actions.
Y N
There is at least one of the above indications of power.
The problem occurs in all print jobs.
Y N Y N
Go to the OF 1.2 AC Power RAP.
If the problem is specific to a single application or group of applications, ensure that cur-
rent drivers are loaded. If the problem persists, escalate the call to the Customer Support
Go to the OF 1.1 Power On RAP.
Center.
Go to the RAP for the fault code. Table 1 Status Code/Message RAPs
Place two originals into the DADF and program a duplex job. The Copier/Printer can Status Code/
copy successfully using the DADF. Message RAP Link
Y N Right Bottom Booklet Tray in the Finisher is full 12-582
A fault code is displayed.
Right Bottom Tray failed to lower 12-528/531
Y N
Check Table 1 for message or condition Right Bottom Tray of the Finisher is full 12-533/574
Check the DADF Document Sensors for debris or damage. Check the docu- Right Center Tray failed to lower 12-528/531
ment mechanical drives and Feed Rolls for contamination, wear, damage, or Right Center Tray of the Finisher is full 12-533/574
binding. Right Top Tray of the Finisher is full 12-530
Staple Cartridge R1 needs replacing 12-525 or 12-527
Go to the RAP for the displayed fault code.
A B
Preliminary Working Document 0/0/00 Section Name
No Product Name Assigned ?-3
Table 1 Status Code/Message RAPs
Status Code/
Message RAP Link
Stapler is initializing... 12-526
Tray 1 is empty 07-544
Tray 1 is open 07-514-01
Tray 2 is empty 07-545
Tray 2 is open 07-514-02
Tray 3 is empty 07-533
Tray 3 is open 07-514-03
Tray 4 is empty 07-534
Tray 4 is open 07-514-04
Tray 5 (Bypass) is empty 07-535
Tray 6 is empty 07-543
Tray 6 is open 07-514-06
Unexpected paper size or type detected from Tray 1 07-546-01
Unexpected paper size or type detected from Tray 2 07-546-02
Unexpected paper size or type detected from Tray 3 07-546-03
Unexpected paper size or type detected from Tray 4 07-546-04
Unexpected paper size or type detected from Tray 5 07-546-05
Unexpected paper size or type detected from Tray 6 07-546-06
Procedure
CAUTION
Do not use any solvents unless directed to do so by the Service Manual.
General Cleaning
Use a dry lint free cloth or a lint free cloth moistened with water for all cleaning unless directed
otherwise by the Service Manual. Wipe with a dry lint free cloth if a moistened cloth is used.
Procedure
1. Ensure that the exterior of the copier/printer and the adjacent area are clean. Use a dry
cloth or a cloth moistened with water to clean the copier/printer. Do not use solvents.
2. Check the supply of consumables. Ensure that an adequate supply of consumables is
available according to local operating procedures.
3. Conduct any operator training that is needed. Ensure that the operator understands that
the Automatic Gradation Adjustment procedure in the User Guide should be used to
adjust the colors.
4. Complete the Service Log.
5. Perform the following steps to make a copy of the Demonstration Original for the Cus-
tomer:
a. Load Tray 1 with 8.5 x 11 inch (A4) or 11 x 17 inch paper.
b. Place the Color Test Pattern on the glass with the short edge of the test pattern reg-
istered to the left edge of the glass. Select Tray 1 and make a single copy.
c. Print out the Machine Settings (Configuration Report). Store this report with the ser-
vice log in Tray 1.
d. Present the copies to the customer.
6. Exit the PWS Tool. Save the machine data to the Machine Settings floppy. Store the
floppy under the left work surface.
7. Reconnect the machine to the customer network. Verify function by sending print job
using GP 7.
8. Issue copy credits as needed.
9. Discuss the service call with the customer to ensure that the customer understands what
has been done and is satisfied with the results of the service call.
Tray 1 Not In Position. Tray 1 has not been inserted properly. Tray 2 Not In Position. Tray 2 has not been inserted.
Procedure Procedure
Execute dC140 [071-200 Tray 1 Size Switch]. The display shows a value between 928 and Execute dC140 [072-200 Tray 2 Size Switch]. The display shows a value between 928 and
1023. 1023.
Y N Y N
Go to BSD 7.1 - Tray 1 Paper Size Sensing and troubleshoot the Tray 1 Paper Size Sen- Go to BSD 7.2 - Tray 2 Paper Size Sensing and troubleshoot the Tray 2 Paper Size Sen-
sor circuit. sor circuit.
Tray 3 Not In Position. Tray 3 has not been inserted. Tray 4 Not In Position. Tray 4 has not been inserted.
Procedure Procedure
Execute dC140 [073-200 Tray 3 Size Switch]. The display shows a value between 928 and Execute dC140 [074-200 Tray 4 Size Switch]. The display shows a value between 928 and
1023. 1023.
Y N Y N
Go to BSD 7.3 - Tray 3 Paper Size Sensing and troubleshoot the Tray 3 Paper Size Sen- Go to BSD 7.4 - Tray 4 Paper Size Sensing and troubleshoot the Tray 4 Paper Size Sen-
sor circuit. sor circuit.
Tray 6 (HCF) not In Position. Tray 6 has not been inserted. There is no paper in Tray 3.
Procedure Procedure
Execute dC330 [074-201 Tray 4 Paper Sensor]. Activate the actuator of the Tray 4 Paper Sen- Execute dC330 [075-202 Tray 5 Paper Sensor]. Activate the actuator of the Tray 5 Paper Sen-
sor (PL 2.12). The display changes. sor (PL 3.7). The display changes.
Y N Y N
Go to BSD 7.10 - Tray 4 Paper Stacking and troubleshoot the Tray 4 Paper Sensor circuit. Go to BSD 7.5 - Tray 5 (No HCF/Standard HCF) Paper Size Sensing and troubleshoot the
Tray 5 Paper Sensor circuit.
Perform the following:
• Check the sensor actuator for an improper operation, damage or disconnection. Perform the following:
• Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 11.3) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). • Check the sensor actuator for an improper operation, damage or disconnection.
• Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Procedure Procedure
Execute dC330 [078-200 Tray 6 Paper Sensor]. Activate the actuator of the Tray 6 Paper Sen- Execute dC330 [071-201 Tray 1 Paper Sensor]. Activate the actuator of the Tray 1 Paper Sen-
sor (PL 18.5). The display changes. sor (PL 2.6). The display changes.
Y N Y N
Go to BSD 7.12 - Standard HCF Option (Tray 6) Paper Stacking and troubleshoot the Go to BSD 7.7 - Tray 1 Paper Stacking and troubleshoot the Tray 1 Paper Sensor circuit.
Tray 6 Paper Sensor circuit.
Perform the following:
Perform the following: • Check the sensor actuator for an improper operation, damage or disconnection.
• Check the sensor actuator for an improper operation, damage or disconnection. • Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 11.3) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
• Replace the HCF PWB (PL 18.8).
There is no paper in Tray 2. Tray 1 Paper Size Mismatch. The paper in Tray 1 and the paper specified for printing are differ-
ent.
Initial Actions
• Check the tray for paper. Initial Actions
• Switch the power OFF then ON. • Switch the power off, then on.
• Check the operation of the actuator. • Check the paper size in the tray.
Procedure Procedure
Execute dC330 [072-201 Tray 2 Paper Sensor]. Activate the actuator of the Tray 2 Paper Sen- Execute dC140 [071-200 Tray 1 Size Switch]. The display shows a value within the normal
sor (PL 2.8). The display changes. output range of Tray 1 (11x17: 0 to 63, A5 SEF: 800 to 863, Tray removed: 928 to 1023).
Y N Y N
Go to BSD 7.8 - Tray 2 Paper Stacking and troubleshoot the Tray 2 Paper Sensor circuit. Go to BSD 7.1 - Tray 1 Paper Size Sensing and troubleshoot the Tray 1 Paper Size Sen-
sor circuit.
Perform the following:
• Check the sensor actuator for an improper operation, damage or disconnection. Perform the following:
• Side Guide and End Guide positions
• Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 11.3) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
• Check the tray bottom to see if the link is disconnected or broken.
• Check the rear actuator of the tray to see if it is operating improperly or broken.
• Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 11.3) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Tray 2 Paper Size Mismatch. The paper in Tray 2 and the paper specified for printing are differ- Tray 3 Paper Size Mismatch. The paper in Tray 3 and the paper specified for printing are differ-
ent. ent.
Procedure Procedure
Execute dC140 [072-200 Tray 2 Size Switch]. The display shows a value within the normal Execute dC140 [073-200 Tray 3 Size Switch]. The display shows a value within the normal
output range of Tray 2 (11x17: 0 to 63, A5 SEF: 800 to 863, Tray removed: 928 to 1023). output range of Tray 3 (11x17: 0 to 63, A5 SEF: 800 to 863, Tray removed: 928 to 1023).
Y N Y N
Go to BSD 7.2 - Tray 2 Paper Size Sensing and troubleshoot the Tray 2 Paper Size Sen- Go to BSD 7.3 - Tray 3 Paper Size Sensing and troubleshoot the Tray 3 Paper Size Sen-
sor circuit. sor circuit.
Tray 4 Paper Size Mismatch. The paper in Tray 4 and the paper specified for printing are differ- Tray 5 Size Mismatch. The paper in the tray and the paper specified for printing are different.
ent.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions • Check the paper size in the tray.
• Switch the power off, then on. • Switch the power OFF then ON.
• Check the paper size in the tray. • Check the operation of the side guides.
Procedure Procedure
Execute dC140 [074-200 Tray 4 Size Switch]. The display shows a value within the normal Check the paper size in Tray 5. It is the paper size specified for printing.
output range of Tray 4 (11x17: 0 to 63, A5 SEF: 800 to 863, Tray removed: 928 to 1023). Y N
Y N Load the correct paper into the tray.
Go to BSD 7.4 - Tray 4 Paper Size Sensing and troubleshoot the Tray 4 Paper Size Sen-
sor circuit. Check the Tray 5 Paper Size Sensor. Check the connectors P/J113, P/J639, P/J679 and P/
J407. The connectors are properly connected.
Perform the following: Y N
• Side Guide and End Guide positions Connect properly.
• Check the tray bottom to see if the link is disconnected or broken.
• Check the rear actuator of the tray to see if it is operating improperly or broken. Check the wire between P/J113 and P/J407 for open circuit and short circuit. The wire
• Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 11.3) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). between P/J113 and P/J407 is OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J407-A3 (+) and the GND (-). The voltage is
approximately +3.3VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Tray 6 Paper Size Mismatch. The paper in Tray 6 and the paper specified for printing are differ- Stapler Near Empty. The stapler is nearly out of staples, or there was a problem in stapling
ent. (treated as the empty condition).
Procedure Procedure
Execute dC330 [078-202 Tray 6 Size Sensor (Letter)]. Actuate the Tray 6 Paper Size Sensor Enter dC330 [14-242], Low Staple Sensor (PL 21.6). ‘LOW’ (staples available) is displayed.
(Letter) with paper. The display changes. Y N
Y N Check continuity between the Stapler Assembly and Finisher PWB. The continuity
Go to BSD 7.6 - Standard HCF Option (Tray 6) Paper Size Sensing and troubleshoot the check is OK.
Tray 6 Paper Size Sensor (Letter) circuit. Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Execute dC330 [078-203 Tray 6 Size Sensor (A4)]. Actuate the Tray 6 Paper Size Sensor (A4)
with paper. The display changes. Replace the Stapler Assembly (PL 21.6). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher
Y N PWB (PL 21.12).
Go to BSD 7.6 - Standard HCF Option (Tray 6) Paper Size Sensing and troubleshoot the
Tray 6 Paper Size Sensor (A4) circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Check the paper guides, and the actuators on the rear of the tray for damage. If the checks are
good, replace the HCF PWB (PL 18.8).
Stapler Feed Ready Failure Finisher Staple Status incorrect. The staple home sensor's changing from off to on was not
1. The staple ready sensor was off at the start of a stapling operation. detected within 450 ms after the start of a forward rotation operation, and the staple head home
2. The staple ready sensor did not come on within 13 empty punch operations. sensor came on within 200 ms after the staple motor reverse rotation.
Procedure Procedure
Enter dC330 [14-243], Stapler Ready Sensor (PL 21.6). Block/unblock the Stapler Ready Sen-
Enter dC330 [14-041] and [12-044], Stapler Move Motor (PL 21.6), alternately. Select Start.
sor. The display changed.
The Staple Move Motor energizes.
Y N Y N
Check continuity between the Stapler Ready Sensor and Finisher PWB. The continuity
Select Stop. Go to the BSD 12.26 - C-Finisher Staple Positioning. Check continuity
check is OK.
between the Stapler Move Motor and Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK.
Y N Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between J8356-5 (+) and the GND (-) of the Stapler Assembly (PL Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 21.6). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher
21.6). The voltage is approximately +5VDC. PWB (PL 21.12).
Y N
Go to BSD 12.27 - C-Finisher Stapler Control and check for an open wire between Select Stop. Select dC330 [14-241], Stapler Move Position Sensor (PL 21.6). Select Start.
the Finisher PWB and the Stapler Assembly. Block/unblock the Stapler Move Position Sensor. The display changed.
Y N
Replace the Stapler Ready Sensor (PL 21.6). If the problem continues, replace the Fin- Select Stop. Go to the BSD 12.26 - C-Finisher Staple Positioning. Check continuity
isher PWB (PL 21.12).
between the Stapler Move Position Sensor and Finisher PWB. The continuity check is
OK.
Check the following: Y N
• Wiring between the Staple Ready Sensor and the Finisher PWB Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
• Wiring between the Staple Motor and the Finisher PWB
• Obstructions on the Stapler Upper Rail Replace the Stapler Move Position Sensor (PL 21.6). If the problem continues, replace
• Stapler Move Motor Gear the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
If the above checks are OK. replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Select Stop. Check the following:
• Obstructions on the Stapler Upper Rail
• Stapler Move Motor Gear
If the above checks are OK. replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Procedure Procedure
Remove paper from the Stacker.Check the lower part of the Stacker for obstacles. The lift up/ Execute dC330 [014-215 Top Tray Full Sensor]. Actuate the Top Tray Full Sensor (PL
down mechanism has no obstructions. 21.28) with paper. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Remove any obstructions. Check the circuit of the Top Tray Full Sensor. Refer to the OF 99-2 RAP for troubleshoot-
ing procedure.
Check the driver gear for wear, rotation failure and damage. The driver gear is in good con-
dition without wear, rotation failure or damage. Enter dC330 [014-115], Top Tray Exit Sensor (PL 21.11). Actuate the Top Tray Exit Sensor.
Y N The display changes.
Replace the driver gear if it is worn, damaged or has rotation failure. Y N
Check the circuit of the Top Tray Exit Sensor. Refer to the OF 99-2 RAP for troubleshoot-
Check the belt for slack and disengagement. The belt is in good condition without slack or ing procedure.
disengagement.
Y N Select [014-007], Exit Motor (PL 21.11). The motor energizes.
Correct the slack or disengagement of the belt. Y N
Check the circuit of the Exit Motor. Refer to the OF 99-9 RAP for troubleshooting proce-
Execute dC330 [014-060 Stacker Up ON/OFF] and dC330 [014-061 Stacker Down ON/OFF] dure.
alternately. The Stacker Tray lifts up/down properly.
Y N Select Stop. Select [014-011] or [014-012], Transport Gate Solenoid (PL 21.10). The Trans-
Go to BSD 12.30 - C-Finisher Stacker Drive and troubleshoot the Elevator Motor circuit port Gate Solenoid actuates.
(OF 99-6, OF 99-7). Y N
Check the circuit of the Transport Gate Solenoid. Refer to the OF 99-8 RAP for trouble-
Execute dC330 [014-263 Stack Encoder Sensor]. Lift up/down the Stacker Tray. Does this shooting procedure.
change the display?
Y N Select [014-001], Finisher Transport Motor (PL 21.10). The motor energizes.
Go to BSD 12.30 - C-Finisher Stacker Drive. Troubleshoot the Stack Encoder Sensor cir- Y N
cuit (OF 99-2). Check the circuit of the Finisher Transport Motor. Refer to the OF 99-9 RAP for trouble-
shooting procedure.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Select Stop.
Check the following:
• Ensure that the connectors shown in the circuit diagrams are securely connected and that
the wires are not damaged
• Check the Exit Motor and its associated gears and belts for damage, contamination or
misalignment
• Exit Drive Shaft for wear and a revolution failure
• The Exit Pinch Rolls for wear and/or damage
If the above checks are OK, then replace the Top Tray Exit Sensor (PL 21.11). If the problem
persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Finisher Stacker Tray Full. Booklet Full Stack. The number of sets in the Booklet Tray has reached the system data
threshold.
Initial Actions
Check for the following: Initial Actions
• The Stacker No Paper Sensor for improper installation Remove all sets. Perform the job again. If this does not resolve the problem, perform the pro-
cedure.
• The Stacker No Paper Sensor connectors for connection failure
• The Elevator Motor for operation failure
• The Elevator Motor connectors for connection failure
Procedure
Execute dC330 [013-139 Booklet No Paper Sensor]. Move the actuator manually. The dis-
play changes.
Procedure Y N
Enter dC330 [14-061] and [14-060], Elevator Motor (PL 21.4), alternately. The Elevator Go to BSD 12.20 - Booklet Tray Control and troubleshoot the Booklet No Paper Sensor
Motor energizes. circuit.
Y N
Check continuity between the Elevator Motor and Finisher PWB. The check is OK. Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 21.12) followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Elevator Motor (PL 21.4). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB
(PL 21.12)
Select [14-263], Stacker Encoder Sensor (PL 21.4). Block/unblock the Stacker Encoder Sen-
sor. The display changes.
Y N
Check continuity between the Stacker Encoder Sensor and Finisher PWB. The continu-
ity check is OK.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Stacker Encoder Sensor (PL 21.4). If the problem continues, replace the Fin-
isher PWB
Select [14-262], Stacker No Paper Sensor (PL 21.4). Block/unblock the Stacker No Paper Sen-
sor. The display changes.
Y N
Check continuity between the Stacker No Paper Sensor and Finisher PWB. The conti-
nuity check is OK,
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Stacker No Paper Sensor (PL 21.4). If the problem continues, replace the
Finisher PWB
Procedure Procedure
Check the installation of the CCM NVM PWB on the CCM PWB (PL 11.7). Check the installation of the CCM NVM PWB on the CCM PWB (PL 11.7).
Perform the first three tests in dC303. Replace the CCM PWB (PL 11.7) for any failed test. Perform the first three tests in dC303. Replace the CCM PWB (PL 11.7) for any failed test.
Procedure Procedure
Check the installation of the CCM NVM PWB on the CCM PWB (PL 11.7). Check the installation of the CCM NVM PWB on the CCM PWB (PL 11.7).
Perform the first three tests in dC303. Replace the CCM PWB (PL 11.7) for any failed test. Perform the first three tests in dC303. Replace the CCM PWB (PL 11.7) for any failed test.
Procedure Procedure
If a downgrade is required by the customer perform the downgrade using dC102. If not Switch Perform Software Upgrade using dC102.
off and then switch on the machine.
The scanner and copier are disabled but printing is operational. Procedure
PO/PO the machine. Fault Code 03-317 is still declared.
Procedure Y N
Reset the Main Controller or Switch the power off then on. If the problem continues, perform If intermittent performance is suspected, inspect the MCU PWB, MCU NVM PWB, CCM
dC 402 SW Verify. PWB and CCM NVM PWB for loose connections or any obvious electrical/mechanical
cause for malfunction.
Replace the MCU NVM PWB PL 11.1. If the problem still exists replace the CCM NVM PWB
PL 11.7.
Procedure Procedure
TBD TBD
Incompatible Product Type.SW Upgrade Aborted due to incompatible product type - software SW Upgrade File Transfer failure
set does not match hardware.
Procedure
Procedure TBD
TBD
System detects that the Wall Clock has not incremented within 1.5 seconds during Power On. Upgrade not required
Procedure Procedure
TBD TBD
Procedure Procedure
TBD TBD
Upgrade request received during active Security function. CCM cannot communicate with the Network Controller. Continue to try to reestablish communi-
cation for 12 minutes.
Procedure
TBD Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the Network Controller harnesses and CCM harnesses. The prob-
lem continues.
Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.
Run dC303 CCM Self Test. Run each test and respond to Action of Failed for any activity.
CCM unable to reestablish communication with the Network Controller for 12 minutes. This CCM has been reset; either the watch dog timer timed out or the application SW wrote to an
problem could be caused by loose connections or improperly seated PWBs. illegal address.
Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the Network Controller harnesses and CCM harnesses. The prob- Switch the power off then on.
lem continues.
Y N Perform dC361 to restore NVM from the MRD.
Return to Service Call Procedures.
If the problem continues, perform dC102 SW upgrade.
Reseat PWBs in the Network Controller and CCM (Riser PWB, Fax PWB (if installed) and
Firewire PWB). The problem continues.
Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.
Run dC303 CCM Self Test. Run each test and respond to Action of Failed for any activity.
NOTE: The UI will not display this fault because of the communication problem with the CCM
PWB. This fault can be viewed only with the PWS.
Procedure
NOTE: This fault can occur if the UI software version is not compatible with the CCM software
version.
Perform dC402, SW Verify. If dC402 fails, perform dC102. If the problem persists, replace the
UI PWB (PL 17.4).
SIM Card serial number mismatch. The number recorded on the SIM Card does not match the SIM Card data cannot be processed
machine serial number.
Procedure
Procedure TBD
TBD
Procedure Procedure
Reset the Main Controller or Switch the power off then on. If the problem continues, go to the Reset the Main Controller or Switch the power off then on. If the problem continues, go to the
OF 17-1 FAX RAP. OF 17-1 FAX RAP.
DADF Feed Sensor ON Jam DADF Simplex/Side 1 Pre Reg Sensor ON Jam
1. The Feed Sensor did not come on within a given time after the start of pre-feed. 1. The Pre Reg Sensor did not come on within a given time after the Feed Sensor came on
2. In the duplex case, the Feed Sensor did not detect the original within a given time after for the first original.
the start of the first feed operation (Feed Motor ON (CW)). 2. The Pre Reg Sensor did not come on within a given time after the start of the pre-registra-
DC330 Code to Check tion operation for the second or later original.
DADF Simplex/Side 1 Reg Sensor ON Jam. The Reg Sensor did not come on within a given DADF Lead Reg Sensor ON Jam. The Lead Reg Sensor did not come on within a given time
time after the Pre Reg Sensor came on. after the start of reading (Reg Motor ON).
DADF Reg Sensor OFF Jam. The Lead Reg Sensor did not turn off within a given time after DADF Out Sensor ON Jam. The Out Sensor did not come on within a given time after the start
the start of reading (Reg Motor ON). of reading (Reg Motor ON).
DADF Out Sensor OFF Jam. The Out Sensor did not turn off within a given time after the Reg DADF Exit Sensor 1 ON Jam (Simplex Mode). In simplex mode, Exit Sensor #1 did not come
Sensor turned off. on within a given time after the Out Sensor turned off.
DADF Exit Sensor 1 OFF Jam (Simplex Mode). In simplex mode, Exit Sensor #1 did not turn DADF Invert Sensor ON Jam (Duplex Mode). In duplex mode, the Invert Sensor did not come
off within a given time after the Out Sensor turned off. on within a given time after the Out Sensor came on.
DADF Invert Sensor OFF Jam. In duplex mode, the Invert Sensor did not turn off within a given DADF Pre Reg Sensor ON Jam (Invert). During an invert operation the Pre-Reg Sensor did not
time after the Out Sensor turned off. come on within a given time after the start of the Feed Motor reverse revolution.
DADF Reg Sensor ON Jam (Invert). During an invert operation the Reg Sensor did not come DADF Exit Sensor 2 ON Jam. During a reverse revolution expelling operation, Exit Sensor #2
on within a given time after the Pre Reg Sensor came on. did not come on within a given time after the start of the Feed Motor reverse revolution.
DADF Exit Sensor 1 ON Jam. During a reverse revolution expelling operation, Exit Sensor #1 DADF Feed Sensor OFF Jam. The Pre Reg Sensor turned off before the Feed Sensor turned
did not come on within a given time after Exit Sensor #2 came on. off.
DADF Exit Sensor 1 OFF Jam (Duplex Mode). During a reverse revolution expelling operation, DADF Exit Sensor 2 OFF Jam. Exit Sensor #2 did not turn off within a given time after Exit
Exit Sensor #1 did not turn off within a given time after Exit Sensor #1 came on. Sensor #2 came on.
DADF Too First Pre Reg Sensor ON Jam. The Pre Reg Sensor came on before a given time DADF Feed Sensor OFF Jam (Perforated Original Mode). In perforated original mode, the
due to original skew. Feed Sensor did not turn off within a given time after the Feed Sensor came on.
DADF Pre Reg Sensor OFF Jam (Perforated Original Mode). In perforated original mode, the DADF Reg Sensor OFF Jam (Perforated Original Mode). In perforated original mode, the Reg
Pre Reg Sensor did not turn off within a given time after the Pre Reg Sensor came on. Sensor did not turn off within a given time after the Reg Sensor came on.
Procedure Procedure
Check that the hole (not the center but the farthest periphery from the doc trail edge (TE)) at Check that the hole (not the center but the farthest periphery from the doc trail edge (TE)) at
the doc TE is within 19mm from the doc TE. If the doc has no problem, check DC330 [005-206] the doc TE is within 19mm from the doc TE. If the doc has no problem, go to the 005-125 RAP.
Pre Reg Sensor.
DADF Reg Sensor OFF Jam (Perforated Original Mode). In perforated original mode, the Lead DADF Out Sensor OFF Jam (Perforated Original Mode). In perforated original mode, the out
Reg Sensor did not turn off within a given time after the Lead Reg Sensor came on. Sensor did not turn off within a given time after the out Sensor came on.
Procedure Procedure
Check that the hole (not the center but the farthest periphery from the doc trail edge (TE)) at Check that the hole (not the center but the farthest periphery from the doc trail edge (TE)) at
the doc TE is within 19mm from the doc TE. If the doc has no problem, check DC330 [005-207] the doc TE is within 19mm from the doc TE. If the doc has no problem, go to the 005-127 RAP.
Lead Reg Sensor.
DADF Exit Sensor 1 OFF Jam (Perforated Original Mode) (Simplex). In perforated original DADF Exit Sensor 1 OFF Jam (Perforated Original Mode) (Duplex). In perforated original
mode, Exit Sensor #1 did not turn off within a given time after Exit Sensor #1 came on (sim- mode, Exit Sensor #1 did not turn off within a given time after Exit Sensor #1 came on (duplex).
plex).
Procedure
Procedure Check that the hole (not the center but the farthest periphery from the doc trail edge (TE)) at
Check that the hole (not the center but the farthest periphery from the doc trail edge (TE)) at the doc TE is within 19mm from the doc TE. If the doc has no problem, go to the 005-129 RAP.
the doc TE is within 19mm from the doc TE. If the doc has no problem, go to the 005-129 RAP.
DADF Invert Sensor OFF Jam (Perforated Original Mode). In perforated original mode, the DADF Exit Sensor 2 OFF Jam (Perforated Original Mode). In perforated original mode, Exit
Invert Sensor did not turn off within a given time after the Invert Sensor came on. Sensor #2 did not turn off within a given time after Exit Sensor #2 came on.
Procedure Procedure
Check that the hole (not the center but the farthest periphery from the doc trail edge (TE)) at Check that the hole (not the center but the farthest periphery from the doc trail edge (TE)) at
the doc TE is within 19mm from the doc TE. If the doc has no problem, go to the 005-133 RAP. the doc TE is within 19mm from the doc TE. If the doc has no problem, go to the 005-143 RAP.
DADF Tray Lift Up Fail (Document Set) (Within Job). The originals were put into position and DADF Feed Motor Logic Jam.
the Stack Height Sensor did not come on within a given time after the tray began rising. Or, it
was detected that the Bottom Sensor did not turn off. (Detected during run, stop, or purge.). Procedure
Enter dC330 [005-211 Invert Sensor]. Actuate the Invert Sensor 1 with paper. The display
Procedure changes.
Remove the DADF Rear Cover. Manually rotate the Tray Motor drive gears. The gears rotate Y N
with no load. Go to OF 99-1 to check out the Invert Sensor 1 (PL 14.22).
Y N
Remove any load like binding gears that causes an improper DADF Tray Up operation. Enter dC330 [005-026 DADF Reg Motor]. The DADF Reg Motor comes ON.
Y N
Enter DC330 [005-086]. Select Start. The Tray Motor rotates. (The Feeder Cover Interlock Go to OF 99-9 to check out the DADF Reg Motor (PL 14.8).
should be closed.)
Y N Enter dC330 [005-001 DADF Feed Motor (Speed 1)]. The Feed Motor comes ON.
+24VDC is measured between P/J758-1 (+) on the DADF PWB and GND (-). Y N
Y N Go to OF 99-9 DADF Feed Motor (PL 14.6).
+24VDC is measured between P/J753-1 (+) on the DADF PWB and GND (-).
Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 14.3).
Referring to Chapter 7 Wirenets, check the INTLK ON +24VDC circuit to the
DADF PWB.
Turn off the power. Disconnect P/J758 from the DADF PWB. Approx. 19 ohms are
measured between the 1 pin and 2/3/4/5 pins each of Connector J758.
Y N
Replace the Tray Motor (PL 14.4).
Enter DC330 [005-203](DADF Stack Height Sensor). Select Start. Manually raise and
lower the Nudger Roll. The display toggles between H and L.
Y N
Go to OF 99-2 and troubleshoot the DADF Stack Height Sensor (PL 14.17).
Enter DC330 [005-202](DADF Bottom Sensor). Select Start. Manually raise and lower the
DADF Tray. The display toggles between H and L.
Y N
Go to OF 99-2 and troubleshoot the Tray Bottom Sensor (PL 14.16).
Check the Torque Limiter (PL 14.4), Sensor Actuator, etc. If no problem is found, replace the
DADF PWB (PL 14.3).
Size Mismatch Jam on Slow Scan Mix Size. ‘Secondary scan mix’ was specified and it was Size Mismatch Jam on No Mix Size. It was detected that the originals have different sizes, but
detected that the size in the main scan direction was different from the width of the originals original size mix mode was not selected.
guide.
Procedure
Procedure Follow the instructions on the UI.
Follow the instructions on the UI.
Size Mismatch Jam on No Mix SizeIt was detected that the second or later original sheet had a Prohibit Combine Size JamA size that does not allow combining was detected.
different size from that of the first original.
Procedure
Procedure Follow the instructions on the UI.
Follow the instructions on the UI.
Too Short Size Jam. The originals could not be transported because the length was too short in Too Long Size Jam. Originals were detected that were longer than the secondary scan length
the secondary scan direction. (When the leading edge of the original reached the Pre Reg that the DADF can transport.
Sensor the trailing edge had already passed the Feed Sensor.). • Simplex mode: 670.0 mm or more.
• Duplex mode: 477.4 mm or more.
Procedure
Procedure
Check the size of the doc the user ran. If it is within the allowable DADF paper transport length
Check the size of the doc the user ran. If it is within the allowable DADF paper transport length,
[min. size=A5 (140mmx210mm)], check the following:
check the following:
DC330 [005-206] Pre Reg Sensor
DC330 [005-206] Pre Reg Sensor
DC330 [005-204] DADF Feed Sensor
DC330 [005-204] DADF Feed Sensor
If no problem is found, replace DADF PWB (PL 14.3).
If no problem is found, replace DADF PWB (PL 14.3).
DADF RAM Fail. An error was detected in the DADF PWB RAM. (Checked when power is DADF EEPROM Fail. A write error to DADF EEPROM or a communication error with EEPROM
switched on.). was detected.
Procedure Procedure
If switching the Machine OFF then ON does not resolve the problem, replace DADF PWB (PL If switching the Machine OFF then ON does not resolve the problem, replace DADF PWB (PL
14.3). 14.3).
DADF Tray Lift Down Fail. The Bottom Sensor did not come on within a given time after the DADF Tray Lift Up Fail (No Document). During the initializing movement when no document
DADF tray began to lower. had been put into position, the Bottom Sensor did not turn off within a given time after the tray
began to rise.
Initial Actions
Check that there is no foreign object under the Tray. Procedure
Remove the DADF Rear Cover. Manually rotate the Tray Motor drive gears. The gears rotate
Procedure with no load.
Y N
Remove the DADF Rear Cover. Manually rotate the Tray Motor drive gears. The gears rotate
Remove any load like binding gears that causes an improper DADF Tray Up operation.
with no load.
Y N Enter DC330 [005-086]. Select Start. The Tray Motor rotates. (The Feeder Cover Interlock
Remove any load like binding gears that causes an improper DADF Tray Down operation.
should be closed.)
Y N
Enter DC330 [005-091]. Select Start. The Tray Motor rotates. (Feeder Cover Interlock +24VDC is measured between P/J758-1 on the DADF PWB (+) and GND (-).
should be closed.) Y N
Y N
+24VDC is measured between P/J753-1 (+) on the DADF PWB and GND (-).
+24VDC is measured between P/J758-1 (+) on the DADF PWB and GND (-). Y N
Y N
Referring to Chapter 7 Wirenets, check the INTLK ON +24VDC circuit to J753-
+24VDC is measured between P/J753-1 (+) on the DADF PWB and GND (-).
1 on the DADF PWB.
Y N
Referring to Chapter 7 Wirenets, check the INTLK ON +24VDC circuit to J753- Replace the DADF PWB (PL 14.3).
1 on the DADF PWB.
Turn off the power. Disconnect P/J758 from DADF PWB. Approx. 19 ohms are mea-
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 14.3). sured between the 1 pin and 2/3/4/5 pins each of Connector J758.
Y N
Turn off the power. Disconnect P/J758 from the DADF PWB. Approx. 19 ohms are Replace the Tray Motor (PL 14.4).
measured between the 1 pin and 2/3/4/5 pins each of Connector J758.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 14.3).
Replace the Tray Motor (PL 14.4).
Enter DC330 [005-203] (DADF Stack Height Sensor). Select Start. Manually raise and
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 14.3).
lower the Nudger Roll. The display toggles between H and L.
Y N
Enter DC330 [005-202] (DADF Bottom Sensor). Select Start. Manually raise and lower the Go to OF 99-2 and troubleshoot the DADF Stack Height Sensor.
DADF Tray. The display toggles between H and L.
Y N Enter DC330 [005-202] (DADF Bottom Sensor). Select Start. Manually raise and lower the
Go to OF 99-2 and troubleshoot the DADF Bottom Sensor.
DADF Tray. The display toggles between H and L.
Y N
Check the Torque Limiter (PL 14.4), Sensor Actuator, etc. If no problem is found, replace the Go to OF 99-2 and troubleshoot the DADF Bottom Sensor.
DADF PWB (PL 14.3).
Check the Torque Limiter (PL 14.4), Sensor Actuator, etc. If no problem is found, replace the
DADF PWB (PL 14.3).
DADF Stack Height Sensor Logic Fail. DADF APS Sensor Logic Fail. There is a logical inconsistency among the outputs of APS Sen-
sors 1 ~ 3.
Procedure
No corrective action is required. If the problem frequently occurs, make a check in dC330 [005- Procedure
203] DADF Stack Height Sensor. Check the following sensors for output using dC330. If any of the sensors exhibits a problem,
troubleshoot that sensor, go to OF 99-1 RAP to troubleshoot the sensor. If none of the sensors
have a problem, replace DADF PWB (PL 14.3).
DADF Feeder Cover Interlock Open (Static). Platen Interlock Open. During a DADF operation, the platen interlock opened.
Procedure
Place one document in the DADF.
Remove the Top Front Cover. Disconnect P/J727 of the Platen Interlock Switch. Cheat pins P/
J727-1 and -2. Fault Code 062-300 stays displayed.
Y N
Replace the Platen Interlock Switch (PL 13.6).
Turn off the power. Check the following for an open wire or poor contact:
• IIT/IPS PWB P/J722-A4 to Platen Interlock Switch P/J727-2
• IIT/IPS PWB P/J722-A5 to Platen Interlock Switch P/J727-1
If no problem is found, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8).
DADF Feeder Cover Interlock Open (Run). During a DADF operation the feeder cover interlock DADF Tray Interlock Open (Run). During a DADF operation the tray interlock opened.
opened.
Procedure
Procedure Open and close the Document Tray several times. The Tray has opened and closed prop-
Manually turn ON the Feeder Cover Interlock Switch. 005-305 has disappeared. (005-308 erly.
appears.) Y N
Y N Check for the following:
+24VDC is measured between P/J753-1 (+) on the DADF PWB and GND (-). • Improperly installed Document Tray
Y N • Foreign objects
+24VDC is measured between Feeder Cover Interlock Switch F1 (+) and GND • Broken/poorly rotating opening/closing gears
(-).
• Defective Oil Damper (PL 14.4)
Y N
+24VDC is measured between the Feeder Cover Interlock Switch F2 (+) • Bent Sensor Actuator
and GND (-).
Y N Close the Document Tray +5VDC is measured between P/J756-A8 (+) on the DADF PWB
Check the circuit between P/J753-2 on the DADF PWB and the Feeder and GND (-).
Cover Interlock Switch F2 for an open wire, short or poor contact. Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 14.3).
Replace the Feeder Cover Interlock Switch (PL 14.5).
+5VDC is measured between P/J798-2 (+) of the Tray Interlock Sensor and GND (-).
Check the circuit between the Feeder Cover Interlock Switch F1 and P/J753-1 on Y N
the DADF PWB for an open wire, short or poor contact. Check the circuit between P/J798-2 of the Tray Interlock Sensor and P/J756-A8 on the
DADF PWB for an open wire or poor contact.
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 14.3).
+5VDC is measured between P/J798-1 (+) and -3(-) of the Tray Interlock Sensor.
The problem is a misalignment between the DADF Feeder Cover and the Switch. Check for a Y N
bent Feeder Cover actuator and/or an improperly positioned Switch. +5VDC is measured between P/J756-A9 (+) and -A7 (-) on the DADF PWB.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 14.3).
Check the circuits each between P/J756-A9 on the DADF PWB and P/J798-1 of the Tray
Interlock Sensor, and between P/J756-A7 on the DADF PWB and P/J798-3 of the Tray
Interlock Sensor for an open wire or poor contact.
DADF L/H Cover Interlock Open (Run). During a DADF operation the L/H interlock opened. DADF Feed Sensor Static Jam. The Feed Sensor came on at one of the following times:
1. Power on.
Procedure 2. Feeder cover interlock close.
Open and close the DADF L/H Cover to check if the Sensor actuator operates properly. The 3. Platen interlock close.
Sensor actuator has operated properly.
Y N
DC330 Code to Check
Check for the following: • [005-204] DADF Feed Sensor
• Improperly installed DADF L/H Cover Procedure
• Foreign objects. Check the following:
• Disconnected/bent Sensor Actuator • Check for a piece of paper/foreign object on the sensor.
• The sensor for improper installation
Remove the DADF Front Cover. Close DADF L/H Cover. +5VDC is measured between P/
• Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact:
J755-A2 (+)on the DADF PWB and GND (-).
Y N – DADF Feed Sensor P/J762-2 to DADF PWB P/J754-A5
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 14.3). – DADF Feed Sensor P/J762-1 to DADF PWB P/J754-A6
– DADF Feed Sensor P/J762-3 to DADF PWB P/J754-A4
+5VDC is measured between P/J786-2 (+) of the L/H Cover Interlock Sensor and GND (-).
• If the wires have no problem, replace the DADF Feed Sensor (PL 14.17) and DADF PWB
Y N
(PL 14.3) in order.
Check the circuit between P/J786-2 of the L/H Cover Interlock Sensor and P/J755-A2 on
the DADF PWB for an open wire or poor contact.
+5VDC is measured between P/J786-1 (+) and -3(-) of L/H Cover Interlock Sensor.
Y N
+5VDC is measured between P/J755-A3 (+) and -A1 (-) on the DADF PWB.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 14.3).
Check the circuits each between P/J755-A3 on the DADF PWB and P/J786-1 of the L/H
Cover Interlock Sensor, and between P/J755-A1 on the DADF PWB and P/J786-3 of the
L/H Cover Interlock Sensor for an open wire or poor contact.
DADF Pre Reg Sensor Static Jam. The Pre Reg Sensor came on at one of the following times: DADF Reg Sensor Static Jam. The Reg Sensor came on at one of the following times:
1. Power on. 1. Power on.
2. Feeder cover interlock close. 2. Feeder cover interlock close.
3. Platen interlock close. 3. Platen interlock close.
DC330 Code to Check DC330 Code to Check
• [005-206] Pre Reg Sensor • [005-110] Reg Sensor
Procedure Procedure
Check the following: Check the following:
• Check for a piece of paper/foreign object on the sensor. • Check for a piece of paper/foreign object on the sensor.
• The sensor for improper installation • The sensor for improper installation
• Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact: • Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact:
– DADF Pre Reg Sensor P/J763-2 to DADF PWB P/J754-A8 – DADF Reg Sensor P/J776-2 to DADF PWB P/J757-A8
– DADF Pre Reg Sensor P/J763-1 to DADF PWB P/J754-A9 – DADF Reg Sensor P/J776-1 to DADF PWB P/J757-A9
– DADF Pre Reg Sensor P/J763-3 to DADF PWB P/J754-A7 – DADF Reg Sensor P/J776-3 to DADF PWB P/J757-A7
• If the wires have no problem, replace the DADF Pre Reg Sensor (PL 14.17) and DADF • If the wires have no problem, replace the DADF Reg Sensor (PL 14.25) and DADF PWB
PWB (PL 14.3) in order. (PL 14.3) in order.
DADF Lead Reg Sensor Static Jam. The Lead Reg Sensor came on at one of the following DADF Out Sensor Static Jam. The Platen Exit Sensor came on at one of the following times:
times: 1. Power on.
1. Power on. 2. Feeder cover interlock close.
2. Feeder cover interlock close. 3. Platen interlock close.
3. Platen interlock close. DC330 Code to Check
DC330 Code to Check • [005-208] Platen Exit Sensor
• [005-207] Lead Reg Sensor Procedure
Procedure Check the following:
Check the following: • Check for a piece of paper/foreign object on the sensor.
• Check for a piece of paper/foreign object on the sensor. • The sensor for improper installation
• The sensor for improper installation • Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact:
• Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact: – Out Sensor P/J778-2 to DADF PWB P/J757-B5
– DADF Reg Sensor P/J779-2 to DADF PWB P/J757-A8 – Out Sensor P/J778-1 to DADF PWB P/J757-B6
– DADF Reg Sensor P/J779-1 to DADF PWB P/J757-A9 – Out Sensor P/J778-3 to DADF PWB P/J757-B4
– DADF Reg Sensor P/J779-3 to DADF PWB P/J757-A7 • If the wires have no problem, replace the Out Sensor (PL 14.22) and DADF PWB (PL
• If the wires have no problem, replace the Lead Reg Sensor (PL 14.25) and DADF PWB 14.3) in order.
(PL 14.3) in order.
DADF Exit Sensor 1 Static Jam. Exit Sensor 1 came on at one of the following times: DADF Exit Sensor 2 Static Jam. Exit Sensor 2 came on at one of the following times:
1. Power on. 1. Power on.
2. Feeder cover interlock close. 2. Feeder cover interlock close.
3. Platen interlock close. 3. Platen interlock close.
DC330 Code to Check DC330 Code to Check
• [005-209] Exit Sensor 1 • [005-210] Exit Sensor 2
Procedure Procedure
Check the following: Check the following:
• Check for a piece of paper/foreign object on the sensor. • Check for a piece of paper/foreign object on the sensor.
• The sensor for improper installation • The sensor for improper installation
• Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact: • Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact:
– DADF Exit Sensor 1 P/J774-2, DADF PWB P/J757-A2 – DADF Exit Sensor 2 P/J775-2 to DADF PWB P/J757-A5
– DADF Exit Sensor 1 P/J774-1, DADF PWB P/J757-A3 – DADF Exit Sensor 2 P/J775-1 to DADF PWB P/J757-A6
– DADF Exit Sensor 1 P/J774-3, DADF PWB P/J757-A1 – DADF Exit Sensor 2 P/J775-3 to DADF PWB P/J757-A4
• If the wires have no problem, replace the Exit Sensor 1 (PL 14.23) and DADF PWB (PL • If the wires have no problem, replace the Exit Sensor 2 (PL 14.23) and DADF PWB (PL
14.3) in order. 14.3) in order.
DADF Invert Sensor Static Jam. The Invert Sensor came on at one of the following times: DADF No. 1/2/3 APS Sensor Static Jam. The DADF No. 1/2/3 APS Sensor came on at one of
1. Power on. the following times:
2. Feeder cover interlock close. 1. Power on.
3. Platen interlock close. 2. Feeder cover interlock close.
DC330 Code to Check 3. Platen interlock close.
DADF Invert Sensor 2 Static Jam. The DADF Invert Sensor 2 came on at one of the following DADF Tray Lift Up Fail (Document Set). The originals were put into position and the Stack
times: Height Sensor did not come on within a given time after the tray began rising. Or, it was
1. Power on. detected that the Bottom Sensor did not turn off. (Detected at a time other than run, stop, or
purge.)
2. Feeder cover interlock close.
3. Platen interlock close.
Procedure
DC330 Code to Check Remove the DADF Rear Cover. Manually rotate the Tray Motor drive gears. The gears rotate
• [005-226] Invert Sensor 2 with no load.
Procedure Y N
Check the following: Remove any load like binding gears that causes an improper DADF Tray Up operation.
Turn off the power. Disconnect P/J758 from the DADF PWB. Approximately 19
ohms are measured between the 1 pin and 2/3/4/5 pins each of Connector J758.
Y N
Replace the Tray Motor (PL 14.4).
Enter DC330 [005-203](DADF Stack Height Sensor). Select Start. Manually raise and
lower the Nudger Roll. The display toggles between H and L.
Y N
Go to OF 99-2 and troubleshoot the DADF Stack Height Sensor.
Enter DC330 [005-202](DADF Bottom Sensor). Select Start. Manually raise and lower the
DADF Tray. The display toggles between H and L.
Y N
Go to OF 99-2 and troubleshoot the DADF Bottom Sensor.
Check the Torque Limiter (PL 14.4), Sensor Actuator, etc. If no problem is found, replace the
DADF PWB (PL 14.3).
DADF No Original Fail. It was detected that the original was removed. DADF Not Enough Document. After all originals were returned it was detected that the number
of originals was insufficient.
Procedure
• Follow the instructions on the UI. Procedure
• Check all the connection on DADF PWB (PL 14.3). • Follow the instructions on the UI.
If the above check are OK, replace the DADF PWB (PL 14.3). • Check all the connection on DADF PWB (PL 14.3).
If the above check are OK, replace the DADF PWB (PL 14.3).
Initial Actions
• Reduce the number of originals and repeat the operation.
• Remove the loaded document and check the display.
• Turn the power OFF then ON.
• Follow the instructions on the UI display.
Procedure
Check the connection of each DADF PWB connector. The connectors are OK.
Y N
Connect the connectors properly.
Enter DC330 [005-203 DADF Stack Height Sensor). Select Start. Manually raise and lower
the Nudger Roll. The display toggles between H and L.
Y N
Go to OF 99-1 and troubleshoot the DADF Stack Height Sensor (PL 14.17).
Fuser Heat Roll STS-1 Disconnection Fail. It was detected that fuser heat roll STS-1 discon- Fuser NC Sensor Differential Amp Fail.
nected.
NOTE: The Fuser RAPs were written with the expectation that individual components of the
NOTE: The Fuser RAPs were written with the expectation that individual components of the Fuser Assembly would eventually be spared separately. Until this occurs, disregard any refer-
Fuser Assembly would eventually be spared separately. Until this occurs, disregard any refer- ences to PL 8.x; the Fuser is currently spared as a CRU only (see Machine Consumables).
ences to PL 8.x; the Fuser is currently spared as a CRU only (see Machine Consumables).
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
NOTE: It is necessary to set NVM [744-351] to 0 in order to clear this failure.
• Power machine Off then On to see if fault clears.
• Check if the Drawer is pushed in with the Fuser Unit improperly seated before the power • Power machine Off then On to see if fault clears.
is turned on. • Check if the Drawer is pushed in with the Fuser Unit improperly seated before the power
• Check that the connectors ( P/J146) (white) on the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 are connected. is turned on.
• Check that the Drawer Connectors ( P612) connecting the Fuser Unit and the main unit • Check that there is no paper wrapped around the roller/s.
are free from bent pins, foreign objects and burnout.
• Check that the appearance of the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 is free from breakage. Procedure
Check the following wires for continuity:
Procedure • MCU J405-A7 to NC Center Sensor J150-1
Turn off the power. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 10.1) Disconnect the connectors ( P/ • MCU J405-A8 to NC Center Sensor J150-2
J146)(white) on the Heat Roll Thermistor 1. Measure the resistance between pins 1 and 2. • MCU J405-A9 to NC Center Sensor J150-3
The resistance is infinite. • MCU J405-A4 to NC Rear Sensor J151-1
Y N • MCU J405-A5 to NC Rear Sensor J151-2
Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the
• MCU J405-A6 to NC Rear Sensor J151-3
MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
• Heat Roll Thermistor 1 P/J146-1 to MCU PWB P/J405-A11 The wires check out OK.
Y N
• Heat Roll Thermistor 1 P/J146-2 to MCU PWB P/J405-A12
• Ensure connectors are properly connected.
Replace the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 (PL 8.1). • Repair wires or replace the Fuser (PL 8.1).
Heat Roll Over Heat Fail. A high temperature was detected for fuser heat roll STS-1, fuser heat Fuser Nip Fail.
roll STS-2, or Fuser Heat Roll STS-3.
NOTE: The Fuser RAPs were written with the expectation that individual components of the
NOTE: The Fuser RAPs were written with the expectation that individual components of the Fuser Assembly would eventually be spared separately. Until this occurs, disregard any refer-
Fuser Assembly would eventually be spared separately. Until this occurs, disregard any refer- ences to PL 8.x; the Fuser is currently spared as a CRU only (see Machine Consumables).
ences to PL 8.x; the Fuser is currently spared as a CRU only (see Machine Consumables).
Initial Actions
NOTE: It is necessary to set NVM 744-350 to 0 in order to clear this failure.
• Power machine Off then On to see if fault clears.
Initial Actions • Check if the Drawer is pushed in with the Fuser Unit improperly seated before the power
• Power machine Off then On to see if fault clears. is turned on.
• Check that there is no paper wrapped around the roller/s.
• Check that the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 is in proper contact with the Heat Roll.
• Check that the appearance of the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 is free from breakage and dirt.
Procedure
Procedure Check that the Fuser Nip Sensor actuator is properly installed and not damaged. The actua-
tor is properly installed and not damaged.
Enter dC140 [010-200](Heat Roll Thermistor 1). The value is between 1015 and 128.
Y N
Y N • Re-install the actuator properly.
Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace
• Repair/replace the Fuser Nip Sensor (PL 8.1).
the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 (PL 8.1).
• Heat Roll Thermistor 1 P/J146-1 to MCU PWB P/J405-A7
Enter dC330 [010-203] Fuser Nip Sensor. Actuate the Fuser Nip Sensor by moving the actua-
• Heat Roll Thermistor 1 P/J146-2 to MCU PWB P/J405-A6 tor manually, then release the actuator. The display changes.
Y N
Turn off the power. Remove the Rear Lower Cover. Disconnect Connector P/J510 from the AC
Replace the Fuser Nip Sensor (PL 8.1).
Drive PWB. Measure the resistance regarding the following:
• P/J510-10 pin to the frame Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
• P/J510-11 pin to the frame
• P/J510-12 pin to the frame
Every resistance is infinite.
Y N
Check any circuit that shows its resistance is not infinite for a short to the frame.
Replace the Power Unit (PL 11.3) and the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) in order.
Fuser NC Center Sensor Disconnection Fail. (Fuser Temperature Sensor Fail). Fuser Rear Sensor Disconnection Fail. (Fuser Temperature Sensor Fail).
NOTE: The Fuser RAPs were written with the expectation that individual components of the NOTE: The Fuser RAPs were written with the expectation that individual components of the
Fuser Assembly would eventually be spared separately. Until this occurs, disregard any refer- Fuser Assembly would eventually be spared separately. Until this occurs, disregard any refer-
ences to PL 8.x; the Fuser is currently spared as a CRU only (see Machine Consumables). ences to PL 8.x; the Fuser is currently spared as a CRU only (see Machine Consumables).
Procedure Procedure
Check the following wires for continuity: Check the following wires for continuity:
• MCU J405-A7 to NC Center Sensor J150-1 • MCU J405-A4 to NC Rear Sensor J151-1
• MCU J405-A8 to NC Center Sensor J150-2 • MCU J405-A5 to NC Rear Sensor J151-2
• MCU J405-A9 to NC Center Sensor J150-3 • MCU J405-A6 to NC Rear Sensor J151-3
The wires check out OK. The wires check out OK.
Y N Y N
• Ensure connectors are properly connected. • Ensure connectors are properly connected.
• Repair wires or replace the Fuser (PL 8.1). • Repair wires or replace the Fuser (PL 8.1).
• Replace the NC Center Sensor (PL 8.1). • Replace the NC Rear Sensor (PL 8.1).
• Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). • Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Initial Actions Wait Heat Roll Fuser On Time Fail. Main lamp #1, main lamp #2, or the sub lamp is continually
flashing abnormally during wait state.
NOTE: It is necessary to set NVM [744-352] to 0 in order to clear this failure.
NOTE: The Fuser RAPs were written with the expectation that individual components of the
Procedure Fuser Assembly would eventually be spared separately. Until this occurs, disregard any refer-
• Power machine Off then On to see if fault clears. ences to PL 8.x; the Fuser is currently spared as a CRU only (see Machine Consumables).
• Check if the Drawer is pushed in with the Fuser Unit improperly seated before the power
NOTE: Wait state: the state during which lamps are used to adjust the temperature to what is
is turned on.
required for printing, after turning on the power, closing the front cover interlock, closing the
• Check that there is no paper wrapped around the roller/s.
MSI cover interlock, or closing the marking drawer interlock.
• Check that all connectors on the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) are properly connected.
Initial Actions
• Check that there is no foreign object on the Heat Roll surface and no paper wound around
it.
• Check the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 is free from dirt.
• Check that the Drawer Connectors ( P612) connecting the Fuser Unit and the main unit
are free from bent pins, foreign objects and burnout.
• Check that the connectors ( P/J146)(white) on the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 are connected.
Procedure
Turn on the power. Remove the Fuser Front Cover. Cheat the Front Door Interlock SW. Enter
dC330 [010-002] (Main Heater Rod 1). Select Start. The Main Heater Rod 1 (located at left
when seen at front) has lit on.
Y N
Turn off the power. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 10.1)
Disconnect the connectors ( P/J61A, P/J61B) from the Main Heater Rod 1. Measure the
resistance between the both ends of the Main Heater Rod 1. The resistance is 10 ohms
or less.
Y N
Replace the Main Heater Rod 1 (PL 8.1).
Measure the resistance between the both ends of the Thermostat 1. The resistance is
10 ohms or less.
Y N
Check the following. If no problem is found, replace the Thermostat 1 (PL 8.1).
• Heat Roll Thermistor 1 for dirt/improper installation
• The wire between P/J409-B9 on the MCU PWB and P/J510–10 on the AC
Drive PWB for a short to the frame
• See dC120 Fail History. If it shows 010-320 occurred in the past, go to 010-320
RAP.
Reconnect the connectors to the Main Heater Rod 1 at its both ends. Seat the Fuser Unit
in the Drawer. Push in the Drawer. Turn on the power. With dC330 [010-007] (Main
Heater Rod 1) ON, 100-127VAC/200-240VAC is measured between P/J15-1 and P/
J16-4 on the AC Drive PWB.
Reconnect the connectors to the Main Heater Rod 2 at its both ends. Seat the Fuser Unit
in the Drawer. Push in the Drawer.
Turn on the power. With dC330[010-003] (Main Heater Rod 2) ON, 100-127VAC/200-
240VAC is measured between P/J15-3 and P/J16-2 on the AC Drive PWB.
Y N
Check the following for continuity. If the wires are good, replace the Power Unit (PL
11.3) and the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) in order.
• MCU PWB P/J409-B8 to AC Drive PWB P/J510-11
• MCU PWB P/J409-B15 to AC Drive PWB P/J510-4
Turn off the power. Disconnect the power plug.Check the circuits each between P/J16-2
on the AC Drive PWB and P/J62A-1 on the Main Heater Rod 2, and between P/J15-3 on
the AC Drive PWB and P/J62B-1 on the Main Heater Rod 2.
Press the Stop button. Enter dC330 [010-004] (Sub Heater Rod). Select Start. The Sub
Heater Rod (located lower when seen at front) has lit on.
Y N
Turn off the power. Remove the Fuser Unit (REP 10.1). Disconnect the connectors ( P/
J63A, P/J63B) from the Sub Heater Rod. Measure the resistance between the both ends
of the Sub Heater Rod. The resistance is 10 ohms or less.
Turn off the power. Disconnect the power plug.Check the circuits each between P/J16-4 on the
NOTE: The Fuser RAPs were written with the expectation that individual components of the
AC Drive PWB and P/J61A-1 on the Main Heater Rod 1, and between P/J15-1 on the AC
Fuser Assembly would eventually be spared separately. Until this occurs, disregard any refer-
ences to PL 8.x; the Fuser is currently spared as a CRU only (see Machine Consumables). Drive PWB and P/J61B-1 on the Main Heater Rod 1.Press the Stop button. Enter dC330
[010-003] (Main Heater Rod 2). Select Start.The Main Heater Rod 2 (located at right when
NOTE: Standby state: the state during which the heat roll is maintained at the temperature seen at front) has lit on.
required for printing. Y N
Turn off the power. Remove the Fuser Unit (REP 10.1). Disconnect the connectors ( P/
Initial Action J62A, P/J62B) of the Main Heater Rod 2. Measure the resistance between the both ends
• Check that there is no foreign object on the Heat Roll surface and no paper wound around of the Main Heater Rod 2. The resistance is 10 ohms or less.
it. Y N
• Check the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 is free from dirt. Replace the Main Heater Rod 2 (PL 8.1).
• Check that the Drawer Connectors ( P612) connecting the Fuser Unit and the main unit
Measure the resistance between the both ends of the Thermostat 2. The resistance is
are free from bent pins, foreign objects and burnout.
10 ohms or less.
• Check that the connectors ( P/J146)(white) on the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 are connected.
Y N
Procedure Check the following. If no problem is found, replace the Thermostat 2 (PL 8.1).
Turn on the power. Remove the Fuser Front Cover.Cheat the Front Door Interlock SW.Enter • Heat Roll Thermistor 2 for dirt/improper installation
dC330 010-002] (Main Heater Rod 1). Select Start. The Main Heater Rod 1 (located at left • The wire between P/J409-B8 on the MCU PWB and P/J510–11 on the AC
when seen at front) has lit on. Drive PWB for a short to the frame
Y N • See dC120 Fail History. If it shows 010-320 occurred in the past, go to 010-320
Turn off the power. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 10.1) RAP.
Disconnect the connectors ( P/J61A, P/J61B) from the Main Heater Rod 1. Measure the
resistance between the both ends of the Main Heater Rod 1. The resistance is 10 ohms Reconnect the connectors to the Main Heater Rod 2 at its both ends. Seat the Fuser Unit
or less. in the Drawer. Push in the Drawer. Turn on the power. With dC330 [010-003] (Main
Y N Heater Rod 2) ON, 100-127VAC/200-240VAC is measured between P/J15-3 and P/
Replace the Fuser Assembly (PL 8.1). J16-2 on the AC Drive PWB.
Y N
Replace the Main Heater Rod 1 (PL 8.1). Check the following for continuity. If the wires are good, replace the Power Unit (PL
11.3) and the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) in order.
Measure the resistance between the both ends of the Thermostat 1. The resistance is 10 • MCU PWB P/J409-B8 to AC Drive PWB P/J510-11
ohms or less. • MCU PWB P/J409-B15 to AC Drive PWB P/J510-4
Y N
Check the following. If no problem is found, replace the Thermostat 1 (PL 8.1).
Turn off the power. Disconnect the power plug.Check the circuits each between Check
• Heat Roll Thermistor 1 for dirt/improper installation
the circuits between P/J16-2 on the AC Drive PWB and P/J62A-1 on the Main Heater
• The wire between P/J409-B9 on the MCU PWB and P/J510–10 on the AC Drive Rod 2, and between P/J15-3 on the AC Drive PWB and P/J62B-1 on the Main Heater
PWB for a short to the frame Rod 2.
• See dC120 Fail History. If it shows 010-320 RAP occurred in the past, go to 010-320
RAP. Press the Stop button.Enter dC330[010-004] (Sub Heater Rod). Select Start. The Sub Heater
Rod (located lower when seen at front) has lit on.
Reconnect the connectors to the Main Heater Rod 1 at its both ends. Seat the Fuser Unit in the Y N
Drawer. Push in the Drawer. Turn on the power. With dC330 [010-002] (Main Heater Rod 1) Turn off the power. Remove the Fuser Unit (REP 10.1). Disconnect the connectors ( P/
ON, 100-127VAC/200-240VAC is measured between P/J15-1 and P/J16-4 on the AC J63A, P/J63B) from the Sub Heater Rod. Measure the resistance between the both ends
Drive PWB. of the Sub Heater Rod. The resistance is 10 ohms or less.
Y N
Replace the Sub Heater Rod (PL 8.1).
Check the circuits each between P/J437-7 on the IOT Drive PWB and P/J211-1 on
the Fuser Drive Motor, and between P/J437-15 on the IOT Drive PWB and P/J211-
2 on the Fuser Drive Motor for an open wire or poor contact.
+5VDC is measured between P/J212-1 (+) and -2(-) on the Fuser Drive Motor.
Y N
CR8 on the MCU PWB is lighting.
Y N
Check the +5VDC circuit to J400-2 on the MCU PWB.
Check the circuits each between P/J407-A6 on the MCU PWB and P/J212-1 on the
Fuser Drive Motor, and between P/J407-A5 on the MCU PWB and P/J212-2 on the
Fuser Drive Motor for an open wire or poor contact.
Replace the Fuser Drive Assembly (PL 1.1) and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.
Procedure
Replace the Fuser Assembly (PL 8.1).
NOTE: The Fuser RAPs were written with the expectation that individual components of the
Fuser Assembly would eventually be spared separately. Until this occurs, disregard any refer-
ences to PL 8.x; the Fuser is currently spared as a CRU only (see Machine Consumables).
Procedure
Replace the Fuser Assembly (PL 8.1).
Decurler In Sensor On Jam. Booklet In Sensor On Jam. The Booklet In Sensor did not come on within a given time after the
Transport Entrance Sensor came on.
Initial Actions
• Check for obstructions in the paper path Initial Actions
• Check the Guides on the Interface Cover for damage, wear or faulty installation • Check for obstructions in the paper path
• Check the Rolls, Belts and Gears in the Decurler Assembly (PL 21.25, PL 21.26) for wear • Check that the Finisher is docked correctly
or damage. • Check the Booklet In Sensor for obstructions (PL 21.21)
• Check if the use of non-standard paper has caused a transport problem
Procedure • Check the Booklet In Roll (PL 21.21) and for wear or damage
Enter dC330 [014-190], Decurler In Sensor (PL 21.27). Select Start. Open the Interface Cover
and actuate the Decurler In Sensor. The display changes. Procedure
Y N Enter dC330 [013-135], Booklet In Sensor (PL 21.21). Select Start. Actuate the Booklet In
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.8 - C-Finisher I/F Transportation. Check the circuit of the
Sensor. The display changes.
Decurler In Sensor. Refer to the OF 99-2 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.14 - Booklet Transportation. Check the circuit of the Booklet In
Select [014-093], Decurler Transport Motor (PL 21.25). Select Start. The motor energizes.
Sensor. Refer to the OF 99-1 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.6 - C-Finisher I/F Drive Control. Check the circuit of the
Select [013-068] and/or [013-069], Booklet Gate Solenoid (PL 21.21). Select Start. The
Decurler Transport Motor. Refer to the OF 99-9 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Booklet Gate Solenoid actuates.
Y N
Select Stop. Close the Interface Cover. Select [014-011] or [014-012], Transport Gate Solenoid Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.10 - C-Finisher Booklet / Punch Transport. Check the circuit of
(PL 21.25). Select Start. The Gate Solenoid actuates. the Booklet Gate Solenoid. Refer to the OF 99-8 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.11 - C-Finisher Transport, Top Tray Gating. Check the circuit Select [014-001], Finisher Transport Motor (PL 21.10). Select Start. The motor energizes.
of the Transport Gate Solenoid. Refer to the OF 99-8 RAP for troubleshooting procedure. Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.9 - C-Finisher Drives. Check the circuit of the Finisher Trans-
Select Stop. port Motor. Refer to the OF 99-9 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Check the following:
• Ensure that the connectors shown in the circuit diagrams are securely connected and that Select Stop.
the wires are not damaged Check the following:
• Check the Decurler Transport Motor and its associated gears and belts for damage, con- • Ensure that the connectors shown in the circuit diagrams are securely connected and that
tamination or misalignment the wires are not damaged
If the above checks are OK, replace the Decurler In Sensor (PL 21.27). If the problem persists, • Check the Finisher Transport Motor and its associated gears and belts for damage, con-
replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12). tamination or alignment
If the above checks are OK, replace the Booklet In Sensor (PL 21.21). If the problem persists,
replace the Booklet PWB (PL 21.12).
Booklet In Sensor Off Jam Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor On Jam. The Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor did not turn off
• The Booklet In Sensor did not turn off within a given time. within a given time after it came on.
• Before the previous set turned off the Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor, the first page of the
next set turned off the Booklet In Sensor. (This prevents reverse rotation.) Initial Actions
Initial Actions • Check for obstructions in the paper path
• Check that the Finisher is docked correctly to ensure proper Transport Gate operation
• Check for obstructions in the paper path
• Check the Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor for obstructions (PL 21.21)
• Check that the Finisher is docked correctly to ensure proper Transport Gate operation
• Check if the use of non-standard paper has caused a transport problem
• Check the Booklet In Sensor for obstructions (PL 21.21)
• Check the Booklet Folding Roll for wear or damage
• Check if the use of non-standard paper has caused a transport problem
• Check the Booklet Eject Roll Drive rolls for wear or damage
• Check the Booklet In Roll for wear or damage
Procedure Procedure
Enter dC330 [013-103], Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor (PL 21.21). Select Start. Actuate the
Enter dC330 [013-135], Booklet In Sensor (PL 21.21). Select Start. Actuate the Booklet In
Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor. The display changes.
Sensor. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Go to BSD 12.14 - Booklet Transportation. Check the circuit of the Booklet Folder Roll
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.14 - Booklet Transportation. Check the circuit of the Booklet In
Exit Sensor. Refer to the OF 99-1 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Sensor. Refer to the OF 99-1 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Select [013-068] and/or [013-069], Booklet Gate Solenoid (PL 21.10). Select Start. The Book- Select [013-064], Booklet Paper Path Motor (PL 21.22). Select Start. The motor energizes.
Y N
let Gate Solenoid actuates.
Y N Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.13 - Booklet Drive. Check the circuit of the Booklet Paper Path
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.10 - C-Finisher Booklet / Punch Transport. Check the circuit of Motor. Refer to the OF 99-9 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
the Booklet Gate Solenoid. Refer to the OF 99-8 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Select Stop. Select [013-064], Booklet Folder Roll Motor (PL 21.22). Select Start. The motor
Select [013-064], Booklet Paper Path Motor (PL 21.22). Select Start. The motor energizes. energizes.
Y N
Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.13 - Booklet Drive. Check the circuit of the Booklet Paper Path Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.13 - Booklet Drive. Check the circuit of the Booklet Folder Roll
Motor. Refer to the OF 99-9 RAP for troubleshooting procedure. Motor. Refer to the OF 99-6 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Buffer Path Sensor On Jam: Compiler Exit Sensor Off Jam. The Compiler Exit Sensor did not turn off within a given time
• The Buffer Path Sensor did not come on within a given time after the Transport Entrance after it came on.
Sensor came on.
• The Sensor did not come on within a given time after the start of a punch operation. Initial Actions
Initial Actions • Check the Buffer Reverse Roll for wear or damage
• Check the Compile Exit Roll for wear or damage
• Check for obstructions in the paper path
• Check for paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/burr on the paper path
• Check the Finisher Transport Motor Belt, Gears and Drive Rolls for wear or damage
• Check if the use of non-standard paper has caused a transport problem
Procedure
Enter dC330 [014-101], Buffer Path Sensor (PL 21.10). Select Start. Actuate the Buffer Path
Procedure
Sensor. The display changes. Enter dC330 [014-150], Compiler Exit Sensor (PL 21.9). Select Start. Actuate the Compiler
Y N Exit Sensor. The display changes.
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.12 - C-Finisher Buffer Transport. Check the circuit of the Y N
Buffer Path Sensor. Refer to the OF 99-2 RAP for troubleshooting procedure. Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.24 - C-Finisher Compiling. Check the circuit of the Compiler
Exit Sensor. Refer to the OF 99-1 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Select Stop. Select [014-001], Finisher Transport Motor (PL 21.10). Select Start. The motor
energizes. Select Stop. Select [014-011] or [014-012], Transport Gate Solenoid (PL 21.10), and select
Y N Start. The Transport Gate Solenoid actuates.
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.9 - C-Finisher Drives. Check the circuit of the Finisher Trans- Y N
port Motor. Refer to the OF 99-9 RAP for troubleshooting procedure. Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.11 - C-Finisher Transport, Top Tray Gating. Check the circuit
of the Transport Gate Solenoid. Refer to the OF 99-8 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Select Stop. Select [014-015] and/or [014-016], Buffer Gate Solenoid (PL 21.10). Select Start.
The Buffer Gate Solenoid actuates. Select Stop. Select [014-015] or [014-016], Buffer Gate Solenoid (PL 21.10), and Select Start.
Y N The Buffer Gate Solenoid actuates.
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.12 - C-Finisher Buffer Transport. Check the circuit of the Y N
Buffer Gate Solenoid. Refer to the OF 99-8 RAP for troubleshooting procedure. Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.12 - C-Finisher Buffer Transport. Check the circuit of the Buffer
Gate Solenoid. Refer to the OF 99-8 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Select Stop. Select [014-007], Exit Motor (PL 21.11). Select Start. The motor energizes.
Y N Select [014-007], Exit Motor (PL 21.11). Select Start. The motor energizes.
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.9 - C-Finisher Drives. Check the circuit of the Exit Motor. Y N
Refer to the OF 99-9 RAP for troubleshooting procedure. Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.9 - C-Finisher Drives. Check the circuit of the Exit Motor.
Refer to the OF 99-9 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Select Stop. Select [014-003], Registration Motor (PL 21.11). Select Start. The motor runs.
Y N Select Stop.
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.9 - C-Finisher Drives. Check the circuit of the Registration Check the following:
Motor. Refer to the OF 99-9 RAP for troubleshooting procedure. • Ensure that the connectors shown in the circuit diagrams are securely connected and that
the wires are not damaged
Select Stop. Check the following: • Check the Exit Motor and its associated gears and belts for damage, contamination or
• Ensure that the connectors shown in the circuit diagrams are securely connected and that tension
the wires are not damaged If the above checks are OK, replace the Compiler Exit Sensor (PL 21.9). If the problem per-
• Check the Buffer Rolls for obstructions sists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
• Check the Finisher Transport Motor, Exit Motor, and Reg. Motor and their associated
gears and belts for damage, contamination or misalignment
If the above checks are OK, replace the Buffer Path Sensor (PL 21.10). If the problem persists,
replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Compiler Exit Sensor On Jam Set Eject Jam. The Compiler Exit Sensor did not turn off within a given time after the start of an
eject operation.
Initial Actions
• Check the Buffer Roll for wear or damage Initial Actions
• Check for paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/burr on the paper path • Check the Buffer Reverse Roll for wear or damage
• Check if the use of non-standard paper has caused a transport problem • Check the Compile Exit Roll for wear or damage
• Check for paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/burr on the paper path
Procedure • Check if the use of non-standard paper has caused a transport problem
Enter dC330 [014-150], Compiler Exit Sensor (PL 21.9). Select Start. Actuate the Compiler
Exit Sensor. The display changes. Procedure
Y N Enter dC330 [014-150], Compiler Exit Sensor (PL 21.9). Select Start. Actuate the Compiler
Select Stop. Go to. BSD 12.24 - C-Finisher CompilingCheck the circuit of the Compiler Exit Sensor. The display changes.
Exit Sensor. Refer to the OF 99-1 RAP for troubleshooting procedure. Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.24 - C-Finisher Compiling. Check the circuit of the Compiler
Select Stop. Select [014-015] or [014-016], Buffer Gate Solenoid (PL 21.10), and select Start. Exit Sensor. Refer to the OF 99-1 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
The Buffer Gate Solenoid actuates.
Y N Select [014-007], Exit Motor (PL 21.11). Select Start. The motor energizes.
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.12 - C-Finisher Buffer Transport. Check the circuit of the Y N
Buffer Gate Solenoid. Refer to the OF 99-8 RAP for troubleshooting procedure. Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.9 - C-Finisher Drives. Check the circuit of the Exit Motor.
Refer to the OF 99-9 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Select Stop. Select [014-011] or [014-012], Transport Gate Solenoid (PL 21.10). Select Start.
The Transport Gate Solenoid actuates. Select Stop. Select [014-011] or [014-012], Transport Gate Solenoid (PL 21.10). Select Start.
Y N The Transport Gate Solenoid actuates.
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.11 - C-Finisher Transport, Top Tray Gating. Check the circuit Y N
of the Transport Gate Solenoid. Refer to the OF 99-8 RAP for troubleshooting procedure. Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.11 - C-Finisher Transport, Top Tray Gating. Check the circuit
of the Transport Gate Solenoid. Refer to the OF 99-8 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Select [014-007], Exit Motor (PL 21.11). Select Start. The motor energizes.
Y N Select Stop.
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.9 - C-Finisher Drives. Check the circuit of the Exit Motor. Check the following:
Refer to the OF 99-9 RAP for troubleshooting procedure. • Ensure that the connectors shown in the circuit diagrams are securely connected and that
the wires are not damaged
Select Stop.
• Check the Exit Motor and its associated gears and belts for damage, contamination or
Check the following:
tension
• Ensure that the connectors shown in the circuit diagrams are securely connected and that
If the above checks are OK, replace the Compiler Exit Sensor (PL 21.9). If the problem per-
the wires are not damaged
sists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
• Check the Exit Motor and its associated gears and belts for damage, contamination or
tension
If the above checks are OK, replace the Compiler Exit Sensor (PL 21.9). If the problem per-
sists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Top Tray Exit Sensor Off Jam. Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor Off Jam. The booklet folder roll exit sensor did not turn off
• The trailing edge of a sheet of paper did not turn off the Top Tray Exit Sensor within a within a given time after the booklet folder roll exit sensor came on.
given time after the leading edge of the same sheet of paper turned on the Transport
Entrance Sensor. Initial Actions
• The trailing edge of a sheet of paper did not turn off the top Tray Exit Sensor within a • Check for obstructions in the paper path
given time after the start of a punch operation. • Check the Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor for obstructions (PL 21.21)
Initial Actions • Check if the use of non-standard paper has caused a transport problem
• Check Top Tray Exit for operation failure • Check the Booklet Folding Roll for wear or damage
• Check paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/burr on the paper path • Check the Booklet Eject Roll Drive rolls for wear or damage
• Check transportation failure of non-standard paper
Procedure
Procedure Enter dC330 [013-103], Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor (PL 21.21). Select Start. Actuate the
Enter dC330 [014-115], Top Tray Exit Sensor (PL 21.28). Select Start. Actuate the Top Tray Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor. The display changes.
Exit Sensor. The display changes. Y N
Y N Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.14 - Booklet Transportation. Check the circuit of the Booklet
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.21 - C-Finisher Top Tray Stacking. Check the circuit of the Top Folder Roll Exit Sensor. Refer to the OF 99-1 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Tray Exit Sensor. Refer to the OF 99-2 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Select [013-064], Booklet Paper Path Motor (PL 21.22). Select Start. The motor energizes.
Select [014-007], Exit Motor (PL 21.11). Select Start. The motor energizes. Y N
Y N Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.13 - Booklet Drive. Check the circuit of the Booklet Paper Path
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.9 - C-Finisher Drives. Check the circuit of the Exit Motor. Motor. Refer to the OF 99-9 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Refer to the OF 99-9 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Select Stop. Select [013-008, 13-009], Booklet Folder Roll Motor (PL 21.22). Select Start.
Select Stop. Select [014-011] or [014-012], Transport Gate Solenoid (PL 21.10). Select Start. The motor energizes.
The Transport Gate Solenoid actuates. Y N
Y N Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.13 - Booklet Drive. Check the circuit of the Booklet Folder Roll
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.11 - C-Finisher Transport, Top Tray Gating. Check the circuit Motor. Refer to the OF 99-6 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
of the Transport Gate Solenoid. Refer to the OF 99-8 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Check the following:
Select [014-001], Finisher Transport Motor (PL 21.10). Select Start. The motor energizes. • Ensure that the connectors shown in the circuit diagrams are securely connected and that
Y N the wires are not damaged
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.9 - C-Finisher Drives. Check the circuit of the Finisher Trans- • Check the Booklet Paper Path Motor and its associated gears and belts for damage, con-
port Motor. Refer to the OF 99-9 RAP for troubleshooting procedure. tamination or alignment
• Check the Booklet Folder Roll Motor and its associated gears and belts for damage, con-
Select Stop.
tamination or alignment
Check the following:
If the above checks are OK, replace the Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor (PL 21.21). If the prob-
• Ensure that the connectors shown in the circuit diagrams are securely connected and that lem persists, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 21.12).
the wires are not damaged
• Check the Exit Motor and its associated gears and belts for damage, contamination or
misalignment
• Exit Drive Shaft for wear and a revolution failure
• The Exit Pinch Rolls for wear and/or damage
If the above checks are OK, replace the Top Tray Exit Sensor (PL 21.28). If the problem per-
sists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Stacker Tray Fail.The Stack Height Sensor did not turn off within 500 msec after the stack tray Stacker Tray Upper Limit Fail. The Stacker had lifted up above the specified upper limit.
began to lower.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions Check Items
• The Stack Height Sensor for improper installation
• The Stack Height Sensor connectors for connection failure • The Upper Limit Sensor for improper installation
• The Elevator Motor and Belt for operation failure • The Upper Limit Sensor connectors for connection failure
• The Elevator Motor connectors for connection failure • The Elevator Motor and Belt for operation failure
• The Elevator Gear for deformation • The Elevator Motor connectors for connection failure
Procedure Procedure
Enter dC330 [14-061] and [14-060], Elevator Motor (PL 21.4), alternately. Select Start. The Enter dC330 [14-061] and [14-060], Elevator Motor (PL 21.4), alternately. Select Start. The
Elevator Motor runs. Elevator Motor runs.
Y N Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.30 - C-Finisher Stacker Drive. Check continuity between the Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.30 - C-Finisher Stacker Drive. Check continuity between the
Elevator Motor and Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK. Elevator Motor and Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK.
Y N Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Elevator Motor (PL 21.4). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB Replace the Elevator Motor (PL 21.4). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB
(PL 21.12). (PL 21.12).
Check the surfaces of the Stack Height Sensor 1 and Stack Height Sensor 2 (PL 21.4) for dirt Select Stop. Select [14-262], Stacker No Paper Sensor (PL 21.4). Select Start. Block/unblock
and any foreign substance that is interfering with the sensor. the Stacker No Paper Sensor. The display changes.
Execute dC330 [014-264], Stack Height Sensor 1. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with Y N
paper. Does the display change? Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.30 - C-Finisher Stacker Drive. Check continuity between the
Y N Stacker No Paper Sensor and Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK,
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.31 - C-Finisher Stack Height Detection. Check the circuit of Y N
the Stack Height Sensor 1. Refer to the OF 99-2 RAP for troubleshooting procedure. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Execute dC330 [014-265], Stack Height Sensor 2. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 2 with Replace the Stacker No Paper Sensor (PL 21.4). If the problem continues, replace the
paper. Does the display change? Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.31 - C-Finisher Stack Height Detection. Check the circuit of Select [14-260], Upper Limit Sensor (PL 21.4). Block/unblock the Upper Limit Sensor. Select
the Stack Height Sensor 2. Refer to the OF 99-2 RAP for troubleshooting procedure. Start. The display changes.
Y N
Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12). Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.30 - C-Finisher Stacker Drive. Check continuity between the
Upper Limit Sensor and Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK,
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.
Replace the Upper Limit Sensor (PL 21.4). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher
PWB
Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Stacker Tray Lower Limit Fail. The Stacker Tray had lowered below the specified lower limit Front Tamper Home Sensor On Fail. The Front Tamper Home Sensor did not come on within a
(Full Stack). given time after the Front Tamper Motor came on.
• The Stacker Encoder Sensor for improper installation • Front Tamper Actuator for deformation
• The Stacker Encoder Sensor connectors for connection failure • Front Tamper Home Sensor for proper installation
• The Elevator Motor and Belt for operation failure • Front Tamper Home Sensor connectors
• The Elevator Motor connectors for connection failure • Front Tamper Motor for proper operation
• Front Tamper Motor connectors
Procedure
Enter dC330 [14-061] and [14-060], Elevator Motor (PL 21.4), alternately. Select Start. The Procedure
Elevator Motor runs. Enter dC330 [14-020] and [14-023], Front Tamper Motor (PL 21.8), alternately. Select Start.
Y N The Front Tamper Motor runs.
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.30 - C-Finisher Stacker Drive. Check continuity between the Y N
Elevator Motor and Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK. Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.25 - C-Finisher Tamper Control. Check circuit of the Front
Y N Tamper Motor. Refer to OF 99-9 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Select Stop. Select [14-220], Front Tamper Home Sensor (PL 21.8). Select Start. Actuate the
Replace the Elevator Motor (PL 21.4). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB sensor with a piece of paper. The display changes.
(PL 21.12). Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.25 - C-Finisher Tamper Control. Check circuit of the Front
Select Stop. Stack the code [014-263], Stacker Encoder Sensor with the Elevator Motor Tamper Home Sensor. Refer to OF 99-2 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
code(s). The display changes as the Elevator moves up/down.
Y N Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.30 - C-Finisher Stacker Drive. Check the circuit of the Stacker
Encoder Sensor. Refer to OF 99-2 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Front Tamper Home Sensor Off Fail. The Front Tamper Home Sensor remained on after the Rear Tamper Home Sensor Off Fail. The Rear Tamper Home Sensor remained on after the
Front Tamper Motor stopped. Rear Tamper Motor stopped.
• Front Tamper Actuator for deformation • Rear Tamper Actuator for deformation
• Front Tamper Home Sensor for proper installation • Rear Tamper Home Sensor for proper installation
• Front Tamper Home Sensor connectors • Rear Tamper Home Sensor connectors
• Front Tamper Motor for proper operation • Rear Tamper Motor for proper operation
• Front Tamper Motor connectors • Rear Tamper Motor connectors
Procedure Procedure
Enter dC330 [14-020] and [14-023], Front Tamper Motor (PL 21.8), alternately. Select Start. Enter dC330 [14-026] and [14-029], Rear Tamper Motor (PL 21.8), alternately. Select Start.
The Front Tamper Motor runs. The Rear Tamper Motor runs.
Y N Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.25 - C-Finisher Tamper Control. Check circuit of the Front Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.25 - C-Finisher Tamper Control. Check circuit of the Rear
Tamper Motor. Refer to OF 99-9 RAP for troubleshooting procedure. Tamper Motor. Refer to OF 99-9 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Select Stop. Select [14-220], Front Tamper Home Sensor (PL 21.8). Select Start. Actuate the Select Stop. Select [14-221, Rear Tamper Home Sensor (PL 21.8). Select Start. Actuate the
sensor with a piece of paper. The display changes. sensor with a piece of paper. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.25 - C-Finisher Tamper Control. Check circuit of the Front Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.25 - C-Finisher Tamper Control. Check circuit of the Rear
Tamper Home Sensor. Refer to OF 99-2 RAP for troubleshooting procedure. Tamper Home Sensor. Refer to OF 99-2 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12). Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Booklet Tamper Home Sensor (F) On Fail. The Booklet Tamper Home Sensor (F) did not come Booklet Tamper Home Sensor (F) Off Fail. The Booklet Tamper Home Sensor (F) did not turn
on within a given time after the Booklet Tamper Motor (F) came on. off within a given time after Booklet Tamper Motor (F) came on.
Procedure Procedure
Enter dC330 [13-048] and [13-052], Booklet Tamper Motor Front (PL 21.19), alternately. Select Enter dC330 [13-048] and [13-052], Booklet Tamper Motor Front (PL 21.19), alternately. Select
Start. The Booklet Tamper Motor Front energizes. Start. The Booklet Tamper Motor Front energizes.
Y N Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.15 - Booklet Tamper Control (1 of 2). Check continuity Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.15 - Booklet Tamper Control (1 of 2). Check continuity
between the Booklet Tamper Motor Front and the Booklet PWB and the Booklet PWB and between the Booklet Tamper Motor Front and the Booklet PWB and the Booklet PWB and
the Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK. the Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK.
Y N Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Booklet Tamper Motor Front (PL 21.19). If the problem continues, replace the Replace the Booklet Tamper Motor Front (PL 21.19). If the problem continues, replace the
Booklet PWB (PL 21.12). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12). Booklet PWB (PL 21.12). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Select Stop. Select [13-134], Booklet Tamper Home Sensor Front (PL 21.19). Select Start. Select Stop. Select [13-134], Booklet Tamper Home Sensor Front (PL 21.19). Select Start.
Block/unblock the Booklet Tamper Home Sensor Front. The display changes. Block/unblock the Booklet Tamper Home Sensor Front. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.16 - Booklet Tamper Control (2 of 2). Check continuity Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.16 - Booklet Tamper Control (2 of 2). Check continuity
between the Booklet Tamper Home Sensor Front and the Booklet PWB and the Booklet between the Booklet Tamper Home Sensor Front and the Booklet PWB and the Booklet
PWB and the Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK. PWB and the Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK.
Y N Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Booklet Tamper Home Sensor Front (PL 21.19). If the problem continues, Replace the Booklet Tamper Home Sensor Front (PL 21.19). If the problem continues,
replace the Booklet PWB (PL 21.12). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB replace the Booklet PWB (PL 21.12). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
(PL 21.12). (PL 21.12).
Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 21.12). Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 21.12).
Booklet End Guide Home Sensor Off Fail. The Booklet End Guide Home Sensor did not turn Booklet End Guide Home Sensor On Fail. The Booklet End Guide Home Sensor (F) did not
off within a given time after the Booklet End Guide Motor came on. come on within a given time after the Booklet End Guide Motor came on.
Procedure Procedure
Enter dC330 [13-013] and [13-016], Booklet End Guide Motor (PL 21.17), alternately. Select Enter dC330 [13-013] and [13-016], Booklet End Guide Motor (PL 21.17), alternately. Select
Start. The Booklet End Guide Motor energizes. Start. The Booklet End Guide Motor energizes.
Y N Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.19 - Booklet End Guide Control. Check continuity between the Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.19 - Booklet End Guide Control. Check continuity between the
Booklet End Guide Motor and the Booklet PWB and the Booklet PWB and the Finisher Booklet End Guide Motor and the Booklet PWB and the Booklet PWB and the Finisher
PWB. The continuity check is OK. PWB. The continuity check is OK.
Y N Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Booklet End Guide Motor (PL 21.17). If the problem continues, replace the Replace the Booklet End Guide Motor (PL 21.17). If the problem continues, replace the
Booklet PWB (PL 21.12). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12). Booklet PWB (PL 21.12). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Select Stop. Select [13-137]. Block/unblock the Booklet End Guide Home Sensor to the light Select Stop. Enter [13-137]. Select Start. Block/unblock the Booklet End Guide Home Sensor.
with paper strip. Select Start. The display changes. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.19 - Booklet End Guide Control. Check continuity between the Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.19 - Booklet End Guide Control. Check continuity between the
Booklet End Guide Home Sensor and the Booklet PWB and the Booklet PWB and the Booklet End Guide Home Sensor and the Booklet PWB and the Booklet PWB and the
Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK. Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK.
Y N Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Booklet End Guide Home Sensor (PL 21.17). If the problem continues, Replace the Booklet End Guide Home Sensor (PL 21.17). If the problem continues,
replace the Booklet PWB (PL 21.12). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB replace the Booklet PWB (PL 21.12). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
(PL 21.12). (PL 21.12).
Booklet Tamper Home Sensor R On Fail. The Booklet Tamper Home Sensor (R) did not come Booklet Tamper Home Sensor R Off Fail. Booklet Tamper Home Sensor (R) did not turn off
on within a given time after the Booklet Tamper Motor (R) came on. within a given time after Booklet Tamper Motor (R) came on.
Procedure Procedure
Enter dC330 [13-056] and DC330 [13-060], Booklet Tamper Motor Rear (PL 21.19), alternately. Enter dC330 [13-056] and [13-060], Booklet Tamper Motor Rear (PL 21.19), alternately. Select
Select Start. The Booklet Tamper Motor Rear energizes. Start. The Booklet Tamper Motor Rear energizes.
Y N Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.15 - Booklet Tamper Control (1 of 2). Check continuity Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.15 - Booklet Tamper Control (1 of 2). Check continuity
between the Booklet Tamper Motor Rear and the Booklet PWB and the Booklet PWB and between the Booklet Tamper Motor Rear and the Booklet PWB and the Booklet PWB and
the Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK. the Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK.
Y N Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Booklet Tamper Motor Rear (PL 21.19). If the problem continues, replace the Replace the Booklet Tamper Motor Rear (PL 21.19). If the problem continues, replace the
Booklet PWB (PL 21.12). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12). Booklet PWB (PL 21.12). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Select Stop. Select [13-136], Booklet Tamper Home Sensor Rear. Select Start. Block/unblock Select Stop. Select [13-136], Booklet Tamper Home Sensor Rear (PL 21.19). Select Start.
the Booklet Tamper Home Sensor Rear. The display changes. Block/unblock the Booklet Tamper Home Sensor Front. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.16 - Booklet Tamper Control (2 of 2). Check continuity Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.16 - Booklet Tamper Control (2 of 2). Check continuity
between the Booklet Tamper Home Sensor Rear and the Booklet PWB and the Booklet between the Booklet Tamper Home Sensor Rear and the Booklet PWB. The continuity
PWB and the Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK. check is OK.
Y N Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Booklet Tamper Home Sensor Rear (PL 21.19). If the problem continues, Replace the Booklet Tamper Home Sensor Rear (PL 21.19). If the problem continues,
replace the Booklet PWB (PL 21.12). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB replace the Booklet PWB (PL 21.12). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
(PL 21.12). (PL 21.12).
Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 21.12). Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 21.12).
Procedure
Manually move the Booklet Tamper to both ends. Enter dC330 [13-008] and [13-009], Booklet
Folder Roll Motor (PL 21.22), alternately. Select Start. The Booklet Folder Roll Motor ener-
gizes.
Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.13 - Booklet Drive. Check continuity between the Booklet
Folder Roll Motor and the Booklet PWB and between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher
PWB. The continuity check is OK.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Booklet Folder Roll Motor (PL 21.22). If the problem continues, replace the
Booklet PWB (PL 21.12). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Select Stop. Select [13-010], Knife Solenoid, (PL 21.22). Select Start. The Knife Solenoid
actuates.
Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.17 - Booklet Knife Control. Check continuity between the
Knife Solenoid and the Booklet PWB The continuity check is OK.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Knife Solenoid (PL 21.22). If the problem continues, replace the Booklet
PWB (PL 21.12). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Select Stop. Select [13-101], Knife Home Sensor (PL 21.18). Select Start. Block/unblock the
Knife Home Sensor. The display changed.
Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.17 - Booklet Knife Control. Check continuity between the
Knife Home Sensor and the Booklet PWB. The continuity check is OK.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Booklet Stapler Fail: Side Reg. Sensor Off Fail. One or both of the Side Reg. Sensors did not turn off within the
1. The stapler ready signal did not change to ‘not ready’ within a given time after the booklet specified time.
stapler start signal came on (no stapling operation).
2. The ready signal remained ‘not ready’ for a given time after stapler NG was detected, or Initial Actions
the error signal came on. • The Sensor Bracket for deformation
3. The error signal was on just prior to the start of the stapling operation indication. • The Side Reg 1 and 2 Sensors for improper installation or connection failure
4. During the stapler power on check processing that occurs when power is turned on or • The Puncher Move Motor connectors for connection failure
when an interlock is closed, it was detected that the error signal from the stapler was on,
or the ready signal was off. Procedure
Initial Actions Enter dC330 [14-071] and [14-073], Puncher Move Motor (PL 21.5), alternately. Select Start.
Ensure that the Staple Cartridge has staples, and is correctly installed The Puncher Move Motor operates.
Y N
Procedure Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.22 - C-Finisher Punch Drive. Check the wiring between the
Puncher Move Motor and the Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK.
Go to BSD 12.18 - Booklet Staple Control. Check continuity between the P/J 8201 on the Sta-
Y N
pler and the Booklet PWB. The continuity check is OK. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Puncher Move Motor (PL 21.5). If the problem continues, replace the Fin-
isher PWB (PL 21.12).
Go to BSD 12.2 - C-Finisher DC Power Distribution. Check continuity between the Booklet
PWB and Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK.
Select Stop. Select [14-200], Side Reg. 1 Sensor (PL 21.5). Select Start. Block/unblock the
Y N
Sensor. The display changes.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.10 - C-Finisher Booklet / Punch Transport. Check continuity
Replace the Stapler (PL 21.16). The problem is resolved.
between the Side Reg 1 Sensor and Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK.
Y N Y N
Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 21.12). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
(PL 21.12).
Replace the Side Reg 1 Sensor (PL 21.5). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher
If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 21.12).
PWB (PL 21.12).
Select [14-201], Side Reg 2 Sensor (PL 21.5). Select Start. Block/unblock the Sensor. The
display changes.
Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.10 - C-Finisher Booklet / Punch Transport. Check continuity
between the Side Reg 2 Sensor and Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Side Reg 2 Sensor (PL 21.5). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher
PWB (PL 21.12).
Eject Clamp Home Sensor On Fail. The Eject Clamp Home Sensor On did not come on within Booklet Knife Folder Sensor Fail.
a given time after the Eject Clamp Motor came on
Initial Actions
Initial Actions • The Knife Folder Sensor for improper installation or connection failure
• Check for obstructions in the Clamp area • The Booklet Folder Roll Motor connectors for connection failure
• Check the Cam Gear and Follower (PL 21.7) for damage. • The Knife Solenoid connectors for connection failure
• Check the Eject Clamp Bracket (PL 21.7) for damage or misalignment • The Knife Solenoid for improper installation
• The Knife drive mechanism for a foreign substance
Procedure
Enter dC330 [014-250], Eject Clamp Home Sensor (PL 21.7). Select Start. Manually rotate the Procedure
Cam Actuator driven by the Eject Clamp Motor for one revolution. The display changes.
Manually move the Booklet Tamper to both ends. Enter dC330 [13-008] and [13-009], Booklet
Y N
Folder Roll Motor (PL 21.22), alternately. Select Start. The Booklet Folder Roll Motor runs.
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.28 - C-Finisher Eject Drive. Check the circuit of the Eject
Y N
Clamp Home Sensor. Refer to the OF 99-2 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.13 - Booklet Drive. Check continuity between the Booklet
Folder Roll Motor and the Booklet PWB and between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher
Select [012-052], Eject Clamp Motor (PL 21.7). Select Start. The Eject Clamp moves up.
PWB. The continuity check is OK.
Y N
Y N
The Eject Clamp Motor energized.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.28 - C-Finisher Eject Drive. Check the circuit of the Eject
Replace the Booklet Folder Roll Motor (PL 21.22). If the problem continues, replace the
Clamp Motor. Refer to the OF 99-9 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Booklet PWB (PL 21.12). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Check the Eject Clamp Motor and its associated gears, pulleys and belts for damage,
Select Stop. Select dC330 [13-010], Knife Solenoid, (PL 21.22). Select Start. The Knife Sole-
contamination and misalignment (PL 21.7). noid actuates.
Y N
Select Stop.
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.17 - Booklet Knife Control. Check continuity between the
Check the following:
Knife Solenoid and the Booklet PWB and between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher
• Ensure that the Eject Clamp Home Sensor connectors are securely connected and that
PWB. The continuity check is OK.
the wires are not damaged
Y N
• Ensure that the Eject Clamp Motor connectors are securely connected and that the wires Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
are not damaged
If the above checks are OK, replace the Eject Clamp Home Sensor (PL 21.7). If the problem Replace the Knife Solenoid (PL 21.22). If the problem continues, replace the Booklet
persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12). PWB (PL 21.12).
Select Stop. Select dC330 [13-141], Knife Folder Sensor (PL 21.18). Select Start. Block/
unblock the Knife Home Sensor. The display changed.
Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.17 - Booklet Knife Control. Check continuity between the
Knife Folder Sensor and the Booklet PWB. The continuity check is OK.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Knife Folder Sensor (PL 21.18). If the problem continues, replace the Booklet
PWB (PL 21.12).
Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 21.12).
Finisher Rear Tamper Home Sensor On. Booklet Drawer Broken Fail. The Booklet Drawer Set Sensor was open when the Finisher
Front Door Interlock was closed.
Initial Actions
Check the following: Initial Actions
• The Booklet Drawer Set Sensor for improper installation
• Rear Tamper Actuator for deformation • The Booklet Drawer Set Sensor connectors for connection failure
• Rear Tamper Home Sensor for proper installation • The Booklet Drawer Actuator part for a foreign substance and deformation
• Rear Tamper Home Sensor connectors • The Drawer mechanism for a foreign substance and deformation
• Rear Tamper Motor for proper operation
• Rear Tamper Motor connectors Procedure
Enter dC330 [13-104], Booklet Drawer Set Sensor (PL 21.15). Select Start. Remove and insert
Procedure the Booklet Drawer manually. The display changes.
Enter dC330 [14-026] and [14-029], Rear Tamper Motor (PL 21.8), alternately. Select Start. Y N
The Rear Tamper Motor runs. Go to BSD 12.13 - Booklet Drive. Check the circuit of the Booklet Drawer Set Sensor.
Y N Refer to the OF 99-2 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.25 - C-Finisher Tamper Control. Check circuit of the Rear
Tamper Motor. Refer to OF 99-9 RAP for troubleshooting procedure. Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 21.12).
Select Stop. Select [14-221], Rear Tamper Home Sensor (PL 21.8). Select Start. Actuate the
sensor with a piece of paper. The display changes.
Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.25 - C-Finisher Tamper Control. Check circuit of the Rear
Tamper Home Sensor. Refer to OF 99-2 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Booklet Knife Home Sensor Off Fail. The Knife Home Sensor did not turn off within a given Booklet Compile No Paper Sensor Fail. The Booklet Compile No Paper Sensor is off at the
time after the Knife Solenoid came on. start of a Booklet Staple job.
Replace the Knife Solenoid (PL 21.22). If the problem continues, replace the Booklet
PWB (PL 21.12). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Select Stop. Select dC330 [13-101], Knife Home Sensor (PL 21.18). Select Start. Block/
unblock the Knife Home Sensor. The display changed.
Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.17 - Booklet Knife Control. Check continuity between the
Knife Home Sensor and the Booklet PWB. The continuity check is OK.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Knife Home Sensor (PL 21.18). If the problem continues, replace the Booklet
PWB (PL 21.12). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 21.12).
Top Tray Offset Sensor On Fail Top Tray Offset Sensor Off Fail
• Top Tray Offset Sensor Actuator for deformation • Top Tray Offset Sensor Actuator for deformation
• Top Tray Offset Sensor for proper installation • Top Tray Offset Sensor for proper installation
• Top Tray Offset Sensor connectors • Top Tray Offset Sensor connectors
• Top Tray Offset Motor for proper operation • Top Tray Offset Motor for proper operation
• Top Tray Offset Motor connectors • Top Tray Offset Motor connectors
Procedure Procedure
Enter dC330 [14-097] and [14-098], Top Tray Offset Motor (PL 21.28), alternately. Select Enter dC330 [14-097] and [14-098], Top Tray Offset Motor (PL 21.28), alternately. Select
Start. The Top Tray Offset Motor runs. Start. The Top Tray Offset Motor runs.
Y N Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.21 - C-Finisher Top Tray Stacking. Check circuit of the Top Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.21 - C-Finisher Top Tray Stacking. Check circuit of the Top
Offset Motor. Refer to OF 99-9 RAP for troubleshooting procedure. Tray Offset Motor. Refer to OF 99-9 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Select Stop. Select [14-216], Top Tray Offset Sensor (PL 21.28). Select Start. Actuate the sen- Select Stop. Select [14-216], Top Tray Offset Sensor (PL 21.28). Select Start. Actuate the sen-
sor with a piece of paper. The display changes. sor with a piece of paper. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Go to BSD 12.21 - C-Finisher Top Tray Stacking. Check the circuit of the Top Tray Offset Go to BSD 12.21 - C-Finisher Top Tray Stacking. Check circuit of the Top Tray Offset Sen-
Sensor. Refer to OF 99-2 RAP for troubleshooting procedure. sor. Refer to OF 99-2 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12). Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Eject Clamp Home Sensor Off Fail. The Eject Clamp Home Sensor did not turn off within a Finisher Set Clamp Home Sensor On Fail.
given time after the Eject Clamp Motor came on
Initial Actions
Initial Actions • Check the belt in the Eject mechanism for slack and disengagement and the actuator
• Check for obstructions in the Clamp area gear for damage or distortion of the spring.
• Check the Cam Gear and Follower (PL 21.7) for damage.
• Check the Eject Clamp Bracket (PL 21.7) for damage or misalignment Procedure
Enter dC330 [014-251], Set Clamp Home Sensor (PL 21.8). Select Start. Rotate the actuator
Procedure manually. The display changes.
Enter dC330 [014-250], Eject Clamp Home Sensor (PL 21.7). Select Start. Actuate the Eject Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.29 - C-Finisher Set Clamp Control. Check the circuit of the Set
Clamp Home Sensor. The display changes.
Clamp Home Sensor. Refer to the OF 99-2 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.28 - C-Finisher Eject Drive. Check the circuit of the Eject
Select [014-054], Eject Motor (PL 21.8). Select Start. The Set Clamp Paddles move.
Clamp Home Sensor. Refer to the OF 99-2 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Y N
Select [014-052], Eject Clamp Motor (PL 21.7). Select Start. The Eject Clamp moves. The Eject Motor energized.
Y N
Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.28 - C-Finisher Eject Drive. Check the circuit of the Eject
The Eject Clamp Motor energized.
Y N Motor. Refer to the OF 99-9 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.28 - C-Finisher Eject Drive. Check the circuit of the Eject
Check the Eject Motor and its associated gears, pulleys and belts for damage, contamina-
Clamp Motor. Refer to the OF 99-6 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
tion and misalignment (PL 21.8).
Check the Eject Clamp Motor and its associated gears, pulleys and belts for damage,
Stack the codes [014-054], Eject Motor and [014-050], Set Clamp Clutch (PL 21.8). Select
contamination and misalignment (PL 21.7).
Start. The Eject Roll Shaft rotates.
Select Stop. Y N
The Set Clamp Clutch energized.
• Ensure that the Eject Clamp Home Sensor connectors are securely connected and that
Y N
the wires are not damaged
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.29 - C-Finisher Set Clamp Control. Check the circuit of
• Ensure that the Eject Clamp Motor connectors are securely connected and that the wires
the Set Clamp Clutch. Refer to the OF 99-4 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
are not damaged
If the above checks are OK, replace the Eject Clamp Home Sensor (PL 21.7). If the problem Check the Set Clamp Clutch and its associated gears, pulleys and belts for damage, con-
persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12). tamination and misalignment (PL 21.8).
Finisher Stapler Move Position Sensor On Fail. Finisher Stapler Move Position Sensor Off Fail.
Procedure Procedure
Enter dC330 [14-041] and [12-044], Stapler Move Motor (PL 21.6), alternately. Select Start. Enter dC330 [14-041] and [14-044], Stapler Move Motor (PL 21.6), alternately. Select Start.
The Stapler Move Motor energizes. The Stapler Move Motor energizes.
Y N Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.26 - C-Finisher Staple Positioning. Check continuity between Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.26 - C-Finisher Staple Positioning. Check continuity between
the Stapler Move Motor and Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK. the Stapler Move Motor and Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK.
Y N Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Stapler Move Motor (PL 21.6). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher Replace the Stapler Move Motor (PL 21.6). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher
PWB (PL 21.12). PWB (PL 21.12).
Select Stop. Select dC330 [14-241], Stapler Move Position Sensor (PL 21.6). Select Start. Select Stop. Select dC330 [14-241], Stapler Move Position Sensor (PL 21.6). Select Start.
Block/unblock the Stapler Move Position Sensor. The display changed. Block/unblock the Stapler Move Position Sensor. The display changed.
Y N Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.26 - C-Finisher Staple Positioning. Check continuity between Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.26 - C-Finisher Staple Positioning. Check continuity between
the Stapler Move Position Sensor and Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK. the Stapler Move Position Sensor and Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK.
Y N Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Stapler Move Position Sensor (PL 21.6). If the problem continues, replace Replace the Stapler Move Position Sensor (PL 21.6). If the problem continues, replace
the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12). the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Select Stop. Check the following: Select Stop. Check the following:
• Obstructions on the Stapler Upper Rail • Obstructions on the Stapler Upper Rail
• Stapler Move Motor Gear • Stapler Move Motor Gear
If the above checks are OK. replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12). If the above checks are OK. replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Finisher Eject Cover Open (Compiler Cover). Finisher Front Door Interlock Open. The finisher front door is open.
Enter dC330 [14-300], Eject Cover Switch (PL 21.7). Select Start. Actuate the Eject Cover
Switch. The display changes Procedure
Y N Enter dC330 [014-302], Front Door Interlock Switch (PL 21.3). Select Start. Open and close
Select Stop. Check continuity of the Eject Cover Switch. The continuity check is OK. the Front Door. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Replace the Eject Cover Switch (PL 21.7). Go to BSD 12.3 - C-Finisher Interlock Switching. Disconnect J8314 on the Finisher PWB.
+5 VDC is measured between the Finisher PWB P8314-2 and P8314-3.
Go to BSD 12.3 - C-Finisher Interlock Switching. Check continuity between the Eject Y N
Cover Switch and the Finisher PWB. If the check is OK, replace the Finisher PWB (PL Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
21.12).
There is less than 5 ohms between J8313-3 and the Finisher frame.
If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12). Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Go to BSD 12.3 - C-Finisher Interlock Switching. Check the wires between the Finisher
PWB, the Eject Cover Switch and the Finisher Front Door Switch for an open circuit or
poor contact.
If the wires are good, replace the Front Door Interlock Switch (PL 21.3).
Booklet Drawer Set Fail. The booklet drawer has not been put into position. Punch Home Sensor On Fail. The Punch Home Sensor did not come on within a given time
after the Punch Motor came on.
Initial Actions
• The Booklet Drawer Set Sensor for improper installation Initial Actions
• The Booklet Drawer Set Sensor connectors for connection failure Check the following:
• The Actuator part for deformation
• Punch Home Actuator for deformation
• Punch Home Sensor for proper installation
Procedure
• Punch Home Sensor connectors
Enter dC330 [13-104], Booklet Drawer Set Sensor (PL 21.15). Select Start. Remove and insert
• Punch Motor for proper operation
the Booklet Drawer manually. The display changes.
Y N • Punch Motor connectors
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.13 - Booklet Drive. Check continuity between the Booklet
Drawer Set Sensor and Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK. Procedure
Y N
Enter dC330. Select the appropriate pair of codes for the type of Punch and energize alter-
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. nately:
• [14-077] and [14-074], Punch Motor 2-hole
Replace the Booklet Drawer Set Sensor (PL 21.15). If the problem continues, replace the
Booklet PWB (PL 21.12). • [14-078] and [14-075], Punch Motor 3-hole
• [14-079] and [14-076], Punch Motor 4-hole
Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 21.12). Select Start. The Punch Motor runs.
Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.22 - C-Finisher Punch Drive. Check circuit of the Punch
Motor. Refer to OF 99-6 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Select Stop. Select [14-271], Punch Home Sensor (PL 21.5). Select Start. Actuate the sensor
with a piece of paper. The display changes.
Y N
Go to BSD 12.23 - C-Finisher Punch Hole Control. Check circuit of the Punch Home Sen-
sor. Refer to OF 99-2 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Punch Home Sensor Off Fail. The Punch Home Sensor did not turn off within a given time after Punch Move Home Sensor Off Fail.
the Punch Motor came on. 1. The Punch Move Home Sensor did not turn off within a given time after the Puncher Move
Motor came on.
Initial Actions 2. The Punch Move Home Sensor stayed on after the Puncher Move Motor stopped.
Check the following: Initial Actions
• The Actuator for deformation
• Punch Home Actuator for deformation
• The Punch Move Home Sensor for improper installation
• Punch Home Sensor for proper installation
• The Punch Move Home Sensor connectors for connection failure
• Punch Home Sensor connectors
• The Puncher Move Motor connectors for connection failure
• Punch Motor for proper operation
• Punch Motor connectors
Procedure
Procedure Enter dC330 [14-070] and [14-072], Puncher Move Motor (PL 21.5), alternately. Select Start.
The Puncher Move Motor runs.
Enter dC330. Select the appropriate pair of codes for the type of Punch and energize alter- Y N
nately:
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.22 - C-Finisher Punch Drive. Check continuity between the
• [14-077] and [14-074], Punch Motor 2-hole Puncher Move Motor and Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK.
• [14-078] and [14-075], Punch Motor 3-hole Y N
• [14-079] and [14-076], Punch Motor 4-hole Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Select Start. The Punch Motor runs.
Y N Replace the Puncher Move Motor (PL 21.5). If the problem continues, replace the Fin-
isher PWB (PL 21.12).
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.22 - C-Finisher Punch Drive. Check circuit of the Punch
Motor. Refer to OF 99-6 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Select Stop. Select [14-270], Punch Move Home Sensor (PL 21.5). Select Start. Block/
unblock the Punch Move Home Sensor. The display changes.
Select Stop. Select [14-271], Punch Home Sensor (PL 21.5). Select Start. Actuate the sensor
Y N
with a piece of paper. The display changes.
Y N Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.23 - C-Finisher Punch Hole Control. Check continuity
between the Punch Move Home Sensor and Finisher PWB. The continuity check is
Go to BSD 12.23 - C-Finisher Punch Hole Control. Check circuit of the Punch Home Sen-
sor. Refer to OF 99-2 RAP for troubleshooting procedure. OK.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Replace the Punch Move Home Sensor (PL 21.5). If the problem continues, replace the
Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Puncher Move Home Sensor On Fail. The Punch Move Home Sensor did not come on within a Decurler Cam Home Sensor Off Fail. The Decurler Cam Home Sensor did not turn off within a
given time after the Puncher Move Motor came on. given time after the Decurler Cam Clutch came on.
Enter dC330 [14-070] and [14-072], Puncher Move Motor (PL 21.5), alternately. Select Start. Select Stop. Stack the codes [014-093, Decurler Transport Motor and [014-099], Decurler Cam
The Puncher Move Motor runs.
Clutch (PL 21.26). Select Start. The Decurler Roll Shaft rotates.
Y N
Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.22 - C-Finisher Punch Drive. Check continuity between the The Decurler Cam Clutch energized.
Puncher Move Motor and Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK. Y N
Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.7 - C-Finisher Decurler Control. Check the circuit of the
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Decurler Cam Clutch. Refer to the OF 99-4 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Replace the Puncher Move Motor (PL 21.5). If the problem continues, replace the Fin-
The Decurler Transport Motor turned
isher PWB (PL 21.12). Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.6 - C-Finisher I/F Drive Control. Check the circuit of the
Select Stop. Select [14-270], Punch Move Home Sensor (PL 21.5). Select Start. Block/
Decurler Transport Motor. Refer to the OF 99-9 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
unblock the Punch Move Home Sensor. The display changes.
Y N Check the Decurler Cam Clutch and its associated gears, pulleys and belts for damage,
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.23 - C-Finisher Punch Hole Control. Check continuity
contamination and misalignment (PL 21.26).
between the Punch Move Home Sensor and Finisher PWB. The continuity check is
OK. Select Stop. Check the following:
Y N
• Ensure that the Decurler Cam Home Sensor connectors are securely connected and that
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
the wires are not damaged
Replace the Punch Move Home Sensor (PL 21.5). If the problem continues, replace the • Ensure that the Decurler Cam Clutch connectors are securely connected and that the
wires are not damaged
Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
• Decurler Transport Motor Drive belt for wear, damage, or loose
Select Stop. Check the following: • Decurler Transport Motor connections are securely connected and that the wires are not
• Puncher Move Motor rack and gear for binding, wear, or damage damaged
If the above check is OK, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12). If the above checks are OK, replace the Decurler Home Sensor (PL 21.26). If the problem con-
tinues, replace the H-Transport PWB (PL 21.12). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
PWB (PL 21.12).
Procedure
Enter dC330 [014-282], Decurler Home Sensor (PL 21.26). Select Start. Actuate the Decurler Procedure
Home Sensor. The display changes. TBD
Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.7 - C-Finisher Decurler Control. Check the circuit of the
Decurler Home Sensor. Refer to the OF 99-2 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Select Stop. Stack the codes [014-093, Decurler Transport Motor and [014-099], Decurler Cam
Clutch (PL 21.26). Select Start. The Decurler Roll Shaft rotates.
Y N
The Decurler Cam Clutch energized.
Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.7 - C-Finisher Decurler Control. Check the circuit of the
Decurler Cam Clutch. Refer to the OF 99-4 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Check the Decurler Cam Clutch and its associated gears, pulleys and belts for damage,
contamination and misalignment (PL 21.26).
Booklet Sub CPU Communication Fail. Buffer Path Sensor Static Jam. The Buffer Path Sensor detected paper when the power was
turned on, or when all interlocks were closed, or during an initialization operation.
Initial Actions
• Check the connectors at the Finisher PWB and the Booklet PWB are connected or seated Initial Actions
correctly Check the following:
• Check the wiring between the Finisher PWB and the Booklet PWB for damage.
• Paper on the Buffer Path Sensor
Procedure • Obstructions in the paper path
Procedure Procedure
Enter dC330 [014-190], Decurler In Sensor (PL 21.27). Select Start. Open the Interface Cover Enter dC330 [014-191], Decurler Out Sensor (PL 21.27). Select Start. Open the Interface
and actuate the Decurler In Sensor. The display changes. Cover and actuate the Decurler Out Sensor. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.8 - C-Finisher I/F Transportation. Check the circuit of the Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.8 - C-Finisher I/F Transportation. Check the circuit of the
Decurler In Sensor. Refer to the OF 99-2 RAP for troubleshooting procedure. Decurler Out Sensor. Refer to the OF 99-2 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Select Stop. Check the following: Select Stop. Check the following:
• Ensure that the connectors shown in the circuit diagrams are securely connected and that • Ensure that the connectors shown in the circuit diagrams are securely connected and that
the wires are not damaged the wires are not damaged
• Interface and Finisher for a docking failure • Interface and Finisher for a docking failure
• Decurler Transport Motor and its associated gears and belts for damage, contamination • Decurler Transport Motor and its associated gears and belts for damage, contamination
or misalignment or misalignment
If the above checks are OK, replace the Decurler In Sensor (PL 21.27). If the problem persists, If the above checks are OK, replace the Decurler Out Sensor (PL 21.27). If the problem per-
replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12). sists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Compiler Exit Sensor Static Jam. The Compiler Exit Sensor detected paper when the power Compiler Tray No Paper Sensor Static Jam. The Compiler Tray No Paper Sensor detected
was turned on, or when all interlocks were closed, or during an initialization operation. paper when the power was turned on, or when all interlocks were closed, or during an initializa-
tion operation.
Initial Actions
• Paper on the Compiler Exit Sensor Initial Actions
• Obstructions in the paper path • Paper on the Compiler Tray No Paper Sensor
• Obstructions in the paper path
Procedure
Enter dC330 [014-150], Compiler Exit Sensor (PL 21.9). Select Start. Open the H-Transport Procedure
Cover and actuate the Compiler Exit Sensor. The display changes. Enter dC330 [014-151], Compiler Tray No Paper Sensor (PL 21.9). Select Start. Actuate the
Y N Compiler Tray No Paper Sensor. The display changes.
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.24 - C-Finisher Compiling. Check the circuit of the Compiler Y N
Exit Sensor. Refer to the OF 99-2 RAP for troubleshooting procedure. Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.24 - C-Finisher Compiling. Check the circuit of the Compiler
Tray No Paper Sensor. Refer to the OF 99-2 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Select Stop. Check the following:
• Ensure that the connectors shown in the circuit diagrams are securely connected and that Select Stop. Check the following:
the wires are not damaged • Ensure that the connectors shown in the circuit diagrams are securely connected and that
• Exit Motor Belt (PL 21.9) for wear or damage the wires are not damaged
• Exit Pinch Rollers (PL 21.9) 1 and 2 for damage • Exit Motor Belt (PL 21.9) for wear or damage
• Lower Exit Roller (PL 21.9) for wear or damage • Exit Pinch Rollers (PL 21.9) 1 and 2 for damage
• Synchronous Belt (PL 21.9) for wear or damage • Lower Exit Roller (PL 21.9) for wear or damage
If the above checks are OK, replace the Compiler Exit Sensor (PL 21.9). If the problem contin- • Synchronous Belt (PL 21.9) for wear or damage
ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12). If the above checks are OK, replace the Compiler Tray No Paper Sensor (PL 21.8). If the prob-
lem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Top Tray Exit Sensor Static Jam. The top tray exit sensor detected paper when the power was Gate Sensor static jam (Top Tray job)
turned on, or when all interlocks were closed, or during an initialization operation.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions • Check for obstructions in the paper path
• Paper on the Top Tray Exit Sensor • Check the Finisher Drive Motor Gears and Drive rolls for wear or damage
• Obstructions in the paper path
Procedure
Procedure Enter dC330 [014-102], Gate Sensor (PL 21.11). Select Start. Actuate the Gate Sensor. The
Enter dC330 [014-115], Top Tray Exit Sensor (PL 21.28). Select Start. Actuate the Top Tray display changes.
Exit Sensor. The display changes. Y N
Y N Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.11 - C-Finisher Transport, Top Tray Gating. Check the circuit
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.21 - C-Finisher Top Tray Stacking. Check the circuit of the Top of the Gate Sensor. Refer to the OF 99-1 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Tray Exit Sensor. Refer to the OF 99-2 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Select Stop. Check the following:
Select Stop. Check the following: • Ensure that the connectors shown in the circuit diagrams are securely connected and that
• Ensure that the connectors shown in the circuit diagrams are securely connected and that the wires are not damaged
the wires are not damaged • Check that the Finisher is docked properly
• Exit Motor Belt (PL 21.9) for wear or damage • Check the Finisher Transport Motor and its associated gears and belts for damage, con-
• Top Tray Exit Roll (PL 21.28) for wear or damage tamination or misalignment
• Exit Pinch Rolls (PL 21.28) for wear or damage If the above checks are OK, replace the Gate Sensor (PL 21.11). If the problem persists,
If the above checks are OK, replace the Top Tray Exit Sensor (PL 21.28). If the problem contin- replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Gate Sensor static jam (Stacker job) Gate Sensor static jam (Stacker job).
Procedure Procedure
Enter dC330 [014-102], Gate Sensor (PL 21.11). Select Start. Actuate the Gate Sensor. The Enter dC330 [014-102], Gate Sensor (PL 21.11). Select Start. Actuate the Gate Sensor. The
display changes. display changes.
Y N Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.11 - C-Finisher Transport, Top Tray Gating. Check the circuit Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.11 - C-Finisher Transport, Top Tray Gating. Check the circuit
of the Gate Sensor. Refer to the OF 99-1 RAP for troubleshooting procedure. of the Gate Sensor. Refer to the OF 99-1 RAP for troubleshooting procedure.
Select Stop. Check the following: Select Stop. Check the following:
• Ensure that the connectors shown in the circuit diagrams are securely connected and that • Ensure that the connectors shown in the circuit diagrams are securely connected and that
the wires are not damaged the wires are not damaged
• Check that the Finisher is docked properly • Check that the Finisher is docked properly
• Check the Finisher Transport Motor and its associated gears and belts for damage, con- • Check the Finisher Transport Motor and its associated gears and belts for damage, con-
tamination or misalignment tamination or misalignment
If the above checks are OK, replace the Gate Sensor (PL 21.11). If the problem persists, If the above checks are OK, replace the Gate Sensor (PL 21.11). If the problem persists,
replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12). replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Select Stop.
Check the following:
• Ensure that the connectors shown in the circuit diagrams are securely connected and that
the wires are not damaged
• Check the Finisher Transport Motor and its associated gears and belts for damage, con-
tamination or alignment
If the above checks are OK, replace the Booklet In Sensor (PL 21.21). If the problem persists,
replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Initial Actions
• The Puncher Box Set Sensor for improper installation
• The Puncher Box Set Sensor connectors for connection failure
• The Waste Bin Actuator part for deformation and damage
• The Guide for deformation
• The Guide for a foreign substance
Procedure
Enter dC330 [14-275], Puncher Box Set Sensor (PL 21.5). Select Start. Remove and insert the
Puncher Waste Bin manually. The display changes
Y N
Select Stop. Go to BSD 12.10 - C-Finisher Booklet / Punch Transport. Check continuity
between the Puncher Box Set Sensor and Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Puncher Box Set Sensor (PL 21.5). If the problem continues, replace the Fin-
isher PWB (PL 21.12).
Check the Puncher Waste Bin Actuator and Guide for deformation. The Puncher Waste Bin
can be removed and inserted properly.
Y N
Repair or replace the Puncher Waste Bin (PL 21.5).
Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Procedure Procedure
Go to 012-266 RAP to troubleshoot the Fault. Go to 012-115 RAP and/or 012-180 RAP to troubleshoot the Fault.
016 001 09 Unable to do startup synchro- IPC failure or SC not 16-1 RAP 016 005 14 RPC call failure to ESS regis- Registration service failed to 16-1 RAP
nization tration service respond in time
responding
016 001 14 Unable to do startup synchro- IPC failure or SC not 16-1 RAP 016 005 19 RPC Call Failure to ESS Reg- Registration Service Failed to 16-1 RAP
istration Service Respond in Time
nization responding
016 005 26 RPC Call Failure to ESS Reg- Registration Service failed to 16-1 RAP
016 001 19 Unable to do start up synchro- IPC failure or SC not 16-1 RAP
nization istration Service respond in time.
responding
016 001 26 Unable to Start up and Sync IPC failure or SC not 16-1 RAP 016 005 46 RPC Call Failure to ESS Reg- Registration Service Failed to 16-1 RAP
istration Service (to register Respond in Time (null
with SC responding
with) returned)
016 001 47 Unable to do Start Up Syn- IPC failure or SC not 16-1 RAP
016 005 68 RPC Call Failure to ESS Reg- Registration Service Failed to 16-1 RAP
chronization responding
istration Service (to register Respond in Time (null
016 002 09 Unable to register as RPC Corrupt RPC or corrupt sys- 16-1 RAP
with) returned)
server tem configuration or O/S ser-
vice failure 016 005 90 RPC call to ESS Registration Registration Service failed to 16-1 RAP
failed respond. SW error.
016 002 14 Unable to register as RPC Corrupt RPC or corrupt sys- 16-1 RAP
016 005 92 RPC Call Failure to ESS Reg- Registration Service Failed to 16-1 RAP
server tem configuration or O/S ser-
vice failure istration Service (to register Respond in Time (null
with) returned)
016 002 19 Unable to Register as an RPC Corrupt RPC or corrupt sys- 16-1 RAP
016 006 09 Cannot register for events Event Notification Service 16-1 RAP
Server tem configuration or O/S ser-
unable to process request;
vice failure
ENS died
016 002 26 Could not become an RPC Corrupt O/S RPC Table 16-1 RAP
016 006 19 Cannot register for events Event Notification Service 16-1 RAP
Server
unable to process request;
016 002 46 Unable to Register as RPC Corrupt O/S RPC Table 16-1 RAP
ENS died
Server
016 620 19 Unable to unregister Registra- Registration service failed 16-2 RAP 016 622 07 RPC Unregister Server Failed Corrupt O/S RPC Table 16-1 RAP
tion service 016 622 09 Unable to unregister as RPC Corrupt O/S RPC table 16-2 RAP
016 620 35 Unable to unregister with ESS Registration Service Failed 16-2 RAP service during shutdown
Registration Service 016 622 11 Unable to unregister as RPC Corrupt O/S RPC table 16-2 RAP
service during shutdown
016 620 38 Unable to Unregister with Registration Service Failed 16-2 RAP
Registration Service 016 622 14 Unable to unregister as RPC Corrupt O/S RPC table 16-2 RAP
016 620 46 Unable to unregister with ESS Registration Service Failed 16-2 RAP service during shutdown
Registration Service due to 016 622 19 Unable to unregister as RPC Corrupt O/S RPC table 16-2 RAP
Registration Service failure service during shutdown
016 620 47 Upgrade Request Rejected Upgrade Request Rejected 16-2 RAP 016 622 26 Fault Service Failed to Unreg- Corrupt O/S RPC Table 16-2 RAP
ister as RPC Server
016 620 90 Unable to unregister with Reg- Registration Service failed. 16-2 RAP
istration Service SW error. 016 622 28 Unable to Unregister as RPC Corrupt O/S RPC Table 16-2 RAP
016 620 92 Unable to unregister with ESS 16-2 RAP Service
Registration Service due to 016 622 35 Unable to Unregister as RPC Corrupt O/S RPC Table 16-2 RAP
Registration Service failure Service
016 620 93 Unable to unregister with ESS 16-2 RAP 016 622 38 Unable to Unregister at RPC Corrupt O/S RPC Table 16-2 RAP
Registration Service due to Server
Registration Service failure 016 622 46 Unable to Unregister as RPC Corrupt O/S RPC Table 16-2 RAP
016 620 99 Unable to unregister with ESS Registration Service Failed 16-2 RAP Service
Registration Service due to 016 622 47 SW Upgrade File FTP "get" SW Upgrade File FTP "get" 16-2 RAP
Registration Service failure failure failure
016 621 00 Unable to get host name Unable to get host name. 16-2 RAP 016 622 66 Unable to unregister as RPC Unable to unregister as RPC 16-2 RAP
Configuration error. OS cor- service during shutdown service during shutdown
rupted. SW error. 016 622 67 Unable to unregister as RPC Unable to unregister as RPC 16-2 RAP
016 621 07 Unable to get host name Configuration error. OS cor- 16-1 RAP service during shutdown service during shutdown
rupted. SW error. 016 622 68 Cannot unregister from regis- Unable to unregister as RPC 16-2 RAP
016 621 11 Unable to get host name Configuration error. OS cor- 16-2 RAP tration service service during shutdown
rupted. SW error. 016 623 35 RPC Call Failure to ENS ENS Service Failed to 16-2 RAP
016 621 28 Unable to get host name Configuration error. OS cor- 16-2 RAP Respond in Time
rupted. SW error. 016 623 47 RPC Call Failure to ENS ENS Service Failed to 16-2 RAP
Respond in Time
016 672 09 Unable to remove file from SW error; file in use; OS fail- 16-2 RAP 016 730 00 Unable to create Client Han- Corrupt RPC; Corrupt Sys- 16-2 RAP
dle tem Config; Service being
system ure, file system corruption.
communicated to died; SW
016 672 95 Unable to remove file from SW error; file in use; OS fail- 16-2 RAP
Error; Loose Cable
system ure, file system corruption.
016 730 28 Unable to create Client Han- Obtain Client call failed 16-2 RAP
016 673 95 Cannot remove local directory SW error; file in use; OS fail- 16-2 RAP dle
ure, file system corruption.
016 730 35 Unable to create client handle Obtain Client call failed 16-2 RAP
016 674 00 XSA RPC Server Death RPC Server Not Responding 16-2 RAP
016 674 09 XSA RPC Server Death RPC Server Not Responding 16-2 RAP
016 750 35 Queue Service library Initial- Data Store failure 16-2 RAP 016 751 46 Unknown Object (on Write) Client requested an unknown 16-2 RAP
object or invalid object type;
ization failed
s/w configuration error
016 750 38 Error - SPI Init Fault. Initialization of SPI and Job 16-2 RAP
016 751 47 SWVerify RepairDir failed Failed to replace the current 16-2 RAP
Tracking Table Failed in
directory with directory from
svc_initialize_service.
alt. partition; Redundant
016 750 46 Unknown Object (on Read) Client requested an unknown 16-2 RAP
directory missing or corrupt.
object or invalid object type;
MSG to reload sw.
s/w configuration error
016 751 66 Unable to send event to ESS Unable to send event to ESS 16-2 RAP
016 750 47 SC Diag Startup failed S/W failure; Bad parameter 16-2 RAP
ENS ENS
returned
016 751 67 Unable to send event to ESS Unable to send event to ESS 16-2 RAP
016 750 66 Failure to set service state Failure to set service state 16-2 RAP
ENS ENS
016 750 67 Failure to set service state Failure to set service state 16-2 RAP
016 751 92 Job State Fault Cannot set job to complete. 16-2 RAP
016 750 90 Invalid Queue Service IPC Unexpected Service sends 16-2 RAP S/W error
Queue ID this message; SW Error 016 751 93 Invalid template attribute Invalid template attribute 16-5 RAP
016 750 92 Bad file descriptor Unable to open bit map cap- 16-2 RAP 016 752 00 SRS returns to Login Service 16-2 RAP
tured to disk; Bad or full disk
“invalid fields, invalid data, or
016 750 93 IFS error when requesting IFS error when requesting 16-2 RAP missing data”
memory memory
016 752 07 Queue Service Library Initial- Data Store error; S/W error 16-1 RAP
016 750 95 Local Spool area does not Local Spool area does not 16-2 RAP ization Failed
exist. exist. 016 752 09 Attempt to register too many configuration control problem 16-2 RAP
016 751 00 Database Error known by Ser- S/W error. 16-2 RAP services
vice Registry or registry not 016 752 14 Retry SESS Sys Control event SC Not Responding; SC IPC 16-2 RAP
available.
registration Queue Full; SC IPC Queue
016 751 07 Message Received from ESS SW Error; Corrupt Disk; Bad 16-1 RAP does not exist
AAA not processed correctly Memory 016 752 19 Cannot Acknowledge System RPC Failure; CCM Crash; 16-3 RAP
Mode Change SW Bug
016 760 46 processes is in an unknown Software Failure 16-2 RAP 016 762 93 IFSImageDoneX call failed IFSImageDoneX call failed 16-2 RAP
state 016 762 95 Unable to read document Unable to read document 16-5 RAP
016 760 47 Incorrect Checksum partition 1 Found incorrect checksum 16-2 RAP repository configuration infor- repository configuration infor-
mation. mation.
partition 1 during Software
Verify check; Bad disk; bad s/ 016 763 09 NetBios process death Software error; Check fault 16-4 RAP
w log for more specific reasons
016 760 67 Create List Failed Create List Failed 16-2 RAP 016 763 14 Reached internal limit for Reached internal limit for 16-2 RAP
016 760 93 Job report failure from CCM. Job report failure from CCM. 16-3 RAP events events
016 760 99 Request for system policy RPC failure; CCM not 16-2 RAP 016 763 19 System Manager Comm Error System Mgr Died or its plat- 16-3 RAP
form crashed or RPC comm
failed responding
corrupt
016 761 09 LPD process death Software error; Check fault 16-4 RAP
016 763 26 No acknowledgment to RPC No acknowledgment to RPC 16-2 RAP
log for more specific reasons
message. RPC time-out. message. RPC time-out.
016 761 14 Invalid RPC data Invalid RPC data 16-2 RAP
016 763 46 DHCP status file error. Hardware Failure 16-4 RAP
016 761 19 ESS Shutting Down Any ESS Shutdown 16-2 RAP
016 763 47 Invalid Permission Invalid Permission found dur- 16-2 RAP
016 761 26 Unable to become Client of UI UI failure, O/S failure 16-3 RAP ing Software Verify check
016 761 28 Unable to submit a job. Unable to submit job to DM. 16-2 RAP 016 763 67 Failed to Retrieve LDAP List Failed to Retrieve LDAP List 16-2 RAP
016 761 46 Ethernet status file error Hardware Failure 16-4 RAP
016 763 93 Document image count not Document image count not 16-2 RAP
016 761 47 SWVerify Init File failed Failed to initialize files 16-2 RAP found. found.
needed for Software Verify; 016 763 95 Internal destination error Internal destination error 16-2 RAP
Lower level fault
016 766 47 No Servers Responded No Servers Responded. 16-2 RAP 016 770 09 Unexpected process death Software error; Check fault 16-4 RAP
log for more specific reasons
016 766 67 Failed to Bind to LDAP Server 16-2 RAP
016 770 19 Online/Offline request time out SESS/DM job command not 16-4 RAP
016 766 93 TIFF handle has become null TIFF handle has become null 16-2 RAP
processed
016 766 95 Cannot create Image file Cannot create Image file 16-2 RAP 016 770 46 Cannot register for SESS Software Failure 16-2 RAP
name name
events
016 767 09 HP PCL process death Software error; Check fault 16-4 RAP
016 770 47 Attached to Queue and Server ESS attached to both Queue 16-4 RAP
log for more specific reasons
and Server.
016 767 19 Request to cancel spooling Job Map Library unable to 16-2 RAP 016 770 67 Required attribute missing. Required attribute missing. 16-2 RAP
job error cancel job
016 771 09 Print Service EJS process Software error; Check fault 16-2 RAP
016 767 46 Failed to send SESS alert/ Software Failure 16-2 RAP
death log for more specific reasons
event
016 771 19 Online/Offline callback failure UI/PSW/RDT RPC corrupt or 16-2 RAP
016 767 47 Server in Config list not up. Server Name in Config List 16-2 RAP
RPC corrupt
is not up.
016 771 46 Internal error with Synchro- Software Failure. 16-2 RAP
016 767 67 Error performing LDAP search 16-2 RAP nizer queue.
016 767 93 Get Document Image Count Get Document Image Count 16-2 RAP 016 771 47 Novell Config Info Failure Failed to configure Novell 16-4 RAP
failed failed Network.
016 767 95 Cannot determine filing policy Cannot determine filing policy 16-2 RAP 016 772 09 ESS Print SPI process death Software error; Check fault 16-2 RAP
for transfer. for transfer.
log for more specific reasons
016 768 09 Parallel process death Software error; Check fault 16-4 RAP
016 772 19 Failure to set ESS Platform Software error 16-2 RAP
log for more specific reasons
Manager service state
016 787 09 Sub agent process death Software error; Check fault 16-4 RAP 016 793 47 SESS Banyan test echo fail- SESS Diagnostic failure. 16-4 RAP
ure
log for more specific reasons
016 787 19 IOT SW Upgrade failed ESS times out - cannot com- 16-3 RAP 016 794 09 Cross platform synchroniza- Cross platform synchroniza- 16-2 RAP
tion error. tion error.
municate w/IOT
016 794 19 Install Password mismatch. Install Password mismatch. 16-2 RAP
016 787 46 TCP/IP IPC failure. TCP/IP IPC failure. 16-4 RAP
016 794 47 SESS Banyan test no servers SESS Diagnostic failure. 16-4 RAP
016 787 47 SESS Apple test zip failure - SESS Diagnostic failure. 16-4 RAP
network unreachable 016 795 09 Slpsa process death software error; check fault log 16-4 RAP
016 788 09 Serial process death Software error; Check fault 16-4 RAP for more specific reasons
log for more specific reasons 016 795 19 ESS PM Failed to remove Option Load failure-software 16-2 RAP
016 788 19 ESS PM Failed to install Scan Option Load failure-software 16-2 RAP LAN FAX
to File 016 795 47 SESS NetBIOS test no lanas SESS Diagnostic failure. 16-4 RAP
found
016 788 46 Dynamic DNS status file error Failed performing dynamic 16-4 RAP
DNS update 016 796 09 SSDP process death Software error; Check fault 16-4 RAP
016 788 46 Dynamic DNS status file error Dynamic DNS status file error 16-4 RAP log for more specific reasons
016 788 47 SESS Apple test no zones SESS Diagnostic failure. 16-4 RAP 016 796 19 ESS PM Failed to remove Option Load failure-software 16-2 RAP
found Scan to File
016 789 09 Connectivity Configuration Software error; Check fault 16-4 RAP 016 796 47 SESS NetBIOS test invalid SESS Diagnostic failure. 16-4 RAP
command
Server process death log for more specific reasons
016 797 09 USB process death Software error; Check fault 16-4 RAP
016 789 19 ESS PM Failed to install LAN Option Load failure-software 16-2 RAP
log for more specific reasons
FAX
016 789 46 Autonet status file error Failed performing Autonet IP 16-4 RAP 016 797 19 ESS PM Failed to remove Job Option Load failure-software 16-2 RAP
Based Accounting
process
016 797 47 SESS NetBIOS test interface SESS Diagnostic failure. 16-4 RAP
016 789 47 SESS Apple test unknown SESS Diagnostic failure. 16-4 RAP
busy
error
016 907 19 Malloc failed for net upgrade. Malloc failed for net upgrade. 16-2 RAP 016 937 19 Auto-Upgrade failed Cannot Auto-Upgrade failed Cannot 16-4 RAP
login to remote server. login to remote server.
016 908 19 Error opening File. Error opening File. 16-2 RAP
016 938 19 Auto-Upgrade failed Cannot Auto-Upgrade failed Cannot 16-4 RAP
016 909 19 Error transfer data to CCM. Error transfer data to CCM. 16-3 RAP
access directory on remote access directory on remote
016 910 19 Failed to untar File. Failed to untar File. 16-2 RAP server. server.
016 911 19 Error changing directory. Error changing directory. 16-2 RAP 016 939 19 Auto-Upgrade failed Multiple Auto-Upgrade failed Multi- 16-4 RAP
016 912 19 Install script did not execute. Install script did not execute. 16-2 RAP upgrade files found on remote ple upgrade files found on
016 913 19 Write failure to File. Write failure to File. 16-2 RAP server. remote server.
016 914 19 Shared memory was cor- Shared memory was cor- 16-2 RAP 016 940 19 Auto-Upgrade failed. Machine 16-4 RAP
rupted. rupted. is in diagnostics mode.
016 915 19 Open failed. Open failed. 16-2 RAP 016 941 19 Auto-Upgrade failed. ESS 16-2 RAP
016 916 19 CRC Failed. CRC Failed. 16-2 RAP cannot communicate with
main controller
016 917 19 Failed to close on checksum. Failed to close on checksum. 16-2 RAP
016 942 19 Auto-Upgrade failed Upgrade 16-3 RAP
016 918 19 CRC comparison failed. CRC comparison failed. 16-2 RAP
file is invalid - Incompatible
016 919 19 Restart request failed. Restart request failed. 16-2 RAP with main controller.
016 920 19 ELT Daemon start failed. ELT Daemon start failed. 16-2 RAP 016 943 19 Auto-Upgrade failed Upgrade 16-2 RAP
016 922 19 NVM store failed. NVM store failed. 16-2 RAP file is invalid - Installed soft-
016 923 19 Failed saving persistent data. Failed saving persistent data. 16-2 RAP ware is more recent.
016 924 19 Failed in restoring persistent Failed in restoring persistent 16-2 RAP 016 944 19 Auto-Upgrade failed Upgrade Auto-Upgrade failed 16-2 RAP
data. data. file is invalid - File corruption Upgrade file is invalid - File
detected. corruption detected.
016 925 19 Failed saving web config data. Failed saving web config 16-2 RAP
data. 016 945 19 Auto-Upgrade failed Upgrade Auto-Upgrade failed 16-2 RAP
016 926 19 Failed to save data store val- Failed to save data store val- 16-2 RAP file is invalid - File is not Upgrade file is invalid - File is
ues. ues. appropriate for current not appropriate for current
machine software. machine software.
016 927 19 Failed to restore web config Failed to restore web config 16-2 RAP
016 946 19 Failed to install Scan to Email. 16-7 RAP
data. data.
016 947 19 Failed to install internet Fax. Failed to install internet Fax. 16-8 RAP
016 928 19 Failed to install files. Failed to install files. 16-2 RAP
016 948 19 Remove of Scan to Email Remove of Scan to Email 16-2 RAP
016 929 19 Failed to restore data store Failed to restore data store 16-2 RAP
option failed. option failed.
values. values.
016 930 19 Failed to remove jobs. Failed to remove jobs. 16-2 RAP 016 949 19 Remove of Internet Fax option Remove of Internet Fax 16-2 RAP
failed. option failed.
016 931 19 Failed to close on SMC driver. Failed to close on SMC 16-2 RAP
016 950 19 Scan to Email image process- 16-7 RAP
driver.
ing hardware not available.
016 932 19 NVM write failure. NVM write failure. 16-2 RAP
016 951 19 Internet fax image processing Internet fax image processing 16-7 RAP
016 933 19 Failed to remove File. Failed to remove File. 16-2 RAP
hardware not available. hardware not available.
016 934 19 Job Based Accounting not Job Based Accounting not 16-2 RAP
016 952 19 Scan to Email memory size Scan to Email memory size 16-7 RAP
enough dc memory. enough dc memory.
error. error.
016 953 19 Internet fax memory size error. 16-8 RAP
016 958 19 Failed to install Kerberos. Failed to install Kerberos. 16-2 RAP
016 995 00 Request to DM to Cancel Job Request to DM to Cancel Job 16-2 RAP 93 Format Service Faults
Failed Failed 95 Transfer Service Faults
016 995 35 Request to DM to Cancel Job Request to DM to Cancel Job 16-2 RAP 102 XSA Service
Failed Failed 105 Build UI Service Faults
016 996 00 Warning- Unable to build Routine that converts the Job 16-2 RAP
SESS Job Identifier ID returned Null; Memory
allocation error
016 996 35 Warning- Unable to build Routine that converts the Job 16-2 RAP
SESS Job Identifier ID returned Null; Memory
allocation error
016 997 00 Unable to get admin. name Request library call failed 16-2 RAP
from data store
016 997 35 Unable to get admin. name Request library call failed 16-2 RAP
from data store
016 998 00 Job not set to Released State Job Not Found in Held Table 16-2 RAP
016 998 35 Job not set to Released State Job Not Found in Held Table 16-2 RAP
016 999 00 Could Not Obtain Job PIN for Could Not Obtain Job PIN for 16-2 RAP
Authorization Authorization
016 999 35 Could Not Obtain Job PIN for Could Not Obtain Job PIN for 16-2 RAP
Authorization Authorization
The problem occurs on one particular job from one particular client.
Y N
The problem occurs on all jobs sent from one client.
Y N
The problem occurs with one job from any client.
Y N
(The problem occurs when printing with one PDL (Postscript or PCL) and the
other PDL is OK).
Enter dC606 (ESS Test Patterns). Select test pattern then the appropriate
composition selection (PS or PCL). The problem is present with the test
pattern job.
Y N
TBD
Refer to the Network Controller error log on the PWS and try to determine under what situa-
tions the problem is occurring. The problem is related to a specific job, client, or Page
Description Language (PDL).
Y N
Run the Network Controller Software Verification Tool (dC402). The routine can't be
run, the routine stops before it is complete, or the problem remains after the rou-
tine is run.
Y N
Switch the power off, then on to reboot the Network Controller. Return to Call Flow
Reload the Network Controller software (dC102). Repeat dC402. The problem
remains
Y N
Switch the power off, then on to reboot the Network Controller. Return to Call Flow.
Procedure Procedure
Go to the OF 16-1, Network Printing Problems Entry RAP. If the problem is not resolved, go to
NOTE: When these faults occur the template is grayed out at the LUI.
the 16-1 RAP.
Switch the power off, then on. Rerun the job. The problem is still present.
Y N
Return to Call Flow.
There may be a corrupt Scan Template. Assist the customer/SA in checking thee template pool
configuration on the WebUI. Refer to the System Administrator guide for information. If the
configuration is OK, have the customer replace the template, then do a template update to
retrieve the new template.
If the problem is not resolved, go to the 16-1 RAP.
NOTE: This Image Overwrite features must be installed through use of a SIM card (GPXX). During machine power up a Power On Self Test (POST) of the S2X is performed. This test
After installation, the feature can be enabled/disabled by the customer in Tools, or by changing should isolate problems associated with the image processing (S2X) hardware and validate all
NVM. memory on S2X PWBA. Perform the following:
Go to GP 14.
If the configuration report shows Image Overwrite as installed/disabled, go to GP5 (?) and Set the machine up for AltBoot.
enable the feature(s). Perform the procedure for Viewing the Network Controller boot sequence.
After boot is complete, scroll back through the Altboot window test until you find the section
If the problem continues, or if the configuration report shows Image Overwrite as either not
that begins with 1394npli driver ready...
installed or as enabled, use the customers SIMM card (Tray2 storage box) to reinstall the Check for any of the following message sets
option. Repeat GP5 (?) to verify.
Message when S2X hardware OK
If the problem continues, go to the 16-1 RAP. This 1394 Chip supports OHCI Release 1.1 (800 Mb/sec.)
Out Of Order Pipelining Disabled
Using Module Param. Max Block Size = 2048
Successfully installed 1394npli Module
Trying to load SInstalling /etc/s2x/S2X.cfg.BSP350117D revision 2.0
S2X driver
/etc/s2x/S2X.cfg.BSP350117D: This driver was compiled for UniProcessor System
START S2XBoot
/etc/s2x/S2X.cfg.BSP350117D: S2X started OK
DONE S2XBoot
Message when S2X failed, missing, or unplugged
This 1394 Chip supports OHCI Release 1.1 (800 Mb/sec)
Out Of Order Pipelining Disabled
Using Module Param. Max Block Size = 2048
Successfully installed 1394npli Module
S2X Board was not found that matched S2X.cfg.*
Message when S2X RAM faulty
This 1394 Chip supports OHCI Release 1.1 (800 Mb/sec)
Out Of Order Pipelining Disabled
Using Module Param. Max Block Size = 2048
Successfully installed 1394npli Module
Trying to load SInstalling /etc/s2x/S2X.cfg.BSP350117D revision 2.0
<mapca.c>0396: BootDownload() CRC of data after download is incorrect
If the S2X hardware tests OK, go to the 16-1 RAP. If either of the fault messages above are
displayed, replace the S2X PWB.
Initial Actions
Switch off the power and reseat the FAX PWB. Switch on the power.
Procedure
Perform the following:
1. Check the phone line connection.
• Verify that the phone line connection to FAX is secure. If a single FAX phone line is
used by customer, check that it is connected to the correct socket - Line 1.
• If a second FAX phone line is used by customer, this is connected to the socket
above Line 1. If the customer purchased a FAX with Line 1 capability only, the taped
socket (Line 2) is inactive.
2. Check that the phone line is active.
• Check the customer’s FAX phone line for DC voltage. In NASG serviced areas, 50
VDC can be measured between the 2 conductors in the phone line, typically the red
and green conductors (middle conductors in phone plug). No voltage indicates an
inactive phone line. If no DC voltage is measured, inform customer that the phone
line requires service by the customers phone line service provider. In non-US loca-
tions, check with your service support for the typical phone line voltage.
3. Check the phone number.
• To receive a FAX the customer must know the phone number assigned to the phone
line connected to the FAX.
4. Check the FAX set-up menus. Enter Tools Mode. Select Fax Setups:
• Line Configuration - be sure pulse or tone selection is correct.
• FAX Transmission Defaults (check for FAX transmission problems)
– Automatic Redial Setups
– Automatic Resend
– Audio Line Monitor
– Transmission Header Text
– Batch Send
• Receive Defaults (check for FAX receive problems)
– Receive Printing Mode
– Default Output Options
– Secure Receive
– Auto Answer Delay
• Line Selection (Line 1 or Line 1 and Line 2)
• FAX Country Setting
• File Management
If the problem remains, replace the FAX PWB. If this does not resolve the problem, go to the
16-1 RAP.
Procedure Procedure
Switch power off then on. The problem continues. Switch power off then on. The problem continues.
Y N Y N
Return to service call procedures. Return to service call procedures.
Procedure Procedure
Switch power off then on. The problem continues. No action is required. If 19-401 remains for more than 5 minutes, switch power off then on. If
Y N the problem continues, perform dC402, SW Verify.
Return to service call procedures.
Procedure Procedure
No action is required. If 19-402 remains for more than 5 minutes, switch power off then on. If Rescan job. If the Problem continues, rescan job according to EPC capabilities.
the problem continues, perform dC402, SW Verify.
Procedure Procedure
Rescan the job. Rescan the job.
Procedure Procedure
Rescan the job. Reconcile completed jobs with uncompleted jobs. Switch the power off then on. Rerun uncom-
pleted jobs.
Procedure Procedure
If the job does not recover, switch the power off/on and rerun the job. If the problem continues, Switch the power off/on and rerun the job. If the problem continues, perform dC402 (Software
perform dC402 (Software Verify). Verify).
Procedure Procedure
Switch the power off/on and rerun the job. If the problem continues, perform dC402 (Software Switch the power off/on and rerun the job. If the problem continues, perform dC402 (Software
Verify). Verify).
Procedure Procedure
Switch the power off/on and rerun the job. If the problem continues, perform dC402 (Software Switch the power off/on and rerun the job. If the problem continues, perform dC402 (Software
Verify). Verify).
Procedure Procedure
Switch the power off/on and rerun the job. If the problem continues, perform dC402 (Software Switch the power off/on and rerun the job. If the problem continues, perform dC402 (Software
Verify). Verify).
Procedure Procedure
Switch the power off/on and rerun the job. If the problem continues, perform dC402 (Software Switch the power off/on and rerun the job. If the problem continues, perform dC402 (Software
Verify). Verify).
Procedure Procedure
Switch the power off/on and rerun the job. If the problem continues, perform dC402 (Software Switch the power off/on and rerun the job. If the problem continues, perform dC402 (Software
Verify). Verify).
Procedure Procedure
Switch the power off/on and rerun the job. If the problem continues, perform dC402 (Software Switch the power off/on and rerun the job. If the problem continues, perform dC402 (Software
Verify). Verify).
Procedure Procedure
Rerun the job. Switch machine off then on.
Procedure Procedure
Print a Configuration Sheet. The Config Sheet indicates the Fax PWB is installed. Print a Configuration Sheet. The Config Sheet indicates the Fax PWB is installed.
Y N Y N
Install a Fax PWB. Install a Fax PWB.
Procedure Procedure
Print a Configuration Sheet. The Config Sheet indicates the Fax PWB is installed. Print a Configuration Sheet. The Config Sheet indicates the Fax PWB is installed.
Y N Y N
Install a Fax PWB. Install a Fax PWB.
Procedure Procedure
Print a Configuration Sheet. The Config Sheet indicates the Fax PWB is installed. Print a Configuration Sheet. The Config Sheet indicates the Fax PWB is installed.
Y N Y N
Install a Fax PWB. Install a Fax PWB.
Procedure Procedure
Print a Configuration Sheet. The Config Sheet indicates the Fax PWB is installed. Print a Configuration Sheet. The Config Sheet indicates the Fax PWB is installed.
Y N Y N
Install a Fax PWB. Install a Fax PWB.
Procedure Procedure
Print a Configuration Sheet. The Config Sheet indicates the Fax PWB is installed. Print a Configuration Sheet. The Config Sheet indicates the Fax PWB is installed.
Y N Y N
Install a Fax PWB. Install a Fax PWB.
Procedure Procedure
Print a Configuration Sheet. The Config Sheet indicates the Fax PWB is installed. Print a Configuration Sheet. The Config Sheet indicates the Fax PWB is installed.
Y N Y N
Install a Fax PWB. Install a Fax PWB.
Procedure Procedure
Print a Configuration Sheet. The Config Sheet indicates the Fax PWB is installed. Print a Configuration Sheet. The Config Sheet indicates the Fax PWB is installed.
Y N Y N
Install a Fax PWB. Install a Fax PWB.
Procedure
Print a Configuration Sheet. The Config Sheet indicates the Fax PWB is installed.
Y N
Install Fax PWB.
Procedure Procedure
Switch the power off then on. Switch the power off then on.
Procedure Procedure
Switch the power off then on. Switch the power off then on.
Procedure Procedure
Switch the power off then on. Switch the power off then on.
Procedure Procedure
Switch the power off then on. Switch the power off then on.
Procedure Procedure
Switch the power off then on. Switch the power off then on.
Procedure Procedure
Switch the power off then on. Switch the power off then on.
Procedure Procedure
Switch the power off then on. Switch the power off then on.
Procedure Procedure
Switch the power off then on. Switch the power off then on.
Procedure Procedure
Switch the power off then on. Switch the power off then on.
Procedure Procedure
Switch the power off then on. Switch the power off then on.
Procedure Procedure
Switch the power off then on. Switch the power off then on.
Procedure Procedure
Switch the power off then on. Switch the power off then on.
Procedure Procedure
Switch the power off then on. Switch the power off then on.
Procedure Procedure
There is a serial number problem, a copyright problem, or SOK 1 is missing. Remove the Con- There is a serial number problem, a copyright problem, or SOK 2 or 3 is missing. Remove the
troller Cover and verify SOK 1 is present by part number (PL 14.2). If the problem continues, Controller Cover and verify SOK 2 or 3 is present by part number (PL 14.2). If the problem con-
call service support for corrective actions. tinues, call service support for corrective actions.
Procedure Procedure
There is a serial number problem, a copyright problem, or SOK 1 is missing. Remove the Con- There is a serial number problem, a copyright problem, or SOK 2 is missing. Remove the Con-
troller Cover and verify SOK 1 is present by part number (PL 14.2). If the problem continues, troller Cover and verify SOK 2 is present by part number (PL 14.2). If the problem continues,
call service support for corrective actions. call service support for corrective actions.
Procedure Procedure
There is a serial number problem, a copyright problem, or SOK 3 is missing. Remove the Con- TBD
troller Cover and verify SOK 3 is present by part number (PL 14.2). If the problem continues,
call service support for corrective actions.
Procedure Procedure
TBD TBD
Procedure Procedure
TBD TBD
Procedure Procedure
TBD TBD
Procedure Procedure
Switch the power off then on. Check output device connections.
Procedure Procedure
Check output device connections. Switch the power off then on.
Procedure Procedure
Switch the power off then on. TBD
Replace the Drum Motor Y (PL 1.2). If the problem continues, replace the Drum Motor YMC
PWB (PL 1.2). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Magenta Drum Motor Drive Failure Cyan Drum Motor Drive Failure
Procedure Procedure
Execute dC330 [042-011 Drum Motor YMC: 73.3mm/s]. The Drum rotates for at least a Execute dC330 [042-011 Drum Motor YMC: 73.3mm/s]. The Drum rotates for at least a
moment. moment.
Y N Y N
Go to BSD 9.7 - Y, M, C Drums Drive and troubleshoot the Drum Motor YMC (PL 1.2). Go to BSD 9.7 - Y, M, C Drums Drive and troubleshoot the Drum Motor YMC (PL 1.2).
Check around the Drum Cartridge for binding or extra loading. The Drum Cartridge loading Check around the Drum Cartridge for binding or extra loading. The Drum Cartridge loading
is normal. is normal.
Y N Y N
Remove the Drum Cartridge and/or the cause for extra load (PL 6.1). Remove the Drum Cartridge and/or the cause for extra load (PL 6.1).
Replace the Drum Motor M (PL 1.2). If the problem continues, replace the Drum Motor YMC Replace the Drum Motor C (PL 1.2). If the problem continues, replace the Drum Motor YMC
PWB (PL 1.2). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). PWB (PL 1.2). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Procedure Procedure
Execute dC330 [042-011 Drum Motor YMC: 73.3mm/s]. The Drum rotates for at least a Enter dC330 [042-033 IBT Belt Check: 220mm/s]. The belt rotates for at least a moment.
moment. Y N
Y N Go to BSD 9.18 - Transfer Belt Drive Control and troubleshoot the IBT Drive Motor (PL
Go to BSD 9.6 - Black Drum (K) Drive Control and troubleshoot the Drum Motor K (PL 7.4).
1.2).
Check the installation of the IBT Cleaner Assembly. The IBT Cleaner Assembly properly
Check around the Drum Cartridge for binding or extra loading. The Drum Cartridge loading installed.
is normal. Y N
Y N Install the IBT Cleaner Assembly properly. If the IBT Cleaner Assembly is installed prop-
Remove the Drum Cartridge and/or the cause for extra load (PL 6.1). erly, replace the IBT Cleaner Assembly (PL 7.3).
Replace the Drum Motor K (PL 1.1). If the problem continues, replace the Drum Motor K PWB Replace the IBT Drive Motor (PL 7.4). If the problem continues, replace the MCU PWB (PL
(PL 1.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). 11.1).
Enter dC330 [042-200 Transfer Belt Home Sensor]. Rotate the belt manually for 1 turn. The
display changes.
Y N
Go to OF 99-1 and troubleshoot the Transfer Belt Home Sensor (PL 7.5).
Check the operation of the actuator of the Transfer Belt Edge Sensor Assembly. The actua-
tor moves smoothly.
Y N
Replace the Transfer Belt Edge Sensor Assembly (PL 7.4).
Select [042-016 IBT Steering Motor (CW) High Current] and [042-017 Steering Motor (CCW)
High Current]. The IBT Steering Motor operate.
Y N
Go to OF 99-9 and troubleshoot the IBT Steering Motor (PL 7.4).
Check the installation position of the IBT Belt Module (the four legs of the IBT Belt Module are
placed on the board springs of the Transfer Drawer and the fixing screws (M4: x2) of the IBT
Drawer are tightened). The IBT Belt Module is installed in the proper position.
Y N
Adjust the installation position of the IBT Belt Module.
Set dC131 [741-105 Angle Data Initial Value (A0)] to 0.Install the IBT Belt in the center (where
the IBT Belt Edge and the IBT Belt Frame are approx. the same distance from the front and
rear). Perform ADJ 9.13 Belt Edge Learn cycle. The Belt Edge Learn Cycle ends abnor-
mally.
Initial Actions
• Turn the power OFF then ON.
Procedure
Check the Fault History for a Belt Home Position Too Long Fail (042-326 Fault Code). The
Belt Home Position Too Long Fail is the only Fault Code in the Fault List.
Y N
Go to the RAP for the other failures that occurred.
Install the IBT Belt in the center (where the IBT Belt Edge and the IBT Belt Frame are approx.
the same distance from the front and rear). Perform ADJ 9.13 Belt Edge Learn Cycle. The
Belt Edge Learn Cycle ends abnormally.
Y N
End
Check for a the Belt Position Fault Code (042-327). The Belt Position Fault Code is the only
Code in the Fault List
Y N
Refer to the RAP for other failures that occurred.
Check the reflective mark at the rear of the IBT belt. The reflective mark positioned cor-
rectly and reflects properly.
Y N
Clean the reflective mark and reposition it properly, if the problem continues, replace the
IBT belt (PL 7.3).
Check the surface of the Transfer Belt Edge Sensor for dust or toner. The surface is clean.
Y N
Clean the surface.
Check the operation of the actuator of the Transfer Belt Edge Sensor Assembly. The actua-
tor moves smoothly.
Y N
Replace the Transfer Belt Edge Sensor Assembly (PL 7.4).
Enter dC330 [042-200 Transfer Belt Home Sensor]. Rotate the belt manually for 1 turn. The
display changes.
Check the installation position of the IBT Belt Module (the four legs of the IBT Belt Module are Procedure
placed on the board springs of the Transfer Drawer and the fixing screws (M4: x2) of the IBT Check the operation of the actuator of the Transfer Belt Edge Sensor Assembly. The actua-
Drawer are tightened). The IBT Belt Module is installed in the proper position. tor move smoothly.
Y N Y N
Adjust the installation position of the IBT Belt Module. Replace the Transfer Belt Edge Sensor Assembly (PL 7.4).
Set dC131[741-105 Angle Data Initial Value (A0)] to 0.Install the IBT Belt in the center (where Check the surface of the Transfer Belt Edge Sensor for dust or toner. The surface is clean.
the IBT Belt Edge and the IBT Belt Frame are approx. the same distance from the front and Y N
rear). Perform ADJ 9.13 Belt Edge Learn cycle. The Belt Edge Learn Cycle ends abnor- Clean the surface.
mally?
Y N Check the installation of the Transfer Belt Edge Sensor Assembly. The Transfer Belt Edge
End Sensor is properly installed.
Y N
Replace the Transfer Belt Home Sensor (PL 7.5). If the problem continues, replace the Trans- Install the Transfer Belt Edge Sensor Assembly properly (PL 7.4).
fer Belt Edge Sensor (PL 7.4). If the problem persists, replace the Transfer Belt Edge Sensor
(PL 7.4). If the problem is persistent, replace the IBT Belt Module (PL 7.1). Check the connection of P/J156, P601/ J601, P/J603B and P/J443. connectors are prop-
erly connected.
Y N
Connect the connectors properly.
Check the wire between P/J156 and P/J443 for open circuit and short circuit. The wiring
between P/J156 and P/J443 is OK.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between P/J443-10 and GND on the IOT Drive PWB. The voltage is
approximately +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the IOT Drive PWB (PL 11.1). If the problem continues, replace the MCU PWB
(PL 11.1).
Measure the voltage between P/J443-9 and GND on the IOT Drive PWB. Move the actuator of
the Transfer Belt Edge Sensor manually. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the IBT Belt Edge Sensor (PL 7.4).
Replace the IBT Belt (PL 7.3). If the problem continues, replace the IBT Belt Module (PL 7.1).
+24VDC is measured between P/J242-5 and GND on the Blower Fan Motor.
Y N
+24VDC is measured between P/J465-A1 and GND on the Tray Module PWB.
Y N
Go to OF 2.2 IOT DC Power (+24 VDC) RAPBSD 2.2 - DC Power Generation
(IOT +3.3/+5/+12 VDC), check the +24VDC circuit on the Tray Module PWB.
Check for an open wire or poor contact between P/J465-A1 on the Tray Module
PWB and P/J242-3 on the Blower Fan Motor. If the check is OK, replace the Tray
Module PWB (PL 11.3).
With dC330 [042-022] ON, +1VDC or less is measured between P/J242-2 and GND
on the Blower Fan Motor.
Y N
Turn OFF the power. Disconnect Connector J403 from the MCU PWB. Disconnect
P/J242 on the Blower Fan Motor. Check the wire between J403-A2 and P/J242-2
for continuity. The resistance is 1 ohm or less.
Y N
Check the wire for an open wire or poor contact.
+5VDC is measured between P/J242-2 and GND on the Blower Fan Motor.
Select dC330[042-021](Blower Fan Motor High). The Blower Fan Motor comes ON rotate at
Initial Actions
high speed. Turn the power OFF then ON.
Y N
With dC330[042-021] ON, +5VDC is measured between P/J242-2 and GND on the Procedure
Blower Fan Motor.
Perform ADJ 9.9 Reg Measurement Cycle. The AC Lateral (OUT/CNT/IN) value is out of the
Y N
specifications.
Replace the Blower Fan Motor (PL 9.1).
Y N
End (No action is required even if a failure occurs)
Check the wire between J403-A2 on the MCU PWB and P/J242-2 on the Blower Fan
Motor for an open wire or poor contact. If the wiring is OK, replace the MCU PWB (PL Perform ADJ 9.13 Belt Edge Learn Cycle. The Belt Edge Learn ends normally.
11.1). If the problem continues, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 11.3).
Y N
Check the operation of the actuator of the Transfer Belt Edge Sensor Assembly. The
The Blower Fan Motor appears to be normally rotating. Perform the following again:
actuator moves smoothly.
• Check the Fan Blade of the Blower Fan for foreign objects and deformation causing a
Y N
poor rotation. Replace the Transfer Belt Edge Sensor Assembly (PL 7.4).
• Check that Connector P/J242 on the Blower Fan Motor is properly connected.
If the problem continues, replace the Blower Fan Motor (PL 9.1). Check the surface of the IBT Belt Edge Sensor Assembly (PL 7.4). Is the surface clean
without dust or toner?
Y N
Clean the surface.
Check the installation of the Transfer Belt Edge Sensor Assembly. The Transfer Belt
Edge Sensor is properly installed.
Y N
Install the Transfer Belt Edge Sensor Assembly properly (PL 7.4).
Check the connection of P/J156, P601/ J601, P/J603B and P/J443. connectors are
properly connected.
Y N
Connect the connectors properly.
Check the wire between P/J156 and P/J443 for open circuit and short circuit. The wir-
ing between P/J156 and P/J443 is OK.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between P/J443-10 and GND on the IOT Drive PWB. The voltage
is approximately +5VDC.
Set dC131 [741-107] No Edge Learn Mode Selection to 1 (= select No Edge Learn Mode).
NOTE: With this setting, Active Steering control of the IBT belt is carried out but its accuracy is
low (100Micro-m) and Color Reg is not guaranteed. Also, Belt Walk Fail will not be detected.
NOTE: The change in shape at the edge of the IBT belt was huge during Belt Edge Check NOTE: It was notified that the rotation count of the Blower Motor was monitored and it had
Cycle. Request to start Belt Edge Learn. exceeded the specified value.
As this is an image quality failure, the device does not stop. However, Color Reg is not guaran- The end of the life of the Suction Filter is detected through the number of Blower Fan Motor
teed. rotations at cycle down. dC131[741-019] Blower Motor Rotation Number
Belt Edge Learn Cycle is executed immediately after this failure occurs.
Initial Actions
Belt Edge Learn Cycle updates the IBT Belt edge shape accurately.
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON. Procedure
Replace the Filter (PL 9.1) with a new one.Reset the Life Count of the Filter.Turn ON the power
Procedure again. The same problem recurs.
Y N
Check the Fault History. A 042-601 Belt Edge Learn Fault Code has occurred
Y N End
End
Check the connection of the MCU PWB connector. The connectors are properly connected.
Go to the 042-601 RAP (Belt Edge Learn Fault). Y N
Connect the connectors properly.
Procedure Procedure
Turn the power OFF then ON. The same problem recurs. Go to OF 2.1 IOT DC Power (+3.3VDC, +5 VDC, and +12 VDC) RAP to troubleshoot the MCU
Y N and CCM PWBs.
End
Check the connection of each connector of the CCM PWB and MCU PWB. The connectors
are properly connected.
Y N
Connect the connectors properly.
Driver Connect Failure. The connection between the MCU and the IOT Drive PWB failed.
Procedure
Check the following:
• Check that the Flat Print Cable is securely connected between P/J431 on the IOT Drive
PWB and P/J401 on the MCU PWB.
• Check Connectors P/J431 and P/J401 for foreign objects, bent pins, poor contact, etc.
If the above checks are OK, replace the Flat Print Cable (PL 11.1). If the problem continues,
replace the IOT Drive PWB (PL 11.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Repair or replace the parts that are interfering with the operation. Measure the voltage between the IOT Drive PWB P/J434-7 and the GND. +5VDC is
measured between P/J434-7 and GND.
Procedure Y N
Replace the IOT Drive PWB (PL 11.1).
The paper is within the specifications and application for offsetting.
Y N
Change the paper to one within the specifications. Measure the voltage between the IOT Drive PWB P/J444-3 and the GND. Slide the OCT
right and left manually. The voltage changes.
Check the OCT mechanism for foreign substances, damaged gears and rotation failure. The Y N
Replace the Front Position Sensor (PL 16.3).
OCT mechanism in OK.
Y N
Remove the foreign substances and repair/replace the faulty parts. Replace the IOT Drive PWB (PL 11.1). If the problem continues, replace the MCU PWB
(PL 11.1).
Check the Rear and Front Position Sensors for dirt and foreign substances. The sensors are
Select [047-200 OCT Front Position Sensor]. Move the OCT from the rear to the front manu-
free of dirt or foreign substances.
Y N ally. The display changes.
Y N
Clean the sensors.
Check connectors P/J805, SJ802, J801, P680, P/J434, P/J444, P/J431 and P/J401. The
Enter dC330 [047-001/002 OCT Motor]. The OCT Motor comes ON. connectors are properly connected.
Y N
Y N
Check connectors P/J803, J801A, P680 and P/J444. The connectors are properly con- Connect the connectors properly.
nected.
Check the wires between P/J805 and P/J434, P/J806 and P/J444, and J431 and J401
Y N
Connect P/J803, J801A, P680 and P/J444 properly. for open circuit and short circuit. The wires are OK.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wire between P/J803 and P/J444 for open circuit and short circuit. The wir-
ing is OK.
Y N Measure the voltage between the IOT Drive PWB P/J434-7 and the GND. +5VDC is
measured between P/J434-7 and GND.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Y N
Replace the IOT Drive PWB (PL 11.1).
Measure the voltage between the IOT Drive PWB P/J444-6 and the GND when running
dC330 [047-001], and the voltage between IOT Drive PWB P/J444-5 and the GND when
Measure the voltage between the IOT Drive PWB P/J444-2 and the GND. Slide the OCT
running dC330 [047-001]. +24VDC is measured between pins 4 and 5 of P/J444.
right and left manually. The voltage changes.
Procedure
CR4 (GRN LED) on the Finisher PWB is ON.
Y N
+24VDC is measured between P/J8315-1, 4 and GND on the Finisher PWB.
Y N
Refer to BSD 12.1 - C-Finisher DC Power Generation, check the +24VDC circuit and
the PS enable circuit to P/J8315 on the Finisher PWB.
Disconnect all connectors on the Finisher PWB except J8315 and J8300. CR4 is lit.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 21.12).
Turn off the power. Check the following for an open wire or poor contact:
• MCU PWB J403-B8 to Finisher PWB J8300-13
• MCU PWB J403-B7 to Finisher PWB J8300-12
• MCU PWB J403-B3 to Finisher PWB J8300-11
• MCU PWB J403-B6 to Finisher PWB J8300-15
• MCU PWB J403-B5 to Finisher PWB J8300-14
• MCU PWB J403-B4 to Finisher PWB J8300-4
Every resistance is 1 ohm or less.
Y N
Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
Procedure
Execute DC330 [047-202 Tray Full Sensor]. Actuate the sensor with paper. The display
changes.
Y N
Go to BSD 11.1 - OCT and check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure (OF 99-1).
Check the acceptance surface of the sensor for dirt and foreign substances. It is in proper
condition without dirt or foreign substances.
Y N
Remove the dirt or foreign substances.
Replace the IOT Drive PWB (PL 11.1) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
The write data and read data did not match during the Read/Write test to the register memory. The write data and read data did not match during the Read/Write test to the register memory.
Procedure Procedure
Ensure that the connectors on the ROS (Y, M) are connected. The connectors are con- Ensure that the connectors on the ROS (Y, M) are connected. The connectors are con-
nected. nected.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors. Connect the connectors.
Check the connectors on the MCU PWB. The connectors are connected. Check the connectors on the MCU PWB. The connectors are connected.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors. Connect the connectors.
Turn the power OFF then ON. The same problem recurs. Turn the power OFF then ON. The same problem recurs.
Y N Y N
End End
Replace the ROS (Y, M) (PL 5.1). Turn the power ON the power. The problem recurs. Replace the ROS (Y, M) (PL 5.1). Turn the power ON the power. The problem recurs.
Y N Y N
End End
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
SOS Long Failure Magenta. The interval between SOS signals was longer than the specified SOS Long Failure Black. The interval between SOS signals was longer than the specified
value. value.
Procedure Procedure
Ensure that the connectors on the ROS (Y, M) are connected. The connectors are con- Ensure that the connectors on the ROS (C, K) are connected. The connectors are con-
nected. nected.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors. Connect the connectors.
Check the connectors on the MCU PWB. The connectors are connected. Check the connectors on the MCU PWB. The connectors are connected.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors. Connect the connectors.
Turn the power OFF then ON. The same problem recurs. Turn the power OFF then ON. The same problem recurs.
Y N Y N
End End
Replace the ROS (Y, M) (PL 5.1). Turn the power ON the power. The problem recurs. Replace the ROS (C, K) (PL 5.1). Turn the power ON the power. The problem recurs.
Y N Y N
End End
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
SOS Short Failure Magenta. The interval between SOS signals was shorter than the specified SOS Short Failure Black. The interval between SOS signals was shorter than the specified
value. value.
Procedure Procedure
See 061-313 RAP See 061-315 RAP.
Polygon Motor Failure. The revolutions of the polygon motor did not reach the proper number ROS Motor Failure
of revolutions within 4 seconds after the polygon motor came on.
Initial Actions
Procedure Turn the power OFF and ON.
Check the connection of P247Y and P/J409. The connection are properly connected.
Y N Procedure
Connect P247Y and P/J409 properly.
Check the connection of P247C and P/J409. The connection are properly connected.
Y N
Check the wires between P247Y and P/J409 for open circuit and short circuit. The wiring
Connect P247C and P/J409 properly.
between is OK.
Y N
Check the wires between P247C and P/J409 for open circuit and short circuit. The wiring is
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
OK.
Turn the power OFF then ON. The same problem recurs. Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Y N
End
Turn the power OFF then ON. The same problem recurs.
Y N
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors properly connected.
End
Y N
Connect the connectors properly.
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors properly connected.
Y N
Turn the power OFF then ON. The same problem recurs.
Y N Connect the connectors properly.
End
Turn the power OFF then ON. The same problem recurs.
Replace the ROS Assembly (Y, M) (PL 5.1). Y N
End
No SOS Failure Magenta. The SOS signal was not detected. No SOS Failure Cyan. The SOS signal was not detected.
Procedure Procedure
See 061-313 RAP See 061-315 RAP
No SOS Failure Black. The SOS signal was not detected. ROS Connect Failure Yellow. The connection between the ROS LD and the MCU PWB failed.
Procedure
Check the connection of J345AY and JA421, and J345BY and JB421. The connection are
properly connected.
Y N
Connect J345AY and JA421, and J345BY and JB421 properly.
Check the wires between J345AY and JA421, and J345BY and JB421 for open circuit and
short circuit. The wiring is OK.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Turn the power OFF then ON. The same problem recurs.
Y N
End
Replace the ROS Assembly (Y, M) (PL 5.1).Turn the power OFF then ON. The same prob-
lem recurs.
Y N
End
ROS Connect Failure Magenta. The connection between the ROS LD and the MCU PWB ROS Connect Failure Cyan. The connection between the ROS LD and the MCU PWB failed.
failed.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions Turn the power OFF then ON.
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Procedure
Procedure Check the connection of J345AC and JA423, and J345BC and JB423. The connection are
Check the connection of J1AM and JA422, and J1BM and JB422. The connection are properly connected.
properly connected. Y N
Y N Connect J345AC and JA423, and J345BC and JB423 properly.
Connect J1AM and JA422, and J1BM and JB422 properly.
Check the wires between J345AC and JA423, and J345BC and JB423 for open circuit and
Check the wires between J1AM and JA422, and J1BM and JB422 for open circuit and short short circuit. The wiring is OK.
circuit. The wiring is OK. Y N
Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Turn the power OFF then ON. The same problem recurs.
Turn the power OFF then ON. The same problem recurs. Y N
Y N End
End
Replace the ROS Assembly (C, K) (PL 5.1).Turn the power OFF then ON. The same prob-
Replace the ROS Assembly (Y, M) (PL 5.1).Turn the power OFF then ON. The same prob- lem recurs.
lem recurs. Y N
Y N End
End
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
ROS Connect Failure Black. The connection between the ROS LD and the MCU PWB failed. ROS Yellow/Magenta VDD Failure
Procedure Procedure
Check the connection of J1AK and JA424, and J1BK and JB424. The connection are Check the connection of each connector of the ROS Assembly (Y, M) and the MCU PWB. The
properly connected. connectors properly connected.
Y N Y N
Connect J1AK and JA424, and J1BK and JB424 properly. Connect the connectors properly.
Check the wires between J1AK and JA424, and J1BK and JB424 for open circuit and short Turn the power OFF then ON. The same problem recurs.
circuit. The wiring is OK. Y N
Y N End
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the ROS Assembly (Y, M) (PL 5.1).Turn the power OFF then ON. The same prob-
Turn the power OFF then ON. The same problem recurs. lem recurs.
Y N Y N
End End
Replace the ROS Assembly (C, K) (PL 5.1).Turn the power OFF then ON. The same prob- Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
lem recurs.
Y N
End
Procedure Procedure
Check the connection of each connector of the ROS Assembly (C, K) and the MCU PWB. The Check the connection of each connector of the ROS Assembly (Y, M) and the MCU PWB. The
connectors properly connected. connectors properly connected.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors properly. Connect the connectors properly.
Turn the power OFF then ON. The same problem recurs. Turn the power OFF then ON. The same problem recurs.
Y N Y N
End End
Replace the ROS Assembly (C, K) (PL 5.1).Turn the power OFF then ON. The same prob- Replace the ROS Assembly (Y, M) (PL 5.1).Turn the power OFF then ON. The same prob-
lem recurs. lem recurs.
Y N Y N
End End
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Procedure Procedure
Check the connection of each connector of the ROS Assembly (C, K) and the MCU PWB. The Check the connection of each connector of the ROS Assembly (Y, M) and the MCU PWB. The
connectors properly connected. connectors properly connected.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors properly. Connect the connectors properly.
Turn the power OFF then ON. The same problem recurs. Turn the power OFF then ON. The same problem recurs.
Y N Y N
End End
Replace the ROS Assembly (C, K) (PL 5.1).Turn the power OFF then ON. The same prob- Replace the ROS Assembly (Y, M) (PL 5.1).Turn the power OFF then ON. The same prob-
lem recurs. lem recurs.
Y N Y N
End End
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
SOS Stop Black Failure ROS LD Failure Black. At least three channels (NVM 749-105) of the 32 channels had
detected LD degradation when the LD alarm was generated.
Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON. Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Procedure
Check the connection of each connector of the ROS Assembly (C, K) and the MCU PWB. The Procedure
connectors properly connected. Check the connection of each connector of the ROS Assembly (C, K) and the MCU PWB. The
Y N connectors properly connected.
Connect the connectors properly. Y N
Connect the connectors properly.
Turn the power OFF then ON. The same problem recurs.
Y N Turn the power OFF then ON. The same problem recurs.
End Y N
End
Replace the ROS Assembly (C, K) (PL 5.1).Turn the power OFF then ON. The same prob-
lem recurs. Replace the ROS Assembly (C, K) (PL 5.1).Turn the power OFF then ON. The same prob-
Y N lem recurs.
End Y N
End
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
ROS LD Failure Yellow. At least three channels (NVM 749-105) of the 32 channels had ROS LD Failure Magenta. At least three channels (NVM 749-105) of the 32 channels had
detected LD degradation when the LD alarm was generated. detected LD degradation when the LD alarm was generated.
Procedure Procedure
Check the connection of each connector of the ROS Assembly (Y, M) and the MCU PWB. The Check the connection of each connector of the ROS Assembly (Y, M) and the MCU PWB. The
connectors properly connected. connectors properly connected.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors properly. Connect the connectors properly.
Turn the power OFF then ON. The same problem recurs. Turn the power OFF then ON. The same problem recurs.
Y N Y N
End End
Replace the ROS Assembly (Y, M) (PL 5.1).Turn the power OFF then ON. The same prob- Replace the ROS Assembly (Y, M) (PL 5.1).Turn the power OFF then ON. The same prob-
lem recurs. lem recurs.
Y N Y N
End End
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
ROS LD Failure Cyan. At least three channels (NVM 749-105) of the 32 channels had detected ROS Data Failure Yellow. Serial data communication is not possible between the MCU PWB
LD degradation when the LD alarm was generated. and ROS (hidden failure).
Procedure Procedure
Check the connection of each connector of the ROS Assembly (C, K) and the MCU PWB. The Check the connection of each connector of the ROS Assembly (Y, M) and the MCU PWB. The
connectors properly connected. connectors properly connected.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors properly. Connect the connectors properly.
Turn the power OFF then ON. The same problem recurs. Turn the power OFF then ON. The same problem recurs.
Y N Y N
End End
Replace the ROS Assembly (C, K) (PL 5.1).Turn the power OFF then ON. The same prob- Replace the ROS Assembly (Y, M) (PL 5.1).Turn the power OFF then ON. The same prob-
lem recurs. lem recurs.
Y N Y N
End End
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
ROS Data Failure Magenta. Serial data communication is not possible between the MCU PWB ROS Data Failure Cyan. Serial data communication is not possible between the MCU PWB
and ROS (hidden failure). and ROS (hidden failure).
Procedure Procedure
Check the connection of each connector of the ROS Assembly (Y, M) and the MCU PWB. The Check the connection of each connector of the ROS Assembly (C, K) and the MCU PWB. The
connectors properly connected. connectors properly connected.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors properly. Connect the connectors properly.
Turn the power OFF then ON. The same problem recurs. Turn the power OFF then ON. The same problem recurs.
Y N Y N
End End
Replace the ROS Assembly (Y, M) (PL 5.1).Turn the power OFF then ON. The same prob- Replace the ROS Assembly (C, K) (PL 5.1).Turn the power OFF then ON. The same prob-
lem recurs. lem recurs.
Y N Y N
End End
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
ROS Data Failure Black. Serial data communication is not possible between the MCU PWB LD Alarm Yellow. A problem occurred in one of the 32 beams (hidden failure).
and ROS (hidden failure).
Initial Actions
Initial Actions Turn the power OFF then ON.
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Procedure
Procedure Check the connection of each connector of the ROS Assembly (Y, M) and the MCU PWB. The
Check the connection of each connector of the ROS Assembly (C, K) and the MCU PWB. The connectors properly connected.
connectors properly connected. Y N
Y N Connect the connectors properly.
Connect the connectors properly.
Turn the power OFF then ON. The same problem recurs.
Turn the power OFF then ON. The same problem recurs. Y N
Y N End
End
Replace the ROS Assembly (Y, M) (PL 5.1).Turn the power OFF then ON. The same prob-
Replace the ROS Assembly (C, K) (PL 5.1).Turn the power OFF then ON. The same prob- lem recurs.
lem recurs. Y N
Y N End
End
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
LD Alarm Magenta. A problem occurred in one of the 32 beams (hidden failure). LD Alarm Cyan. A problem occurred in one of the 32 beams (hidden failure).
Procedure Procedure
Check the connection of each connector of the ROS Assembly (Y, M) and the MCU PWB. The Check the connection of each connector of the ROS Assembly (C, K) and the MCU PWB. The
connectors properly connected. connectors properly connected.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors properly. Connect the connectors properly.
Turn the power OFF then ON. The same problem recurs. Turn the power OFF then ON. The same problem recurs.
Y N Y N
End End
Replace the ROS Assembly (Y,M) (PL 5.1).Turn the power OFF then ON. The same prob- Replace the ROS Assembly (C, K) (PL 5.1).Turn the power OFF then ON. The same prob-
lem recurs. lem recurs.
Y N Y N
End End
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Procedure
Check the connection of each connector of the ROS Assembly (C, K) and the MCU PWB. The
connectors properly connected.
Y N
Connect the connectors properly.
Turn the power OFF then ON. The same problem recurs.
Y N
End
Replace the ROS Assembly (C, K) (PL 5.1).Turn the power OFF then ON. The same prob-
lem recurs.
Y N
End
IISS Hot Line Failure. It was detected that the hot line signal was disconnected. IIT/IPS EEPROM Failure (IPS). A write failure to EEPROM or a communication failure with
EEPROM (retry) occurred.
Procedure
1. Switch off the power. Check the following: Procedure
• Connection between P/J3 on the CCM PWB and P/J719 on the IIT/IPS PWB. 1. Switch the power off, then on. If the problem still exists, perform the following:
• The connector pins for any foreign object and/or are bent. • Reinstall the latest version of the IIT Software.
• Connector Screw Lock Mechanism is OK. • Switch off the power. Disconnect and reconnect U2 (EEPROM) from/to IIT/IPS PWB.
If this does not resolve the problem, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8).
2. Switch the power off, then on. If the problem still exists, perform the following:
• Reload software (dC102). NOTE: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT/IPS PWB. Replace the new U2
• Replace the IIT-ESS Cable (PL 13.2). (EEPROM) on the new IIT/IPS PWB with the old one (PL 13.8).
• Replace the UI PWB (PL 17.4) before replacing the CCM PWB (PL 11.7).
IPS-EXT Connection Failure. The connection between the IIT/IPS PWB and the extension IIT/IPS-DADF Communication Failure. Communication between the IIT/IPW PWB and the
memory PWB failed. DADF PWB was not possible.
Procedure Procedure
1. Reinstall the latest version of the IIT Software. 1. Switch off the power. Disconnect and reconnect Connectors P/J750 from/to the IIT/IPS
2. Switch off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the connectors between IIT/IPS PWB PWB, and P/J751 and P/J752 from/to the DADF PWB. If the problem persists, perform
and Extension Memory PWB. If the connections are good, replace the Extension Memory the following in the order shown:
PWB (PL 13.8). If the problem still persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8). • Reinstall the latest version of the IIT Software.
NOTE: Remove the old U3 (EEPROM) from the old Extension Memory PWB. Replace the new • Replace the DADF PWB (PL 14.3)
U3 (EEPROM) on the new Extension Memory PWB with the old one (PL 13.8). • Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8)
• Replace the IIT-DADF Cable (PL 14.3)
NOTE: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT/IPS PWB. Replace the new U2
(EEPROM) on the IIT/IPS PWB with the old one (PL 13.8). NOTE: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT/IPS PWB. Replace the new U2
(EEPROM) on the IIT/IPS PWB with the old one (PL 13.8).
IIT-Extension Communication Failure. Communication between the IIT/IPS PWB and the Platen Interlock Open. The platen interlock is open.
Extension Memory PWB was not possible.
Procedure
Procedure Execute dC330 [062-300 Platen Interlock Switch]. Open/close the DADF. The display
Switch on the power. +3.3 VDC is measured between P/J737-1 (+) on the Extension Mem- changes.
ory PWB and GND. Y N
Y N +5VDC is measured between P/J727-1 on the Platen Interlock Switch and GND.
+24VDC is measured between P732-3 (+) and P732-4 (-) on the PSDC PWB. Y N
Y N Check for an open wire or poor contact between P/J727-1 on the Platen Interlock
Go to BSD 2.2 - DC Power Generation (IOT +3.3/+5/+12 VDC). Switch and P/J722-A5 on the IIT/IPS PWB. If the wire is good, replace the IIT/IPS
PWB (PL 13.8).
Replace the PSDC PWB (PL 13.8).
+5VDC is measured between P/J727-2 on the Platen Interlock Switch and GND.
Switch off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the connectors between IIT/IPS PWB and Y N
Extension Memory PWB. If the connections are good, replace the Extension Memory PWB (PL Replace the Platen Interlock Switch (PL 13.6).
13.8). If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8).
Check the DC COM circuit between P/J727-2 on the Platen Interlock Switch and P/J722-
NOTE: Remove the old U3 (EEPROM) from the old Extension Memory PWB. Replace the new
A4 on the IIT/IPS PWB.
U3 (EEPROM) on the new Extension Memory PWB with the old one (PL 13.8).
NOTE: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT/IPS PWB. Replace the new U2 Check that the Magnet is properly installed and the DADF gets closed properly. The magnet is
(EEPROM) on the IIT/IPS PWB with the old one (PL 13.8). installed properly, replace the Platen Interlock Switch (PL 13.6).
IIT/IPS-ESS Communication Failure. Communication between the IIT/IPS PWB and the CCM IIT Software Logic Failure. A software problem was detected with the IIT/IPS PWB.
PWB is not possible.
Procedure
Procedure 1. Switch off the power. Disconnect and reconnect Connectors P/J750 from/to the IIT/IPS
1. Switch off the power. Disconnect and reconnect Connectors P/J750 from/to the IIT/IPS PWB. If the problem persists, perform the following in the order shown:
PWB, and P/J751 and P/J752 from/to the DADF PWB. If the problem persists, perform • Reinstall the latest version of the IIT Software.
the following in the order shown: • Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8)
• Reload software (dC102)
NOTE: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT/IPS PWB. Replace the new U2
• Replace the DADF PWB (PL 14.3)
(EEPROM) on the IIT/IPS PWB with the old one (PL 13.8).
• Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8)
• Replace the IIT-DADF Cable (PL 14.3)
NOTE: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT/IPS PWB. Replace the new U2
(EEPROM) on the IIT/IPS PWB with the old one (PL 13.8).
Procedure Procedure
1. Switch off the power. Disconnect and reconnect Connectors P/J714 and P/J709 from/to 1. Switch off the power. Disconnect and reconnect U2 (EEPROM) from/to IIT/IPS PWB. If
the IIT/IPS PWB and the BDEC PWB. If the problem persists, perform the following in the this does not resolve the problem, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8).
order shown:
NOTE: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT/IPS PWB. Replace the new U2
• Reinstall the latest version of the IIT Software.
(EEPROM) on the IIT/IPS PWB with the old one (PL 13.8).
• Replace the BDEC PWB (PL 13.8)
• Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8)
• Replace the Ext. Memory PWB (PL 13.8)
NOTE: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT/IPS PWB. Replace the new U2
(EEPROM) on the IIT/IPS PWB with the old one (PL 13.8).
IPS Fan Failure. The IPS fan failed. IIT Lamp Fan Failure. An error signal was detected for the lamp fan.
Procedure Procedure
Execute dC330 [062-014 IPS Fan High Speed]. The operation sound of the IPS Fan Switch on the power. Enter dC330 [062-015]. Select Start. Lamp Fan Turns on.
changes. Y N
Y N +24VDC is measured between P/J720-4 on the IIT/IPS PWB (BSD 2.5) and GND.
Remove the IIT Top Rear Cover. +24VDC is measured between P/J731-4 and -1 on Y N
the IPS Fan. Go to OF 2.3 IIT DC Power RAP.
Y N
Check the circuits between P/J722-B3 on the IIT/IPS PWB and P/J731-4 on the IPS Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8).
Fan, and between P/J722-B6 on the IIT/IPS PWB and P/J731-1 on the IPS Fan for
an open wire or poor contact. Connect the meter between P/J720-2 (+) and P/J720-1 (-) on the IIT/IPS PWB. There is +12
VDC present
+1VDC or less is measured between P/J731-2 on the IPS Fan and GND. Y N
Y N Go to BSD 2.5 and check for an open wire between the IIT/IPS PWB and the Main LVPS.
+1VDC or less is measured between P/J722-B4 on the IIT/IPS PWB and GND.
Y N Execute dC330 [062-015 Lamp Fan]. The sound of the Lamp Fan changes.
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8). Y N
Remove the IIT Top Rear Cover. +24VDC is measured between P/J730-4 and -1 on
Check for an open wire or poor contact between P/J731-2 on the IPS Fan and P/ the Lamp Fan.
J722-B5 on the IIT/IPS PWB. Y N
Check the circuits between P/J722-B7 on the IIT/IPS PWB and P/J730-4 on the
Replace the IPS Fan (PL 13.6). Lamp Fan, and between P/J722-B10 on the IIT/IPS PWB and P/J730-1 on the
Lamp Fan for an open wire or poor contact.
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8).
Check for an open wire or poor contact between P/J730-4 on the Lamp Fan and P/J722-
B7 on the IIT/IPS PWB.
CCD Fan Failure. An error signal was detected for the CCD fan. Carriage Position Failure. A problem was detected with the carriage position.
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8). • P/J721-2 pin to pins P/J721-5/6
Every resistance is approx. 0.9 ohm.
Y N
Replace the Carriage Motor (PL 13.7).
Press the Stop button. Enter dC330 [062-212] (IIT Reg. Sensor). Select Start. Manually moving
the Carriage, turn ON then OFF the IIT Reg. Sensor. The display changes between H and
L.
Y N
Go to BSD 5.12 and check the IIT Reg. Sensor circuit for an open.
At the service call, no error is thought to exist. Recheck for an improper Carriage operation,
any noise source around the machine, any abnormal internal discharge, etc. If the fail occurs
frequently, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8).
NOTE: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT/IPS PWB. Replace the new U2
(EEPROM) on the new IIT/IPS PWB with the old one (PL 13.8).
X Hard Failure Lamp Failure. It was detected that insufficient light from the lamp was entering the CCD (during
white variation correction before the start of a scan, or during AGC).
Procedure
1. Switch the power off, then on. If the problem still exists, perform the following: Procedure
• Reinstall the latest version of the IIT Software. Enter the Diag. Enter dC330 [062-002] (Exposure Lamp). Select Start. The Lamp turns ON.
Y N
• Switch off the power. Disconnect and reconnect U2 (EEPROM) from/to IIT/IPS PWB.
Switch off the power. Disconnect and reconnect P/J723 from/to the IIT/IPS PWB, and P/
If this does not resolve the problem, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8).
J702 and P/J703 from/to the Lamp Ballast PWB. If the problem still persists, replace the
NOTE: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT/IPS PWB. Replace the new U2 following in order:
(EEPROM) on the new IIT/IPS PWB with the old one (PL 13.8). • Exposure Lamp (PL 13.9)
• Lamp Ballast PWB (PL 13.9)
• Slide Cable (PL 13.9)
• IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8)
Press the Stop button. Switch off the power. Perform the following:
• Check for any obstacle shielding the light path.
• Check the Lamp, Mirrors, Lenses and White Reference Board for dirt/deterioration
• Disconnect and reconnect CCD PWB P/J700 and IIT/IPS PWB P710.
• Check for an insufficient qty of Lamp light
If results of the above checks are OK, replace the following in order:
• Lens Assembly (PL 13.6)
• CCD Flexible Print Cable (PL 13.6)
• IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8)
Platen AOC Failure. There was a failure during automatic gain correction (AGC). Platen AOC Failure. This was a failure during automatic offset correction (AOC).
Procedure Procedure
Enter the Diag. Enter dC330 [062-002] (Exposure Lamp). Select Start. The Lamp turns ON. Enter the Diag. Enter dC330 [062-002] (Exposure Lamp). Select Start. The Lamp turns ON.
Y N Y N
Switch off the power. Disconnect and reconnect P/J723 from/to the IIT/IPS PWB, and P/ Switch off the power. Disconnect and reconnect P/J723 from/to the IIT/IPS PWB, and P/
J702 and P/J703 from/to the Lamp Ballast PWB. If the problem still persists, replace the J702 and P/J703 from/to the Lamp Ballast PWB. If the problem still persists, replace the
following in order: following in order:
• Exposure Lamp (PL 13.9) • Exposure Lamp (PL 13.9)
• Lamp Ballast PWB (PL 13.9) • Lamp Ballast PWB (PL 13.9)
• Slide Cable (PL 13.9) • Slide Cable (PL 13.9)
• IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8) • IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8)
Press the Stop button. Switch off the power. Perform the following: Press the Stop button. Switch off the power. Perform the following:
• Check for any obstacle shielding the light path. • Check for any obstacle shielding the light path.
• Check the Lamp, Mirrors, Lenses and White Reference Board for dirt/deterioration • Check the Lamp, Mirrors, Lenses and White Reference Board for dirt/deterioration
• Disconnect and reconnect CCD PWB P/J700 and IIT/IPS PWB P710. • Disconnect and reconnect CCD PWB P/J700 and IIT/IPS PWB P710.
• Check for an insufficient qty of Lamp light • Check for an insufficient qty of Lamp light
If results of the above checks are OK, replace the following in order: If results of the above checks are OK, replace the following in order:
• Lens Assembly (PL 13.6) • Lens Assembly (PL 13.6)
• CCD Flexible Print Cable (PL 13.6) • CCD Flexible Print Cable (PL 13.6)
• IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8) • IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8)
Carriage Over Run (Scan End). The carriage overran the scan end side. IIT/IPS Memory Failure. A failure was detected with the IIT/IPS PWB RAM (checked when
power is turned on), or an internal processing error occurred in the IIT/IPS PWB.
Procedure
Remove the Platen Glass. Manually move the Full Rate Carriage right and left. The Carriage Procedure
moves smoothly, not interfering. 1. Switch the power off, then on. If the problem still exists, perform the following:
Y N • Reinstall the latest version or the IIT Software.
Check for a mechanical load on the operating Carriage, poor winding of Carriage Cable, • Connect the Lens and CCD (PL 13.6)) and the cable (FPC) (PL 13.6) properly.
dirt/foreign objects on the rails, improper position of Full Rate/Half Rate Carriage (ADJ
• Switch off the power. Disconnect and reconnect U2 (EEPROM) from/to IIT/IPS PWB.
5.8), etc.
If this does not resolve the problem, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8).
Switch on the power. Enter the Diag. Enter dC330 [062-005] (Scan) or [062-006] (Return). NOTE: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT/IPS PWB. Replace the new U2
Select Start. The Carriage moves. (EEPROM) on the new IIT/IPS PWB with the old one (PL 13.8).
Y N
Check the Carriage cable for distortion, being stranded, damage and foreign substances
on the Carriage rail.
Press the Stop button. Enter dC330 [062-212] (IIT Reg. Sensor). Select Start. Manually moving
the Carriage, turn ON then OFF the IIT Reg. Sensor. The display changes between H and
L.
Y N
Go to BSD 5.12 - Carriage Control and check the IIT Reg. Sensor circuit.
Recheck for improper Carriage operation, noise source around the machine, 0r any abnormal
internal arching. If the failure occurs frequently, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8).
NOTE: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT/IPS PWB. Replace the new U2
(EEPROM) on the new IIT/IPS PWB with the old one (PL 13.8).
Procedure X Detect Failure. The original being read is an original for which copying is prohibited.
1. Switch the power off, then on. If the problem still exists, perform the following:
• Reinstall the latest version of the IIT Software.
Procedure
• Connect the Lens and CCD (PL 13.6) and the cable (FPC) (PL 13.6) properly. 1. Switch the power off, then on. If the problem still exists, perform the following:
• Switch off the power. Disconnect and reconnect U2 (EEPROM) from/to IIT/IPS PWB. • Reinstall the latest version of the IIT Software.
If this does not resolve the problem, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8). • Switch off the power. Disconnect and reconnect U2 (EEPROM) from/to IIT/IPS PWB.
If this does not resolve the problem, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8).
NOTE: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT/IPS PWB. Replace the new U2
(EEPROM) on the new IIT/IPS PWB with the old one (PL 13.8). NOTE: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT/IPS PWB. Replace the new U2
(EEPROM) on the new IIT/IPS PWB with the old one (PL 13.8).
Extension EEPROM Failure. A failure writing to the EEPROM on the extension memory PWB IPS-EXT Psync Failure due to one or more of the following:
or a failure communicating with the EEPROM was detected. 1. There was no notification of completion of image capture to the EXT memory.
2. There was no notification of completion of image reading within the memory.
Initial Actions 3. There was no notification of completion of surface image capture.
• Turn OFF then ON the power.
4. There was notification of completion of image reading within the memory but the image is
• Remove and reinstall the Extension Memory PWB. strange. No image appeared
• Upgrade the software to the latest version. Initial Actions
• Turn OFF then ON the power.
Procedure • Remove and reinstall the Extension Memory PWB.
Check if the connectors between the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8) and the Extension Memory PWB
• Upgrade the software to the latest version.
(PL 13.8) are securely connected. If the connection is OK, replace the Extension Memory PWB
• Disconnect and reconnect the Memory.
(PL 13.8).
NOTE: Remove the old U3 (EEPROM) from the old Extension Memory PWB, and replace the Procedure
new U3 (EEPROM) on the new Extension Memory PWB with the old one.
Check if the connectors between the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8) and the Extension Memory PWB
(PL 13.8) are securely connected. If the connection is
OK, replace the Extension Memory PWB (PL 13.8) and the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8) in order.
NOTE: Remove the old U3 (EEPROM) from the old Extension Memory PWB, and replace the
new U3 (EEPROM) on the new Extension Memory PWB with the old one.
NOTE: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT/IPS PWB, and replace the new U2
(EEPROM) on the new IIT/IPS PWB with the old one.
NOTE: Remove the old U3 (EEPROM) from the old Extension Memory PWB, and replace the
new U3 (EEPROM) on the new Extension Memory PWB with the old one.
Procedure NOTE: The CIS feature is not present on this machine. If this code appears, a software prob-
lem may exist. Reload the IIT software.
Perform the following:
• Switch off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the connectors between IIT/IPS PWB
and Extension Memory PWB. If the connections are good, replace the Extension Memory
PWB (PL 13.8). If the problem still persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8).
• Reinstall the latest version of the IIT Software.
NOTE: When replacing the Extension Memory PWB, replace the new EEPROM U3 with
the old one.
Procedure Procedure
NOTE: The CIS feature is not present on this machine. If this code appears, a software prob- NOTE: The CIS feature is not present on this machine. If this code appears, a software prob-
lem may exist. Reload the IIT software. lem may exist. Reload the IIT software.
Contact failure of the DIMM2 attached to the Extension Memory PWB was detected. Extension Page Memory Failure 3. Poor contact was detected for DIMM 3, which is attached to
the extension MEM PWB.
Procedure
Perform the following: Procedure
• Switch off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the connectors between IIT/IPS PWB Perform the following:
and Extension Memory PWB. • Switch off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the connectors between IIT/IPS PWB
• Replace the Extension Memory PWB (PL 13.8). and Extension Memory PWB.
• Replace the Extension Memory PWB (PL 13.8).
NOTE: When replacing the Extension Memory PWB, replace the new EEPROM U3 with
the old one. NOTE: When replacing the Extension Memory PWB, replace the new EEPROM U3 with
the old one.
NOTE: The CIS feature is not present on this machine. If this code appears, a software prob- Procedure
lem may exist. Reload the IIT software.
NOTE: The CIS feature is not present on this machine. If this code appears, a software prob-
lem may exist. Reload the IIT software.
Feed Out Sensor 1 is not turned ON within the specified time after the start of feed from Tray 1.
Initial Actions
Check the following:
• Clear any paper jam and switch the power off then on.
• Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
Procedure
Execute dC330 [071-101 Feed Out Sensor 1]. Move the actuator of the Tray 1 Feed Out Sen-
sor manually or with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.5 - Tray 1, 2 Transportation and check the following wires for an open wire,
short or poor contact:
• Feed Out Sensor 1 P/J133A-2 to MCU PWB P/J407-A12
• Feed Out Sensor 1 P/J133A-1 to Tray Module PWB P/J407-A13
• Feed Out Sensor 1 P/J133A-3 to Tray Module PWB P/J407-A11
If OK, replace the Feed Out Sensor 1 (PL 2.16) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Execute dC330 [071-002 Tray 1 Feed]. There is operation noise from the Tray 1 Feed Lift
Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 7.7 - Tray 1 Paper Stacking and check the wire-wound resistance of Tray 1
Lift/Feed Motor is approx. 1.3 ohms at the measurement points below.
• P/J220-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J220-5 to pins 4/6
If OK, troubleshoot the Tray 1 Lift/Feed Motor circuit.
Execute dC330 [077-001 Takeaway Motor]. There is operation noise from the Takeaway
Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.4 - Takeaway Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Circuit for an open.
Execute dC330 [077-002 Takeaway Clutch 1]. There is operation noise from the Takeaway
Clutch 1.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.4 - Takeaway Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Clutch 1 for an open.
Pre Registration Sensor ON Jam (Tray 1). The paper from Tray 1 did not turn on the Pre Reg- Registration Sensor ON Jam (Tray 1). The paper from Tray 1 did not turn on the reg sensor
istration Sensor within the specified time. within the specified time.
Procedure Procedure
Execute dC330 [077-100 Pre Reg. Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Pre Reg. Sensor. The Execute dC330 [077-101 Reg. Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Reg. Sensor. The display
display changes. changes.
Y N Y N
Go to BSD 8.10 - Registration and check the following for an open wire, short or poor con- Go to BSD 8.10 - Registration and check the following for an open wire, short or poor con-
tact: tact:
• Pre Reg. Sensor P/J121-2 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-B5 • Reg.Sensor P/J121-2 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-A9
• Pre Reg. Sensor P/J121-1 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-B6 • Reg.Sensor P/J121-1 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-A10
• Pre Reg. Sensor P/J121-3 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-B4 • Reg.Sensor P/J121-3 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-A8
If OK, replace the Pre Reg. Sensor (PL 4.5) before replacing the IOT Drive PWB (PL If OK, replace the Reg. Sensor (PL 4.4) before replacing the IOT Drive PWB (PL 11.1).
11.1).
Execute dC330 [077-004 Pre Reg. Motor: 640mm/s]. There is operation noise from the Pre
Execute dC330 [077-004 Pre Reg. Motor: 640mm/s]. There is operation noise from the Pre Reg.Motor.
Reg. Motor. Y N
Y N Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Reg. Motor is approx. 0.8 ohms at the measure-
Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Reg. Motor is approx. 0.8 ohms at the measure- ment points below.
ment points below. • P/J229-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J229-2 to pins 1/3 • P/J229-5 to pins 4/6
• P/J229-5 to pins 4/6 If OK, go to BSD 8.9 Registration Drive and troubleshoot the Pre Reg. Motor circuit.
If OK, go to BSD 8.9 Registration Drive and troubleshoot the Pre Reg. Motor circuit.
Check the following:
Execute dC330 [077-002 Takeaway Clutch 1]. There is operation noise from the Takeaway • Pre Reg.Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
Clutch 1.
• Take-away Roll 3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
Y N
Go to BSD 8.4 - Takeaway Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Clutch 1 for an open. • Drive gears for wear/breakage
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 11.3), IOT Drive
Check the following: PWB (PL 11.1) and the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) one at a time in the order shown.
• Pre Reg. Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Take-away Roll 3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Drive gears for wear/breakage
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 11.3), IOT Drive
PWB (PL 11.1) and the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) one at a time in the order shown.
Procedure
Slide out the tray. Enter diagnostic code dC330 [071-002] (Tray 1 Lift/Feed Motor). Select
Start. The Tray 1 Lift/Feed Motor operates
Y N
Turn off the power. Disconnect P/J463 from the Tray Module PWB. Measure the wire-
wound resistance of Tray 1 Lift/Feed Motor:
• P/J463-A4 pin to pins P/J463-A1/A2
• P/J463-A3 pin to pins P/J463-A5/A6
Every resistance is approx. 1.3 ohms.
Y N
Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace
the Tray 1 Lift/Feed Motor (PL 2.6).
• P/J463-A5 to P/J220-2
• P/J463-A2 to P/J220-5
• P/J463-A1 to P/J220-6
• P/J463-A3 to P/J220-4
• P/J463-A4 to P/J220-3
• P/J463-A6 to P/J220-1
Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace Tray
Module PWB (PL 11.3) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
• MCU PWB P/J404-B7 to Tray Module PWB P/J462-B10
• MCU PWB P/J404-B6 to Tray Module PWB P/J462-B11
• MCU PWB P/J404-B5 to Tray Module PWB P/J462-B12
• MCU PWB P/J404-B4 to Tray Module PWB P/J462-B13
• MCU PWB P/J404-B3 to Tray Module PWB P/J462-B14
Press the Stop button. Enter dC330 [071-200] (Tray 1 Stack Height Sensor). Select Start.
Manually raising and lowering the Feed/Nudger Roll Assy, turn the sensor ON, then OFF. The
display changes between H and L.
Y N
Using the OF 99-2 Transmissive Sensor RAP, troubleshoot the Tray 1 Stack Height Sen-
sor.
Procedure
Execute dC330 [072-101 Feed Out Sensor 2]. Block and unblock the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor
(PL 2.18). The display changes.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.5 - Tray 1, 2 Transportation and check the following wires for an open wire,
short or poor contact:
• Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor P/J133B-2 to MCU PWB P/J403-B9
• Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor P/J133B-1 to Tray Module PWB P/J466-7
• Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor P/J133B-3 to Tray Module PWB P/J466-5
If OK, replace the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.18) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL
11.1).
Execute dC330 [072-002 Tray 2 Feed]. There is operation noise from the Tray 2 Feed Lift
Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 7.8 - Tray 2 Paper Stacking and check the wire-wound resistance of Tray 2
Lift/Feed Motor is approx. 1.3 ohms at the measurement points below.
• P/J220-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J220-5 to pins 4/6
If OK, troubleshoot the Tray 2 Lift/Feed Motor circuit.
Execute dC330 [077-001 Takeaway Motor]. There is operation noise from the Takeaway
Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.4 - Takeaway Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Circuit for an open.
Execute dC330 [077-002 Takeaway Clutch 1]. There is operation noise from the Takeaway
Clutch 1.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.4 - Takeaway Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Clutch 1 for an open.
Procedure
Execute dC330 [071-101 Feed Out Sensor 1]. Move the actuator of the Tray 1 Feed Out Sen-
sor manually or with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.5 - Tray 1, 2 Transportation and check the following wires for an open wire,
short or poor contact:
• Tray 1 Feed Out Sensor P/J133A-2 to MCU PWB P/J407-A12
• Tray 1 Feed Out Sensor P/J133A-1 to Tray Module PWB P/J407-A13
• Tray 1 Feed Out Sensor P/J133A-3 to Tray Module PWB P/J407-A11
If OK, replace the Tray 1 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.16) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL
11.1).
Execute dC330 [072-002 Tray 2 Feed]. There is operation noise from the Tray 2 Feed Lift
Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 7.8 - Tray 2 Paper Stacking and check the wire-wound resistance of Tray 2
Lift/Feed Motor is approx. 1.3 ohms at the measurement points below.
• P/J220-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J220-5 to pins 4/6
If OK, troubleshoot the Tray 2 Lift/Feed Motor circuit.
Execute dC330 [077-001 Takeaway Motor]. There is operation noise from the Takeaway
Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.4 - Takeaway Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Circuit for an open.
Execute dC330 [077-002 Takeaway Clutch 1]. There is operation noise from the Takeaway
Clutch 1.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.4 - Takeaway Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Clutch 1 for an open.
Pre-Registration Sensor ON Jam (Tray 2). The paper from Tray 2 did not turn on the Pre Reg- Registration Sensor ON Jam (Tray 2). The paper from tray 2 did not turn on the reg sensor
istration Sensor within the specified time. within the specified time.
Procedure Procedure
Execute dC330 [077-100 Pre Reg. Sensor]. Block and unblock the Pre Reg. Sensor. The dis- Execute dC330 [077-101 Reg. Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Reg. Sensor. The display
play changes. changes.
Y N Y N
Go to BSD 8.10 - Registration and check the following for an open wire, short or poor con- Go to BSD 8.10 - Registration and check the following for an open wire, short or poor con-
tact: tact:
• Pre Reg. Sensor P/J121-2 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-B5 • Reg. Sensor P/J222-2 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-A9
• Pre Reg. Sensor P/J121-1 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-B6 • Reg. Sensor P/J222-1 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-A10
• Pre Reg. Sensor P/J121-3 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-B4 • Reg. Sensor P/J222-3 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-A8
If OK, replace the Pre Reg. Sensor (PL 4.5) before replacing the IOT Drive PWB (PL If OK, replace the Reg. Sensor (PL 4.4) before replacing the IOT Drive PWB (PL 11.1).
11.1).
Execute dC330 [077-004 Pre Reg. Motor: 640mm/s]. There is operation noise from the Pre
Execute dC330 [077-004 Pre Reg. Motor: 640mm/s]. There is operation noise from the Pre Reg. Motor.
Reg. Motor. Y N
Y N Check that the resistance of Pre Reg. Motor (PL 2.17) is approx. 0.8 ohms at the mea-
Check that the resistance of Pre Reg. Motor (PL 2.17) is approx. 0.8 ohms at the mea- surement points below.
surement points below. • P/J229-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J229-2 to pins 1/3 • P/J229-5 to pins 4/6
• P/J229-5 to pins 4/6 If OK, go to BSD 8.9 Registration Drive and troubleshoot the Pre Reg. Motor circuit.
If OK, go to BSD 8.9 Registration Drive and troubleshoot the Pre Reg. Motor circuit.
Check the following:
Execute dC330 [077-003 Takeaway Clutch 2]. There is operation noise from the Takeaway • Takeaway Rolls 2 and 3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
Clutch 2.
• Pre Reg. Roll (PL 4.5) for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
Y N
Go to BSD 8.4 - Takeaway Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Clutch 1 for an open. • Drive gears for wear/breakage
• Drawer Connector J601 contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout
Check the following: • If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 11.3), IOT Drive
• Takeaway Rolls 2 and 3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation PWB (PL 11.1) and the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) one at a time in the order shown
• Pre Reg.Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Drive gears for wear/breakage
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 11.3), IOT Drive
PWB (PL 11.1) and the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) one at a time in the order shown.
Procedure
Slide out Tray 1.Enter diagnostic code dC330 [072-002] (Tray 2 Lift/Feed Motor). Select Start.
The Tray 2 Lift/Feed Motor operates.
Y N
Turn off the power. Disconnect P/J464 from the Tray Module PWB. Measure the wire-
wound resistance of Tray 2 Lift/Feed Motor:
• P/J464-A4 pin to pins P/J464-A1/A2
• P/J464-A3 pin to pins P/J464-A5/A6
Every resistance is approx. 1.3 ohms.
Y N
Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace
the Tray 2 Lift/Feed Motor (PL 2.8).
• P/J464-A5 to P/J220-2
• P/J464-A2 to P/J220-5
• P/J464-A1 to P/J220-6
• P/J464-A3 to P/J220-4
• P/J464-A4 to P/J220-3
• P/J464-A6 to P/J220-1
Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace Tray
Module PWB (PL 11.3) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
• MCU PWB P/J404-A4 to Tray Module PWB P/J462-A13
• MCU PWB P/J404-A5 to Tray Module PWB P/J462-A12
• MCU PWB P/J404-A6 to Tray Module PWB P/J462-A11
• MCU PWB P/J404-A7 to Tray Module PWB P/J462-A10
• MCU PWB P/J404-A8 to Tray Module PWB P/J462-A9
Press the Stop button. Enter dC330 [072-200] (Tray 2 Stack Height Sensor). Select Start.
Manually raising and lowering the Feed/Nudger Roll Assy, turn the sensor ON, then OFF. The
display changes between H and L.
Y N
Using the OF 99-2 Transmissive Sensor RAP, troubleshoot the Tray 2 Stack Height Sen-
sor.
Procedure
Execute dC330 [073-101 Feed Out Sensor 3]. Move the actuator of the Tray 3 Feed Out Sen-
sor manually or with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.5 - Tray 1, 2 Transportation and check the following wires for an open wire,
short or poor contact:
• Feed Out Sensor 3 P/J133C-2 to MCU PWB P/J403-A7
• Feed Out Sensor 3 P/J133C-1 to Tray Module PWB P/J464-B18
• Feed Out Sensor 3 P/J133C-3 to Tray Module PWB P/J464-B16
If OK, replace the Feed Out Sensor 3 (PL 2.18) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Execute dC330 [073-002 Tray 3 Feed]. There is operation noise from the Tray 3 Feed Lift
Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 7.9 - Tray 3 Paper Stacking and check the wire-wound resistance of Tray 3
Lift/Feed Motor is approx. 1.3 ohms at the measurement points below.
• P/J220-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J220-5 to pins 4/6
If OK, troubleshoot the Tray 3 Lift/Feed Motor circuit.
Execute dC330 [077-001 Takeaway Motor]. There is operation noise from the Takeaway
Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.4 - Takeaway Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Circuit for an open.
Execute dC330 [077-003 Takeaway Clutch 2]. There is operation noise from the Takeaway
Clutch 2.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.4 - Takeaway Driveand check the Takeaway Motor Clutch 2 for an open.
Procedure
Execute dC330 [071-101 Feed Out Sensor 1]. Move the actuator of the Tray 1 Feed Out Sen-
sor manually or with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.5 - Tray 1, 2 Transportation and check the following wires for an open wire,
short or poor contact:
• Feed Out Sensor 1 P/J133A-2 to MCU PWB P/J407-A12
• Feed Out Sensor 1 P/J133A-1 to Tray Module PWB P/J407-A13
• Feed Out Sensor 1 P/J133A-3 to Tray Module PWB P/J407-A11
If OK, replace the Feed Out Sensor 1 (PL 2.16) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Execute dC330 [073-002 Tray 3 Feed]. There is operation noise from the Tray 3 Feed Lift
Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 7.9 - Tray 3 Paper Stacking and check the wire-wound resistance of Tray 3
Lift/Feed Motor is approx. 1.3 ohms at the measurement points below.
• P/J220-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J220-5 to pins 4/6
If OK, go to BSD 7.9 - Tray 3 Paper Stacking and troubleshoot the Tray 3 Lift/Feed Motor
circuit.
Execute dC330 [077-001 Takeaway Motor]. There is operation noise from the Takeaway
Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.4 - Takeaway Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Circuit for an open.
Execute dC330 [077-003 Takeaway Clutch 2]. There is operation noise from the Takeaway
Clutch 2.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.4 - Takeaway Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Clutch 2 for an open.
Pre Registration Sensor ON Jam (Tray 3). The paper from Tray 3 did not turn on the Pre Reg- Registration Sensor ON Jam (Tray 3). The paper from Tray 3 did not turn on the Reg Sensor
istration Sensor within the specified time. within the specified time.
Procedure Procedure
Execute dC330 [077-100 Pre Reg. Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Pre Reg. Sensor. The Execute dC330 [077-101 Reg. Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Reg. Sensor. The display
display changes. changes.
Y N Y N
Go to BSD 8.10 - Registration and check the following for an open wire, short or poor con- Go to BSD 8.10 - Registration and check the following for an open wire, short or poor con-
tact: tact:
• Pre Reg. Sensor P/J121-2 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-B5 • Reg. Sensor P/J222-2 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-A9
• Pre Reg. Sensor P/J121-1 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-B6 • Reg. Sensor P/J222-1 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-A10
• Pre Reg. Sensor P/J121-3 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-B4 • Reg. Sensor P/J222-3 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-A8
If OK, replace the Pre Reg. Sensor (PL 4.5) before replacing the IOT Drive PWB (PL If OK, replace the Reg. Sensor (PL 4.4) before replacing the IOT Drive PWB (PL 11.1).
11.1).
Execute dC330 [077-004 Pre Reg. Motor: 640mm/s]. There is operation noise from the Pre
Execute dC330 [077-004 Pre Reg. Motor: 640mm/s]. There is operation noise from the Pre Reg. Motor.
Reg. Motor. Y N
Y N Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Reg. Motor is approx. 0.8 ohms at the measure-
Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Reg. Motor is approx. 0.8 ohms at the measure- ment points below.
ment points below. • P/J229-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J229-2 to pins 1/3 • P/J229-5 to pins 4/6
• P/J229-5 to pins 4/6 If OK, go to BSD 8.9 Registration Drive and troubleshoot the Pre Reg. Motor circuit.
If OK, go to BSD 8.9 Registration Drive and troubleshoot the Pre Reg. Motor circuit.
Check the following:
Execute dC330 [077-003 Takeaway Clutch 2]. There is operation noise from the Takeaway • Takeaway Rolls 1 and 2 and 3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
Clutch 2.
• Pre Reg. Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
Y N
Go to BSD 8.4 - Takeaway Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Clutch 2 for an open. • Drive gears for wear/breakage
• Drawer Connectors J601 contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout
Check the following: • If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 11.3), IOT Drive
• Takeaway Rolls 1 and 2 and 3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation PWB (PL 11.1) and the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) one at a time in the order shown
• Pre Reg. Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Drive gears for wear/breakage
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 11.3), IOT Drive
PWB (PL 11.1) and the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) one at a time in the order shown.
Procedure
Slide out the tray.Enter diagnostic code dC330 [073-002] (Tray 3 Lift/Feed Motor). Select
Start. The Tray 3 Lift/Feed Motor operates
Y N
Turn off the power. Disconnect P/J464 from the Tray Module PWB. Measure the wire-
wound resistance of Tray 3 Lift/Feed Motor:
• P/J464-B4 pin to pins P/J464-B1/B2
• P/J464-B3 pin to pins P/J464-B5/B6
Every resistance is approx. 1.3 ohms.
Y N
Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace
the Tray 3 Lift/Feed Motor (PL 2.10).
• P/J464-B5 to P/J220-2
• P/J464-B2 to P/J220-5
• P/J464-B1 to P/J220-6
• P/J464-B3 to P/J220-4
• P/J464-B4 to P/J220-3
• P/J464-B6 to P/J220-1
Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace Tray
Module PWB (PL 11.3) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
• MCU PWB P/J404-B12 to Tray Module PWB P/J462-B5
• MCU PWB P/J404-B11 to Tray Module PWB P/J462-B6
• MCU PWB P/J404-B10 to Tray Module PWB P/J462-B7
• MCU PWB P/J404-B9 to Tray Module PWB P/J462-B8
• MCU PWB P/J404-B8 to Tray Module PWB P/J462-B9
Press the Stop button. Enter dC330 [073-201] (Tray 3 Stack Height Sensor). Select Start.
Manually raising and lowering the Feed/Nudger Roll Assy, turn the sensor ON, then OFF. The
display changes between H and L.
Y N
Using the OF 99-2 Transmissive Sensor RAP, troubleshoot the Tray 3 Stack Height Sen-
sor.
Procedure
Execute dC330 [074-101 Feed Out Sensor 4]. Move the actuator of the Tray 4 Feed Out Sen-
sor manually or with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.5 - Tray 1, 2 Transportation and check the following wires for an open wire,
short or poor contact:
• Feed Out Sensor 4 P/J133D-2 to MCU PWB P/J403-A13
• Feed Out Sensor 4 P/J133D-1 to Tray Module PWB P/J463-B18
• Feed Out Sensor 4 P/J133D-3 to Tray Module PWB P/J463-B16
If OK, replace the Feed Out Sensor 4 (PL 2.18) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Execute dC330 [074-002 Tray 4 Feed]. There is operation noise from the Tray 4 Feed Lift
Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 7.10 - Tray 4 Paper Stacking and check the wire-wound resistance of Tray 4
Lift/Feed Motor is approx. 1.3 ohms at the measurement points below.
• P/J220-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J220-5 to pins 4/6
If OK, troubleshoot the Tray 4 Lift/Feed Motor circuit.
Execute dC330 [077-001 Takeaway Motor]. There is operation noise from the Takeaway
Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.4 - Takeaway Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Circuit for an open.
Execute dC330 [077-003 Takeaway Clutch 2]. There is operation noise from the Takeaway
Clutch 2.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.4 - Takeaway Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Clutch 2 for an open.
Procedure
Execute dC330 [071-101 Feed Out Sensor 1]. Move the actuator of the Tray 1 Feed Out Sen-
sor manually or with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.5 - Tray 1, 2 Transportation and check the following wires for an open wire,
short or poor contact:
• Feed Out Sensor 1 P/J133A-2 to MCU PWB P/J407-A12
• Feed Out Sensor 1 P/J133A-1 to Tray Module PWB P/J407-A13
• Feed Out Sensor 1 P/J133A-3 to Tray Module PWB P/J407-A11
If OK, replace the Feed Out Sensor 1 (PL 2.16) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Execute dC330 [074-002 Tray 4 Feed]. There is operation noise from the Tray 4 Feed Lift
Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 7.10 - Tray 4 Paper Stacking and check the wire-wound resistance of Tray 4
Lift/Feed Motor is approx. 1.3 ohms at the measurement points below.
• P/J220-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J220-5 to pins 4/6
If OK, go to BSD 7.10 - Tray 4 Paper Stacking and troubleshoot the Tray 4 Lift/Feed Motor
circuit.
Execute dC330 [077-001 Takeaway Motor]. There is operation noise from the Takeaway
Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.4 - Takeaway Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Circuit for an open.
Execute dC330 [077-003 Takeaway Clutch 2]. There is operation noise from the Takeaway
Clutch 2.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.4 - Takeaway Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Clutch 2 for an open.
Procedure
Execute dC330 [074-101 Feed Out Sensor 4]. Move the actuator of the Tray 4 Feed Out Sen-
sor manually or with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.6 - Tray 3, 4 Transportation and check the following wires for an open wire,
short or poor contact:
• Feed Out Sensor 4 P/J133D-2 to MCU PWB P/J403-A7
• Feed Out Sensor 4 P/J133D-1 to Tray Module PWB P/J464-B18
• Feed Out Sensor 4 P/J133D-3 to Tray Module PWB P/J464-B16
If OK, replace the Feed Out Sensor 4 (PL 2.18) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Execute dC330 [073-002 Tray 4 Feed]. There is operation noise from the Tray 4 Feed Lift
Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 7.10 - Tray 4 Paper Stacking and check the wire-wound resistance of Tray 3
Lift/Feed Motor is approx. 1.3 ohms at the measurement points below.
• P/J220-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J220-5 to pins 4/6
If OK, troubleshoot the Tray 4 Lift/Feed Motor circuit.
Execute dC330 [077-001 Takeaway Motor]. There is operation noise from the Takeaway
Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.4 - Takeaway Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Circuit for an open.
Execute dC330 [077-003 Takeaway Clutch 2]. There is operation noise from the Takeaway
Clutch 2.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.4 - Takeaway Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Clutch 2 for an open.
Pre Registration Sensor ON Jam (Tray 4). The paper from tray 4 did not turn on the Pre-regis- Registration Sensor ON Jam (Tray 4). The paper conveyed from Tray 4 did not turn on the Reg
tration Sensor within the specified time. Sensor within the specified time.
Procedure Procedure
Execute dC330 [077-100 Pre Reg. Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Pre Reg. Sensor. The Execute dC330 [077-101 Reg. Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Reg. Sensor. The display
display changes. changes.
Y N Y N
Go to BSD 8.10 - Registration and check the following for an open wire, short or poor con- Go to BSD 8.10 - Registration and check the following for an open wire, short or poor con-
tact: tact:
• Pre Reg. Sensor P/J121-2 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-B5 • Reg. Sensor P/J222-2 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-A9
• Pre Reg. Sensor P/J121-1 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-B6 • Reg. Sensor P/J222-1 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-A10
• Pre Reg. Sensor P/J121-3 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-B4 • Reg. Sensor P/J222-3 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-A8
If OK, replace the Pre Reg. Sensor (PL 4.5) before replacing the IOT Drive PWB (PL If OK, replace the Reg. Sensor (PL 4.4) before replacing the IOT Drive PWB (PL 11.1).
11.1).
Execute dC330 [077-004 Pre Reg. Motor: 640mm/s]. There is operation noise from the Pre
Execute dC330 [077-004 Pre Reg. Motor: 640mm/s]. There is operation noise from the Pre Reg. Motor.
Reg. Motor. Y N
Y N Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Reg. Motor is approx. 0.8 ohms at the measure-
Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Reg. Motor is approx. 0.8 ohms at the measure- ment points below.
ment points below. • P/J229-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J229-2 to pins 1/3 • P/J229-5 to pins 4/6
• P/J229-5 to pins 4/6 If OK, go to BSD 8.9 Registration Drive and troubleshoot the Pre Reg. Motor circuit.
If OK, go to BSD 8.9 Registration Drive and troubleshoot the Pre Reg. Motor circuit.
Check the following:
Execute dC330 [077-003 Takeaway Clutch 2]. There is operation noise from the Takeaway • Takeaway Rolls 1 and 2 and 3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
Clutch 2.
• Pre Reg. Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
Y N
Go to BSD 8.4 - Takeaway Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Clutch 2 for an open. • Drive gears for wear/breakage
• Drawer Connectors J601 contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout
Check the following: • If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 11.3), IOT Drive
• Takeaway Rolls 1 and 2 and 3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation PWB (PL 11.1) and the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) one at a time in the order shown
• Pre Reg. Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Drive gears for wear/breakage
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 11.3), IOT Drive
PWB (PL 11.1) and the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) one at a time in the order shown.
Procedure
Slide out the tray.Enter diagnostic code dC330 [074-002] (Tray 4 Lift/Feed Motor). Select
Start. The Tray 4Lift/Feed Motor operates
Y N
Turn off the power. Disconnect P/J463 from the Tray Module PWB. Measure the wire-
wound resistance of Tray 4 Lift/Feed Motor:
• P/J463-B4 pin to pins P/J464-B1/B2
• P/J463-B3 pin to pins P/J464-B5/B6
Every resistance is approx. 1.3 ohms.
Y N
Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace
the Tray 4 Lift/Feed Motor (PL 2.8).
• P/J463-B5 to P/J220-2
• P/J463-B2 to P/J220-5
• P/J463-B1 to P/J220-6
• P/J463-B3 to P/J220-4
• P/J463-B4 to P/J220-3
• P/J463-B6 to P/J220-1
Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace Tray
Module PWB (PL 11.3) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
• MCU PWB P/J404-A9 to Tray Module PWB P/J462-A8
• MCU PWB P/J404-A10 to Tray Module PWB P/J462-A7
• MCU PWB P/J404-A11 to Tray Module PWB P/J462-A6
• MCU PWB P/J404-A12 to Tray Module PWB P/J462-A5
• MCU PWB P/J404-A13 to Tray Module PWB P/J462-A4
Press the Stop button. Enter dC330 [074-201] (Tray 4 Stack Height Sensor). Select Start.
Manually raising and lowering the Feed/Nudger Roll Assy, turn the sensor ON, then OFF. The
display changes between H and L.
Y N
Using the OF 99-2 Transmissive Sensor RAP, troubleshoot the Tray 4 Stack Height Sen-
sor.
Tray 5 Pre Feed Sensor is not turned ON a spec time after the start of feed from Tray 5.
Initial Actions
• Clear any paper jam and switch the power off then on.
• Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
Procedure
Execute dC330 [075-100 Tray 5 Pre Feed Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Tray 5 Pre Feed
Sensor. The display changes.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.3 - Tray 5 / Standard HCF Paper Feeding and check the following wires for
an open wire, short or poor contact:
• Tray 5 Pre Feed Sensor P/J119-2 to MCU PWB P/J407-A5
• Tray 5 Pre Feed Sensor P/J119-1 to Tray Module PWB P/J407-A6
• Tray 5 Pre Feed Sensor P/J119-3 to Tray Module PWB P/J407-A4
If OK, replace the Tray 5 Pre Feed Sensor (PL 3.7) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL
11.1).
Execute dC330 [075-003 Tray 5 Feed Motor]. There is operation noise from the Tray 5
Feed Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.7 - Tray 5 (No HCF/Standard HCF) Transportation and check the wire-
wound resistance of Tray 5 Feed Motor is approx. 1.3 ohms at the measurement points
below.
• P/J225-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J225-5 to pins 4/6
If OK, go to BSD 8.7 - Tray 5 (No HCF/Standard HCF) Transportation and troubleshoot
the Tray 5 Feed Motor circuit.
Execute dC330 [075-003 Tray 5 Nudger Solenoid]. There is operation noise from the Tray 5
Nudger Solenoid.
Y N
Go to BSD 7.11 - Tray 5 (No HCF/Standard HCF) Paper Stacking and check the Tray 5
Nudger Solenoid Circuit for an open.
Execute dC330 [075-006 Tray 5 Lift Motor: Lift Down (CCW) Sensor Stop]. The Tray 5 Lifter
moves down.
Procedure
Execute dC330 [077-108 Tray 5 Pre-Reg. Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Tray 5 Pre-Reg.
Sensor. The display changes.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.7 - Tray 5 (No HCF/Standard HCF) Transportation and check the following
wires for an open wire, short or poor contact:
• Tray 5 Pre Feed Sensor P/J120-2 to MCU PWB P/J416-B11
• Tray 5 Pre Feed Sensor P/J120-1 to Tray Module PWB P/J416-B12
• Tray 5 Pre Feed Sensor P/J120-3 to Tray Module PWB P/J416-B10
If OK, replace the Tray 5 Pre Reg. Sensor (PL 2.16) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL
11.1).
Execute dC330 [075-003 Tray 5 Feed Motor]. There is operation noise from the Tray 5
Feed Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.7 - Tray 5 (No HCF/Standard HCF) Transportation and check the wire-
wound resistance of Tray 5 Feed Motor is approx. 1.3 ohms at the measurement points
below.
• P/J225-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J225-5 to pins 4/6
If OK, go to BSD 8.7 - Tray 5 (No HCF/Standard HCF) Transportation and troubleshoot
the Tray 5 Feed Motor circuit.
Paper from Tray 5 does not turn on the Reg. Sensor within a spec time. Tray 5 Lift Up Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after Tray 5 starts lifting up.
Initial Actions NOTE: The following procedure must be performed with the Tray 5 Cover Interlock Switch
closed.
• Clear any jam and switch the power off then on.
• Check for out-of-spec paper. Initial Actions
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper • Clear any paper jam and switch the power off then on.
• Check for out-of-spec paper.
Procedure • Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
Execute dC330 [077-101 Reg. Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Reg. Sensor. The display
changes. Procedure
Y N
Execute dC330 [075-200 Tray 5 Lift Up Sensor]. Lift up/down the Elevator Tray manually.
Go to BSD 8.10 - Registration and check the following for an open wire, short or poor con-
tact: Does the display change?
Y N
• Reg. Sensor P/J222-2 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-A9
Go to BSD 7.11 - Tray 5 (No HCF/Standard HCF) Paper Stacking and troubleshoot the
• Reg. Sensor P/J222-1 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-A10
Tray 5 Lift Up Sensor.
• Reg. Sensor P/J222-3 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-A8
If OK, replace the Reg. Sensor (PL 4.4) before replacing the IOT Drive PWB (PL 11.1). Execute dC330 [075-005 Tray 5 Lift Motor: Lift Up (CW) Sensor Stop]. Does the Tray 5
Nudger Roll lift down and the Tray 5 Lifter lift up stopping automatically at the normal
Execute dC330 [077-004 Pre Reg. Motor: 640mm/s]. There is operation noise from the Pre height?
Reg. Motor. Y N
Y N Go to BSD 7.11 - Tray 5 (No HCF/Standard HCF) Paper Stacking and troubleshoot the
Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Reg. Motor is approx. 0.8 ohms at the measure- Tray 5 Lift Up Motor.
ment points below.
• P/J229-2 to pins 1/3 Check the operation of the gear section of the Elevator Tray. The gear section operates
• P/J229-5 to pins 4/6 properly.
Y N
If OK, go to BSD 8.9 Registration Drive and troubleshoot the Pre Reg. Motor circuit.
Replace the faulty parts in the gear section.
Check the following:
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
• Pre Reg. Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Drive gears for wear/breakage
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 11.3), IOT Drive
PWB (PL 11.1) and the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) one at a time in the order shown
Tray 5 Lift Down Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after Tray 5 starts lowering.
NOTE: The following procedure must be performed with the Tray 5 Cover Interlock Switch
closed.
Procedure
Enter Diagnostics. Enter dC330 [075-006] (Down). Select Start. The tray has lowered.
Y N
Remove the Tray 5 Rear Cover. Manually rotate the Tray 5 Lifter gears. The gears
rotate with no load.
Y N
Remove any load from the Lift Down mechanism.
+24VDC is measured between P/J226-2 (+) on the Tray 5 Lift Motor and GND (-).
Y N
Check the wire between P/J435-6 on the IOT Drive PWB and P/J226-1 on the Tray
5 Lift Motor for an open wire or poor contact. If the wire is good, replace the IOT
Drive PWB (PL 11.1).
Enter dC330 [075-006] (Down). Select Start. +1VDC or less is measured between P/
J226-2 (+) on the Tray 5 Lift Motor and GND (-).
Y N
Disconnect and reconnect the cable between P/J431 on the IOT Drive PWB and P/
J401 on the MCU PWB. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the Flat Print
Cable (PL 11.1), IOT Drive PWB (PL 11.1) and MCU PWB (PL 11.1) in that order.
+24VDC is measured between P/J226-1 (+) on the Tray 5 Lift Motor and GND (-).
Y N
Check the wire between P/J435-5 on the IOT Drive PWB and P/J226-1 on the Tray
5 Lift Motor for an open wire or poor contact.
Press the Stop button.Enter dC330 [075-201] (Tray 5 Down Sensor). Select Start. While raising
and lowering the Tray 5 Bottom Plate, turn ON then OFF the Tray 5 Lift Down Sensor. The
display changes between H and L.
Y N
Go to BSD 7.11 - Tray 5 (No HCF/Standard HCF) Paper Stacking and troubleshoot the
Tray 5 Down Sensor.
Check if there were any obstacles on the Tray 5 Bottom Plate when the failure occurred pre-
venting the tray from freely going up and down. If the failure frequently occurs, replace the IOT
Drive PWB (PL 11.1) and the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) in that order.
The Fuser Exit Sensor did not turn off within the specified time in straight exit mode. The Fuser Exit Sensor did not come on within the specified time after the registration motor
came on.
Initial Actions
• Clear any paper jam and switch the power off then on. Initial Actions
• Check for out-of-spec paper. • Clear any paper jam and switch the power off then on.
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper • Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
Procedure • Remove the Fuser. Remove the Fuser Entrance Baffle. Look into the fuser for any
obstruction, and remove. Clean and replace the baffle. Re-install the Fuser
Execute dC330 [010-201 Fuser Exit Sensor]. Move the actuator of the Fuser Exit Sensor man-
ually or with paper. The display changes.
Y N Procedure
Go to BSD 8.6 - Tray 3, 4 Transportation Check the winding condition of the IBT belt. The IBT belt is in proper condition without
• Fuser Exit Sensor P/J149-2 to MCU PWB P/J405-A2 being wound up.
• Fuser Exit Sensor P/J149-1 to MCU PWB P/J405-A3 Y N
• Fuser Exit Sensor P/J149-3 to MCU PWB P/J405-A1 Unwind the IBT belt.
If OK, replace the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 8.1) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Check the installation condition of the Fuser. The Fuser is properly installed.
Y N
Execute dC330 [077-010 Exit Motor]. There is operation noise from the Exit Motor.
Y N Install the Fuser properly.
Go to BSD 10.9 - Fused Paper Exit and check the wire-wound resistance of Exit Motor is
Execute dC330 [010-201 Fuser Exit Sensor]. Move the actuator of the Fuser Exit Sensor man-
approximately. 1.3 ohms at the measurement points below.
• P/J222-2 to pins 1/3 ually or with paper. The display changes.
Y N
• P/J222-5 to pins 4/6 Go to BSD 8.6 - Tray 3, 4 Transportation and check the following wires for an open wire,
If OK, go to BSD 10.9 - Fused Paper Exit and troubleshoot the Exit Motor circuit. short or poor contact:
• Fuser Exit Sensor P/J149-2 to MCU PWB P/J405-A2
Check the following: • Fuser Exit Sensor P/J149-1 to MCU PWB P/J405-A3
• Fuser Exit Rolls for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Fuser Exit Sensor P/J149-3 to MCU PWB P/J405-A1
• Connectors P612 for a poor connection If OK, replace the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 8.1) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
• Drive gears for wear/breakage
• Check for out-of-spec paper. Execute dC330 [010-004 Fuser Drive Motor]. There is operation noise from the Fuser Drive
• Check the exit roll paper guide for being deformed. Motor.
Y N
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 11.3), and the
Go to BSD 10.1 - Fuser Drive Control and check the wire-wound resistance of Exit Motor
MCU PWB (PL 11.1) one at a time in the order shown.
is approximately. 1.3 ohms at the measurement points below.
• P/J212-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J212-5 to pins 4/6
If OK, go to BSD 10.1 - Fuser Drive Control and troubleshoot the Fuser Drive Motor cir-
cuit.
Execute dC330 [077-010 Exit Motor]. There is operation noise from the Exit Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 10.9 - Fused Paper Exit and check the wire-wound resistance of Exit Motor is
approximately. 1.3 ohms at the measurement points below.
• P/J222-2 to pins 1/3
Execute dC330 [077-011 Invert Gate Solenoid In]. There is operation noise from the Invert
Gate Solenoid.
Y N
Go to BSD 10.7 - Inverter (1 of 2) and troubleshoot the Invert Gate Solenoid circuit.
Execute dC330 [077-010 Exit Motor]. There is operation noise from the Exit Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 10.9 - Fused Paper Exit and check the wire-wound resistance of Exit Motor is
approximately. 1.3 ohms at the measurement points below.
• P/J222-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J222-5 to pins 4/6
If OK, go to BSD 10.9 - Fused Paper Exit and troubleshoot the Exit Motor circuit.
Execute dC330 [077-016 Reverse Invert Solenoid]. There is operation noise from the
Reverse Invert Solenoid.
Y N
Go to BSD 10.7 - Inverter (1 of 2) and troubleshoot the Reverse Gate Solenoid circuit.
The IOT exit sensor did not come on at the specified time in non-invert mode. (Straight output)
Initial Actions
• Clear any paper jam and switch the power off then on.
• Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
Procedure
Execute dC330 [010-201 Fuser Exit Sensor]. Move the actuator of the Fuser Exit Sensor man-
ually or with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.6 - Tray 3, 4 Transportation and check the following wires for an open wire,
short or poor contact:
• Fuser Exit Sensor P/J149-2 to MCU PWB P/J405-A2
• Fuser Exit Sensor P/J149-1 to MCU PWB P/J405-A3
• Fuser Exit Sensor P/J149-3 to MCU PWB P/J405-A1
If OK, replace the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 8.1) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Execute dC330 [077-011 Invert Gate Solenoid In]. There is operation noise from the Invert
Gate Solenoid.
Y N
Go to BSD 10.7 - Inverter (1 of 2) and troubleshoot the Invert Gate Solenoid circuit.
Execute dC330 [077-010 Exit Motor]. There is operation noise from the Exit Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 10.9 - Fused Paper Exit and check the wire-wound resistance of Exit Motor is
approximately. 1.3 ohms at the measurement points below.
• P/J222-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J222-5 to pins 4/6
If OK, go to BSD 10.9 - Fused Paper Exit and troubleshoot the Exit Motor circuit.
Procedure
Execute dC330 [010-201 Fuser Exit Sensor]. Move the actuator of the Fuser Exit Sensor man-
ually or with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.6 - Tray 3, 4 Transportation and check the following wires for an open wire,
short or poor contact:
• Fuser Exit Sensor P/J149-2 to MCU PWB P/J405-A2
• Fuser Exit Sensor P/J149-1 to MCU PWB P/J405-A3
• Fuser Exit Sensor P/J149-3 to MCU PWB P/J405-A1
If OK, replace the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 8.1) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Execute dC330 [077-011 Invert Gate Solenoid In]. There is operation noise from the Invert
Gate Solenoid.
Y N
Go to BSD 10.7 - Inverter (1 of 2) and troubleshoot the Invert Gate Solenoid circuit.
Execute dC330 [077-013 Invert Motor]. There is operation noise from the Invert Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 10.7 - Inverter (1 of 2) and check the wire-wound resistance of Invert Motor is
approximately. 1.3 ohms at the measurement points below.
• P/J221-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J221-5 to pins 4/6
If OK, go to BSD 10.7 - Inverter (1 of 2) and troubleshoot the Invert Motor circuit.
Execute dC330 [077-016 Reverse Invert Solenoid]. There is operation noise from the
Reverse Invert Solenoid.
Y N
Go to BSD 10.7 - Inverter (1 of 2) and troubleshoot the Reverse Gate Solenoid circuit.
Execute dC330 [077-010 Exit Motor]. There is operation noise from the Exit Motor.
Y N
Go to BSD 10.9 - Fused Paper Exit and check the wire-wound resistance of Exit Motor is
approximately. 1.3 ohms at the measurement points below.
• P/J222-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J222-5 to pins 4/6
If OK, go to BSD 10.9 - Fused Paper Exit and troubleshoot the Exit Motor circuit.
The IOT Exit Sensor did not turn off at the specified time in non-invert mode. The IOT Exit Sensor did not turn off within the specified time in invert exit mode.
Procedure Procedure
Execute dC330 [010-201 Fuser Exit Sensor]. Move the actuator of the Fuser Exit Sensor man- Execute dC330 [077-107 IOT Exit Sensor]. Move the actuator of the IOT Exit Sensor manually
ually or with paper. The display changes. or with paper. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Go to BSD 8.6 - Tray 3, 4 Transportation and check the following wires for an open wire, Go to BSD 10.9 - Fused Paper Exit and check the following wires for an open wire, short
short or poor contact: or poor contact:
• Fuser Exit Sensor P/J149-2 to MCU PWB P/J405-A2 • Fuser Exit Sensor P/J111-2 to Tray Module PWB P/J465-B6
• Fuser Exit Sensor P/J149-1 to MCU PWB P/J405-A3 • Fuser Exit Sensor P/J111-1 to Tray Module PWB P/J465-B7
• Fuser Exit Sensor P/J149-3 to MCU PWB P/J405-A1 • Fuser Exit Sensor P/J111-3 to Tray Module PWB P/J465-B5
If OK, replace the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 8.1) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). • MCU PWB P/J403-B7 to Tray Module PWB P/J461-B12
If OK, replace the IOT Exit Sensor (PL 10.4) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Execute dC330 [077-012 Invert Gate Solenoid Exit]. There is operation noise from the
Invert Gate Solenoid. Execute dC330 [077-012 Invert Gate Solenoid Exit]. There is operation noise from the
Y N Invert Gate Solenoid.
Go to BSD 10.7 - Inverter (1 of 2) and troubleshoot the Invert Gate Solenoid circuit. Y N
Go to BSD 10.7 - Inverter (1 of 2) and troubleshoot the Invert Gate Solenoid circuit.
Execute dC330 [077-010 Exit Motor]. There is operation noise from the Exit Motor.
Y N Execute dC330 [077-010 Exit Motor]. There is operation noise from the Exit Motor.
Go to BSD 10.9 - Fused Paper Exit and check the wire-wound resistance of Exit Motor is Y N
approximately. 1.3 ohms at the measurement points below. Go to BSD 10.9 - Fused Paper Exit and check the wire-wound resistance of Exit Motor is
• P/J222-2 to pins 1/3 approximately. 1.3 ohms at the measurement points below.
• P/J222-5 to pins 4/6 • P/J222-2 to pins 1/3
If OK, go to BSD 10.9 - Fused Paper Exit and troubleshoot the Exit Motor circuit. • P/J222-5 to pins 4/6
If OK, go to BSD 10.9 - Fused Paper Exit and troubleshoot the Exit Motor circuit.
Check the following:
• Finisher for poor docking Check the following:
• Exit Rolls for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Finisher for poor docking
• Drawer Connectors P/J608 contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout • Exit Rolls for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Drive gears for wear/breakage • Drawer Connectors P/J608 contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout
• Check for out-of-spec paper. • Drive gears for wear/breakage
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 11.3), and the • Check for out-of-spec paper.
MCU PWB (PL 11.1) one at a time in the order shown. • If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 11.3), and the
MCU PWB (PL 11.1) one at a time in the order shown.
Initial Actions
• Clear any jam and switch the power off then on.
• Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
Procedure
Execute dC330 [077-100 Pre Reg. Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Pre Reg. Sensor. The
display changes.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.10 - Registration and check the following for an open wire, short or poor con-
tact:
• Pre Reg. Sensor P/J121-2 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-B5
• Pre Reg. Sensor P/J121-1 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-B6
• Pre Reg. Sensor P/J121-3 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-B4
If OK, replace the Pre Reg. Sensor (PL 4.5) before replacing the IOT Drive PWB (PL
11.1).
Execute dC330 [077-004 Pre Reg. Motor: 640mm/s]. There is operation noise from the Pre
Reg. Motor.
Y N
Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Reg. Motor is approximately. 0.8 ohms at the
measurement points below.
• P/J229-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J229-5 to pins 4/6
If OK, go to BSD 8.9 Registration Drive and troubleshoot the Pre Reg. Motor circuit.
Execute dC330 [077-018 Duplex Motor]. There is operation noise from the Duplex Motor.
Y N
Check the wire-wound resistance of Duplex Motor is approximately. 0.8 ohms at the mea-
surement points below.
• P/J219-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J219-5 to pins 4/6
If OK, go to BSD 10.10 - Duplex Transportation (1 of 2) and troubleshoot the Duplex
Motor circuit.
Post 2nd BTR Sensor On JAM Duplex In Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after the start of invert.
The paper transported from duplex did not turn on the Registration Sensor within the specified Duplex Out Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after Duplex In Sensor turns ON
time.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions • Clear any paper jam and switch the power off then on.
• Clear any paper jam and switch the power off then on. • Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Check for out-of-spec paper. • Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
Procedure
Procedure Execute dC330 [077-106 Duplex Out Sensor]. Move the actuator of the Duplex Out Sensor
Execute dC330 [077-104 Duplex In Sensor]. Move the actuator of the Duplex In Sensor manu- manually or with paper. The display changes.
ally or with paper. The display changes. Y N
Y N Go to BSD 10.11 - Duplex Transportation (2 of 2) and check the following wires for an
Go to BSD 10.11 - Duplex Transportation (2 of 2) and check the following wires for an open wire, short or poor contact:
open wire, short or poor contact: • Duplex Out Sensor P/J106-2 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-A15
• Duplex In Sensor P/J104-2 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-B13 • Duplex Out Sensor P/J106-1 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-B16
• Duplex In Sensor P/J104-1 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-B14 • Duplex Out Sensor P/J106-3 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-B14
• Duplex In Sensor P/J104-3 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-B12 If OK, replace the Duplex Out Sensor (PL 4.3) before replacing the IOT Drive PWB (PL
If OK, replace the Duplex In Sensor (PL 4.3) before replacing the IOT Drive PWB (PL 11.1).
11.1).
Execute dC330 [077-013 Invert Motor]. There is operation noise from the Invert Motor.
Execute dC330 [077-013 Invert Motor]. There is operation noise from the Invert Motor. Y N
Y N Go to BSD 10.7 - Inverter (1 of 2) and check the wire-wound resistance of Invert Motor is
Go to BSD 10.7 - Inverter (1 of 2) and check the wire-wound resistance of Invert Motor is approximately. 1.3 ohms at the measurement points below.
approximately. 1.3 ohms at the measurement points below. • P/J221-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J221-2 to pins 1/3 • P/J221-5 to pins 4/6
• P/J221-5 to pins 4/6 If OK, go to BSD 10.7 - Inverter (1 of 2) and troubleshoot the Invert Motor circuit.
If OK, go to BSD 10.7 - Inverter (1 of 2) and troubleshoot the Invert Motor circuit.
Execute dC330 [077-018 Duplex Motor]. There is operation noise from the Duplex Motor.
Execute dC330 [077-016 Reverse Invert Solenoid]. There is operation noise from the Y N
Reverse Invert Solenoid. Check the wire-wound resistance of Duplex Motor is approximately. 0.8 ohms at the mea-
Y N surement points below.
Go to BSD 10.7 - Inverter (1 of 2) and troubleshoot the Reverse Gate Solenoid circuit. • P/J219-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J219-5 to pins 4/6
Check the following:
If OK, go to BSD 10.11 - Duplex Transportation (2 of 2) and troubleshoot the Duplex Motor
• Pre Reg. Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/ poor rotation circuit.
• Drawer Connectors P607B contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout
• Drive gears for wear/breakage Check the following:
• Check for out-of-spec paper. • Duplex Path Roll 2 for dirt/paper particles/wear/ poor rotation
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 11.3), and the • Duplex Out Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
MCU PWB (PL 11.1) one at a time in the order shown. • Drawer Connectors P607B contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout
• Drive gears for wear/breakage
• Check for out-of-spec paper.
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 11.3), and the
MCU PWB (PL 11.1) one at a time in the order shown.
Procedure Procedure
Check the actuator of the Front Cover for damage, distortion and improper installation. The Execute dC330 [077-300 L/H Cover Interlock Switch]. Open and close the L/H Cover. The
actuator is properly installed with no damage or distortion. display changes.
Y N Y N
Replace or repair the actuator. +24VDC is measured between P/J132-1 (+) on the L/H Cover Interlock Switch and
GND (-).
Execute dC330 [077-303 Front Door Interlock]. Open and close the Front Cover. The dis- Y N
play changes. Check the wire between P/J469-1 on the Tray Module PWB and P/J132-1 on the L/
Y N H Cover Interlock Switch for an open wire or poor contact.
Go to BSD 2.1 - IOT Interlock Switching and troubleshoot the Front Cover Interlock
Switch (PL 12.1). When the switch is ON, +24VDC is measured between P/J132-3 (+) on the L/H
Cover Interlock Switch and GND (-).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). Y N
Replace the L/H Cover Interlock Switch (PL 7.4).
+24VDC is measured between P/J469-2 (+) on the Tray Module PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Check the wire between P/J132-3 on the L/H Cover Interlock Switch and P/J469-2
on the Tray Module PWB for an open wire or poor contact.
Check the wire between P/J461-A2 on the Tray Module PWB and P/J404-A17 on the
MCU PWB for an open wire or poor contact. If the wire is good, replace the Tray Module
PWB (PL 11.3) and the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) in that order.
The problem can be a misalignment between the L/H Cover and the L/H Cover Interlock
Switch. Check the L/H Cover for an improper installation and the actuator for any problem, and
check for the improperly positioned L/H Cover Interlock Switch.
The Right Hand Cover Interlock is open Transfer Module 2 Interlock Open.
Procedure Procedure
Execute dC330 [077-300 R/H Cover Interlock Switch]. Open and close the R/H Cover. The Check the condition of the pushed in Transfer Module 2 Drawer Assembly (PL 4.1) The knob
display changes. of the Transfer Module 2 Drawer Assembly is locked.
Y N Y N
+24VDC is measured between P/J112-2 (+) on the L/H Cover Interlock Switch and Push in the Transfer Module 2 Drawer Assembly and lock the knob.
GND (-).
Y N Check the Marking Drawer Interlock connectors. Are the Marking Drawer Interlock connec-
Check the wire between P/J466-1 on the Tray Module PWB and P/J112-2 on the R/ tors properly installed?
H Cover Interlock Switch for an open wire or poor contact. Y N
Install the Marking Drawer Interlock properly.
When the switch is ON, +24VDC is measured between P/J112-1 (+) on the L/H
Cover Interlock Switch and GND (-). Execute dC330 [077-302 Transfer Module 2 Interlock]. Pull out and push in the Transfer Mod-
Y N ule 2 Drawer Assembly again. The display changes.
Replace the R/H Cover Interlock Switch (PL 7.4). Y N
Go to BSD 2.1 - IOT Interlock Switching and Troubleshoot the Transfer Module 2 Interlock
+24VDC is measured between P/J466-2 (+) on the Tray Module PWB and GND (-). circuit.
Y N
Check the wire between P/J112-1 on the R/H Cover Interlock Switch and P/J466-2 Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
on the Tray Module PWB for an open wire or poor contact.
Check the wire between P/J461-A1 on the Tray Module PWB and P/J404-A18 on the
MCU PWB for an open wire or poor contact. If the wire is good, replace the Tray Module
PWB (PL 11.3) and the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) in that order.
The problem can be a misalignment between the R/H Cover and the R/H Cover Interlock
Switch. Check the R/H Cover for an improper installation and the actuator for any problem, and
check for the improperly positioned R/H Cover Interlock Switch.
Procedure Procedure
Check the opening/closing of the Tray 5/Bypass Cover. The Tray 5/Bypass Cover be Connect the meter between JF05-1 (+) and JF04-2 (-) on the HCF PWB. There is +24 VDC
opened/closed. present
Y N Y N
Reinstall he Tray 5/Bypass Cover properly. Connect the meter between JF04-1 (+) and JF04-2 (-) on the HCF PWB. There is +24
VDC present
Check the installation of the Tray 5/Bypass Interlock Switch (PL 3.2). The Tray 5/Bypass Y N
Cover Interlock Switch is properly installed. Go to BSD 2.3 - DC Power Generation (IOT +24 VDC) and check for an open wire
Y N between the HCF PWB and the IOT Drive PWB.
Install the MSI Cover Interlock Switch properly.
Check F1 on the HCF PWB for an open. F1 is OK.
Execute dC330 [077-304 Tray 5/Bypass Cover Interlock]. Open and close the Tray 5/Bypass Y N
Cover. The display changes. Replace F1. If F1 blows again, go to BSD 2.3 - DC Power Generation (IOT +24
Y N VDC) and Wirenets 7.2.33 and check the +24 VDC for a short circuit.
Go to BSD 2.1 - IOT Interlock Switching and check the Tray 5/Bypass Cover Interlock
Switch for an open circuit. Replace the HCF PWB (PL 11.3).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). Connect the meter between P/J460-2 (+) and P/J460-3 (-) on the Tray Module PWB. There
is +24 VDC present
Y N
Connect the meter between P/J460-1 (+) and P/J460-3 (-) on the Tray Module PWB.
There is +24 VDC present
Y N
Go to BSD 2.3 - DC Power Generation (IOT +24 VDC) and check for an open wire
between the Tray Module PWB and the Main LVPS.
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 11.3), the HCF PWB (PL 18.8), and the MCU PWB (PL
11.3) in that order.
One of the IOT sensors detected paper when power was turned on or when an interlock was Initial Actions
closed. Perform the following:
• Switch the power off then on.
Initial Actions
• Check if the Reg. Sensor actuator is operating properly.
Perform the following:
• Check the paper type.
• Check Jam Clearance display on UI to determine suspect area since any of the paper
• Check the paper type settings.
path sensors could generate this fault.
• Clear any paper jam.
• Switch the power off then on.
Procedure
Load the paper type selected. If problem still exists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
• Check if the Reg. Sensor actuator is operating properly.
• Check for any light leaks.
• Check for a change or drop in the power voltage at the customer site.
Procedure
If the problem persists after performing the Initial Actions, check the following sensors in Table
1 to determine which sensor is causing the problem. Execute dC330 and actuate each sensor
as appropriate to determine if the display changes on actuation.
Table 1
Sensor dC330 Code BSD
Pre Reg Sensor 077-100 BSD 8.10 - Registration
Registration Sensor 077-101 BSD 8.10 - Registration
OHP (Transparency) Sensor 077-102 BSD 8.10 - Registration
Invert In Sensor 077-103 BSD 10.8 - Inverter (2 of 2)
Duplex In Sensor 077-104 BSD 10.11 - Duplex Transportation (2 of 2)
Duplex Path Sensor 077-105 BSD 10.11 - Duplex Transportation (2 of 2)
Duplex Out Sensor 077-105 BSD 10.11 - Duplex Transportation (2 of 2)
IOT Exit Sensor 077-107 BSD 10.9 - Fused Paper Exit
To check a suspect transmissive sensor circuit go to OF 99-2. If the sensor is a reflective type
go to OF 99-1. The list below lists which of the sensors is which type.
• Reflective - Pre reg Sensor, Registration Sensor, and OHP Transparency Sensor
• Transmissive - Invert In Sensor, Duplex In Sensor, Duplex Path Sensor, Duplex Out Sen-
sor, IOT Exit Sensor.
If the problem persists after checking the sensors and related wiring, replace the MCU PWB
(PL 11.1).
Initial Actions
Perform the following:
• Switch the power off then on.
• Check if the Reg. Sensor actuator is operating properly.
• Check the paper type.
• Check the paper type settings.
Procedure
Load the paper type selected. If problem still exists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
The paper transported from Tray 6 did not turn on the Pre Registration Sensor within the spec-
ified time.
Initial Actions
• Clear any jam and switch the power off then on.
• Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
Procedure
Execute dC330 [077-100 Pre Reg. Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Pre Reg. Sensor. The
display changes.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.10 - Registration and check the following for an open wire, short or poor con-
tact:
• Pre Reg. Sensor P/J121-2 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-B5
• Pre Reg. Sensor P/J121-1 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-B6
• Pre Reg. Sensor P/J121-3 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-B4
If OK, replace the Pre Reg. Sensor (PL 4.5) before replacing the IOT Drive PWB (PL
11.1).
Execute dC330 [077-004 Pre Reg. Motor: 640mm/s]. There is operation noise from the Pre
Reg. Motor.
Y N
Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Reg. Motor is approx. 0.8 ohms at the measure-
ment points below.
• P/J229-2 to pins 1/3
• P/J229-5 to pins 4/6
If OK, go to BSD 8.9 Registration Drive and troubleshoot the Pre Reg. Motor circuit.
Execute dC330 [077-003 Takeaway Clutch 1]. There is operation noise from the Takeaway
Clutch 1.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.4 - Takeaway Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Clutch 1 for an open.
The Tray 1 Feed Out Sensor did not come on within the specified time after the start of feed The paper transported from Tray 6 did not turn on the Registration Sensor within the specified
from Tray 6 (HCF). time.
Procedure Procedure
Execute dC330 [071-101 Feed Out Sensor 1]. Move the actuator of the Tray 1 Feed Out Sen- Execute dC330 [077-101 Reg. Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Reg. Sensor. The display
sor manually or with paper. The display changes. changes.
Y N Y N
Go to BSD 8.5 - Tray 1, 2 Transportation and check the following wires for an open wire, Go to BSD 8.10 - Registration and check the following for an open wire, short or poor con-
short or poor contact: tact:
• Feed Out Sensor 1 P/J133A-2 to MCU PWB P/J407-A12 • Reg. Sensor P/J222-2 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-A9
• Feed Out Sensor 1 P/J133A-1 to Tray Module PWB P/J407-A13 • Reg. Sensor P/J222-1 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-A10
• Feed Out Sensor 1 P/J133A-3 to Tray Module PWB P/J407-A11 • Reg. Sensor P/J222-3 to IOT Drive PWB P/J439-A8
If OK, replace the Feed Out Sensor 1 (PL 2.16) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). If OK, replace the Reg. Sensor (PL 4.4) before replacing the IOT Drive PWB (PL 11.1).
Execute DC330 [077-001 Takeaway Motor]. There is operation noise from the Takeaway Execute dC330 [077-004 Pre Reg. Motor: 640mm/s]. There is operation noise from the Pre
Motor. Reg. Motor.
Y N Y N
Go to BSD 8.4 - Takeaway Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Circuit for an open. Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Reg. Motor is approx. 0.8 ohms at the measure-
ment points below.
Execute dC330 [077-003 Takeaway Clutch 1]. There is operation noise from the Takeaway • P/J229-2 to pins 1/3
Clutch 1. • P/J229-5 to pins 4/6
Y N If OK, go to BSD 8.9 Registration Drive and troubleshoot the Pre Reg. Motor circuit.
Go to BSD 8.4 - Takeaway Drive and check the Takeaway Motor Clutch 1 for an open.
Check the following:
Check the following:
• Takeaway Rolls 1 and 2 and 3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Takeaway Rolls 1 and 2 and 3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Pre Reg. Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• HCF and IOT for a poor docking
• Drive gears for wear/breakage
• HCF Transport Belt for poor tension
• Drawer Connectors J601 contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout
• HCF Transport Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 11.3), IOT Drive
• HCF Takeaway Rolls 1-3 for dirt/ paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
PWB (PL 11.1) and the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) one at a time in the order shown
• HCF Exit Roll for dirt/ paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Drive gears for wear/breakage
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 11.3), Tray Mod-
ule PWB (PL 11.3) and the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) one at a time in the order shown.
The Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor did not come on within the specified time after the start of feed.
Initial Actions
• Clear any jam and switch the power off then on.
• Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
Procedure
Execute dC330 [078-101 Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor]. Move the actuator of the Tray 6 Feed Out
Sensor. The display changes.
Y N
Go to BSD 8.10 - Registration and check the following for an open wire, short or poor con-
tact:
• Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor PF/JF67-2 to HCF PWB PF/JF01-2
• Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor PF/JF67-1 to HCF PWB PF/JF01-3
• Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor PF/JF67-3 to HCF PWB PF/JF01-1
If OK, replace the Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor (PL 18.7) then the HCF PWB (PL 18.8).
Execute dC330 [078-007 Tray 6 Takeaway Motor: 640mm/s]. There is operation noise from
the Tray 6 Takeaway Motor.
Y N
Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Reg. Motor is approx. 0.8 ohms at the measure-
ment points below.
• PF/JF57-3 to pins 1/2
• PF/JF57-4 to pins 5/6
If OK, go to BSD 8.8 Standard HCF Option (Tray 6) Paper Transportationand troubleshoot
the Tray 6 Takeaway Motor circuit.
Execute dC330 [078-001 HCF1 Nudger Solenoid Low Power]. There is operation noise
from the HCF Nudger Solenoid (PL 18.4).
Y N
Go to BSD 7.12 - Standard HCF Option (Tray 6) Paper Stacking and troubleshoot the
HCF Nudger Solenoid circuit.
HCF Tray Lift failure. The Tray 6 Stack Height Sensor does not turn ON within the specified The HCF Top Cover Interlock is open.
time after the trays were inserted.
Procedure
Initial Actions Execute dC330 [078-300 HCF Top Cover Interlock]. Open and close the Transport Cover. The
• Clear any jam and switch the power off then on. display changes.
• Check the size of the paper in the tray. Y N
• Remove the foreign substances in the tray. +24VDC is measured between JF05-2 on the HCF PWB and GND.
Y N
+24VDC is measured between JF05-1 on the HCF PWB and GND.
Procedure Y N
Execute dC330 [078-004 Tray 6 Lift/Feed Motor]. There is operation noise from the Tray 6 +24VDC is measured between JF04-1 on the HCF PWB and GND.
Lift/Feed Motor. Y N
Y N Refer to BSD 2.3 - DC Power Generation (IOT +24 VDC), check the
Check the wire-wound resistance of Tray 6 Lift/Feed Motor is approx. 0.8 ohms at the +24VDC circuit to JF04-1 on the HCF PWB.
measurement points below.
• PF/JF58-2 to pins 1/3 Replace the HCF PWB (PL 18.8).
• PF/JF58-5 to pins 4/6
Check the wires between JF05-1 on the HCF PWB and FS001 on the HCF Top
If OK, go to BSD 7.12 - Standard HCF Option (Tray 6) Paper Stackingand troubleshoot
Cover Interlock Switch, and between FS002 on the HCF Top Cover Interlock Switch
the Tray 6 Lift/Feed Motor circuit.
and JF05-2 on the HCF PWB for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good,
replace the HCF Top Cover Interlock Switch (PL 9.12).
Execute dC330 [078-201 Tray 6 Stack Height Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Tray 6 Stack
Height Sensor. The display changes.
Y N Replace the HCF PWB (PL 18.8).
Go to BSD 7.14 and check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact:
• Tray 6 Stack Height Sensor PF/JF60-2 to HCF PWB PF/JF02-8 The problem could be misalignment between the HCF Top Cover and the HCF Top Cover
Interlock Switch. Check if the Switch/Cover is improperly installed and if the actuator is broken
• Tray 6 Stack Height Sensor PF/JF60-1 to HCF PWB PF/JF02-9
or bent. If OK, replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
• Tray 6 Stack Height Sensor PF/JF60-3 to HCF PWB PF/JF02-7
If OK, replace the Tray 6 Stack Height Sensor (PL 18.5) before replacing the HCF PWB
(PL 18.8).
HCF Docking Interlock Open. The HCF and the IOT were undocked. The tray 6 feed out sensor static jam.
Execute dC330 [078-007 Tray 6 Takeaway Motor: 640mm/s]. There is operation noise from
the Tray 6 Takeaway Motor.
Y N
Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Reg. Motor is approx. 0.8 ohms at the measure-
ment points below.
• PF/JF57-3 to pins 1/2
• PF/JF57-4 to pins 5/6
If OK, go to BSD 8.8 Standard HCF Option (Tray 6) Paper Transportationand troubleshoot
the Tray 6 Takeaway Motor circuit.
Execute dC330 [078-001 HCF1 Nudger Solenoid Low Power]. There is operation noise
from the HCF Nudger Solenoid (PL 18.4).
Y N
Go to BSD 7.12 - Standard HCF Option (Tray 6) Paper Stackingand troubleshoot the HCF
Nudger Solenoid circuit.
Initial Actions Run dC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle.Turn ON the power again. The same problem
Turn the power OFF then ON. recurs.
Y N
Remove and reinstall each Drum and Transfer Module. End
Replace the MOB ADC Assy (PL 11.2) and run dC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle
Procedure again.Turn ON the power again. The same problem recurs.
Perform ADJ 9.13 [Belt Edge Learn]. Run dC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle.Turn ON Y N
the power again. The same problem recurs. End
Y N
End Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Run dC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle again.Turn ON the power again. The same
problem recurs.
Y N
End
The CENTER MOB Sensor failed to detect the fine-adjustment patterns properly during fine The OUTER MOB Sensor failed to detect the fine-adjustment patterns properly during fine
adjustment. adjustment.
Initial Actions NOTE: If more than one failure in Chain 089 occur at the same time, take action according to
Turn the power OFF then ON. the following priorities:
Other failures may be corrected at the same time when correcting a failure of higher priority.
Remove and reinstall each Drum and Transfer Module. 1. (High) 089-616
2. 089-604, 605, 606, 607, 608, 609, 610, 611, 612, 613, 614, 615
Procedure 3. 089-601, 602, 603
Check the installation of the MOB ADC Assy. The MOB ADC Assy properly installed. 4. 089-600
Y N 5. (Low) 089-617
Install the MOB ADC Assy properly (PL 11.2).
Initial Actions
Run dC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle.Turn ON the power again. The same problem Turn the power OFF then ON.
recurs.
Y N Remove and reinstall each Drum and the IBT Module.
End
Replace the MOB ADC Assy (PL 11.2) and run dC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle
Procedure
again.Turn ON the power again. The same problem recurs. Check the installation of the MOB ADC Assy. The MOB ADC Assy properly installed.
Y N Y N
End Install the MOB ADC Assy properly (PL 11.2).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). Run dC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle.Turn ON the power again. The same problem
recurs.
Y N
End
Replace the MOB ADC Assy (PL 11.2) and run dC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle
again.Turn ON the power again. The same problem recurs.
Y N
End
Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Procedure
Enter dc612, select test pattern 9, check the density of the color that failed. The density is
normal.
Y N
Go to IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP.
Check the surface of the Transfer belt for even surface, scratches, or distortion around the
area where the failure occurred. The Transfer belt surface is OK.
Y N
Replace the Transfer belt (PL 7.2).
NOTE: The distance between the Reg Control patches in the IN-OUT direction (304mm)
exceeds the A4L width (297mm).
Check the areas other than the paper path area on both sides of the Mag Roll.
Check the Mag Roll for proper condition, foreign substance, or distortion of the color for which
the failure occurred. The Mag Roll is OK.
Y N
Replace the Developer Housing Kit (PL 6.6).
Ensure the connections and wires between the MCU PWB and the MOB ADC Assy are con-
nected. The connections are OK.
Y N
Connect P/J406, P/J616B properly.
Replace the Drum of the color for which the failure occurred.Turn ON the power again. The
problem recurs.
Y N
End
Replace the MOB ADC Assy (PL 11.2). Run dC675 Reg Control Setup Cycle. The same
problem recurs.
Y N
End
Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Procedure
Enter dc612, select test pattern 9, check the density of the color that failed. The density is
normal.
Y N
Go to IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP.
Check the surface of the Transfer belt for even surface, scratches, or distortion around the
area where the failure occurred. The Transfer belt surface is OK.
Y N
Replace the Transfer belt (PL 7.2).
NOTE: The distance between the Reg Control patches in the IN-OUT direction (304mm)
exceeds the A4L width (297mm).
Check the areas other than the paper path area on both sides of the Mag Roll.
Check the Mag Roll for proper condition, foreign substances, or distortion of the color for which
the failure occurred. The Mag Roll is OK.
Y N
Replace the Developer Housing Kit (PL 6.6).
Ensure the connections and wires between the MCU PWB and the MOB ADC Assy are con-
nected. The connections are OK.
Y N
Connect P/J406, P/J616B properly.
Replace the Drum of the color for which the failure occurred.Turn ON the power again. The
problem recurs.
Y N
End
Replace the MOB ADC Assy (PL 11.2). Run dC675 Reg Control Setup Cycle. The same
problem recurs.
Y N
End
Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Procedure
Enter dc612, select test pattern 9, check the density of the color that failed. The density is
normal.
Y N
Go to IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP.
Check the surface of the Transfer belt for even surface, scratches, or distortion around the
area where the failure occurred. The Transfer belt surface is OK.
Y N
Replace the Transfer belt (PL 7.2).
NOTE: The distance between the Reg Control patches in the IN-OUT direction (304mm)
exceeds the A4L width (297mm).
Check the areas other than the paper path area on both sides of the Mag Roll.
Check the Mag Roll for proper condition, foreign substance, or distortion of the color for which
the failure occurred. The Mag Roll is OK.
Y N
Replace the Developer Housing Kit (PL 6.6).
Ensure the connections and wires between the MCU PWB and the MOB ADC Assy are con-
nected. The connections are OK.
Y N
Connect P/J406, P/J616B properly.
Replace the Drum of the color for which the failure occurred.Turn ON the power again. The
problem recurs.
Y N
End
Replace the MOB ADC Assy (PL 11.2). Run dC675 Reg Control Setup Cycle. The same
problem recurs.
Y N
End
Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Procedure
Enter dc612, select test pattern 9, check the density of the color that failed. The density is
normal.
Y N
Go to IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP.
Check the surface of the Transfer belt for even surface, scratches, or distortion around the
area where the failure occurred. The Transfer belt surface is OK.
Y N
Replace the Transfer belt (PL 7.2).
NOTE: The distance between the Reg Control patches in the IN-OUT direction (304mm)
exceeds the A4L width (297mm).
Check the areas other than the paper path area on both sides of the Mag Roll.
Check the Mag Roll for proper condition, foreign substance, or distortion of the color for which
the failure occurred. The Mag Roll is OK.
Y N
Replace the Developer Housing Kit (PL 6.6).
Ensure the connections and wires between the MCU PWB and the MOB ADC Assy are con-
nected. The connections are OK.
Y N
Connect P/J406, P/J616B properly.
Replace the Drum of the color for which the failure occurred.Turn ON the power again. The
problem recurs.
Y N
End
Replace the MOB ADC Assy (PL 11.2). Run dC675 Reg Control Setup Cycle. The same
problem recurs.
Y N
End
Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Procedure
Enter dC612, select test pattern 9, check the density of the color that failed. The density is
normal.
Y N
Go to IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP.
Check the surface of the Transfer belt for even surface, scratches, or distortion around the
area where the failure occurred. The Transfer belt surface is OK.
Y N
Replace the Transfer belt (PL 7.2).
NOTE: The distance between the Reg Control patches in the IN-OUT direction (304mm)
exceeds the A4L width (297mm).
Check the areas other than the paper path area on both sides of the Mag Roll.
Check the Mag Roll for proper condition, foreign substance, or distortion of the color for which
the failure occurred. The Mag Roll is OK.
Y N
Replace the Developer Housing Kit (PL 6.6).
Ensure the connections and wires between the MCU PWB and the MOB ADC Assy are con-
nected. The connections are OK.
Y N
Connect P/J406, P/J616B properly.
Replace the Drum of the color for which the failure occurred.Turn ON the power again. The
problem recurs.
Y N
End
Replace the MOB ADC Assy (PL 11.2). Run dC675 Reg Control Setup Cycle. The same
problem recurs.
Y N
End
Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Procedure
Enter dC612, select test pattern 9, check the density of the color that failed. The density is
normal.
Y N
Go to IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP.
Check the surface of the Transfer belt for even surface, scratches, or distortion around the
area where the failure occurred. The Transfer belt surface is OK.
Y N
Replace the Transfer belt (PL 7.2).
NOTE: The distance between the Reg Control patches in the IN-OUT direction (304mm)
exceeds the A4L width (297mm).
Check the areas other than the paper path area on both sides of the Mag Roll.
Check the Mag Roll for proper condition, foreign substance, or distortion of the color for which
the failure occurred. The Mag Roll is OK.
Y N
Replace the Developer Housing Kit (PL 6.6).
Ensure the connections and wires between the MCU PWB and the MOB ADC Assy are con-
nected. The connections are OK.
Y N
Connect P/J406, P/J616B properly.
Replace the Drum of the color for which the failure occurred.Turn ON the power again. The
problem recurs.
Y N
End
Replace the MOB ADC Assy (PL 11.2). Run dC675 Reg Control Setup Cycle. The same
problem recurs.
Y N
End
Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Procedure
Enter dC612, select test pattern 9, check the density of the color that failed. The density is
normal.
Y N
Go to IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP.
Check the surface of the Transfer belt for even surface, scratches, or distortion around the
area where the failure occurred. The Transfer belt surface is OK.
Y N
Replace the Transfer belt (PL 7.2).
NOTE: The distance between the Reg Control patches in the IN-OUT direction (304mm)
exceeds the A4L width (297mm).
Check the areas other than the paper path area on both sides of the Mag Roll.
Check the Mag Roll for proper condition, foreign substance, or distortion of the color for which
the failure occurred. The Mag Roll is OK.
Y N
Replace the Developer Housing Kit (PL 6.6).
Ensure the connections and wires between the MCU PWB and the MOB ADC Assy are con-
nected. The connections are OK.
Y N
Connect P/J406, P/J616B properly.
Replace the Drum of the color for which the failure occurred.Turn ON the power again. The
problem recurs.
Y N
End
Replace the MOB ADC Assy (PL 11.2). Run dC675 Reg Control Setup Cycle. The same
problem recurs.
Y N
End
Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Procedure
Enter dC612, select test pattern 9, check the density of the color that failed. The density is
normal.
Y N
Go to IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP.
Check the surface of the Transfer belt for even surface, scratches, or distortion around the
area where the failure occurred. The Transfer belt surface is OK.
Y N
Replace the Transfer belt (PL 7.2).
NOTE: The distance between the Reg Control patches in the IN-OUT direction (304mm)
exceeds the A4L width (297mm).
Check the areas other than the paper path area on both sides of the Mag Roll.
Check the Mag Roll for proper condition, foreign substance, or distortion of the color for which
the failure occurred. The Mag Roll is OK.
Y N
Replace the Developer Housing Kit (PL 6.6).
Ensure the connections and wires between the MCU PWB and the MOB ADC Assy are con-
nected. The connections are OK.
Y N
Connect P/J406, P/J616B properly.
Replace the Drum of the color for which the failure occurred.Turn ON the power again. The
problem recurs.
Y N
End
Replace the MOB ADC Assy (PL 11.2). Run dC675 Reg Control Setup Cycle. The same
problem recurs.
Y N
End
Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Procedure
Enter dC612, select test pattern 9, check the density of the color that failed. The density is
normal.
Y N
Go to IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP.
Check the surface of the Transfer belt for even surface, scratches, or distortion around the
area where the failure occurred. The Transfer belt surface is OK.
Y N
Replace the Transfer belt (PL 7.2).
NOTE: The distance between the Reg Control patches in the IN-OUT direction (304mm)
exceeds the A4L width (297mm).
Check the areas other than the paper path area on both sides of the Mag Roll.
Check the Mag Roll for proper condition, foreign substance, or distortion of the color for which
the failure occurred. The Mag Roll is OK.
Y N
Replace the Developer Housing Kit (PL 6.6).
Ensure the connections and wires between the MCU PWB and the MOB ADC Assy are con-
nected. The connections are OK.
Y N
Connect P/J406, P/J616B properly.
Replace the Drum of the color for which the failure occurred.Turn ON the power again. The
problem recurs.
Y N
End
Replace the MOB ADC Assy (PL 11.2). Run dC675 Reg Control Setup Cycle. The same
problem recurs.
Y N
End
Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Procedure
Enter dC612, select test pattern 9, check the density of the color that failed. The density is
normal.
Y N
Go to IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP.
Check the surface of the Transfer belt for even surface, scratches, or distortion around the
area where the failure occurred. The Transfer belt surface is OK.
Y N
Replace the Transfer belt (PL 7.2).
NOTE: The distance between the Reg Control patches in the IN-OUT direction (304mm)
exceeds the A4L width (297mm).
Check the areas other than the paper path area on both sides of the Mag Roll.
Check the Mag Roll for proper condition, foreign substance, or distortion of the color for which
the failure occurred. The Mag Roll is OK.
Y N
Replace the Developer Housing Kit (PL 6.6).
Ensure the connections and wires between the MCU PWB and the MOB ADC Assy are con-
nected. The connections are OK.
Y N
Connect P/J406, P/J616B properly.
Replace the Drum of the color for which the failure occurred.Turn ON the power again. The
problem recurs.
Y N
End
Replace the MOB ADC Assy (PL 11.2). Run dC675 Reg Control Setup Cycle. The same
problem recurs.
Y N
End
Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Procedure
Enter dC612, select test pattern 9, check the density of the color that failed. The density is
normal.
Y N
Go to IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP.
Check the surface of the Transfer belt for even surface, scratches, or distortion around the
area where the failure occurred. The Transfer belt surface is OK.
Y N
Replace the Transfer belt (PL 7.2).
NOTE: The distance between the Reg Control patches in the IN-OUT direction (304mm)
exceeds the A4L width (297mm).
Check the areas other than the paper path area on both sides of the Mag Roll.
Check the Mag Roll for proper condition, foreign substance, or distortion of the color for which
the failure occurred. The Mag Roll is OK.
Y N
Replace the Developer Housing Kit (PL 6.6).
Ensure the connections and wires between the MCU PWB and the MOB ADC Assy are con-
nected. The connections are OK.
Y N
Connect P/J406, P/J616B properly.
Replace the Drum of the color for which the failure occurred.Turn ON the power again. The
problem recurs.
Y N
End
Replace the MOB ADC Assy (PL 11.2). Run dC675 Reg Control Setup Cycle. The same
problem recurs.
Y N
End
Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Procedure
Enter dC612, select test pattern 9, check the density of the color that failed. substance den-
sity is normal.
Y N
Go to IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP.
Check the surface of the Transfer belt for even surface, scratches, or distortion around the
area where the failure occurred. The Transfer belt surface is OK.
Y N
Replace the Transfer belt (PL 7.2).
NOTE: The distance between the Reg Control patches in the IN-OUT direction (304mm)
exceeds the A4L width (297mm).
Check the areas other than the paper path area on both sides of the Mag Roll.
Check the Mag Roll for proper condition, foreign sustenance, or distortion of the color for which
the failure occurred. The Mag Roll is OK.
Y N
Replace the Developer Housing Kit (PL 6.6).
Ensure the connections and wires between the MCU PWB and the MOB ADC Assy are con-
nected. The connections are OK.
Y N
Connect P/J406, P/J616B properly.
BSD-ON: BSD 9.24 - Image Registration Control (1 Of 2) and BSD 9.25 - Image Registra-
tion Control (2 Of 2)
NOTE: If more than one failure in Chain 089 occur at the same time, take action according to
the following priorities:
Other failures may be corrected at the same time when correcting a failure of higher priority.
1. (High) 089-616
2. 089-604, 605, 606, 607, 608, 609, 610, 611, 612, 613, 614, 615
3. 089-601, 602, 603
4. 089-600
5. (Low) 089-617
Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Procedure
Run dC675 Reg Control Setup Cycle.
Identify the items that are out of the adjustable range from the following.
• Fast Scan Margin: -4720 to +4720
• Slow Scan Margin: -4720 to +4720
• Skew: -540 to +540
• Bow: -140 to +140
• Fast Scan Magnification: -3040 to +3040
• Fast Scan Horizontal Magnification: -660 to +660
The Fast Scan Margin, Slow Scan Margin, Fast Scan Magnification, or Fast Scan Hori-
zontal Magnification is in the adjustable range.
Y N
Replace the Drum of the relevant color. If the trouble persists, replace the ROS Assembly
(PL 5.1).
The Slow Scan Margin or Fast Scan Horizontal Magnification is in the adjustable range.
Y N
Every color is aligned in the same direction.
Y N
Replace the ROS Assembly of that color (PL 5.1).
Replace the MOB ADC Assy (PL 11.2) followed by the ROS Assembly for that color (PL
5.1).
NOTE: If more than one failure in Chain 089 occur at the same time, take action according to
the following priorities:
Other failures may be corrected at the same time when correcting a failure of higher priority.
1. (High) 089-616
2. 089-604, 605, 606, 607, 608, 609, 610, 611, 612, 613, 614, 615
3. 089-601, 602, 603
4. 089-600
5. (Low) 089-617
Initial Actions
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Procedure
Check the connection of each connector of the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB. The connec-
tors properly connected.
Y N
Connect the connectors properly.
The voltage level of the BCR Cleaner Position Sensor did not change within the specified time Charge (K) Preclean HVPS has failed.
during a home position detection operation or cleaning operation.
Procedure
Procedure Switch the power OFF then ON. 091-312 remains displayed.
Remove the Drum Unit. Cheat the Front Door. Enter Diagnostics. Enter dC330 [091-009 BCR Y N
Scorotron Cleaner Motor: 1400pps (CW) High Current] and [091-010 BCR Scorotron Cleaner It is highly likely that the MCU PWB made a faulty detection due to some external noise or
Motor: 1400pps (CCW) High Current] alternately. The BCR Cleaner Motor coupling at internal discharge-related noise. Check if there are any noise sources around the
upper right to the Drum shaft rotates. machine and if any abnormal discharge has occurred.
Y N
Open the PWB Chassis. +24VDC is measured between P/J250-1 on the BCR Open the PWB Chassis. +24VDC is measured between P/J584-1 and -2 on the Charge (K)
Scorotron Cleaner Motor and GND. Preclean HVPS.
Y N Y N
+24VDC is measured between P/J436-B15 on the IOT Drive PWB and GND. +24VDC is measured between P/J410-B10 and -B9 on the MCU PWB.
Y N Y N
+24VDC is measured between P/J430-8 on the IOT Drive PWB and GND. +24VDC is measured between J400-6 on the MCU PWB and GND.
Y N Y N
Refer to BSD 2.3 - DC Power Generation (IOT +24 VDC). Check the Refer to BSD 2.3 - DC Power Generation (IOT +24 VDC). Check the +24VDC
+24VDC circuit to P/J430-8 to the IOT Drive PWB. circuit to J400-3 on the MCU PWB.
Replace the IOT Drive PWB (PL 11.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Check the wire between P/J436-B15 on the IOT Drive PWB and P/J250-1 on the Check the wires between P/J410-B10 on the MCU PWB and P/J584-1 on the Charge (K)
BCR Scorotron Cleaner Motor for an open wire or poor contact. Preclean HVPS, and between P/J410-B9 on the MCU PWB and P/J584-2 on the Charge
(K) Preclean HVPS for an open wire or poor contact.
Turn off the power. Disconnect Connector P/J436 from the IOT Drive PWB. Measure the
wire-wound resistance of the BCR Scorotron Cleaner Motor: P/J436-B15 to pins B11/B12/ Turn off the power. Check the following for continuity:
B13/B14. Every resistance is approximately 15 ohms. • MCU PWB P/J410-B8 to Charge (K) Preclean HVPS P/J584-3
Y N • MCU PWB P/J410-B7 to Charge (K) Preclean HVPS P/J584-4
Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace
• MCU PWB P/J410-B5 to Charge (K) Preclean HVPS P/J584-5
the BCR Scorotron Cleaner Motor (PL 6.9).
• P/J436-B11 to BCR Scorotron Cleaner Motor P/J250-5 Every resistance is 1 ohm or less.
Y N
• P/J436-B12 to BCR Scorotron Cleaner Motor P/J250-4
Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
• P/J436-B13 to BCR Scorotron Cleaner Motor P/J250-3
• P/J436-B14 to BCR Scorotron Cleaner Motor P/J250-2 Replace the Charge (K) Preclean HVPS (PL 11.2). If the problem persists, replace the MCU
• P/J436-B15 to BCR scorotron Cleaner Motor P/J250-1 PWB (PL 11.1).
Check the gears and mechanical linkage between the BCR/Corotron Cleaner Motor and
the BCR Cleaner Position Sensor for damage or binding.
If the check is good replace the BCR/Corotron Cleaner Motor. (PL 6.9)
Check the spiral shaft of the Scorotron Unit Assembly for poor rotation and other mechanical
loads due to deformation/foreign objects. (PL 6.1)
Check the wiring between the BCR Cleaner Position Sensor and the MCU PWB Refer to BSD
(BSD 9.29 - BCR and Corotron Cleaning Drive Control).
If the wiring is okay replace the BCR Cleaner Position Sensor. (PL 6.9).
If the problem persists replace the MCU PWB. (PL 11.1)
Drum cartridge CRUM ASIC communication Failure Charge Scorotron Wire is broken.
The replacement date for Waste Toner Bottle (regular) is near. The Black drum cartridge is near the end-of-life.
Check the wire between P/J152-2 on the Waste Toner Full Sensor and J403-A16 on the
MCU PWB for an open wire or poor contact.
+5VDC is measured between P/J152-1 and -3 on the Waste Toner Full Sensor.
Y N
+5VDC is measured between P/J469-3 and -1 on the Tray Module PWB.
Y N
Refer to BSD 2.2 - DC Power Generation (IOT +3.3/+5/+12 VDC). Check the +5VDC
circuit to P/J460-6 on the Tray Module PWB.
Check the wires between P/J469-3 on the Tray Module PWB and P/J152-1 on the Waste
Bottle Full Sensor, and between P/J469-1 on the Tray Module PWB and P/J152-3 on the
Waste Bottle Full Sensor for an open wire or poor contact.
The Scorotron Assembly is near the end-of-life. The Scorotron Assembly has reached the end-of-life.
Procedure Procedure
• Ensure P/J410 on the MCU PWB on the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) is connected properly. • Ensure P/J410 on the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) is connected properly.
• Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) • Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1)
The Yellow drum cartridge is near the end-of-life. The Magenta drum cartridge is near the end-of-life.
Procedure Procedure
• Ensure P/J413 on the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) is connected properly and P/J171Y on the • Ensure P/J413 on the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) is connected properly and P/J171M on the
Xero CRUM PWB Y (PL 6.5). Xero CRUM PWB M (PL 6.5).
• Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) before replacing the Xero CRUM PWB Y (PL 6.5). • Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) before replacing the Xero CRUM PWB M (PL 6.5).
The Cyan drum cartridge is near the end-of-life. The waste toner bottle is not present.
Disconnect and reconnect the cable between P/J432 on the IOT Drive PWB and P/J402
on the MCU PWB. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the following in order:
• Waste Bottle Set Sensor (PL 6.11)
• Tray Module PWB (PL 11.3)
• MCU PWB (PL 11.1)
Check if the Bottle is properly installed; the Sensor actuator properly operates; the Sensor is
properly installed; and the Waste Toner Cover is properly installed.
The waste toner bottle is full. The Black drum cartridge (K) has reached the end-of-life.
Check the wire between P/J152-2 on the Waste Bottle Full Sensor and P/J469-1 on
the Tray Module PWB for an open wire or poor contact.
+5VDC is measured between P/J152-1 and -3 on the Waste Bottle Full Sensor.
Y N
+5VDC is measured between P/J469-3 and -1 on the Tray Module PWB.
Y N
Refer to BSD 2.2 - DC Power Generation (IOT +3.3/+5/+12 VDC). Check the
+5VDC circuit to P/J460-6 on the Tray Module PWB.
Check the wires between P/J469-3 on the Tray Module PWB and P/J152-1 on the
Waste Bottle Full Sensor, and between P/J469-1 on the Tray Module PWB and P/
J152-3 on the Waste Bottle Full Sensor for an open wire or poor contact.
Communication failure between the MCU and the Black Drum CRUM The MCU detected incorrect data in the Black drum cartridge CRUM.
The CRUM authentication registration data on the drum cartridge is incorrect. MCU cannot communicate with the CRUM in drum Y
Communication failure with the Magenta Drum CRUM Communication failure with the Cyan Drum CRUM
Procedure Procedure
Switch the power OFF then ON. 091-918 remains displayed. Switch the power OFF then ON. 091-919 remains displayed.
Y N Y N
It is likely that the MCU PWB made a faulty detection due to external noise or internal dis- It is likely that the MCU PWB made a faulty detection due to external noise or internal dis-
charge-related noise. Check if there are any noise sources around the machine or if any charge-related noise. Check if there are any noise sources around the machine or if any
abnormal discharge (arching) has occurred. abnormal discharge (arching) has occurred.
Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the following connectors: Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the following connectors:
• P/J413 on the MCU PWB • P/J413 on the MCU PWB
• P/J171M on the Xero CRUM PWB • P/J171M on the Xero CRUM PWB
If the above action does not resolve the problem, replace the following in order: If the above action does not resolve the problem, replace the following in order:
• Drum Cartridge (M) (PL 6.1) • Drum Cartridge (C) (PL 6.1)
• Xero CRUM PWB (M) (PL 6.5) • Xero CRUM PWB (C) (PL 6.5)
• MCU PWB (PL 11.1) • MCU PWB (PL 11.1)
The MCU detected incorrect data in the Yellow drum cartridge CRUM. Drum CRUM is disconnected.
Wrong Data in Magenta drum cartridge. Wrong data in Cyan drum cartridge.
The CRUM authentication registration data on the Yellow drum cartridge is incorrect. Wrong data in Magenta cartridge.
Procedure Procedure
• Ensure P/J413 on the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) is connected properly and P/J171Y on the • Ensure P/J413 on the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) is connected properly and P/J171M on the
Xero CRUM PWB Y (PL 6.5). Xero CRUM PWB M (PL 6.5).
• Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) before replacing the Xero CRUM PWB Y (PL 6.5). • Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) before replacing the Xero CRUM PWB M (PL 6.5).
The CRUM authentication registration data on the Cyan drum cartridge is incorrect. Yellow Drum CRUM is disconnected.
The Yellow drum cartridge (Y) has reached the end-of-life. The Magenta drum cartridge (M) has reached the end-of-life.
Procedure Procedure
• Ensure P/J413 on the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) is connected properly and P/J171Y on the • Ensure P/J413 on the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) is connected properly and P/J171M on the
Xero CRUM PWB Y (PL 6.5). Xero CRUM PWB M (PL 6.5).
• Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) before replacing the Xero CRUM PWB Y (PL 6.5). • Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) before replacing the Xero CRUM PWB M (PL 6.5).
Initial Actions
Switch the power off, then on. If problem still exists, replace the Cyan Drum Cartridge (PL 6.1).
Procedure
• Ensure P/J413 on the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) is connected properly and P/J171C on the
Xero CRUM PWB C (PL 6.5).
• Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) before replacing the Xero CRUM PWB C (PL 6.5).
The MOB ADC Shutter remains open due to shutter failure. The MOB ADC Shutter remains closed due to shutter failure.
Procedure Procedure
Execute dC330 [092-005 ADC Shutter Close].Switch the power OFF then ON. 092-649 is still Execute dC330 [092-004 ADC Shutter Open].Switch the power OFF then ON. 092-650 is still
present. present.
Y N Y N
It is highly likely that the MCU PWB made a faulty detection due to some external noise or It is highly likely that the MCU PWB made a faulty detection due to some external noise or
internal discharge-related noise. Check if there are any noise sources around the internal discharge-related noise. Check if there are any noise sources around the
machine and if any abnormal discharge has occurred. machine and if any abnormal discharge has occurred.
Replace the MOB ADC Assembly (PL 11.2). Execute dC330 [092-004 ADC Shutter Open] and Replace the MOB ADC Assembly (PL 11.2). Execute dC330 [092-005 ADC Shutter Closed]
dC330 [092-005 ADC Shutter Close] alternately. The ADC Shutter is operating properly. and dC330 [092-004 ADC Shutter Open] alternately. The ADC Shutter is operating prop-
Y N erly.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
The ADC Shutter is now operating properly.
The ADC Shutter is now operating properly.
The output read by ADC Sensor from the clean Photoreceptor surface is out of range The measured ADC Patch density is light. (Over 75% of Vclean)
(100~1000) (in Mini-Setup).
Initial Actions
NOTE: This is a hidden failure. Therefore, even if this failure occurs, prints can be made.
• Check the Toner Cartridge has toner and that no toner blocking has occurred on the path
Initial Actions to the Developer Unit.
• Enter Diagnostics. Check dC122 Fail History. If either 093-311, 093-405 or 093-912 is
• Switch the power OFF then ON.
present, go to the appropriate RAP.
• Check the installation of the MOB ADC Assembly (PL 11.2).
Procedure
Procedure
Enter Diagnostics. Select dC937 Procon ON Print. Check if the Transfer Belt has removed the
Switch off the power. Perform the following:
ADC patch. While running in diagnostics, check to see if the Transfer Belt is retracting. The
• Check the ADC Sensor for dirt Transfer Belt operates normally.
• Disconnect and reconnect ADC Sensor Connectors P/J136, and P/J616A on the MOB Y N
ADC PWB. Troubleshoot the 1st BTR Retract Motor operation. (BSD 9.23 - 1st Transfer (3 of 3))
• Check for improperly installed/deformed ADC Sensor bracket.
Switch the power OFF then ON. After approx. 10sec, execute dC330 [093-200 Low Toner Sen-
• Check the Drum surface for unevenness. (Replace the Drum Cartridge.)
sor Y]. The Indication is that Y toner exists.
• Check the following for continuity: If the wires are good, replace the ADC Sensor (PL Y N
11.2) and the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) in order. Replace the Toner Cartridge Y.
– MCU PWB J406-A5 to P136-4
– MCU PWB J406-A3 to P136-6 Execute dC330 [093-201 Low Toner Sensor M]. The display indicates “High”.
– MCU PWB J406-A4 to P136-5 Y N
– MCU PWB J406-A8 to P136-1 Replace the Toner Cartridge M.
• Replace the MOB ADC Assembly (PL 11.2). Execute dC330 [093-202 Low Toner Sensor C]. The display indicates “High”.
Y N
Replace the Toner Cartridge C.
Execute dC330 [093-203 Low Toner Sensor K]. The display indicates “High”.
Y N
Replace the Toner Cartridge K.
ATC SNR-Yellow output signal failure ATC SNR-Magenta output signal failure
Procedure Procedure
+5VDC is measured between P/J134Y-1 and -3 on the Yellow Developer Housing. +5VDC is measured between P/J134M-1 and -3 on the Yellow Developer Housing.
Y N Y N
+5VDC is measured between J413-A11 and -A9 on the MCU PWB. +5VDC is measured between J413-A14 and -A12 on the MCU PWB.
Y N Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Check the wires between J413-A11 on the MCU PWB and P/J134Y-1 on the Yellow Check the wires between J413-A11 on the MCU PWB and P/J134M-1 on the Yellow
Developer Housing, and between J413-A9 on the MCU PWB and P/J134Y-3 on the Yel- Developer Housing, and between J413-A9 on the MCU PWB and P/J134M-3 on the Yel-
low Developer Housing for an open wire or poor contact. low Developer Housing for an open wire or poor contact.
Check the wires between J413-A10 on the MCU PWB and P/J134Y-2 on the Yellow Developer Check the wires between J413-A13 on the MCU PWB and P/J134M-2 on the Yellow Developer
Housing for an open wire or poor contact. Housing for an open wire or poor contact.
If the above action does not resolve the problem, replace in the following in order: If the above action does not resolve the problem, replace in the following in order:
• Yellow Developer Housing (PL 6.6) • Magenta Developer Housing (PL 6.6)
• MCU PWB (PL 11.1) • MCU PWB (PL 11.1)
ATC SNR-Cyan output signal failure ATC SNR-black output signal failure
Procedure Procedure
+5VDC is measured between P/J134C-1 and -3 on the Yellow Developer Housing. +5VDC is measured between P/J134K-1 and -3 on the Yellow Developer Housing.
Y N Y N
+5VDC is measured between J413-A5 and -A3 on the MCU PWB. +5VDC is measured between J413-A8 and -A6 on the MCU PWB.
Y N Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Check the wires between J413-A11 on the MCU PWB and P/J134C-1 on the Yellow Check the wires between J413-A11 on the MCU PWB and P/J134K-1 on the Yellow
Developer Housing, and between J413-A9 on the MCU PWB and P/J134C-3 on the Yel- Developer Housing, and between J413-A9 on the MCU PWB and P/J134K-3 on the Yel-
low Developer Housing for an open wire or poor contact. low Developer Housing for an open wire or poor contact.
Check the wires between J413-A4 on the MCU PWB and P/J134C- 2 on the Yellow Developer Check the wires between J413-A10 on the MCU PWB and P/J134K-2 on the Yellow Developer
Housing for an open wire or poor contact. Housing for an open wire or poor contact.
If the above action does not resolve the problem, replace in the following in order: If the above action does not resolve the problem, replace in the following in order:
• Cyan Developer Housing (PL 6.6) • Black Developer Housing (PL 6.6)
• MCU PWB (PL 11.1) • MCU PWB (PL 11.1)
The amplitude of ATC Yellow Sensor output is smaller (<10). The amplitude of ATC Magenta Sensor output is smaller (<10).
NOTE: This is a hidden failure. Therefore, even if this failure occurs, prints can be made. NOTE: This is a hidden failure. Therefore, even if this failure occurs, prints can be made.
Procedure Procedure
Enter Diagnostic mode. Check the value in dC131[752-130] (ATC Average Output). The value Enter Diagnostic mode. Check the value in dC131[752-130] (ATC Average Output). The value
is 1022 or more. is 1022 or more.
Y N Y N
The value is 150 or less. The value is 150 or less.
Y N Y N
Check the following: If the circuits are good, replace the Yellow Developer Housing Check the following: If the circuits are good, replace the Magenta Developer Hous-
(PL 6.6). ing (PL 6.6).
• MCU PWB P/J413-A10 to ATC Sensor P/J134Y-2 • MCU PWB P/J413-A13 to ATC Sensor P/J134M-2
• MCU PWB P/J413-A9 to ATC Sensor P/J134Y-1 • MCU PWB P/J413-A12 to ATC Sensor P/J134M-1
• MCU PWB P/J413-A11 to ATC Sensor P/J134Y-3 • MCU PWB P/J413-A14 to ATC Sensor P/J134M-3
If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Turn off the power. Disconnect P/J436 from the IOT Drive PWB. Measure the resistance Turn off the power. Disconnect P/J436 from the IOT Drive PWB. Measure the resistance
between Connector Pin P/J436-A13 and the frame. The resistance is 10 ohms or less. between Connector Pin P/J436-A11 and the frame. The resistance is 10 ohms or
Y N less.
Check if the cable is properly connected between P/J432 on the IOT Drive PWB and Y N
P/J402 on the MCU PWB. If no problem is found, replace the Yellow Dispense Motor Check if the cable is properly connected between P/J432 on the IOT Drive PWB and
(PL 6.4), Flat Print Cable (PL 14.2), IOT Drive PWB (PL 11.1) and MCU PWB (PL P/J402 on the MCU PWB. If no problem is found, replace the Magenta Dispense
11.1) in that order. Motor (PL 6.4), Flat Print Cable (PL 14.2), IOT Drive PWB (PL 11.1) and MCU PWB
(PL 11.1) in that order.
Check the wire between P/J436-A13 and Dispense Motor P/J201Y-2 for a short to the
frame. Check the wire between P/J436-A11 and Dispense Motor P/J201M-2 for a short to the
frame.
Check the following:
• The Yellow Toner Cartridge has toner and that no toner blocking has occurred on the path Check the following:
to the Developer Unit. • The Magenta Toner Cartridge has toner and that no toner blocking has occurred on the
• Enter Diagnostics. Check dC122 Fail History. If code 093-314, 093-320 or 93-423 is path to the Developer Unit.
present, go to the appropriate RAP. • Enter Diagnostics. Check dC122 Fail History. If code 093-315, 093-320 or 93-424 is
• Replace the Developer Housing Kit (Y) (PL 6.6) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). present, go to the appropriate RAP.
• Replace the Developer Housing Kit (M) (PL 6.6) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
The amplitude of ATC Cyan Sensor output is smaller (<10). The amplitude of ATC Black Sensor output is smaller (<10).
NOTE: This is a hidden failure. Therefore, even if this failure occurs, prints can be made. NOTE: This is a hidden failure. Therefore, even if this failure occurs, prints can be made.
Procedure Procedure
Enter Diagnostic mode. Check the value in dC131[752-130] (ATC Average Output). The value Enter Diagnostic mode. Check the value in dC131[752-130] (ATC Average Output). The value
is 1022 or more. is 1022 or more.
Y N Y N
The value is 150 or less. The value is 150 or less.
Y N Y N
Check the following: If the circuits are good, replace the Cyan Developer Housing Check the following: If the circuits are good, replace the Black Developer Housing
(PL 6.6). (PL 6.6).
• MCU PWB P/J413-A4 to ATC Sensor P/J134C-2 • MCU PWB P/J413-A7 to ATC Sensor P/J134K-2
• MCU PWB P/J413-A3 to ATC Sensor P/J134C-1 • MCU PWB P/J413-A8 to ATC Sensor P/J134K-1
• MCU PWB P/J413-A5 to ATC Sensor P/J134C-3 • MCU PWB P/J46-A14 to ATC Sensor P/J134K-3
If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Turn off the power. Disconnect P/J436 from the IOT Drive PWB. Measure the resistance Turn off the power. Disconnect P/J436 from the IOT Drive PWB. Measure the resistance
between Connector Pin P/J436-A9 and the frame. The resistance is 10 ohms or less. between Connector Pin P/J436-A7 and the frame. The resistance is 10 ohms or less.
Y N Y N
Check if the cable is properly connected between P/J432 on the IOT Drive PWB and Check if the cable is properly connected between P/J432 on the IOT Drive PWB and
P/J402 on the MCU PWB. If no problem is found, replace the Magenta Dispense P/J402 on the MCU PWB. If no problem is found, replace the Magenta Dispense
Motor (PL 6.4), Flat Print Cable (PL 14.2), IOT Drive PWB (PL 11.1) and MCU PWB Motor (PL 6.4), Flat Print Cable (PL 14.2), IOT Drive PWB (PL 11.1) and MCU PWB
(PL 11.1) in that order. (PL 11.1) in that order.
Check the wire between P/J436-A9 and Dispense Motor P/J201C-2 for a short to the Check the wire between P/J436-A7 and Dispense Motor P/J201K-2 for a short to the
frame. frame.
The temperature output of the Humidity/Temperature Sensor was not in the appropriate range The humidity output of the Humidity/Temperature Sensor was not in the appropriate range (30
(140 ~ 896). ~ 607).
NOTE: This is a hidden failure. Therefore, even if this failure occurs, prints can be made. NOTE: This is a hidden failure. Therefore, even if this failure occurs, prints can be made.
Procedure Procedure
Open the Front Door. Remove the Marking Drawer Front Cover. +5VDC is measured Open the Front Door. Remove the Marking Drawer Front Cover. +5VDC is measured
between P/J135-1 and -3 on the Humidity/Temperature Sensor. between P/J135-1 and -3 on the Humidity/Temperature Sensor.
Y N Y N
+5VDC is measured between P/J406-B4 and -B2 on the MCU PWB. +5VDC is measured between P/J406-B4 and -B2 on the MCU PWB.
Y N Y N
+5VDC is measured between J400-2 on the MCU PWB and GND. +5VDC is measured between J400-2 on the MCU PWB and GND.
Y N Y N
Refer to BSD 2.2 - DC Power Generation (IOT +3.3/+5/+12 VDC), check the Refer to BSD 2.2 - DC Power Generation (IOT +3.3/+5/+12 VDC), check the
+5VDC circuit to J400-2 on the MCU PWB. +5VDC circuit to J400-2 on the MCU PWB.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Check the wires between J135-1 on the Humidity/Temperature Sensor and J406-B4 on Check the wires between J135-1 on the Humidity/Temperature Sensor and P/J406-B4 on
the MCU PWB, and between J135-3 on the Humidity/Temperature Sensor and J406-B2 the MCU PWB, and between J135-3 on the Humidity/Temperature Sensor and P/J406-B2
on the MCU PWB for an open wire or poor contact. on the MCU PWB for an open wire or poor contact.
Check Humidity/Temperature Sensor J135-4 to MCU PWB P/J406-B1 for continuity. If the wire Check Humidity/Temperature Sensor J135-2 to MCU PWB P/J406-B1 for continuity. If the wire
is good, replace the MOB ADC Assembly (PL 11.2) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). is good, replace the MOB ADC Assembly (PL 11.2) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
The two levels of ADC Patch density created in Mini-Setup: high (LD_OUT+60) and low
(LD_OUT-60) are reversed.
NOTE: This is a hidden failure. Therefore, even if this failure occurs, prints can be made.
Procedure
Perform ADJ 9.11. If the density is badly uneven and cannot be corrected, replace the following
in order:
• Drum Cartridge (PL 6.1)
• Developer Housing (PL 6.6)
• Developer Bias (K) HVPS (PL 11.2)
• Clean or replace the Transfer Belt (PL 7.3).
• Replace the MOB ADC Assembly (PL 11.2)
• Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
+5VDC is measured between Connectors P/J653A-1 (+) and -2 (-) on the Low Toner
Sensor PWB.
Y N
+5VDC is measured between P/J414-B4 (+) and -B5 (-) on the MCU PWB.
Y N
+5VDC is measured between P/J400-2 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Refer to BSD 2.2 - DC Power Generation (IOT +3.3/+5/+12 VDC), check the
+5VDC circuit to P/J400-2 on the MCU PWB.
Replace the Low Toner Sensor Y (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Flat Cable (PL Initial Actions
11.1), IOT Drive PWB (PL 11.1) and MCU PWB (PL 11.1) in that order.
Check NVM location 762-312. If it is at 3, you must reset it to 0 in order to troubleshoot. Values
of 0, 1 or 2 are normal values.
Procedure
Enter the Diagnostics. Enter dC330 [093-007] (Magenta Dispense Motor). Select Start. Dis-
pense Motor is heard rotating. (ON duration is 2 sec.)
Y N
+24VDC is measured between P/J430-8 (+) on the IOT Drive PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Refer to BSD 2.2 - DC Power Generation (IOT +3.3/+5/+12 VDC), check the
+24VDC circuit to P/J430-6 on the IOT Drive PWB.
Turn off the power. Disconnect Connectors P/J201M on the Dispense Motor. Measure
the wire-wound resistance of the Dispense Motor. The resistance between P/J201M-1
and -2 pins is between 22.0 and 27.0 ohms.
Y N
Replace the Magenta Dispense Motor (PL 6.4).
+5VDC is measured between Connectors P/J653A-1 (+) and -2 (-) on the Low Toner
Sensor PWB.
Y N
+5VDC is measured between P/J414-B4 (+) and -B5 (-) on the MCU PWB.
Turn off the power. Disconnect Connectors P/J201C on the Dispense Motor. Measure the
wire-wound resistance of the Dispense Motor. The resistance between P/J201M-1 and
-2 pins is between 22.0 and 27.0 ohms.
Y N
Replace the Cyan Dispense Motor (PL 6.4).
+5VDC is measured between Connectors P/J653A-1 (+) and -2 (-) on the Low Toner
Sensor PWB.
Y N
+5VDC is measured between P/J414-B4 (+) and -B5 (-) on the MCU PWB.
Y N
+5VDC is measured between P/J400-2 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-).
Turn off the power. Disconnect Connectors P/J201K on the Dispense Motor. Measure the
wire-wound resistance of the Dispense Motor. The resistance between P/J201K-1 and
-2 pins is between 22.0 and 27.0 ohms.
Y N
Replace the Black Dispense Motor (PL 6.4).
+5VDC is measured between Connectors P/J653A-1 (+) and -2 (-) on the Low Toner
Sensor PWB.
Y N
+5VDC is measured between P/J414-B4 (+) and -B5 (-) on the MCU PWB.
Y N
+5VDC is measured between P/J400-2 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Refer to BSD 2.2 - DC Power Generation (IOT +3.3/+5/+12 VDC), check the
+5VDC circuit to P/J400-2 on the MCU PWB.
Remove the Low Toner Sensor K. There is any toner on the detection area of the Low Procedure
Toner Sensor. Open the Front Door. Remove the Cartridge Inner Cover. Cheat the Front Door Interlock.Enter
Y N diagnostics. Enter dC330 [093-019] (220MM/S). Select Start. (The Drum Motor also rotates.)
Check for toner blocking, poor Auger rotation, gears binding, etc. The Auger and the Mag Roll in the Developer Unit rotate.
Y N
Replace the Low Toner Sensor K (PL 6.4). Enter dC330 [093-019] (220MM/S). Select Start. (The Drum Motor also rotates) The
Developer Motor rotates.
Y N
+24VDC is measured between P/J205-1 (+) and -2 (-) on the Developer Motor.
Y N
+24VDC is measured between P/J437-7 (+) and -8 (-) on the IOT Drive
PWB.
Y N
+24VDC is measured between P/J430-2 (+) on the IOT Drive PWB
and GND (-).
Y N
Refer to BSD 2.4 - DC Power Generation (INTLK +24 VDC), check
the +24VDC circuit to P/J430-2 on the IOT Drive PWB.
Check the wires between P/J437-7 on the IOT Drive PWB and P/J205-1 on
the Developer Motor, and between P/J437-8 on the IOT Drive PWB and P/
J205-2 on the Developer Motor for an open wire or poor contact.
+5VDC is measured between P/J206-1 (+) and -2(-) on the Developer Motor.
Y N
+5VDC is measured between P/J408-B18 (+) and -B17 (-) on the MCU
PWB.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Check the wires between P/J408-B18 on the MCU PWB and P/J206-1 on the
Developer Motor, and between P/J408-B17 on the MCU PWB and P/J206-2
on the Developer Motor for an open wire or poor contact.
With dC330 [093-019] ON (The Drum Motor also rotates.), +5VDC is measured
between P/J206-3 (+) on the Developer Motor and GND (-).
Y N
With dC330 [093-019] ON (The Drum Motor also rotates.), approximately
1.4kHz is measured between P/J206-7 (+) on the Developer Motor and
GND (-).
Y N
With the diagnostics ON, approximately 1.4kHz is measured between
P/J408-B12 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-).
With the diagnostics ON, +5VDC is measured between P/J408-B16 (+) on the
MCU PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Check the wire between P/J408-B16 on the MCU PWB and P/J206-3 on the
Developer Motor for an open wire or poor contact.
Check for any mechanical load in the Developer Unit such as poor Auger rotation, Drive
gears binding, Bearing binding and poor Mag Roll rotation.
It is highly likely that the MCU PWB made a faulty detection due to some external noise or
internal discharge-related noise. Check if there are any noise sources around the machine and
if any abnormal discharge has occurred. If the check shows there is no problem, check the wire
between P/J206-4 on the Developer Motor and P/J408-B15 on the MCU PWB for an open
wire or poor contact. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Procedure Procedure
• Check each connector on the MCU PWB (PL 11.1), the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y/M • Check each connector on the MCU PWB (PL 11.1), the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C/
(PL 6.3). K2 (PL 6.3).
• Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) followed by the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y/M (PL • Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) followed by the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C/K2 (PL
6.3). 6.3).
Turn off the power. Disconnect Connectors P/J201Y on the Dispense Motor. Measure the
wire-wound resistance of the Dispense Motor. The resistance between P/J201Y-1 and
-2 pins is between 22.0 and 27.0 ohms.
Y N
Replace the Yellow Dispense Motor (PL 6.4).
+5VDC is measured between Connectors P/J653A-1 (+) and -2 (-) on the Low Toner
Sensor PWB.
Y N
+5VDC is measured between P/J414-B4 (+) and -B5 (-) on the MCU PWB.
Y N
+5VDC is measured between P/J400-2 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Refer to BSD 2.2 - DC Power Generation (IOT +3.3/+5/+12 VDC), check the
+5VDC circuit to P/J400-2 on the MCU PWB.
Turn off the power. Disconnect Connectors P/J201M on the Dispense Motor. Measure
the wire-wound resistance of the Dispense Motor. The resistance between P/J201M-1
and -2 pins is between 22.0 and 27.0 ohms.
Y N
Replace the Magenta Dispense Motor (PL 6.4).
+5VDC is measured between Connectors P/J653A-1 (+) and -2 (-) on the Low Toner
Sensor PWB.
Y N
+5VDC is measured between P/J414-B4 (+) and -B5 (-) on the MCU PWB.
Y N
+5VDC is measured between P/J402-2 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Refer to BSD 2.2 - DC Power Generation (IOT +3.3/+5/+12 VDC), check the
+5VDC circuit to P/J402-2 on the MCU PWB.
Turn off the power. Disconnect Connectors P/J201C on the Dispense Motor. Measure the
wire-wound resistance of the Dispense Motor. The resistance between P/J201C-1 and
-2 pins is between 22.0 and 27.0 ohms.
Y N
Replace the Cyan Dispense Motor (PL 6.4).
+5VDC is measured between Connectors P/J653A-1 (+) and -2 (-) on the Low Toner
Sensor PWB.
Y N
+5VDC is measured between P/J414-B4 (+) and -B5 (-) on the MCU PWB.
Y N
+5VDC is measured between P/J400-2 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Refer to BSD 2.2 - DC Power Generation (IOT +3.3/+5/+12 VDC), check the
+5VDC circuit to P/J400-2 on the MCU PWB.
Turn off the power. Disconnect Connectors P/J201K on the Dispense Motor. Measure the
wire-wound resistance of the Dispense Motor. The resistance between P/J201K-1 and
-2 pins is between 22.0 and 27.0 ohms.
Y N
Replace the Black Dispense Motor (PL 6.4).
+5VDC is measured between Connectors P/J653A-1 (+) and -2 (-) on the Low Toner
Sensor PWB.
Y N
+5VDC is measured between P/J414-B4 (+) and -B5 (-) on the MCU PWB.
Y N
+5VDC is measured between P/J400-2 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Refer to BSD 2.2 - DC Power Generation (IOT +3.3/+5/+12 VDC), check the
+5VDC circuit to P/J400-2 on the MCU PWB.
Check the wires between P/J414-A1 on the MCU PWB and P/J172C-6 on the
Toner Cartridge CRUM Coupler, and between P/J414-A2 on the MCU PWB and P/
J172C-5 on the Toner Cartridge CRUM Coupler for an open wire or poor contact.
Turn off the power. Disconnect Connectors P/J414 and P/J172C from the MCU PWB.
Check the following for continuity:
• MCU PWB P/J414-A3 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C, K2 Coupler P/J172C-4
• MCU PWB P/J414-A4 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C, K2 Coupler P/J172C-3
• MCU PWB P/J414-A5 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C, K2 Coupler P/J172C-2
Every resistance is 1 ohm or less.
Y N
Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
Replace the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C, K2 (PL 6.3). If the problem persists, replace
the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
A communication failure with Black Toner Cartridge CRUM K1 The data written to the toner CRUM K1 did not agree with the data read.
Procedure Procedure
Replace the Black Toner Cartridge K2 with a new one. 093-918 is gone. Turn OFF then ON the power. Remove and reinstall the Black Toner Cartridge K1. 093-925 is
Y N gone.
093-918 is still present. +5VDC is measured between P/J172K-6 (+) and -5 (-) on the Y N
Toner Cartridge CRUM Coupler. Replace the Black Toner Cartridge K1 with a new one. 093-925 is gone.
Y N Y N
+5VDC is measured between P/J414-B6 (+) and -B7 (-) on the MCU PWB. Turn off the power. Disconnect Connectors P/J414 and P/J172K from the MCU
Y N PWB. Check the following for continuity:
+5VDC is measured between P/J400-2 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-). • MCU PWB P/J414-A3 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB K1 Coupler P/J172K-4
Y N
• MCU PWB P/J414-A4 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB K1 Coupler P/J172K-3
Refer to BSD 2.2 - DC Power Generation (IOT +3.3/+5/+12 VDC), check
• MCU PWB P/J414-A5 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB K1 Coupler P/J172K-2
the +5VDC circuit to P/J400-2 on the MCU PWB.
Every resistance is 1 ohm or less.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). Y N
Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
Check the wires between P/J414-B6 on the MCU PWB and P/J172K-6 on the
Toner Cartridge CRUM Coupler, and between P/J414-B7 on the MCU PWB and P/ Replace the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB K1 (PL 6.3). If the problem persists,
J172K-5 on the Toner Cartridge CRUM Coupler for an open wire or poor contact. replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Turn off the power. Disconnect Connectors J414 and P/J172K from the MCU PWB. The Toner Cartridge CRUM is was defective.
Check the following for continuity:
• MCU PWB P/J414-B8 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C, K2 Coupler P/J172K-4 The Toner Cartridge was improperly installed.
Replace the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB K1 (PL 6.3). If the problem persists, replace the
MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Toner Cartridge CRUM K1 Authentication Data is different. A communication failure with Yellow Toner Cartridge CRUM Y
Procedure Procedure
Turn OFF then ON the power. Remove and reinstall the Black Toner Cartridge K1. 093-926 is Replace the Yellow Toner Cartridge Y with a new one. 093-927 is gone.
gone. Y N
Y N 093-927 is still present. +5VDC is measured between P/J172Y-6 (+) and -5 (-) on the
Replace the Black Toner Cartridge K1 with a new one. 093-926 is gone. Toner Cartridge CRUM Coupler.
Y N Y N
Turn off the power. Disconnect Connectors P/J414 and P/J172K from the MCU +5VDC is measured between P/J414-A7 (+) and -A8 (-) on the MCU PWB.
PWB. Check the following for continuity: Y N
• MCU PWB P/J414-B8 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB K1 Coupler P/J172K-4 +5VDC is measured between P/J400-2 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-).
Y N
• MCU PWB P/J414-B9 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB K1 Coupler P/J172K-3
Refer to BSD 2.2 - DC Power Generation (IOT +3.3/+5/+12 VDC), check
• MCU PWB P/J414-B10 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB K1 Coupler P/J172K-
the +5VDC circuit to P/J400-2 on the MCU PWB.
2
Every resistance is 1 ohm or less. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Y N
Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact. Check the wires between P/J414-A7 on the MCU PWB and P/J172Y-6 on the
Toner Cartridge CRUM Coupler, and between P/J414-A8 on the MCU PWB and P/
Replace the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB K1 (PL 6.3). If the problem persists, J172Y-5 on the Toner Cartridge CRUM Coupler for an open wire or poor contact.
replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Turn off the power. Disconnect Connectors J414 and P/J172Y from the MCU PWB.
The Toner Cartridge CRUM is was defective. Check the following for continuity:
• MCU PWB P/J414-A9 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y, M Coupler P/J172Y-4
The Toner Cartridge was improperly installed.
• MCU PWB P/J414-A10 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y, M Coupler P/J172Y-3
• MCU PWB P/J414-A11 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y, M Coupler P/J172Y-2
Every resistance is 1 ohm or less.
Y N
Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
Replace the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y,M (PL 6.3). If the problem persists, replace
the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
A communication failure with Magenta Toner Cartridge CRUM M A communication failure with Cyan Toner Cartridge CRUM C
Procedure Procedure
Replace the Magenta Toner Cartridge M with a new one. 093-928 is gone. Replace the Cyan Toner Cartridge C with a new one. 093-929 is gone.
Y N Y N
093-928 is still present. +5VDC is measured between P/J172Y-6 (+) and -5 (-) on the +5VDC is measured between P/J172C-6 (+) and -5 (-) on the Toner Cartridge CRUM
Toner Cartridge CRUM Coupler. Coupler.
Y N Y N
+5VDC is measured between P/J414-A7 (+) and -A8 (-) on the MCU PWB. +5VDC is measured between P/J414-A1 (+) and -A2 (-) on the MCU PWB.
Y N Y N
+5VDC is measured between P/J400-2 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-). +5VDC is measured between P/J400-2 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-).
Y N Y N
Refer to BSD 2.2 - DC Power Generation (IOT +3.3/+5/+12 VDC), check Refer to BSD 2.2 - DC Power Generation (IOT +3.3/+5/+12 VDC), check
the +5VDC circuit to P/J400-2 on the MCU PWB. the +5VDC circuit to P/J400-2 on the MCU PWB.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Check the wires between P/J414-A7 on the MCU PWB and P/J172Y-6 on the Check the wires between P/J414-A1 on the MCU PWB and P/J172C,K2-6 on the
Toner Cartridge CRUM Coupler, and between P/J414-A8 on the MCU PWB and P/ Toner Cartridge CRUM Coupler, and between P/J414-A2 on the MCU PWB and P/
J172Y-5 on the Toner Cartridge CRUM Coupler for an open wire or poor contact. J172C-5 on the Toner Cartridge CRUM Coupler for an open wire or poor contact.
Turn off the power. Disconnect Connectors P/J414 and P/J172Y from the MCU PWB. Turn off the power. Disconnect Connectors P/J414 and P/J172C from the MCU PWB.
Check the following for continuity: Check the following for continuity:
• MCU PWB P/J414-A9 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y, M Coupler P/J172Y-4 • MCU PWB P/J414-A3 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C, K2 Coupler P/J172C-4
• MCU PWB P/J414-A10 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y, M Coupler P/J172Y-3 • MCU PWB P/J414-A4 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C, K2 Coupler P/J172C-3
• MCU PWB P/J414-A11 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y, M Coupler P/J172Y-2 • MCU PWB P/J414-A5 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C, K2 Coupler P/J172C-2
Every resistance is 1 ohm or less. Every resistance is 1 ohm or less.
Y N Y N
Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact. Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
Replace the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y,M (PL 6.3). If the problem persists, replace Replace the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C, K2 (PL 6.3). If the problem persists, replace
the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
The Toner Cartridge M was defective. The Toner Cartridge C was defective.
The problem is misalignment between the Dispense Cover (PL 6.2) and one of the Dispense The Toner Cartridge CRUM is was defective.
Cover Switches. Check if one of the Actuators is not broken and if the Dispense Cover is prop-
erly installed.
The Toner Cartridge was improperly installed.
The data written to the toner CRUM M did not agree with the data read. The data written to the toner CRUM C did not agree with the data read.
Procedure Procedure
Turn OFF then ON the power. Remove and reinstall the Magenta Toner Cartridge M. 093-934 Turn OFF then ON the power. Remove and reinstall the Cyan Toner Cartridge C. 093-935 is
is gone. gone.
Y N Y N
Replace the Magenta Toner Cartridge M with a new one. 093-934 is gone. Replace the Cyan Toner Cartridge C with a new one. 093-935 is gone.
Y N Y N
Turn off the power. Disconnect Connectors P/J414 and P/J172Y from the MCU Turn off the power. Disconnect Connectors P/J414 and P/J172C from the MCU
PWB. Check the following for continuity: PWB. Check the following for continuity:
• MCU PWB P/J414-A9 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y, M Coupler P/J172Y- • MCU PWB P/J414-B8 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C, K2 Coupler P/
4 J172C-4
• MCU PWB P/J414-A10 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y, M Coupler P/ • MCU PWB P/J414-B9 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C, K2 Coupler P/
J172Y-3 J172C-3
• MCU PWB P/J414-A11 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y, M Coupler P/ • MCU PWB P/J414-B10 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C, K2 Coupler P/
J172Y-2 J172C-2
Every resistance is 1 ohm or less. Every resistance is 1 ohm or less.
Y N Y N
Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact. Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
Replace the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y,M (PL 6.3). If the problem persists, Replace the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C, K2 (PL 6.3). If the problem persists,
replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
The Toner Cartridge CRUM is was defective. The Toner Cartridge CRUM is was defective.
The Toner Cartridge was improperly installed. The Toner Cartridge was improperly installed.
The data written to the toner CRUM K2 did not agree with the data read. Toner Cartridge CRUM Y Authentication Data is different.
Procedure Procedure
Turn OFF then ON the power. Remove and reinstall the Black Toner Cartridge K1. 093-936 is Turn OFF then ON the power. Remove and reinstall the Yellow Toner Cartridge Y. 093-937 is
gone. gone.
Y N Y N
Replace the Black Toner Cartridge K2 with a new one. 093-936 is gone. Replace the Yellow Toner Cartridge Y with a new one. 093-937 is gone.
Y N Y N
Turn off the power. Disconnect Connectors P/J414 and P/J172C from the MCU Turn off the power. Disconnect Connectors P/J414 and P/J172Y from the MCU
PWB. Check the following for continuity: PWB. Check the following for continuity:
• MCU PWB P/J414-B8 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C, K2 Coupler P/ • MCU PWB P/J414-A9 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y, M Coupler P/J172Y-
J172C-4 4
• MCU PWB P/J414-B9 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C, K2 Coupler P/ • MCU PWB P/J414-A10 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y, M Coupler P/
J172C-3 J172Y-3
• MCU PWB P/J414-B10 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C, K2 Coupler P/ • MCU PWB P/J414-A11 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y, M Coupler P/
J172C-2 J172Y-2
Every resistance is 1 ohm or less. Every resistance is 1 ohm or less.
Y N Y N
Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact. Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
Replace the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C, K2 (PL 6.3). If the problem persists, Replace the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y,M (PL 6.3). If the problem persists,
replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
The Toner Cartridge CRUM is was defective. The Toner Cartridge CRUM is was defective.
The Toner Cartridge was improperly installed. The Toner Cartridge was improperly installed.
Toner Cartridge CRUM M Authentication Data is different. Toner Cartridge CRUM C Authentication Data is different.
Procedure Procedure
Turn OFF then ON the power. Remove and reinstall the Magenta Toner Cartridge M. 093-938 Turn OFF then ON the power. Remove and reinstall the Cyan Toner Cartridge C. 093-939 is
is gone. gone.
Y N Y N
Replace the Magenta Toner Cartridge M with a new one. 093-938 is gone. Replace the Cyan Toner Cartridge C with a new one. 093-939 is gone.
Y N Y N
Turn off the power. Disconnect Connectors P/J414 and P/J172Y from the MCU Turn off the power. Disconnect Connectors P/J414 and P/J172C from the MCU
PWB. Check the following for continuity: PWB. Check the following for continuity:
• MCU PWB P/J414-A9 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y, M Coupler P/J172Y- • MCU PWB P/J414-B8 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C, K2 Coupler P/
4 J172C-4
• MCU PWB P/J414-A10 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y, M Coupler P/ • MCU PWB P/J414-B9 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C, K2 Coupler P/
J172Y-3 J172C-3
• MCU PWB P/J414-A11 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y, M Coupler P/ • MCU PWB P/J414-B10 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C, K2 Coupler P/
J172Y-2 J172C-2
Every resistance is 1 ohm or less. Every resistance is 1 ohm or less.
Y N Y N
Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact. Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
Replace the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y,M (PL 6.3). If the problem persists, Replace the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C, K2 (PL 6.3). If the problem persists,
replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
The Toner Cartridge CRUM is was defective. The Toner Cartridge CRUM is was defective.
The Toner Cartridge was improperly installed. The Toner Cartridge was improperly installed.
Procedure
Turn OFF then ON the power. Remove and reinstall the Black Toner Cartridge K2. 093-940 is
gone.
Y N
Replace the Black Toner Cartridge K2 with a new one. 093-940 is gone.
Y N
Turn off the power. Disconnect Connectors P/J414 and P/J172C from the MCU
PWB. Check the following for continuity:
• MCU PWB P/J414-B8 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C, K2 Coupler P/
J172C-4
• MCU PWB P/J414-B9 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C, K2 Coupler P/
J172C-3
• MCU PWB P/J414-B10 to Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C, K2 Coupler P/
J172C-2
Every resistance is 1 ohm or less.
Y N
Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
Replace the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C, K2 (PL 6.3). If the problem persists,
replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Retraction was not detected within the specified time (2400ms) after retraction of the 1st BTR First BTR Contact Failure.
started.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions Ensure the Transfer Belt (PL 7.3) is installed properly.
Ensure the Transfer Belt (PL 7.3) is installed properly.
Procedure
Procedure Execute dC330 [094-002 1st BTR Retract] and [094-001 1st BTR Contact] alternately, execut-
Execute dC330 [094-002 1st BTR Retract] and [094-001 1st BTR Contact] alternately, execut- ing dC330 [094-200 1st BTR Retract Sensor] at the same time with each execution. Does the
ing dC330 [094-200 1st BTR Retract Sensor] at the same time with each execution. Does the display change?
display change? Y N
Y N Remove the Transfer Belt (PL 7.3).
Remove the Transfer Belt (PL 7.3). Rotate the shaft of the 1st BTR Retract Motor manually and block/expose the 1st BTR
Rotate the shaft of the 1st BTR Retract Motor manually and block/expose the 1st BTR Contact / Retract Sensor with the actuator. Execute dC330 [094-200 1st BTR Retract
Contact / Retract Sensor with the actuator. Execute dC330 [094-200 1st BTR Retract Sensor]. Does the display change by blocking/exposing the light?
Sensor]. Does the display change by blocking/exposing the light? Y N
Y N Reinstall the Transfer Belt (PL 7.3).
Reinstall the Transfer Belt (PL 7.3). Go to BSD 9.23 - 1st Transfer (3 of 3) and check the 1st BTR Contact / Retract Sen-
Go to BSD 9.23 - 1st Transfer (3 of 3) and check the 1st BTR Contact / Retract Sen- sor for an open or short circuit.
sor for an open or short circuit.
Reinstall the Transfer Belt (PL 7.3).
Reinstall the Transfer Belt (PL 7.3). Go to BSD 9.23 - 1st Transfer (3 of 3) and troubleshoot the 1st BTR Retract Motor circuit.
Go to BSD 9.23 - 1st Transfer (3 of 3) and troubleshoot the 1st BTR Retract Motor circuit.
Switch the power OFF then ON. If the problem still exists, replace the IOT Drive PWB (PL 11.1)
Switch the power OFF then ON. If the problem still exists, replace the IOT Drive PWB (PL 11.1) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
F5001
F5001 is OK.
Y N
Replace F5001. If F5001 blows again, go to [BSD 2.2 - DC Power Generation (IOT
+3.3/+5/+12 VDC)] and check the +5 VDC (Tray Module PWB) for a short circuit.
Connect the meter between P/J433-10 (+) and ground (-). There is +24 VDC present.
Y N
Check F10 on the IOT Drive PWB for an open. F10 is OK.
Y N
Replace F10. If F10 blows again, go to BSD 2.3 - DC Power Generation (IOT +24
VDC) and Wirenets and check the +24 VDC for a short circuit.
Stack the dC330 code [042-001 Main Motor] with [094-004 2nd BTR Retract] and [094-003 2nd
BTR Contact] alternately. Does the color that can be seen from window on the IBT Drawer
(PL 7.1) switch between black and yellow with each execution?
Contact was not detected within the specified time after contact with the 2nd BTR started.
Initial Actions
Switch the power OFF then ON.
Procedure
Stack the dC330 code [042-001 Main Motor] with [094-004 2nd BTR Retract] and [094-003 2nd
BTR Contact] alternately. Does the color that can be seen from window on the IBT Drawer
(PL 7.1) switch between black and yellow with each execution?
Y N
Execute dC330 [094-005 2nd BTR Retract Clutch]. The 2nd Retract Cam Drive Clutch
operates (noise heard).
Y N
Go to BSD 9.27 - 2nd Transfer and Cleaning (2 of 3) and troubleshoot the 2nd BTR
Retract Cam Clutch and Cam Clutch circuit for proper operation.
Go to BSD 9.28 - 2nd Transfer and Cleaning (3 of 3) and check the 2nd BTR Contact /
Retract Sensor for an open or short circuit.
Switch the power OFF then ON. If the problem still exists, replace the IOT Drive PWB (PL 11.1)
before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Initial Actions
Clear the Punch dust.
Procedure
Switch the power off then on. If the problem still exists, perform the following:
1. Check the Finisher Main PWB (PL 21.12) and the MCU PWB (PL 11.1) connectors for
being connected properly.
2. Replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 21.12) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
This RAP is used for power up and initializing problems. The Control Panel may be dead or
illuminated, but the copier will not initialize properly or not initialize at all.
Procedure
WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Exercise caution when performing the voltage checks in this procedure.
The machine is completely dead (No Console, no LEDs lit, and no sound at power up).
Y N
• Go to the OF 2.1 IOT DC Power (+3.3VDC, +5 VDC, and +12 VDC) RAP.
• For Controller Power On problems go to BSD 1.1 and check P/J14 for ACH.
• For PWS outlet problems, go to BSD 1.1 and check P/J13A for ACH.
• For Finisher power problems, go to BSD 1.1 and check CN3 for ACH.
A
Section Name 0/0/00 Preliminary Working Document
?-2 No Product Name Assigned
A1
A8
Figure 3 J19
CR7 (3.3 VDC - CR8
converted from 12 (5VDC
VDC in LVPS) from LVPS)
Check the wires between P/J400 on the MCU PWB and P/J504 on the
Main LVPS. If the wires are OK, replace the Power Unit (PL 11.3)
Check the wires between P/J400 on the MCU PWB and P/J504 on the Main
LVPS for an open circuit. If the wires are OK, replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
There is +5 VDC from P/J508 pin 2 on the Main LVPS to frame ground
Y N
Check F5002 (Figure 2) on the Main LVPS for an open. F5002 is OK.
Y N
Replace F5002. If F5002 blows again, go to BSD 2.2 - DC Power Genera-
tion (IOT +3.3/+5/+12 VDC) and the +5VDC Wirenets to check the +5
VDC wiring for a short circuit. If OK, Replace the Power Unit (PL 11.3).
Check the wires between P/J400 on the MCU PWB and P/J508 on the Main
LVPS for an open circuit. If the wires are OK, replace the Power Unit (PL 11.3).
Check the wires between P/J400 on the MCU PWB and P/J508 on the Main LVPS
for an open circuit. If the wires are OK, replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
A
Section Name 0/0/00 Preliminary Working Document
?-4 No Product Name Assigned
A
There is +5 VDC from J19, pin A6 (Figure 3) on the CCM PWB to frame ground
Y N CR7 (3.3 VDC - CR8
There is +5 VDC from P/J501 pin 2 on the Main LVPS to frame ground converted from 12 (5VDC
Y N VDC in LVPS) from LVPS)
Check F4001 (Figure 2) on the Main LVPS for an open. F4001 is OK.
Y N
Replace F4001. If F4001 blows again, go to BSD 2.2 - DC Power Generation
(IOT +3.3/+5/+12 VDC) and the +5VDC Wirenets to check the +5 VDC wiring
for a short circuit. If OK, Replace the Power Unit (PL 11.3).
Check the wires between P/J501 on the Main LVPS and the CCM PWB.
There is +12 VDC from J19, pin A7 (Figure 3) on the CCM PWB to frame ground
Y N
There is +12 VDC from P/J503 pin 3 on the Main LVPS to frame ground
Y N
Check F2002 (Figure 2) on the Main LVPS for an open. F2002 is OK.
Y N Figure 1 MCU PWB Power LEDs
Replace F2002. If F2002 blows again, go to BSD 2.2 - DC Power Generation
(IOT +3.3/+5/+12 VDC) and the +5VDC Wirenets to check the +12 VDC wiring
for a short circuit. If OK, Replace the Power Unit (PL 11.3).
Check the wires between P/J503 on the Main LVPS and the CCM PWB.
There is +5 VDC from P/J460, pin 6 on the Tray Module PWB to frame ground
Y N
There is +5 VDC from P/J508 pin 3 on the Main LVPS to frame ground
Y N
Check F5001 (Figure 2) on the Main LVPS for an open. F5001 is OK.
Y N
Replace F5001. If F5001 blows again, go to BSD 2.2 - DC Power Generation F5001 F5002 F3002
F2002
(IOT +3.3/+5/+12 VDC) and the +5VDC Wirenets to check for a short circuit. If
OK, Replace the Power Unit (PL 11.3).
Figure 2 Main LVPS
Replace the Power Unit (PL 11.3)
Check the wires between P/J503 on the Main LVPS and the Tray Module PWB.
There is +3.3 VDC from P/J461, pin A9 on the Tray Module PWB to frame ground
Y N
Check the wires between P/J461 on the Tray Module PWB and P/J461 on the MCU PWB
for an open circuit. If the wires are OK, replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
The +5, +12, and +3.3 VDC supplies appear to be working correctly. To troubleshoot a missing
voltage at a specific component, refer to the Wirenets and trace the fault from the component
to a known-good voltage check.
This RAP is used to locate problems in the IOT +24 VDC power generation and distribution cir-
A8 cuitry.
Initial Actions
• Check that connectors P/J509, P506, P/J430, P/J445, P/J434, P/J678, and P/J400
are fully seated.
• Ensure that AC line voltage is present at P/J11 pins 4 and 3 on the Main Low Voltage
Power Supply. If not, go to the OF 1.2 AC Power RAP.
Procedure
Connect the meter between P/J509-2 (+) and P/J509-9 (-) on the Main LVPS. There is +24
VDC present
Y N
Switch the power off. Disconnect P/J509 from the Main LVPS. Connect the meter
between P/J509-2 (+) and P/J509-9 (-) on the Main LVPS and switch on the power.
Figure 3 J19 There is +24 VDC present
Y N
Check F6001 on the Main LVPS for an open. F6001 is OK.
Y N
Replace F6001 (Figure 1). If F6001 blows again, go to BSD 2.3 - DC Power
Generation (IOT +24 VDC) and the +24 VDC Wirenets and check the +24 VDC
for a short circuit.
Go to BSD 2.3 - DC Power Generation (IOT +24 VDC) and the +24 VDC Wirenets and
check for a short circuit.
Connect the meter between P/J509-1 (+) and P/J509-10 (-) on the Main LVPS. There is +24
VDC present
Y N
Check F6001 on the Main LVPS for an open. F6001 is OK.
Y N
Replace F6001 (Figure 1). If F6001 blows again, go to BSD 2.3 - DC Power Genera-
tion (IOT +24 VDC) and the +24 VDC Wirenets and check the +24 VDC for a short
circuit.
Connect the meter between P506-3 (+) and P506-1 (-) on the Main LVPS. There is +24 VDC
present
Y N
Go to BSD 2.3 - DC Power Generation (IOT +24 VDC) and the +24 VDC Wirenets and
check the +24 VDC for a short circuit. If the wiring is OK, Replace the Power Unit (PL
11.3).
A
Section Name 0/0/00 Preliminary Working Document
?-6 No Product Name Assigned
A
Connect the meter between P/J509-5 (+) and P/J509-8 (-) on the Main LVPS. There is +24 OF 2.3 IIT DC Power RAP
VDC present
Y N BSD-ON: BSD 2.5 - DC Power Generation (IIT - 1 of 2), BSD 2.6 - DC Power Generation
Check F6003 on the Main LVPS for an open. F6003 is OK. (IIT - 2 of 2)
Y N
Replace F6003 (Figure 1). If F6003 blows again, go to BSD 2.3, BSD 2.5 and the This RAP is used to locate problems in the IIT DC power generation and distribution circuitry.
+24 VDC Wirenets and check the +24 VDC for a short circuit.
Initial Actions
Replace the Power Unit (PL 11.3). • Check that connectors P/J502, P/J505, P/J712, P/J720, P/J714, P/J709, and P732
are fully seated.
Measure the voltage between the machine frame (-) and P/J509-1. The reading should be • Ensure that ACH and ACN are present at J83 pins 1 and 2 on the IIT +24 V LVPS. If not,
between +22.8 VDC and +25,4 VDC. The +24 VDC is out of specification. go to the OF 1.1 Power On RAP.
Y N
The IOT +24 VDC supply is OK. If you are missing +24 VDC to a specific component, to
BSD 2.3 - DC Power Generation (IOT +24 VDC) and the +24 VDC Wirenets and check for
Procedure
an open circuit. Connect the meter between P/J502-3 (+) and P/J502-5 (-) on the IIT +24V LVPS. There is
If the missing voltage is Intlk +24VDC, go to BSD 2.4 - DC Power Generation (INTLK +24 +24 VDC present
VDC) Y N
Switch the power off. Disconnect P/J712.
Replace the Power Unit (PL 11.3). Switch on the power. There is +24 VDC present
Y N
Go to BSD 2.5 - DC Power Generation (IIT - 1 of 2) and check for a short circuit. If
OK, replace the IIT LVPS (PL 11.3).
Connect the meter between P/J505-1 (+) and P/J505-2 (-) on the IIT +24V LVPS. There
is +5 VDC present
Y N
Go to BSD 2.5 - DC Power Generation (IIT - 1 of 2) and check for an open between
P/J505 and P/J508 (IIT LVPS Enable signal). If OK, Replace the Power Unit (PL
11.3).
Go to BSD 2.5 - DC Power Generation (IIT - 1 of 2) and check for a short circuit. If OK,
replace the IIT LVPS (PL 11.3).
F6003 F6001 Connect the meter between P/J720-4 (+) and P/J720-3 (-) on the IIT/IPS PWB. There is +24
VDC present
Y N
Figure 1 Main LVPS Fuses Go to BSD 2.5 - DC Power Generation (IIT - 1 of 2) and check for an open wire between
the IIT/IPS PWB and the IIT +24V LVPS.
Connect the meter between P/J720-2 (+) and P/J720-1 (-) on the IIT/IPS PWB. There is +12
VDC present
Y N
Go to BSD 2.5 - DC Power Generation (IIT - 1 of 2) and check for an open wire between
the IIT/IPS PWB and the Main LVPS.
Connect the meter between P732-3 (+) and P732-4 (-) on the PSDC. There is +24 VDC
present
Y N
Go to BSD 2.5 - DC Power Generation (IIT - 1 of 2) and check for an open wire between
the PSDC (PL 13.8) and the Main LVPS.(PL 11.3)
A
Preliminary Working Document 0/0/00 Section Name
No Product Name Assigned ?-7
A
Connect the meter between P/J737-1 (+) and P/J737-3 (-) on the Extension Memory PWB. OF 2.4 DADF DC Power RAP
There is +3.3 VDC present
Y N BSD-ON: BSD 2.6 - DC Power Generation (IIT - 2 of 2)
Connect the meter between P/J744-1 (+) and P/J744-3 (-) on the PSDC. There is +3.3
This RAP is used to locate problems in the DADF power generation and distribution circuitry.
VDC present
Y N
Replace the PSDC (PL 13.8) before replacing the Extension Memory PWB (PL Initial Actions
13.8). Check that connectors P/J750 and P/J752 are fully seated.
Go to BSD 2.5 - DC Power Generation (IIT - 1 of 2) and check for an open wire between Procedure
the Extension Memory PWB and the PSDC (PL 13.8).
Connect the meter between P/J752-A4 (+) and P/J752-A1 (-) on the DADF PWB. There is
Connect the meter between P/J714-71 (+) and P/J714-73 (-) on the BDEC PWB. There is +5 VDC present
Y N
+3.3 VDC present
Y N Go to BSD 2.6 - DC Power Generation (IIT - 2 of 2) and check for an open between the
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8) before replacing the BDEC PWB (PL 13.8). DADF PWB and the IIT/IPS PWB. If OK, go to wirenet 7.2.56 and check for a short to
ground. If problem still exists, replace the DADF PWB.(PL 13.8)
Connect the meter between P/J709-2 (+) and P/J709-1 (-) on the BDEC PWB. There is +5
Connect the meter between P/J752-A6 (+) and P/J752-A1 (-) on the DADF PWB. There is
VDC present
+24 VDC present
Y N
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8) before replacing the BDEC PWB (PL 13.8). If problem Y N
Go to BSD 2.6 - DC Power Generation (IIT - 2 of 2) and check for an open wire between
still exists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 14.3).
the IIT/IPS PWB and the DADF PWB. If OK, go to the DADF Wirenets and check for a
Connect the negative (-) meter lead to the machine frame and measure the following voltages. short to ground.
The DADF DC Power is OK. For any other problems, go to DADF Wirenets and check for an
Table 1 Voltage Checks
open circuit.
PIN (+) Voltage Tolerance
J502-3 +24 VDC +\- 5%
J714-73 +3.3VDC +\- 5%
J709-2 +5 VDC +\- 5%
Check the network drop cable for obvious damage. Repair/ask customer to
replace as necessary. If the problem continues, Go to OF 16-3, TCP/IP Check-
out RAP.
Go to the appropriate RAP for the network protocol which is not functioning
properly:
• NOVELL: OF 16-2, Novell Netware Checkout RAP
• TCP/IP: OF 16-3, TCP/IP Checkout RAP
• APPLETALK: OF 16-4, Appletalk Checkout RAP
• NETBIOS: OF 16-5, Netbios Checkout RAP
• BANYAN VINES: OF 16-7, Banyan Vines Checkout RAP
Perform the following:
• Check the network drop cable for obvious damage. Repair/ask customer
to replace as necessary.
A B C
Preliminary Working Document 0/0/00 Section Name
No Product Name Assigned ?-11
A
OF 16-2 Novell Netware Checkout RAP • In pconsole, check Print Queue, Print Queue Information, Status. Ensure that the
following two flags are set to Yes.
Use this RAP if the printer is enabled for Novell Netware protocol, but there are problems print-
ing to it. – Print servers can service jobs in the queue
– Users can add jobs to the queue
It is assumed that before entering here that the IOT is known to be OK. NOTE: Administrator or Print Queue Operator rights are required to make these
changes.
Perform RAP OF 16-1], Network Entry RAP before using this RAP.
• Notify customer/system administrator. There may be a network problem or a prob-
Initial Actions lem with the client workstation.
Question the system administrator and determine if any changes have been made to the The problem occurs only on one job.
machine Network Setup or the network. Y N
Have the customer or system administrator check the workstation configuration.
There may be a network problem or a problem with the client workstation.
Procedure
Determine if the problem is occurring on multiple workstations. Only one workstation is Have the customer or system administrator reload the print driver on the affected worksta-
unable to print. tion. Ensure that the problem is corrected. If the problem continues, escalate the call to
Y N the Customer Service Center (CSC).
Have the customer/system administrator run pconsole.
Check Print Queue, Attached Print Servers. The print server is attached to the queue.
Y N
Check Print Queue, Status.
Ensure the flag that indicates that new print servers can attach to queue is set to
yes. The flag is set to Yes.
Y N
Have the customer/system administrator set the flag to Yes.
There may be a problem with the Network and Connectivity Setup on the printer. If a
configuration report has not already been run, select Diagnostics tab, ESS/Net-
work tab, Power On/Demo] (default) Start. Consult with the system administrator
and ensure that the following Netware settings are correct on the printer:
• IPX Frame Type is correct (Ethernet Only)
• Primary Server name is correct (Bindery Only)
• NDS Tree and Context is correct (Netware 4.x, or later, NDS Only)
• Print Server name is correct
• A Print Server password is set and the same password is set for the print server
object on the NDS tree
All settings are OK.
Y N
Go to Connectivity and Network Setup. Make Changes as appropriate.
Switch the machine power off/on to reboot the CCM. Check for a reoccurrence
of the problem. The problem continues.
Y N
Done. Return to Service Call Procedures.
A A
Section Name 0/0/00 Preliminary Working Document
?-12 No Product Name Assigned
A A B C
OF 16-3 TCP/IP Checkout RAP • There may be a problem with the network port. Ask the system administra-
tor to test the port.
Use this RAP if the printer is enabled for TCP/IP protocol, but there are problems printing to it.
• If the problem continues, have the customer/System administrator replace
the network drop cable.
Initial Actions
• If the problem continues, reseat the Network Controller MB DIMMS and
• Perform RAP OF 16-1], Network Entry RAP before using this RAP.
System Disk Cable.
• It is assumed that before entering here that the IOT is known to be OK.
• If the problem continues, replace the following in order until the problem is
• Ensure that the printer is properly configured for the TCP/IP Network. Verify with the sys- resolved:
tem administrator that the following printer settings are correct:
– System Disk Cable
– Printer IP address
– Network Controller MB DIMMS
– Subnet mask
– Network Controller PWB
– Broadcast Address
– System Disk
– Default Gateway
• For Solaris 2.5 and above, the key operator or system administrator must have root privi- Perform the following:
lege to install the printer • There may be a problem with the network port. Ask the system administrator to
• For SunOs, have the system administrator ensure that the /etc/printcap file is properly test the port.
configured • If the problem continues, have the customer/System administrator replace the
network drop cable.
Procedure • If the problem continues, reseat the Network Controller MB DIMMS and System
Determine if problem is occurring on multiple workstations. Only one workstation is unable Disk Cable.
to print (answer no if unsure) • If the problem continues, replace the following in order until the problem is
Y N resolved:
Print out a configuration report. Select Diagnostics tab, ESS/Network tab, [Power On/ – System Disk Cable
Demo] (default) and select Start. – Network Controller MB DIMMS
Review the TCP/IP settings. TCP/IP is enabled. – Network Controller PWB
Y N
The printer is not installed for TCP/IP. Inform the customer/system administrator that – System Disk
the printer needs to be installed and setup for TCP/IP.
The printer needs to be reinstalled on the network. Have the system administrator rein-
Select Diagnostics tab, ESS/Network tab, Echo Test (dC312). stall the printer.
• Ensure that all configurations and IP addresses are valid.
Check if TCP/IP is selectable. TCP/IP is selectable (not grayed out).
Y N
Switch off/on the machine power to reboot the CCM. When machine is ready, select The problem occurs only on one job
Y N
Diagnostics tab, ESS/Network tab, Echo Test (dC312) again.
Check if TCP/IP is selectable. TCP/IP is selectable (not grayed out). Have the customer/system administrator Ping from the affected workstation to the IP
Y N address of the printer.
Observe results. The workstation can ping the printer successfully.
Perform dC402, ESS Software Verification.
Y N
Verify that the problem is corrected. If the problem continues, return to the start of Have the customer/system administrator ping to another known good IP address,
other than the broadcast address, on the network. The workstation can success-
this procedure.
fully ping another IP address on the network.
Select Diagnostics tab, ESS/Network tab, Echo Test (dC312), select TCP/IP and select Y N
Inform the customer/system administrator there is a problem with the worksta-
Start.
Observe the test results. The test passed. tion.
Y N
Ensure the Subnet Mask, IP address, broadcast address and Default Gateway are
In Echo Test (dC312), select Internal TCP/IP and select Start.
Observe the test results. The test passed. set properly at the printer.
Y N
Perform the following:
A B C D E
Preliminary Working Document 0/0/00 Section Name
No Product Name Assigned ?-13
D E
Have the system administrator check the workstation configuration. Ensure that the work- OF 16-4 AppleTalk Checkout RAP
station is set-up properly to print to the printer according to the System Administrator
Use this RAP if the printer is enabled for AppleTalk protocol, but there are problems printing to
Guide.
it.
The same job prints ok from another workstation.
Y N Initial Actions
Have the customer/system administrator reload the print driver on the affected worksta-
tion. If the problem continues, escalate the call to the Customer Service Center (CSC).
• Perform OF 16-1, Network Entry RAP before using this RAP.
There is an application problem. Have the customer contact the Customer Service Center. • It is assumed that before entering here that the IOT is known to be OK.
Procedure
Print out a configuration report. Select Diagnostics tab, ESS/Network tab, [Power On/Demo]
(default) and select Start. AppleTalk is enabled.
Y N
The printer is not installed for AppleTalk. Inform the customer/system administrator that
the printer needs to be installed and setup for AppleTalk.
Select Diagnostics tab, ESS/Network tab, Echo Test (dC312) and select Start.
Check if AppleTalk is selectable. AppleTalk is selectable (not greyed out).
Y N
Switch off/on the machine power to reboot the CCM. When machine is ready select Diag-
nostics tab, ESS/Network tab, Echo Test (dC312) and select Start. Check if AppleTalk
is selectable. AppleTalk is selectable (not greyed out).
Y N
Have the system administrator reinstall the printer on the network. When complete,
select Diagnostics tab, ESS/Network tab, Echo Test (dC312). Check if AppleTalk
is selectable. AppleTalk is selectable (not greyed out).
Y N
Perform dC402, ESS Software Verification.
Verify that the problem is corrected. If the problem continues, return to the start of
this procedure.
Verify that the problem is corrected. If the problem continues, return to the start of this pro-
cedure.
Select Diagnostic tab, ESS/Network tab, Echo Test (dC312), select AppleTalk and select
Start.
Observe the test results. The test passed.
Y N
Perform the following:
• There may be a problem with the network port. Ask the system administrator to test
the port.
• If the problem continues, have the customer/System administrator replace the net-
work drop cable.
• If the problem continues, reseat the Network Controller MB DIMMS and System Disk
Cable.
• If the problem continues, replace the following in order until the problem is resolved:
– System Disk Cable
A
Section Name 0/0/00 Preliminary Working Document
?-14 No Product Name Assigned
A
– Network Controller MB DIMMS OF 16-5 NETBIOS Checkout RAP
– Network Controller PWB
Use this RAP if the printer is enabled for NETBIOS protocol, but there are problems printing to
– System Disk it.
Check the network drop cable for obvious damage. If OK, there may be a network problem. Initial Actions
Notify the system administrator.
• Perform OF 16-1, Network Entry RAP before using this RAP.
Perform the following:
• There may be a problem with the network port. Ask the system administrator to test the • It is assumed that before entering here that the IOT is known to be OK.
port. • If running NETBIOS over an TCP/IP network, ensure that the printer is properly config-
• If the problem continues, have the customer/System administrator replace the network ured for TCP/IP network. Verify with the system administrator that the following printer
drop cable. settings are correct:
• If the problem continues, reseat the Network Controller MB DIMMS and System Disk – Host Name
Cable. – Printer Name
• If the problem continues, replace the following in order until the problem is resolved: – Workgroup (domain)
– System Disk Cable
– Network Controller MB DIMMS Procedure
– Network Controller PWB Print out a Configuration Report. Select Diagnostics tab, ESS/network tab, [Power On/Demo]
– System Disk (default) and select Start. NetBIOS is enabled.
Recheck the AppleTalk configuration settings. Y N
The printer is not installed for NetBios. Inform the customer/system administrator that the
Check the following AppleTalk configuration settings:
printer needs to be installed and setup for NetBIOS.
• The Printer name is correct
• Zone name is correct Select Diagnostics tab, ESS/Network tab, Echo Test (dC312).
• The proper printer drivers are installed on the clients and that the printer is visible and Check if NetBIOS is selectable. NetBIOS is selectable (not grayed out).
selected in the chooser. Y N
Switch off/on the machine power to reboot the CCM. When machine is ready, select Diag-
nostics tab, ESS/Network tab, Echo Test (dC312) again.
Check if NetBIOS is selectable. NetBIOS is selectable (not grayed out).
Y N
Have the system administrator reinstall the printer on the network. When complete,
select Diagnostics tab, ESS/Network tab, Echo Test (dC312).
Check if NetBIOS is selectable. NetBIOS is selectable (not grayed out).
Y N
Perform dC402, ESS Software Verification
Verify that the problem is corrected. If the problem continues, return to the start of
this procedure.
Verify that the problem is corrected. If the problem continues, return to the start of this pro-
cedure.
Select Diagnostics tab, ESS/Network tab, Echo Test (dC312), select NetBIOS and select
Start.
Observe the test results. The test passed.
Y N
Perform the following:
• There may be a problem with the network port. Ask the system administrator to test
the port.
• If the problem continues, have the customer/System administrator replace the net-
work drop cable.
A
Preliminary Working Document 0/0/00 Section Name
No Product Name Assigned ?-15
A
• If the problem continues, reseat the Network Controller MB DIMMS and System Disk OF 16-7 Banyan Vines Checkout RAP
Cable.
Use this RAP if the printer is enabled for Vines IP protocol, but there are problems printing to it.
• If the problem continues, replace the following in order until the problem is resolved:
– System Disk Cable Initial Actions
– Network Controller MB DIMMS • Ensure that the PCPRINT option is enabled on the Vines server.
– Network Controller PWB • Perform RAP OF 16-1], Network Entry RAP before using this RAP.
– System Disk • It is assumed that before entering here that the IOT is known to be OK.
• If the problem is occurring with only one workstation (others are ok), ensure proper config-
Check the network drop cable for obvious damage. If OK, there may be a network problem.
uration and network connections at the workstation.
Notify the system administrator.
Perform the following: • Talk to the system administrator and determine if any changes have been made to the
• There may be a problem with the network port. Ask the system administrator to test the machine Network and Connectivity Setups or the network itself.
port.
• If the problem continues, reseat the Network Controller MB DIMMS and System Disk
Cable. Procedure
• If the problem continues, replace the following in order until the problem is resolved: Determine if the problem is occurring on multiple workstations. Only one workstation is
– System Disk Cable unable to print.
– Network Controller MB DIMMS Y N
– Network Controller PWB Have the customer/system administrator run muser.
Check that the printer is attached to the server. The printer is attached to the server.
– System Disk
Y N
Recheck the NetBIOS configuration settings. It is very critical in a Banyan environment set-up that the steps below are followed
Select Diagnostics tab, ESS/Network tab, select Error (dC114). Select Errors and Warn- properly for the printer to log on to the server:
ings. • The Print Service entered on the UI matches the Streetalk name created at the
Check for 16.800.46, 16.802.46, or 16.803.46 fault codes. The fault(s) occurred. workstation.
Y N
• The Streetalk name entered on the UI matches the Streetalk name created at
Return to the top of this RAP and answer NO to statement that the interface is IP/Ethernet
the server (user account), and also matches the PC Print Streetalk name.
or IP/Token Ring.
• The Streetalk password is case sensitive. It must be entered identically at the
UI and at the server.
Go to the OF 16-3, TCP/IP RAP.
Have the customer or system administrator run setprint to check the jobs status and job
format.
Use the information below and perform the appropriate corrective actions based on the
state of job observed in setprint:
• Rejected: The job is corrupted and an internal error occurred at the server. Cancel
the job and resend.
• On Hold: Release the job and ask the system administrator for assistance.
• Paper format N.A.: Job format does not match the printer format. Change the job for-
mat.
• Printer Busy: Ensure that the PC Print Street Talk name entered at the server
matches the user name on the UI. Also, ensure that the PC Print is the destination
configured for the Print Service at the server.
A
Section Name 0/0/00 Preliminary Working Document
?-16 No Product Name Assigned
A
Select Diagnostics tab, ESS/Network tab, select Test Ptrn (dC606). Ensure the same paper OF 16-8 Problem Printing Job RAP
size and composition is loaded, then select Start. The Test Ptrn job prints OK.
Y N Use this RAP when a particular job won’t print. Other jobs print OK.
Perform dC402, ESS Software Verification.
Procedure
Have the customer/system administrator reload the print driver on the affected workstation. If Check the output to see if a PDL error sheet was printed. An error sheet was printed.
the problem continues, escalate the call to the Customer Service Center (CSC). Y N
On the machine UI, select Job Status, Other Queues, All Completed Jobs, Save.
Check the queue for the job in question. The job is in the log.
Y N
Select Other Queues, All Incomplete Jobs, Save. The job is stuck in the queue.
Y N
Select Diagnostics tab, ESS/Network tab, Error Log (dC114). Select All and
select Retrieve.
Check for a fault listed against the job in question. There is a fault(s) listed
with the job.
Y N
Perform dC402, ESS Software Verification.
Go to the appropriate RAP for the fault(s) listed with the job.
Switch the machine power off/on to reboot the CCM. The job printed OK.
Y N
Inform the customer the job must be deleted. Delete the job. Instruct the cus-
tomer to recreate and re-send the job. The job printed OK.
Y N
Perform dC402, ESS Software Verification.
If the problem continues, there may be a problem with the job. See if other
jobs print OK. If not, instruct the customer/System administrator to reload
the print driver on the affected workstation.
If the problem continues have the customer call the Customer Service
Center.
The job must have been printed. Check for the possibility that the job was removed from
the printer by another user.
Procedure Procedure
Discuss the problem with the customer and/or inspect the incorrect output. There is a font Perform the following:
problem. 1. Check the phone line connection.
Y N • Verify that the phone line connection to FAX (on Controller) is secure. If a single FAX
The problem is occurring on all jobs from all clients.
phone line is used by customer, check that it is connected to the socket that is below
Y N
the tape. This is Line 1.
The problem is occurring on jobs from one particular client.
Y N • If a second FAX phone line is used by customer, this is connected to the socket
The problem is related to a particular job. Have the customer call the Customer above Line 1. If the customer purchased a FAX with Line 1 capability only, the taped
socket (Line 2) is inactive.
Support Center.
2. Check that the phone line is active.
There may be a problem with the client workstation. Check/perform the following: • Check the customer’s FAX phone line for DC voltage. In NASG serviced areas, 50
• See if problem is related to a particular job. If so, go to the OF 16-8, Problem VDC can be measured between the 2 conductors in the phone line, typically the red
Printing Job RAP. and green conductors (middle conductors in phone plug). No voltage indicates an
• Ensure that the client meets minimum specifications for the CentreWare soft- inactive phone line. If no DC voltage is measured, inform customer that the phone
ware drivers. line requires service by the customers phone line service provider. In non-US loca-
tions, check with your service support for the typical phone line voltage.
• Ensure the latest printer drivers are loaded.
3. Check the phone number.
• Have the customer/System administrator reload the printer driver.
• To receive a FAX the customer must know the phone number assigned to the phone
Have the customer/system administrator replace the print drivers. Ensure that the latest line connected to the FAX.
drivers available are loaded. The problem still continues. 4. Check the FAX set-up menus.
Y N • Entering Tools Mode. Select More, More and Fax Setups.
Return to Service Call Procedures. • Line Configuration, be sure pulse or tone selection is correct.
• FAX Transmission Defaults (check closely for FAX transmission problems)
Select Diagnostics tab, POST tab, CCM (dC303), select the tests, and select Start.
Test Status shows passed. – Automatic Redial Setups
Y N – Automatic Resend
Refer to dC303 for corrective actions. – Audio Line Monitor
– Transmission Header Text
Perform dC402, ESS Software Verification.
– Batch Send
Have the customer view the job in Print Preview of the application. The problem appears in • Receive Defaults (check closely for FAX receive problems)
Print Preview. – Receive Printing Mode
Y N – Default Output Options
There may be a font substitution that is not acceptable to the customer. In the Printer – Secure Receive
Setup for the print driver, if Always Send to Printer is selected, the actual fonts will be sent
– Auto Answer Delay
to the printer from the workstation. This will slow down the printer performance, but will
usually solve the font problem. • Line Selection (Line 1 or Line 1 and Line 2)
• FAX Country Setting
There may be a problem with the client workstation. Check/perform the following: • File Management
• See if problem is related to a particular job. If so, go to the OF 16-8, Problem Printing Job
RAP.
• Ensure that the client meets minimum specifications for the CentreWare software drivers.
• Ensure the latest printer drivers are loaded.
• Have the customer/System administrator reload the printer driver.
Enter the component control code indicated in the Procedure and/or Circuit Diagram of the
Look for unusual sources of contamination.
RAP that sent you here. Actuate the sensor using a sheet of paper. The display changes
with each actuation. The sensor and the circuit appear to operate normally. Check the adjustment of the sensor.
Y N
Clean the sensor. Check for intermittent connections, shorted, or open wires. If the problem
Clean the sensor and then block and unblock it. The display changes with each actua-
continues, replace the sensor.
tion.
Y N
Access to some sensors in this machine is difficult. Follow the Y leg if you can
access the sensor connector. Follow the N leg if access is not possible. The sen-
sor connector is accessible.
Y N
Check the voltage at the output of the PWB or power supply (refer to the Circuit
Diagram). In the example for this generic procedure, voltage is provided from
J533 on the I/F PWB. Check for pull-up voltage for the output signal. This volt-
age will be either +5 VDC or +3.3 VDC depending on the circuit (refer to the
Circuit Diagram for the correct voltage). The voltage corresponds with the
voltage shown in the Circuit Diagram.
Y N
Check for short circuit(s) that may be loading down the line. Check the Figure 1 Typical Reflective Sensor Circuit Diagram
power input to the PWB(s). If this does not resolve the problem, replace
the PWB.
Refer to the Circuit Diagram. Check the wires from the PWB to the sensor for
opens, shorts, or loose contacts. If the wires are OK, replace the sensor. If this
does not resolve the problem, replace the PWB
Disconnect the sensor. Use a jumper wire to connect the output wire from the
sensor (typically pin 2 on a 3 pin connector) to DC COM or GND. The display
changes from H to L.
A B C
Preliminary Working Document 0/0/00 Section Name
No Product Name Assigned ?-19
A B C D
OF 99-2 Transmissive Sensor Disconnect the sensor. Use a jumper wire to connect the output wire from the
sensor (typically pin 2 on a 3 pin connector) to DC COM or GND. The display
Sensors consist of a light-emitting diode and a photo transistor. When energized, the light from
changes from H to L.
the LED causes the photo transistor to conduct, drawing current through a pull-up resistor. The Y N
voltage drop across the resistor causes the input signal to the control logic to change from a
There is either an open circuit or a failed PWB. Use the Circuit Diagram to
high to a low. trace the output wire to the PWB. If the wire is OK, replace the PWB.
Transmissive sensors have a flag or actuator that is pushed into the space between the LED
Replace the sensor.
and transistor, blocking the light beam and causing the output of the sensor to go to the high
(H) state. This actuation may be caused by a sheet of paper striking a pivoting flag, or a rotat- Disconnect the sensor. The display indicates H.
ing actuator on a shaft or roll.
Y N
When sensors are unplugged, the input at the PWB should always be high if
Some sensors have built-in inverters and the outputs will go to the low (L) state when the sen-
there is no harness short or PWB failure. Check the output wire from the sensor
sors are blocked. In other situations, the processing of the signal in control logic may cause the
(typically pin 2 on a 3 pin connector) to the PWB for a short circuit. If the wire is
logic level displayed on the UI or the PWS to be the opposite of the actual voltage output by the
good, replace the PWB. Figure 1 represents a typical sensor for this machine
sensor. The specific RAP and/or Circuit Diagram will indicate if this is the case. Figure 1 is an
example of a typical sensor circuit for this machine
The sensor is shorted. Replace the sensor.
Refer to the Circuit Diagram. Check the wires from the PWB to the sensor for
opens, shorts, or loose contacts. If the wires are OK, replace the sensor. If this
does not resolve the problem, replace the PWB
A B C D
Section Name 0/0/00 Preliminary Working Document
?-20 No Product Name Assigned
OF 99-3 Switch OF 99-4 Generic Solenoid/Clutch RAP
Procedure Solenoids and electric clutches are essentially electromagnets. Typically, a positive voltage is
Enter DC330 [XXX-XXX]. Actuate the switch. The display changed. applied to one end of a coil, and a current driver is connected to the other end. Control Logic
switches this driver to GND potential, actuating the magnet. Bi-directional solenoids have a
Y N
There is +3.5 / 5VDC measured between Pin 2(+) of the Switch and GND(-). bipolar driver connected to each end. One leg is switched to 24 VDC and the other to GND.
Y N
Figure 1 is a circuit diagram of a typical solenoid.
Check the wire between the switch Pin 2 and the PWB Pin 3 for an open circuit and
poor contact. If the check is OK, replace the PWB.
Initial Actions
There is +3.5 / 5VDC measured between Pin 1(+) of the Switch and GND(-). Ensure that there is no damage or binding in the solenoid or in any mechanical linkage. If there
Y N is an Adjustment for the clutch or solenoid, make sure that the procedure was performed cor-
Replace the switch. rectly
Check the wire between the PWB Pin 4 and the switch Pin 1 for an open circuit and poor Procedure
contact. If the check is OK, replace the PWB.
The clutch/solenoid is always energized.
De-actuate the switch. The display changed. Y N
Enter the component control code (DC330) given in the RAP or the Circuit Diagram.
Y N
Press the Start button The Clutch or solenoid energizes.
Disconnect the connector on the switch. The display changed.
Y N Y N
Press the Stop button There is +24 VDC between the switched leg (J407 pin A6
Check for a short between the switch Pin 2 and the PWB Pin 3. If the check is OK,
in the example, Figure 1) of the control PWB and GND.
replace the PWB.
Y N
Replace the switch. There is +24 VDC between the powered leg (J407 pin A7 in the example,
Figure 1) of the control PWB and GND.
Replace the switch. Y N
Disconnect the connector (J407 in the example, Figure 1). There is +24
VDC between the powered leg of the control PWB and GND.
Y N
Refer to the 24 VDC wirenets. check the input power to the control
PWB. +24 VDC is present.
Y N
Use the 24 VDC wirenets to troubleshoot the problem.
Check the wire in the powered leg of the circuit, (J407 pin A7 in the exam-
ple, Figure 1) for a short circuit to GND. If the wire is OK, replace the
clutch or solenoid.
Figure 1 2003 Disconnect the connector (J407 in the example, Figure 1). Check continuity
through the two wires and the clutch or solenoid. There is less than 100
ohms between the two legs of the circuit.
Y N
Disconnect the clutch or solenoid.Check continuity through the two wires
and the clutch or solenoid. There is less than 100 ohms across the
clutch or solenoid.
Y N
Replace the clutch or solenoid.
A B C D E
Preliminary Working Document 0/0/00 Section Name
No Product Name Assigned ?-21
A B C D E
One of the two wires between the control PWB and the clutch or solenoid OF 99-6 2 Wire Motor Open
is open. Repair or replace the wiring as required.
Procedure
Replace the control PWB.
NOTE: Before performing this RAP, ensure that the motor is free to rotate.
Press the Start button. There is less than 1 VDC between the switched leg of the Enter the DC330 [XXX-XXX].
control PWB and GND. There is +24VDC measured between Pin 3(+) of the PWB and GND(-).
Y N Y N
Replace the PWB. There is +24VDC measured between the Motor Pin 2(+) of the Motor and GND(-).
Y N
Replace the clutch or solenoid. There is +24VDC measured between the Motor Pin 1(+) of the Motor and GND(-).
Y N
The clutch or solenoid appears to be functioning correctly. Refer to the Circuit Diagram for There is +24VDC measured between the PWB Pin 4(+) of the PWB and GND(-
the RAP that sent you here. Check the wires for loose connections or damage that may ).
cause intermittent operation. Perform any required adjustments. Y N
Replace the PWB.
There is a short circuit on the switched leg (J407 pin A6 in the example) from the solenoid or
clutch. Check the wire for a short circuit to GND. If the wire is OK, replace the solenoid. If the Check the wire between the PWB Pin 4 and the Motor Pin 1 for an open circuit
problem persists, replace the controlling PWB. or poor contact.
Check the wire between the PWB Pin 3 and the Motor Pin 2 for an open circuit or poor
contact.
Figure 1 Motor CD
Enter DC330 [XXX-XXX]. There is +24VDC measured between the PWB Pin 4 (+) and
GND(-).
Y N
There is +24VDC measured between the Nip/Release Solenoid Pin 3 (+) and GND (-
).
Y N
Replace the Nip/Release Solenoid.
Check the wire between the PWB Pin 4 and the Nip/Release Solenoid Pin 3 for an open
Figure 1 Motor CD circuit and poor contact.
Check the wire between the PWB Pin 6 and the Nip/Release Solenoid Pin 2 for an open
circuit or poor contact.
Check the motor wires for a short circuit. If the wires are good, replace the Motor.
Check the motor wires for obvious damage. If the wires are good, replace the Motor.
NOTE: Image Quality Calibration (GP 5) is a color adjustment for copy and print modes. It
Procedure
compensates for differences between the actual and the expected (target) toner densities for Check for the presence of the defect in Copy mode and in Print mode. If the problem occurs in
each color, and should be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in the appearance Copy mode only, go to the IQ2 IIT Image Quality Entry RAP.
(quality) of the output, particularly changes in color tones or densities. Performing the proce-
dure on a regular basis will help to maintain consistent color quality over time.Since it can For Image Quality Defects that exists on both copies and prints, go to Table 1. Examine the
affect all jobs for all users, it is recommended that this procedure be performed only by the output for any of the listed defects. Perform the corrective action that is listed.
Machine Administrator.
If the customer is dissatisfied with machine output image quality, check machine customer
selectable image quality settings on the UI and the Print Driver.Determine if adjustments to
these settings should be made to tune image output to meet customer IQ requirements.
Table 1
Defect Corrective Action
Background Clean the Pad, CVT area of the Glass, Platen Glass and the Optics.
Calibrate the IIT (ADJ 5.11).
Blurred or Streaked Copy Ensure that the Platen Glass is installed correctly.
Check/adjust the carriage alignment (ADJ 5.8).
Deletions Clean the Lens, the top and bottom surface of the Platen Glass, and all Mirrors with Lens and Mirror Cleaner and a soft, lint-free cloth.
If the problem persists, replace the Lens Assembly (PL 13.6).
Misregistration/Skew Go to the IQ7 Skew/Misregistration RAP.
Moire • Switch between photo modes and, if necessary, original types, to determine which mode minimizes the defect.
Patterns in the image areas of the print that have the • Decrease the Sharpness level.
appearance of a screen or grid overlaying the
• Reduce or enlarge the copy slightly.
image. The pattern may be uniform or nonuniform in
• Rotate the original on the platen by 90 degrees.
area or shape.
Newton Rings Clean the Document Glass
Repetitive, irregular-shaped marks that occur when Place a transparency between the document and the glass
making copies of glossy photographs. These marks
are most noticeable in large low-density or highlight
areas.
This RAP troubleshoots hardware-related causes of output images showing image density
lower than specification.
Initial Actions
• Perform IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP first
• Clean the ROS windows
• Replace the paper in use with fresh, dry paper of the correct specification
• Check the 2nd BTR Cam for proper operation
Procedure
The problem occurs in both copy and print mode.
Y N
The problem occurs in the copy mode only.
Y N
Go to Call Flow
Go to BSD 5.15 - Copy/Scan Image Input Processing (1 of 3). Check that the connectors
on the IIT/IPS PWB are seated properly and the wires are undamaged. If the problem
continues, replace the IIT/IPS (PL 13.8). If the problem persists, replace the Lens Assem-
bly (PL 13.6).
Perform MAX Setup ADJ 9.1. The problem is still present.
Y N
Return to Call Flow.
Enter dC612. Make prints of Test Pattern 17. The Defect is a single color.
Y N
Go to dC612. Print Test Pattern 17. Open the Front Door approximately seven seconds
into the job. Extend the IBT. There is a good toner image on the Transfer Belt.
Y N
Go to the IQ22 Developer Bias RAP to check the Developer Bias Circuit. If the prob-
lem continues, go to the IQ20 2nd BTR Checkout RAP to check the 2st BTR Bias. If
the problem persists, check the ROS for contamination or misalignment.
Check the 2nd BTR for damage or an incorrect installation. Go to the IQ20 2nd BTR
Checkout RAP to check the 2nd BTR. The problem reoccurs.
Y N
Go to Call Flow
Replace the 2nd BTR Assembly (PL 7.8). If the problem continue, replace the Transfer
Belt (PL 7.3).
Swap the affected Drum Cartridge with an adjacent cartridge. Print Test Pattern 12. The
defect moved to the new color.
Y N
Go to IQ22 Developer Bias RAP. Check the Developer Bias. If the problem continues, go
to IQ21 1st BTR Checkout RAP, to check the 1st BTR Bias. If the problem persists,
replace the Developer for the affected color (PL 6.6).
A
Section Name 0/0/00 Preliminary Working Document
?-4 No Product Name Assigned
IQ4 Repeating Bands, Streaks, Spots, and Smears RAP NOTE: It may be difficult to visually detect small changes. Make a large change in one direc-
tion and work backwards in small increments. When no change can be detected after a value
Bands, Streaks, Spots, and Smears appear on the image at a regular pitch.
has been changed, replace the relevant ROS (PL 5.1).
Procedure
Measure the distance between the repeating defects.
Locate the distance on Table 1 and perform the indicated repair action.
Table 2
Initial
Beam No. NVM (IOT/Fin.) -2 -1 Value +1 +2 +3 +4
Ch0 749-002 3 2 1 0 0 0 0
Ch31 749-095 3 2 1 0 0 0 0
Ch1 749-005 3 3 3 3 2 1 0
Ch30 749-092 3 3 3 3 2 1 0
Check that the IIT to IOT cable connection is fully seated. The cable connection is OK.
Y N
Reconnect the IIT to IOT cable.
Go to BSD 5.15 - Copy/Scan Image Input Processing (1 of 3). Check that the IIT/IPS
PWB connectors are fully seated and free from damage. Turn the power OFF and ON.
The problem reoccurs.
Y N
Go to Call Flow.
Check the mirrors on the Full Rate and Half Rate Carriages for alignment. The mirror
are properly installed.
Y N
Install the mirror properly.
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8). If the problem continues, replace the Lens Assembly
(PL 13.6).
Enter dC612. Print Test Pattern 17. Open the Front Door about seven seconds into the Job.
Extend the IBT Drawer.Check the surface of the IBT Belt. There is a good toner image on
the surface of the IBT Belt.
Y N
Go to BSD 6.1 - Yellow Laser Control, BSD 6.2 - Magenta Laser Control, BSD 6.3 - Cyan
Laser Control, and BSD 6.4 - Black (K) Laser Control. Check that the connectors on each
ROS Unit are fully seated and free of damage. The connectors are OK.
Y N
Reseat the connectors.
Check the installation of each ROS Unit. Each ROS Unit is properly installed.
Y N
Install the ROS Unit properly.
Go to BSD 6.1 - Yellow Laser Control, BSD 6.2 - Magenta Laser Control, BSD 6.3 - Cyan
Laser Control, and BSD 6.4 - Black (K) Laser Control. Check that the connectors on each
ROS Unit are fully seated and free of damage. The connectors are OK.
Y N
Reseat the connectors.
Replace the ROS Unit (PL 5.1). If the problem continues, replace the MCU PWB (PL
11.1).
A
Section Name 0/0/00 Preliminary Working Document
?-6 No Product Name Assigned
IQ6 Black Print RAP IQ7 Skew/Misregistration RAP
The copy is printed completely black. This RAP is used when Skew, System Registration, or Magnification are out of specification.
Go to BSD 6.1 - Yellow Laser Control, BSD 6.2 - Magenta Laser Control, BSD 6.3 - Cyan Laser Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). If the problem continues, replace the CCM PWB (PL 11.7).
Control, and BSD 6.4 - Black (K) Laser Control. Check that the connectors on each ROS Unit
are fully seated and free of damage. Turn the power OFF then ON and print. The problem
reoccurs.
Y N
Go to Call Flow.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). If the problem continues, replace the CCM PWB (PL 11.7).
Check the mirrors on the Full Rate and Half Rate Carriages for alignment and contamina-
tion. The mirrors are OK.
Y N
Clean and/or reposition the mirrors as required.
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8). If the problem continues, replace the Lens Assembly
(PL 13.6).
Enter dC612. Make a print of Test Pattern 10. Open the Front Door about seven seconds into
the Job. Extend the IBT Drawer. The image on the Belt is defect free.
Y N
Check the following:
• Check the IBT Belt for damage and/or contamination
• Ensure that there is nothing in contact with the belt. Clean or replace as required
• Check the Developer Housings and Drum Cartridges for toner clumping, damage
and contamination
• Go to IQ21 1st BTR Checkout RAP to check the 1st BTR Bias
• Check the ROS Window for damage or contamination and that the connectors are
fully seated. Clean and/or replace as required (PL 5.1)
Check the IBT Cleaner Assembly; check for toner buildup on the top side of the Cleaner Blade
that contacts the IBT Belt. Replace the IBT Cleaner Assembly as required (PL 7.3). The
defect is still present.
Y N
Go to Call Flow.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). The defect is still present.
Replace the Drum Unit for the affected color (PL 6.1). If the problem continues, replace the
MCU PWB (PL 11.1). If the problem persists, replace the CCM PWB (PL 11.7).
Check the Transfer Belt for excessive dirt, damage, or uncleaned toner. The Belt is
clean.
Y N
Check the IBT Cleaner Assembly for damage or wear. Clean or replace as
required (PL 7.3).
Go to IQ22 Developer Bias RAP to troubleshoot the Developer Bias Circuit. The
circuit is OK.
Y N
Repair the Developer bias circuit as required.
Replace the Transfer Belt (PL 7.3). If the problem continues, replace the 2nd BTR
(PL 7.8). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
If the problem continues, replace the CCM PWB (PL 11.7).
The background is very high and even density, and covers the entire sheet (no
edge erase.
Y N
Check the following:
• Check the end-of-life counter for the Toner Cartridge and Drum Cartridge for
the affected color. Replace if at or near end-of-life.
• Check the Developer Housing for the affected color. Check for toner bridging,
uneven brush, or loose High Voltage terminals. Clean, repair, or replace as
required (PL 6.1).
• If the problem continues, replace the CCM PWB (PL 11.7).
A
Section Name 0/0/00 Preliminary Working Document
?-10 No Product Name Assigned
IQ12 Spots RAP IQ13 Unfused Copy/Toner Offset RAP
Toner spots appear randomly across the print. The image is not properly fused.
Remove the IBT Cleaner Assembly. Carefully clean the Cleaning Blade. Wipe
the surface or the Transfer Belt with a Lint Free Cloth. If the problem continues,
replace the IBT Cleaner Assembly (PL 7.3).
Check the Transfer Belt (PL 7.3) for dirt or damage. Clean or replace as required.
Ensure that the original is free from defects. The original is free of defects.
Y N
Replace the original.
Check the surface of the 2nd BTR for damage, dirt, or distortion. The 2nd BTR is OK.
Y N
Replace the 2nd BTR (PL 7.8).
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8). If the problem continues, replace the Lens Assembly
(PL 13.6).
Remove each Drum Unit and reinstall.Turn the power OFF then ON. The defect reoccur.
Y N
Go to Call Flow.
Install a new Drum Unit(s) for the affected color(s) (PL 6.1).Turn the power OFF then ON. The
defect reoccurs.
Y N
Go to Call Flow.
Check the IBT Belt for damage or contamination. The IBT Belt is OK.
Y N
Replace the IBT Belt (PL 7.3).
Check the 2nd BTR Assembly for damage or contamination. The 2nd BTR Assembly OK.
Y N
Replace the 2nd BTR Assembly (PL 7.8).
Check the 2nd BTR CAM mechanism for binding. The 2nd BTR Assembly is OK.
Y N
Replace the 2nd BTR Assembly (PL 7.8).
A
Section Name 0/0/00 Preliminary Working Document
?-12 No Product Name Assigned
A
Go to BSD 9.26 - 2nd Transfer and Cleaning (1 of 3). Check that the connectors on the 2nd IQ16 Cross Process Direction Faded Bands and Streaks
BTR HVPS are seated and that the wires free from damage. Turn the power OFF then ON.
The defect is still present. RAP
Y N Cross Process Direction Faded Bands and Streaks
Go to Call Flow.
Initial Actions
Replace the 2nd BTR HVPS (PL 11.3). If the problem continues, replace the MCU PWB (PL
• Ensure that the Platen Glass is clean and without damage.
11.1). If the problem continues, replace the CCM PWB (PL 11.7).
• Check the 2nd BTR Cam for proper operation.
Procedure
The problem occurs in both Copy mode and Print mode.
Y N
The problem only occurs in Copy mode.
Y N
Go to Call Flow.
Check the mirrors on the Full Rate and Half Rate Carriages for alignment and contamina-
tion. The mirrors are OK.
Y N
Clean and/or reposition the mirrors as required.
Go to BSD 5.15 - Copy/Scan Image Input Processing (1 of 3). Check that the IIT/IPS
PWB connectors are fully seated and free from damage. Turn the power OFF and ON.
The defect reoccurs.
Y N
Go to Call Flow.
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8). If the problem continues, replace the Lens Assembly
(PL 13.6).
Swap the affected Drum Cartridge with an adjacent Cartridge. Enter dC612. Print Test Pattern
12. The defect moves to the new color.
Y N
Check the Following:
• Clean the HV Contacts for the affected Drum Cartridge
• The Drum Unit for damage, wear, and/or contamination. If the Drum Unit is OK,
replace the Developer (PL 6.6)
Enter dC612. Make a print of Test Pattern 10. Open the Front Door about seven seconds into
the Job. Extend the IBT Drawer. The image on the Belt is defect free.
Y N
Check the 1st BTR of the affected color for damage and/or contamination. The IBT Belt
is OK.
Y N
Clean or replace the IBT Belt as required (PL 7.3).
A B
Preliminary Working Document 0/0/00 Section Name
No Product Name Assigned ?-13
A B
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). If the defect reoccurs, replace the CCM PWB (PL IQ17 Cross Process Direction Bands and Streaks RAP
11.7).
Cross Process Direction Bands and Streets
Go to BSD 9.26 - 2nd Transfer and Cleaning (1 of 3). Check that the connectors on the 2nd
BTR HVPS are seated and that the wires are free from damage. Turn the power OFF and then Initial Actions
ON. The defect reoccurred. • Ensure that the Platen Glass is clean and without damage.
Y N • Check the 2nd BTR Cam for proper operation.
Go to Call Flow.
Go to BSD 5.15 - Copy/Scan Image Input Processing (1 of 3). Check that the IIT/IPS
PWB connectors are fully seated and free from damage. Turn the power OFF and ON.
The defect reoccurs.
Y N
Go to Call Flow.
Check the mirrors on the Full Rate and Half Rate Carriages for alignment and contamina-
tion. The mirror are OK.
Y N
Clean and/or reposition the mirrors as required.
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8). If the problem continues, replace the Lens Assembly
(PL 13.6).
Swap the affected Drum Cartridge with an adjacent Cartridge. Print Test Pattern 12. The
defect moves to the new color.
Y N
Check the Following:
• The 1st BTR of the affected color for damage and/or contamination
• The ROS Window for damage or contamination and that the connectors are fully
seated. Clean and/or replace as required (PL 5.1)
Enter dC612. Make a print of Test Pattern 10. Open the Front Door about seven seconds into
the Job. Extend the IBT Drawer. The image on the Belt is defect free.
Y N
Check the 1st BTR of the affected color for damage and/or contamination. Clean or
replace the IBT Belt (PL 7.3). The defect reoccurs.
Y N
Go to Call Flow.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1). If the defect reoccurs, replace the CCM PWB (PL
11.7).
A
Section Name 0/0/00 Preliminary Working Document
?-14 No Product Name Assigned
A
Check the 2nd BTR Assembly for damage or contamination. The 2nd BTR Assembly OK. IQ18 Process Direction Faded Bands and Streaks RAP
Y N
Replace the 2nd BTR Assembly (PL 7.8). Light bands of one color appear over the image in the process direction.
Go to BSD 9.26 - 2nd Transfer and Cleaning (1 of 3). Check that the connectors on the 2nd Initial Actions
BTR HVPS are seated and that the wires are free from damage. Turn the power OFF and then Check the 2nd BTR Cam for proper operation
ON. The defect reoccurred.
Y N Procedure
Go to Call Flow.
The problem occurs in both Copy mode and Print mode.
Y N
Replace the 2nd BTR HVPS (PL 11.3).If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL
The problem only occurs in Copy mode only.
11.1). If the problem continues, replace the CCM PWB (PL 11.7).
Y N
Go to Call Flow.
Go to BSD 5.15 - Copy/Scan Image Input Processing (1 of 3). Check that the IIT/IPS
PWB connectors are fully seated and free from damage. Turn the power OFF and ON.
The defect reoccurs.
Y N
Go to Call Flow.
Check the mirrors on the Full Rate and Half Rate Carriages for alignment. The mirrors
are properly installed.
Y N
Installed the mirrors properly.
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.8). If the problem continues, replace the Lens Assembly
(PL 13.6).
Enter dC612. Make a print of Test Pattern 10. Open the Front Door about seven seconds into
the Job. Extend the IBT Drawer. The image on the Belt is defect free.
Y N
Check the IBT Belt for damage or contamination. The IBT Belt is OK.
Y N
Clean or replace the IBT Belt as required (PL 7.3).
Check the Developer Housing and Drum Cartridges for Toner clumping, damage, and/or con-
tamination. The Developer Housing and Drum Cartridge are OK.
Y N
Clean or replace the Developer Housing (PL 6.6) or Drum Cartridge (PL 6.1) as required.
Go to BSD 9.26 - 2nd Transfer and Cleaning (1 of 3). Check that the connectors on the 2nd
BTR HVPS are seated and that the wires are free from damage. Turn the power OFF and then
ON. The defect reoccurred.
Y N
Go to Call Flow.
Replace the 2nd BTR HVPS (PL 11.3). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL
11.1). If the problem continues, replace the CCM PWB (PL 11.7).
Table 1
Procedure
Color Black/White
Enter dC612. Make a print of Test Pattern 17. The defect involves a single color.
Y N
The problem occurs with a specific type or weight of paper only. Default Paper Name NVM Side 1 NVM Side 2 NVM Side 1 NVM Side 2
Y N
Plain Paper Bond 746-311 746-313 746-313 746-314
Make a print of the Test Page. Open the Front Door when the lead edge of the print
begins to protrude from the Fuser Exit nip. Open the Fuser and examine the par- Light Weight Paper 746-319 746-320
tially-fused sheet. The defect is present in both the fused and unfused portion Plain IC 746-321 746-322 746-323 746-324
of the sheet. Heavy Weight 1A 746-325 746-326 746-327 746-328
Y N Heavy Weight 1B 746-329 746-330 746-331 746-332
Clean or replace the Fuser (PL 8.1).
Heavy Weight 2A 746-333 746-334 746-335 746-336
Enter dC612. Make a print of Test Pattern 17. As the print is being processed, open Heavy Weight 2B 746-337 746-338 746-339 746-340
the Front Door. Examine the image on the Transfer Belt. The image on the belt Heavy Weight 2C 746-341 746-342 746-343 746-344
has acceptable density. Heavy Weight 2D 746-345 746-346 746-347 746-348
Y N Heavy Weight 2E 746-349 746-350 746-351 746-352
Replace the Transfer Belt (PL 7.3).
Transparency 746-353 746-354
Go to the IQ20 2nd BTR Checkout RAP to check 2nd BTR Backup Roll bias/con- Coated 1 746-355 746-356 746-357 746-358
tacts. Coated 2 746-359 746-360 746-361 746-362
Clean/replace the 2nd BTR Assembly (PL 7.8). Film 746-363 746-364
If the problem continues, replace the Transfer Belt (PL 7.3).
CAUTION
Performing the adjustments in the following step may not eliminate mottle completely,
and/or may introduce other IQ problems; the intent is to reach the best compromise.
It may be possible to fine-tune the 2nd BTR transfer bias for a specific problem paper by
varying the secondary transfer remote for that paper.
The secondary transfer bias is a target value (based on temperature, humidity, 2nd BTR
resistance, and other Xerographic inputs) that represents what control logic has com-
puted to be the optimum transfer bias. Each paper type has an NVM location for remote
manual control of this target. The default for these “remote” locations is 100 (representing
100% of computed transfer bias target). The bias can be shifted from 0% to 200% of tar-
get.
Change the value of the remote for the affected paper type to 150. Adjust the remote up
or down to achieve the best IQ compromise. If the results are not satisfactory, set the
remote value to 75 and adjust the remote up or down to achieve the best IQ compromise.
A
Section Name 0/0/00 Preliminary Working Document
?-16 No Product Name Assigned
A
IQ20 2nd BTR Checkout RAP Check the following:
• Check the 2nd BTR for any damage, repair or replace as required.
To isolate mechanical failure and out-of range voltages/current for the 2nd BTR assembly.
• Ensure that the 2nd BTR is correctly installed in both the IB and OB holders.
WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Exercise caution when performing the voltage checks in this procedure.
Initial Actions
• Enter dC330 (094-004) 2nd BTR Motor retract. Stack codes (042-001), (042-002), (042-
003), or (042-004) Main Drive Motor. The 2nd BTR Motor responds
NOTE: When stacking the codes stack one code at a time with the (094-004).
• Enter dC330 (094-004) 2nd BTR Motor retract. Stack codes (042-001), (042-002), (042-
003), or (042-004) Main Drive Motor. If the 2nd BTR does not respond, check the Retract
Motor and the 2nd BTR Retract Sensor (PL 7.9). Replace the 2nd BTR if needed
NOTE: When stacking the codes stack one code at a time with the (094-004).
Procedure
Refer to BSD 9.26 - 2nd Transfer and Cleaning (1 of 3). Disconnect the red wire on the 2nd
BTR HVPS. Set the meter to read microamps. Connect the meter with one lead connected to
the connector on the board and the other lead to the red wire. Approximately 20-30 micro-
amps are measured.
Y N
Approximately 10-15 microamps are measured.
Y N
Approximately 0 microamps are measured.
Y N
Current is out of operating range. Check wire harness for damage. Check for
bad connection or open circuit on the 2nd BTR HVPS. Repair or replace as
required.
Reconnect the red wire. Set the meter to read VDC. Check for +24VDC between
pins 1and 2 of P/J582 while the machine is in standby mode. +24VDC is mea-
sured.
Y N
Check wire harness for damage. Check for bad connection or open circuit on
the MCU PWB (J410). Repair or replace the MCU PWB as required (PL 11.1).
Check wire harness for damage. Check for bad connection or open circuit on the
2nd BTR HVPS. Repair or replace MCU PWB as required (PL 11.1).
Reconnect the red wire on the 2nd BTR HVPS. Set the meter to read VDC. Check for
+5VDC at P/J439-B6 on the IOT Drive PWB while making a full color copy of the stan-
dard test pattern. +5VDC is measured.
Y N
Check wire harness for damage. Check for bad connection or open circuit on the
IOT Drive PWB. Repair or replace as required (PL 11.1).
Check wire harness for damage. Check for bad connection or open circuit on the 2nd
BTR HVPS. Repair or replace as required (PL 11.3).
A
Preliminary Working Document 0/0/00 Section Name
No Product Name Assigned ?-17
IQ21 1st BTR Checkout RAP IQ22 Developer Bias RAP
This RAP is used to isolate mechanical failure and out-of-range voltage/current for the 1st BTR This RAP is used to isolate out-of-range voltage/current for the developer Bias.
Assembly
Procedure
Procedure WARNING
NOTE: Because the 1st BTR HVPS location is very difficult to access, no actual voltage HIGH VOLTAGE!
checks can be made. Exercise caution when performing the voltage checks in this procedure.
Make a copy of the Color Test Pattern. If the high density gradation patches (100%, 85%, and Refer to BSD 9.12 - Black Development and BSD 9.13 - Yellow, Magenta, Cyan Development.
70%) for one or more of C, Y, M, or K appear to be light, perform the following: Check the voltage at P/J594 (Y, M, C), P/J592 (K) on the Developer Bias HVPS. There should
be approximately 370VAC and -540VDC (+/- 10%) present. The voltages are within range.
• Refer to BSD 9.21 - 1st Transfer (1 of 3) and BSD 9.22 - 1st Transfer (2 of 3). Reseat the
Y N
connectors and check the wiring on the 1st BTR HVPS for damage.
+24 VDC is measured between pins B9 and B8 of P/J416 on the MCU PWB.
• Check the Fault Code List for the following Fault Codes:
Y N
– 094-320 RAP +24 VDC is measured between pins A9 and A8 of P/J410 on the MCU PWB.
– 094-321 RAP Y N
If the above Fault Codes are OK, replace the 1st BTR HVPS (PL 7.4). If the problem con- Go the +24VDC Wirenets to troubleshoot the 24VDC circuit.
tinues, replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1).
Go to BSD 9.12 - Black Development and BSD 9.13 - Yellow, Magenta, Cyan Devel-
opment. Reseat the connections and check for damaged wires. If the problem con-
tinues, replace Developer Bias Y,M,C HVPS (PL 11.1) or Developer Bias K HVPS
(PL 11.2).
Go to BSD 9.12 - Black Development and BSD 9.13 - Yellow, Magenta, Cyan Develop-
ment. Check that the HVPS Control PWB is seated correctly. If the problem continues,
replace the Developer Bias Y,M,C HVPS (PL 11.1) or Developer Bias K HVPS (PL 11.2).
Go to BSD 9.12 - Black Development and BSD 9.13 - Yellow, Magenta, Cyan Development.
Reseat connector P/J594 and P/J592 on the MCU PWB. Check the wires for damage. If the
checks are good, return to the RAP that directed you here.
WARNING WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE! HIGH VOLTAGE!
Exercise caution when performing the voltage checks in this procedure. Exercise caution when performing the voltage checks in this procedure.
Procedure Procedure
Swap the Drum Cartridge that creates the high single-color background with any of the other Install a new Black Drum Cartridge and run some test prints. The background color contin-
Drum Cartridges and make a test print. The background color remains the same. ues.
Y N Y N
Replace the Drum Cartridge causing the single-color background (PL 6.1). Go to Call Flow.
Go to BSD 9.9 - Charging And Exposure - Y,M,C. Check the connectors on the Charge (Y, M, Go to BSD 9.8 - Black Charging And Exposure. Check the connectors on the Charge (K) Pre-
C) HVPS are seated and the wires for damage. The connectors and wires check out OK. clean HVPS are seated and the wires for damage. The connectors and wires check out
Y N OK.
Repair or replace harness as required. Y N
Repair or replace harness as required.
NOTE: The actual BCR bias voltage involves a high-frequency AC signal at a negative DC off-
set. The AC and DC values vary constantly, depending on run mode, Drum age, and several Program a Black only job. While the job is running, check pin 1 at P/J591 on the Charge (K)
environmental variables. Measured voltages will vary from machine to machine and job to job. Preclean HVPS. Approximately -400 VDC to -900 VDC is measured: The voltage checks out
OK.
Program a Full Color copy job. While the job is running, check the pin on P/J593 that is associ- Y N
ated with the problem color for -400 VDC to -900 VDC:
+24VDC is measured between pins 1 and 2 at P/J584 on the Charge (K) Preclean
C: pin 6
HVPS.
M: pin 4 Y N
Y: pin 1 Check the wires for damage or open circuit. Repair as required.
The voltages check out OK.
Y N Replace the Charge (K) Preclean HVPS (PL 11.2).
+24VDC is measured between pins 1 and 2 at P/J587 on the Charge (Y, M, C) HVPS.
Y N Replace the Scorotron Unit Assembly (PL 6.1). If the problem continues, replace the Charge
Check the wires for damage or open circuit. Repair as required. (K) Preclean HVPS (PL 11.2).
Replace the affected Drum Cartridge (PL 6.1). If the problem continues, replace the Charge (Y,
M, C) HVPS (PL 11.1).
Initial Actions
Perform Regicon, MAX Setup and Print Calibration
Procedure
The defect appears in prints only
Y N
The defect appears in copies or scans only
Y N
Suspect the MCU PWB, ROS, or Xerographics (drums, charge, developer, IBT,
transfer, etc.).
Run test patterns 41 to 43, test patterns 44 to 46, and then test patterns 23 to 32.
• If defect appears on 44 to 46 but does not appear on 41 to 43, suspect Ext. Mem.
PWB.
• If the defect appears on 23 to 32 but not on 33 to 40, suspect the IPS PWB.
NOTE: Testing of the BDEC PWB requires the user to examine the character edges on
scanned test patterns and compare differences in copy quality for Text and Photo modes.
Run Print Reports and dC606 PS and PCL test patterns. The defect is present
Y N
If the defect does not appear, suspect the print driver or the application.
Suspect the MCU PWB, ROS, or Xerographics (drums, charge, developer, IBT, transfer, etc.).
Cause
Incorrect Electrostatics, high TC, faulty ADC Sensor
Corrective Action
Go to the IQ11 Background RAP.
Cause Cause
Failure of the ROS or IBT “walking” from rear to front or front to rear. Toner agglomerates cause deletions in the areas surrounding them during transfer.
Figure 1 Deletions Defect Sample Figure 1 High Freq. Bands Defect Sample
Cause Cause
Defective IBT Belt, damp paper, uneven charge. Faulty ROS Assembly or Photoreceptor/Developer Housing gear or bearing problem.
Cause Cause
Clog in Developer Housing Trim Bar, malfunction of IBT Cleaner Assembly, contaminated ROS Incorrect electrostatics, defective ADC Sensor, low toner concentration or out-of-specification
window. paper (especially low quality or heavy weight paper).
Cause Cause
The halftone screen used on the original interferes with the halftone screen used by the copier. Damp or low quality paper, aged developer, low toner concentration
Figure 1 Newton Rings Defect Sample Figure 1 Repeating Defects Sample Image
Cause Cause
Highly reflective surfaces on a glossy photograph. Damage, density variation, or deletions caused by rotating component. Spacing equal to effec-
tive circumference of part.
Corrective Action
Perform the following: Corrective Action
Go to the IQ4 Repeating Bands, Streaks, Spots, and Smears RAP.
• Clean the Document Glass
• Place a transparency between the document and the glass
Figure 1 Residual Image Defect Sample Figure 1 Streak Deletion Defect Sample
Cause Cause
Improper IBT cleaning and/or defective IBT Belt. Contamination of ROS window, damage to or contact with Transfer Belt or Drum Cartridge
Cause Cause
Non-uniform paper buckle between IBT and Fuser; Fuser “tenting” of paper. Actual wrinkling of Non-uniform paper buckle between IBT and Fuser; Fuser “tenting” of paper
the paper itself can also occur.
Corrective Action
Corrective Action Go to the IQ4 Repeating Bands, Streaks, Spots, and Smears RAP.
Go to the IQ14 Wrinkled Image/Paper RAP.
INBOARD EDGE
LEAD EDGE
Cause
Damage or wear to IBT Cleaner Assembly
Corrective Action
Go to the IQ8 Process Direction Bands and Streaks RAP.
To enter the UI Diagnostic Tests screen, press the <Phone + # + *> Buttons. After the Screen
displays there will be a list of 10 routines available. You can select the tests from either the
Touch Screen or by using the number key pad on the Control Panel. Each test will have one or
more tests contained in the test. These tests are selectable from the number keys on the con-
trol panel. You can exit any of the top level tests by pressing the 0 button on the Control panel.
NOTE: For Test 2 Touch Panel Calibration, use the Touch Pen for this routine. The Touch Pen
is installed in the Tilt Swivel cover at the rear of the UI. To remove the cover, apply upward fin-
ger pressure to the cover’s (2) bottom tabs and rotate the cover up and to the rear to remove.
The location is shown in Figure 1.
1. LCD Pixel Test - This test displays a lighted blank screen. Touch the Touch Screen and a
small square in color will display where ever you touch the screen. This will demonstrate
the function of the touch screen. If anyplace you touch does not produce a color square
suspect the touch screen is defective.
2. Touch Panel Calibration - Start the Test and touch the cross hatch locations as they are
displayed (9 locations appear one at a time starting with the upper left). This will set the
correct points of origin for the display.
1.
To remove this cover and get the
Touch Pen, apply finger pressure
to the 2 bottom tabs and rotate
the cover up and to the rear.
3. Touch Panel Test - This routine tests the response of the Touch Screen to touch by the
CSE. When the panel is touched a small color square is displayed. If a square is touched
repeatedly it will toggle on and off. If a fault is declared troubleshoot the fault.
4. Button Test - This routine test the functions of the Buttons on the control panel and dis-
plays the results on the UI as a color change on the button display.
5. Display Vertical Test - This test displays eight different vertical gradient patterns these
patterns are selectable from the numeric key pad on the control panel:
3. Perform steps 2 through 4 of the Check procedure to determine if skew is now within the
recommended tolerance.
4. After adjustment, perform DADF Side Edge Registration (ADJ 5.2) and DADF Lead Edge
Registration. (ADJ 5.3).
Adjustment
1. Open the DADF.
2. Adjust the position of the DADF by moving it in direction A or B. Figure 2
b. If copy 2 edge metric is farther away from edge than copy 1, increase the NVM value
(0.0847 mm per step).
B If copy 2 edge metric is closer to edge than copy 1, decrease the NVM value (0.0847
mm per step).
c. Check results of adjustment and adjust as required.
b. If Side 2 edge metric is farther away from edge than Side 1, increase the NVM value.
If Side 2 edge metric is closer to edge than Side 1, decrease the NVM value.
c. Check results of adjustment and adjust as required.
NOTE: As the corresponding NVM 711-001 to 711-011 will be rewritten when NVM 711-
140 is rewritten, be careful when NVM 711-001 to 711-011 are changed individually.
NOTE: As the corresponding NVM 711-015 to 711-025 will be rewritten when NVM 711-
141 is rewritten, be careful when NVM 711-015 to 711-025 are changed individually.
NOTE: Ensure that the Counter Balance nut is securely tightened after adjustment.
NOTE: Ensure that the Counter Balance nut is securely tightened after adjustment.
2. To adjust the clearance between the DADF right front foot and the Platen Glass (which
should be 0.5 mm or less), loosen the nut of the Right Counter Balance and turn the
screw in the directions shown in the figure. Figure 3
• Turn the screw in the direction D (counter-clockwise) to lower the front of the DADF,
while raising the rear.
• Turn the screw in the direction E (clockwise) to raise the front of the DADF, while
lowering the rear.
• IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration Adjustment ADJ 9.7 ii. Select 1 to 2 sided and press Start to make the 2 sided test pattern.
• IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration Adjustment ADJ 5.9 b. Make test copies.
• DADF Height Adjustment ADJ 5.4 i. Load the 2 sided test pattern with Side 1 up, and lead edge metrics LE1
through LE3 facing toward the left.
• DADF Lead Skew Adjustment ADJ 5.1
ii. Select the following:
Check • 2 to 1 sided
1. Make two copies from the Platen Glass to be used as DADF originals. • A3 or 11 x 17 Paper Supply
a. Register Geometric Test Pattern 82E8220 (11 x 17 / A3) on the Platen with lead • 100% Reduce/Enlarge
edge metrics LE1 through LE3 against the left registration guide. • 2 Copies
b. Select the following: iii. Press Start and discard the first set.
• 1→1 Sided c. Check that trail edge metrics are the same distance from the trail edge of the paper
• A3 or 11 x 17 Paper Supply for both copies.
• 100% Reduce/Enlarge If the difference is greater than 2.2 mm, go to step 2 of the adjustment.
• 2 Copies Otherwise, the DADF Trail Edge Registration is good.
c. Press Start and write DADF Original 1 on the first copy and DADF Original 2 on the Adjustment
second copy. 1. Adjust Side 1 DADF Trail Edge Registration.
2. Verify trail edge registration of DADF Originals. a. Enter NVM Location (dC131) (Scan Services) [711-142].
a. On copy 2 (Original 2), measure the distance between the trail edge of the copy and
the reference line (second step in from the edge) on metric TE4, and write A and the NOTE: For adjustment purposes, 25 numbers in NVM equals approximately 1 mm
measurement on copy 2. of adjustment.
b. Check that A is 10.0 ±0.5 mm. If A is 10.0 ±0.5 mm, go to step 3. b. If B is more than A, increase the NVM value.
If A is not 10.0 ±0.5 mm, check both of the following and then return to the beginning If B is less than A, decrease the NVM value.
of this procedure. c. Check results of adjustment and adjust if required.
i. IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration Adjustment. ADJ 9.7 2. Adjust Side 2 DADF Trail Edge Registration.
ii. IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration Adjustment. ADJ 5.9 a. Enter NVM Location (dC131) (Scan Services) [711-143].
3. Check DADF Trail Edge Registration for Side 1.
NOTE: For adjustment purposes, 25 numbers in NVM equals approximately 1 mm
a. Load both DADF Originals in the DADF, 1 on top, with lead edge metrics LE1 and
of adjustment.
LE3 toward the left.
b. Select the following: b. If Side 2 edge metric is farther away from edge than Side 1, increase the NVM value.
• 1→1 Sided If Side 2 edge metric is closer to edge than Side 1, decrease the NVM value.
• A3 or 11 x 17 Paper Supply c. Check results of adjustment and adjust as required.
• 100% Reduce/Enlarge NOTE: 2 to 2-sided or 2 to 1-sided must be selected to view a change in [711-143].
• 2 Copies [710-143] produces no change in 1 to 2-sided copying.
c. Press Start and discard the first set.
d. On Side 1 (labeled DADF Original 1) of the second set of copies, measure the dis- Table 1 NVM List
tance between the trail edge of the copy and the reference line (second in from the Chain Link Name Min Initial Max Increment Remarks
edge) on metric TE4, and write B and the measurement on copy 1.
711 142 DADF Trail Edge Adjustment 0 122 244 0.0414mm Side 1
e. Compare B to A. B must be within 0 ±2.2 mm of A.
(Side 1) Replace All
If the difference between B and A is greater than 2.2 mm, go to step 1 of the Adjust-
ment.
3. After adjustment, place the Geometric Test Pattern A2E8220 (11 x 17 / A3) on the DADF
again with the scan side up.
4. Make copies with the following settings:
• 1→1 Sided
• A3 or 11 x 17 Paper Supply
• 100%
• 5 Copies
5. Repeat the procedure until the distance between the reference points in the copy is the
same as the distance between the same points in the Geometric Test Pattern.
1
Move full rate car-
riage to right, which
also pulls half rate
carriage to right.
Figure 1 Preparing the alignment tools Figure 2 Aligning the Half Rate Carriage locating holes
7. Align the (2) locating holes in the Half Rate Carriage with the (2) locating holes of the rails 8. Install and secure the alignment tools into the Front and Rear of the Half Rate Carriage.
((1) in Front, (1) in Rear). Figure 2 Figure 3
a. Install the alignment tools.
• Install the alignment tool in the Front locating hole first.
• Install the alignment tool in the Rear locating hole next, if possible.
b. Secure the alignment tools with the screws.
11. If the locating holes in the frame and the Full Rate Carriage cannot be aligned, and the
alignment tool cannot be installed, perform the following steps. Figure 6
a. Loosen the securing screw on the Carriage Cable.
b. Move the Full Rate Carriage to align the locating holes.
c. Tighten the screw.
Check
NOTE: The IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration Adjustment (ADJ 9.7) must have been
completed before performing this adjustment.
1. Register Geometric Test Pattern 82E8220 (11 x 17 / A3) on the Platen with side edge met-
rics SE1 through SE4 against the rear registration guide.
2. Make copies with the following settings:
• 1→1 Sided 1
• A3 or 11 x 17 Paper Supply See Table 1 for
tolerances
• 100% Reduce/Enlarge
• 5 Copies
3. Measure the Lead Edge of the third copy. Figure 1
3. Referring to Table 2 adjust the measured value of the Side Edge as follows:
• If the measured value is short, set a smaller value.
• If the measured value is long, set a larger value.
4. After the adjustment, register the Geometric Test Pattern 82E8220 (11 x 17 / A3) on the
Platen with side edge metrics SE1 through SE4 against the rear registration guide and
make 5 copies at 11” x 17” (A3) SEF 100%.
5. Repeat the procedure until the measured values of the Lead Edge and Side Edge are
within the specifications shown in Table 1.
1
See Table 1 for
tolerances.
5. Check that the Measured Values of the Lead Edge and Side Edge are within the specifi-
cations of the supporting Mode shown in Table 1 below. If either measurement is not
within specifications, perform the Adjustment.
Table 1
Item Simplex Duplex
Lead Edge 10+/-1.5mm 10+/-1.6mm
Side Edge 8.5+/-1.8mm 10+/-2.0mm
Adjustment
1. Enter Diagnostics (dC131) (Scan Services) (NVM Read/Write).
CAUTION 1
Avoid performing this procedure. This procedure should only be performed when the actual IIT Horizontal dis-
magnification is not correct. tance should
measure 200
NOTE: Before performing this procedure, make sure that the IOT horizontal/vertical Reduce/ mm on this
Enlarge ratios are appropriate. line.
Check
1. Register Geometric Test Pattern 82E8220 (11 x 17 / A3) on the Platen with side edge met-
rics SE1 through SE4 against the rear registration guide.
2. Make copies with the following settings:
• Copy Mode: Black
• Document Type: Text / Photo
• Paper: A3 or 11 x 17
• 100% Reduce/Enlarge
• 2 Copies
3. Check the 2nd copy for the following. Figure 1
2
a. For Horizontal Reduce/Enlarge: Figure 1 Vertical dis-
Check that the distance between the two points is 200±1mm, which should match tance should
the dimension on the Geometric Test Pattern. measure 300
If the value is not within the specified range, perform the Adjustment. mm on this
line.
b. For Vertical Reduce/Enlarge: Figure 1
Check that the distance between the two points is 300±1.5mm, which should match
the dimension on the Geometric Test Pattern. Figure 1 Checking Horizontal and Vertical distances
If the value is not within the specified range, perform the Adjustment.
Adjustment
Horizontal Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment
Check
1. Reinstall the Platen Glass.
CAUTION
Stray light will adversely affect this check. If there is significant ambient light around the
machine (especially fluorescent light), open the platen cover as little as required to start the
scan, in order to keep as much stray light as possible away from the Lens and CCD.
NOTE: After connecting the PWS to the machine but before entering dC945, raise the platen
cover. If the routine is started with the cover down, the PWS Tool will lock up. Starting point marks
placed on the adjust-
2. Enter dC945. Raise the platen cover. Select the Optical Axis Calibration button and ment nut and on the
press Start. Lens Assembly
3. Check the results in the Optical Axis Set Results box. Frame
If OK is displayed in the Judge row, the check is good. Go to IIT Calibration (ADJ 5.11).
4. If the tool displays NG, perform the Adjustment.
Adjustment
1. Remove the IIT Lens Cover and locate the adjustment nuts. (REP 5.25) (Figure 1)
Adjustment nuts
3. Check the results in the Optical Axis Set Results box. The values displayed indicate the
amount and direction of the correction required:
• + means rotate clockwise
• - means rotate counterclockwise
• The amount of correction is displayed in degrees. Each division around the nut rep-
resents 15 degrees (divide the displayed value by 15 to get the number of divisions).
If a value higher than 990 is displayed, this may indicate that insufficient light is
entering the CCD. Make sure that the Lens and Platen Glass are clean.
4. Make the indicated correction for both the front and rear screws,
5. Reinstall the Platen Glass then press the Start button.
6. Repeat steps 2 and 3 until OK is displayed
7. Adjust the IIT Calibration (ADJ 5.11).
Adjustment
1. Enter the PWS Diagnostic mode.
2. Select dC740 from the DC Quick menu.
3. Push the paper guides to their minimum width.
4. Select the Minimum Position radio button, then select Set NVM.
5. Push the paper guides to their maximum width.
6. Select the Maximum Position radio button, then select Set NVM.
7. Place a sheet of paper in Tray 5 and adjust the guides.
8. Select Test
9. The Result box will display the computed width of the paper. Display range is 88 to
333mm. Verify the results.
Introduction
This series consists of the following procedures:
• Lead Edge Registration, Bond/Plain Paper, Trays 1-4 and 6, Sides 1 and 2. One Lead
Edge setting applies to all.
• Lead Edge Registration, Bond/Plain Paper, Tray 5 / Bypass, Sides 1 and 2.
• Side Edge Registration, All Trays (1 - 6), Sides 1 and 2, each set separately.
• Lead Edge Registration, Heavyweight Paper, Trays 1-4 and 6, Sides 1 and 2. One Lead
Edge setting applies to all.
• Lead Edge Registration, Heavyweight Paper, Tray 5 / Bypass, Sides 1 and 2.
NOTE: Whenever you adjust registration, you must perform the entire series, in the sequence
given. Read the entire procedure before performing the adjustment.
Check
Checking Baseline Lead Edge Registration (Trays 1 - 4 and 6)
NOTE: You must set baseline registration for Bond/Plain paper before setting heavyweight
registration.
1. Load Trays 1 and 2, and the Tray 5 / Bypass, with 11 x 17 / A3 Bond/Plain paper. Load
Trays 3, 4, and 6 with 8 1/2 x 11 / A4 Bond/Plain paper.
2. The routine automatically selects the appropriate NVM location to set, based on the
Paper Type setting for the trays. Ensure that all paper trays are set to the installed paper
type by pressing the Setup Menu button on the UI, selecting Paper Tray Attributes, and
Figure 1 Test Pattern Measurement Points
setting and Saving the appropriate paper types for each tray. Note that if this path has
changed, you will need to consult the copier/printer User Guide (Training and Information
CD) for the correct menu path.
2. Make the following selections: 7. If the measurement is within specification, select Trays 2 through 4, then Tray 6, and
repeat steps 1 through 5 for each successive tray. Perform the Adjustment, if the mea-
a. Select the Side 1 radio button. surement is not within specification.
b. Select 5 for Print Count, if not already selected. 8. If the measurement is within specification, select the Side 2 radio button, select Trays 2
3. Click Start on the PWS screen. through 4, then Tray 6, and repeat steps 1 through 5 for each successive tray for Side 2.
4. Take the third print and measure from the lead edge to point A (as shown on Figure 1). 9. If the measured value for Trays 2 through 4, and Tray 6 (Side 2) is not 8.5±2.0mm, per-
Point A is at the intersection of the 7th line from the side edge and the first line from the form the Adjustment, where applicable.
lead edge. 10. If the measurement is within specification, select Tray 5 and repeat steps 1 through 5 for
5. If the measured value is not 10±1.5mm, perform the Adjustment. When the measured Side 1 of the Tray 5 / Bypass.
value falls within the specification, select the Side 2 radio button and repeat steps 1 11. If the measured value for Side 1 of the Tray 5 / Bypass is not 8.5±2.9mm, perform the
through 4 to check registration for Side 2.
Adjustment.
6. If the Check for Tray 5 / Bypass Side 2 is not 10±1.5mm, perform the Adjustment. If the
12. If the measurement is within specification, select the Side 2 radio button and repeat steps
Check is OK, proceed to Side Edge Registration.
1 through 5 for Side 2 of the Tray 5 / Bypass.
Adjustment 13. If the measured value for Side 2 of the Tray 5 / Bypass is not 8.5±2.9mm, perform the
1. Use the Right and Left Arrow buttons to increase or decrease the amount of lead edge Adjustment.
spacing. The right arrow increases the lead edge spacing (moves the grid pattern to the Adjustment
left). The left arrow decreases the lead edge spacing (moves the grid pattern to the right).
1. Use the Up and Down Arrow buttons to increase or decrease the amount of side edge
The cumulative amount of shift is indicated in millimeters in the Lead Registration box,
spacing. The Up arrow increases the side edge spacing (moves the image away from the
and is represented visually on the PWS.
outboard edge of the paper). The Down arrow decreases the side edge spacing (moves
2. After adjustment, repeat the Check procedure to see if the measured value of the Lead
the image towards the outboard edge of the paper). The cumulative amount of shift is
Edge (A) now falls within the specification of Table 1.
indicated in millimeters in the Side Registration box, and is represented visually on the
3. Repeat Adjustment steps 1 through 3 until the measured value falls within the specifica- PWS.
tion.
2. After adjustment, repeat the Check procedure to see if the measured value of the Side
Side Edge Registration Edge (A) now falls within the specifications of Table 1.
Purpose 3. Repeat Adjustment steps 1 through 3 until the measured value falls within the specifica-
To correctly register the side edge of the image in relation to the outboard edge of the paper. tion.
NOTE: The changes made by this routine are VERY slight, and may not be detectable without
a densitometer. It will not correct gross density variations caused by Image Quality faults.
Adjustment
NOTE: This procedure is also available in UI Diagnostic mode. See Accessing UI Diagnostics.
LE
IN OUT
Figure 2 Darker or Lighter Center Density (Patterns 1, 4, 5, 6)
6. Check the print for front-to-rear density variation. Examine each band on the print. If any
variation is observed, categorize the variation according to one of the following general
types, then choose the specific pattern number within that group that most closely repre-
sents the density variation:
• Darker or Lighter Center Density (Patterns 1, 4, 5, 6) Figure 2
• Lighter Inboard Density (Patterns 2, 7, 10) Figure 3
• Darker Inboard Density (Patterns 3, 8, 9) Figure 4
CAUTION
Placeholder only! This is a copy of preliminary engineering input, and may not represent the
final procedure. For reference and general information only.
Adjustment
Check with the customer on the weight of the paper and which is the desired output mode for
the special paper.
1. Based on the data collected during preparation, set the required icons in addition to the
existing UI icons.
The machine is designed such that 6 icons can be added for the special settings above.
(The shaded parts in the following table)
NOTE: The amount of visible change is small, even when level 6 is selected. It may be neces-
sary to perform several cycles to achieve the desired result.
12. Repeat steps 4 to 11 until the density is even. If more than one color shows density varia-
tion, repeat the procedure as required.
Table 4 NVM
Initial
NVM NVM Names Value After Change
746-001 2nd BTR PWM Output Changeable Mode Acti- 0 1
vation Switch (Adjustment Mode)
746-002 2nd BTR PWM Output Changeable Mode 0 Input the data deter-
Rewrite Mode Selection mined in Step 1.
3. Borrow the specified original from the customer and place it on the Platen Glass.
4. Borrow the specified special paper (up to 30 sheets) from the customer and load it in the
tray.
5. Set 10 for No. of sets. Then select a tray and press the Start button.
Print 10 sheets (the 1st sheet is a dummy) of the sample of the changed output in adjust-
ment mode.
Details of the output samples are as follows.
NOTE: By inputting a value mentioned above, 10 sheets of sample can be output with
that value as a central value.
10. Change the following NVM again and enter adjustment mode.
Table 5 NVM
Initial After
NVM NVM Names Value Change
746-001 2nd BTR PWM Output Changeable Mode Activation Switch 0 2
(Adjustment Mode)
NOTE: This is because the initial value is restored automatically after making samples of
746-001.
The value 1 entered in Step 2 is for normal mode output. As the data sample output of the
changed central value is necessary, enter 2 for 2nd adjustment.
NOTE: This procedure is also available in UI Diagnostic mode. See Accessing UI Diagnostics.
Adjustment
1. Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Refer to PWS Diagnostic mode.
2. Select dC956 from the DC Quick menu.
3. Select Start on the screen.
The position and alignment of the belt is digitized and stored in the machine automatically.
Adjustment
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with
the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
1. Verify that the Finisher is properly latched and secured to the IOT.
2. Verify that the Finisher is Level and parallel with the IOT (Figure 1).
2
Loosen screw
3
For A-type skew,
move the End
Guide to the Left.
For B-type skew,
move the End
Figure 1 Skew Specification Guide to the
Right.
4. If the fold is within specification on all sheets, go to ADJ 12.5 Booklet Fold Position. If any
of the sheets are out of specification, go to the adjustment.
Adjustment
1. Determine the type of Fold Skew:
Figure 3 Adjusting Fold Skew
a. Set machine up according to instructions:
• Under the Scan Options Tab - select 2 Sided Copying>2-2 Sided and then 5. Repeat procedure until the Fold Skew setup meets specification or customer request.
press Save. 6. After adjustment is done, go to ADJ 12.5 Booklet Fold Position.
Check
1. Ensure that the trays used are correctly programmed.
2. Ensure that the Fold Skew is within specification (ADJ 12.4).
3. Set machine up according to instructions in Table 1 and run 1 set of each Booklet job.
Label each booklet.
NOTE: The adjustment can also be made through the PWS, routine dC128. Refer to Check
PWS Diagnostic mode for instructions on how to access the PWS Diagnostics. 1. Ensure that the trays used are correctly programmed.
2. Perform the X1 adjustment using the NVM locations in Table 2. 2. Ensure that the Fold Skew is within specification (ADJ 12.4).
3. Ensure that the Fold Position is within specification (ADJ 12.5).
NOTE: If the “A”-side is longer than the “B”-side, the current NVM value should be
4. Ensure that the Staple Position is within specification (ADJ 12.6).
decreased. If the “B”-side is longer than the “A”-side, the current NVM value should be
increased. 5. Set machine up according to instructions in Table 1 and run the Booklet job.
Job # NVM Default Range Remark Select Paper In Scan Options / Output Output
Supply Format Tabs, select: Originals in DADF Booklet Size
1 763-110 100 0 ~ 200 1 count = 0.1 mm. Target amount to be adjusted is
half the amount of the total Fold Misalignment. 11 x 17 / A3 SEF 1-1 Sided, Copy Booklet, No 4 sheets of 8.5 x 11 2 sheets
Cover / Folding + Stapling / A4 LEF
2 763-111 100 0 ~ 200 1 count = 0.1 mm. Target amount to be adjusted is
half the amount of the total Fold Misalignment.
6. Measure X1 and verify against specification in Figure 1.
3. Set up and run the job/s that were subject to adjustment (Table 1).
4. Check output against specifications in Figure 1. Repeat procedure until the Staple Posi-
tion meets specification or customer request.
5. After adjustment is done, go to ADJ 12.7 Booklet Staple Alignment.
NOTE: The adjustment can also be made through the PWS, routine dC128. Refer to
PWS Diagnostic mode for instructions on how to access the PWS Diagnostics.
5. After adjustment is done, go to ADJ 12.9 Booklet Fold Position (Fine Adjustment) • Check Fold Rollers for wear or contamination.
Adjustment
1. Remove the Booklet Maker Unit (REP 12.55).
2. Remove KL-clip (Figure 1).
Move Spring
to lower hole
Figure 3 Adjust the front Spring tension Figure 4 Adjusting the rear Spring tension
Check
1. Ensure that the trays used are correctly programmed.
2. Ensure that the Fold Skew is within specification (ADJ 12.4).
3. Ensure that the Fold Position is within specification (ADJ 12.5).
4. Ensure that the Staple Position is within specification (ADJ 12.6).
5. Set machine up according to instructions in Table 1 and run 1 set of each job. Label each
booklet.
6. Measure X1 and verify Fold Position on each job against the Fold Specification table in
Figure 1.
3. Set up and run the job/s that were subject to adjustment (Table 1).
4. Check output against specifications in Figure 1. Repeat procedure until the Staple Posi-
tion meets specification or customer request.
NOTE: The adjustment can also be made through the PWS, routine dC128. Refer to
PWS Diagnostic mode for instructions on how to access the PWS Diagnostics.
2
Remove screws (2)
and remove cover
3
Disconnect
connectors (2),
release har-
ness clip (2)
Disconnect
connectors (6)
NOTE: Step 7 does not have to be done. It is however recommended that you complete 2
this step as it creates more space and gives more room to access connectors and screws Disconnect connec-
in the next coming steps. tor and remove
ground strap (1 1
7. Remove the IIT LVPS (Figure 4).
screw) Remove screws (2)
4
Release Harness
from Clip
1
Disconnect
connectors (4)
2
Disconnect
connectors (3)
Remove
screws (4) and
the Main Power
Assembly
Loosen
screws (3)
Remove
screws (4)
Figure 2 Removing the Bracket
Figure 1 Removing the Rear Upper Cover
3. Remove screw securing the Chassis Assembly to the frame (Figure 3).
2. Remove Bracket (Figure 2).
2
Loosen the
screw (1)
1 3
Loosen the
Figure 3 Preparing to remove the Chassis Assembly Disconnect the
screw and open
connectors (4
the Chassis
shown in this fig-
4. Open the Chassis Assembly (Figure 4) Assembly
ure)
1
Remove
screws (5)
2 1
Remove screws (2) and the V Disconnect
- Transport fan and Duct connector
Figure 2 Removing the V - Transport Duct Figure 3 Removing the V - Transport Fan and Duct
4. Remove the V-Transport Fan and Duct (Figure 3). 5. Remove the Tension Bracket (Figure 4).
Figure 4 Removing the Tension Bracket Figure 5 Removing the Gear Bracket
6. Remove the Gear Bracket (Figure 5). 7. Disconnect connectors and release Wire Harness from Harness Clips (Figure 6).
2
Release
Wire Har-
ness from
Harness
Clips (2)
1
Disconnect the connectors (4)
Remove
screws (4)
loosen the
screws (5)
Loosen
screws (3)
Remove the
NVM PWB
Removing
the remain-
ing screws
(4)
Figure 4 Removing the MCU NVM PWB Figure 5 Removing the MCU PWB screws
6. Disconnect the connectors (24) from the MCU PWB. (Figure 4) 8. Move the MCU PWB to the left to disconnect the connector (1) and remove the MCU
7. Remove the screws (12) from the MCU PWB. (Figure 5) PWB.
Replacement
1. Remove the MCU NVM PWB from the new MCU PWB.
2. Install the old MCU NVM PWB onto the new MCU PWB.
Loosen
screws (3)
5. Loosen the MCU Cover screws (11) and move the cover to the left and remove the MCU
Cover. (Figure 3)
Remove
screws (4)
Loosen the
screws (5)
Figure 3 Removing the MCU Cover Figure 4 Removing the MCU NVM
6. Remove the MCU NVM PWB from the MCU PWB. (Figure 4) Replacement
If the NVM PWB was replaced, perform the following:
1. Go to dC132 to serialize the MCU NVM PWB
2. Restore machine settings dC361.
2
Lift FAX
PWB until
lock tab
clears the
bracket
3
Pull FAX PWB toward the left
and remove it from the Con-
trol Unit
1
2 Remove the
Remove the PWB screw
Remove the
screws (6) from
the edge con-
nectors
NVM PWB
RAM
1
Remove the screws (4)
FLASH ROM
8. Remove the Flash ROM, NVM PWB, and RAM PWBs from the CCM PWB 9. Remove the CCM PWB (Figure 6).
Disconnect the
connector (1)
System Disk Drive
Replacement
1. Install the RAM, Flash ROM and NVM PWBs onto the new CCM PWB (Figure 5).
2. After reassembling the machine, print a configuration page.
3. Check that software versions and setup data remain unchanged.
2
Then install
the right
screws sec-
ond
1 2
Remove the screws (4) The Disk Drive is located
inside the unit
Figure 2 Removing the screws (4) Figure 3 Installing the left screws first, then the right.
6. Remove the Disk Drive. 3. After the machine is reassembled, perform Loading Network Controller software in GP 14.
Replacement
1. Connect the connector (1). (Figure 3)
2. After positioning the Disk Drive inside the unit, install the left screws (2) first then install
the right screws (2) last. (Figure 3)
2
Remove the 2
S2X PWB Remove the
Network
FireWire PWB
1 1
Remove Remove the
the screw screw (1)
(1)
1
Remove the
screws
2
Remove the
screws
8. Slide the PWB to the left and remove PWB (Figure 2).
P5
P4
P1
Figure 3 Fan Assembly/CPU and DDR Memory PWB
Replacement
1. Install the Fan Assembly and Memory onto the new PWB (Figure 3).
2 1
Install this screw Install this screw first
next
2
1 Remove (2)
Disconnect thumbscrews 1
connector Loosen the (4) screws, then
raise the UI up to disengage.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
C
Disconnect flat
cables
C
A Remove the UI
Remove the PWB
screws (2)
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Perform the Touch Panel Calibration ADJ 4.2.
B
Disconnect the
cables
Figure 2 Disconnect the connectors and flat cables from the UI PWB
NOTE: The DADF is bulky and heavy. It is recommended that you use the assistance of a
second person to lift and remove the DADF.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Perform Adjustment procedures for registration, height, and skew.
• Side Edge Registration. ADJ 5.2
• Lead Edge Registration. ADJ 5.3
• Height Adjustment. ADJ 5.4
• Lead Skew. ADJ 5.1
1
Remove the screws,
invert this bracket, and
reinstall the screws.
2. Remove the (2) screws on the bracket on the back of the Right Counter Balance, flip the
bracket upside down, and reinstall the screws. PL 14.3
3. Open the DADF to a full vertical position, then insert the shaft of a screw driver horizon-
tally through the hole in the lower front of the Left Counter Balance to secure it from clos-
ing.
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with
the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the DADF Front Cover.
a. Open the Feeder Upper Chute. PL 14.5
b. Raise the DADF to the fully open position.
c. Remove the (2) screws from the underside of the cover.
d. Lower the DADF approximately half way down.
e. Gently pull on the lower left and lower right corners of the cover, while rocking the
cover up. The rocking motion releases (2) plastic tabs in the upper edge of the cover
from (2) cutouts in the inner sheet metal of the DADF.
f. Lift the cover up and out to remove.
2. Remove the DADF Rear Cover.
a. With the DADF in the closed (fully down) position, open the Feeder Upper Chute.
b. Loosen the (2) screws at the bottom, outer edge of the cover.
c. Lift the cover up approximately 8 inches (20.32cm) and pull the cover toward you to
remove.
3. Remove the DADF Left Lower Cover.
NOTE: To remove the (2) hidden screws securing this cover, you must first remove the
DADF Front and Rear Covers.
NOTE: Observe the plastic pins on the right and left sides of the cover that help to
hold the cover in place.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
NOTE: Remember to pull out the securing shaft that has been inserted in a new Counter
Balance.
1
Earth Wire.
1
Clutch Bracket
1
DADF Feed Clutch
1
Clutch Bracket
1
Pre Registration Motor
1
Registration
Motor
1
Clutch Bracket.
1
Clutch Bracket
1
Harness Guide
1
Tension Spring
with Plate
Spring on top
3. Remove the rectangular, plastic Chute Guide from the underside of the Upper Feeder
Chute. Figure 2
1
Tension Spring
Figure 2 Plastic Chute with Plate
Spring on top
4. Remove the KL-Clip from the rear (large gear end) of the Feed Shaft.
5. Disengage the Sleeve Bearing by sliding it on the Feed Shaft toward the front of the
DADF.
6. Remove the KL-Clip from the front (roller end) of the Feed Shaft.
7. Disengage the Sleeve Bearing by sliding it on the Feed Shaft toward the back of the
DADF.
8. Remove the Feeder/Nudger Roll Component.
9. Remove the KL-Clip on the Feed Roll.
10. Remove the Feed Roll.
a. Remove the Feed Shaft.
b. Remove the Feed Roll. Figure 1 Tension Spring with Plate Spring on top
Replacement
3. Remove the rectangular, plastic Chute Guide from the underside of the Upper Feeder
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Chute. Figure 2
2. Install the Feed Roll with the clutch end facing the Feed Shaft.
3. When reinstalling the Tension Spring, make sure to place the Plate Spring on top of the
Tension Spring.
1
Platen Exit Sensor
Bracket
4. Remove the KL-Clip from the rear (large gear end) of the Feed Shaft.
5. Disengage the Sleeve Bearing by sliding it on the Feed Shaft toward the front of the
DADF.
6. Remove the KL-Clip from the front (roller end) of the Feed Shaft.
7. Disengage the Sleeve Bearing by sliding it on the Feed Shaft toward the back of the
DADF.
8. Remove the Feeder/Nudger Roll Component.
9. Remove the KL-Clip on the Nudger Roll.
10. Remove the Nudger Roll.
a. Remove the Nudger Shaft.
b. Remove the Nudger Roll.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Install the Nudger Roll with the clutch end facing the Nudger Shaft. Figure 1 Platen Sensor Bracket
3. When reinstalling the Tension Spring, make sure to place the Plate Spring on top of the
Tension Spring. 4. Remove the Platen Exit Sensor from the Sensor Bracket.
a. Disconnect the connector.
b. Remove the screw (1).
c. Remove the Platen Exit Sensor.
1
Invert Sensor Bracket
1
Clutch Bracket
1
Clutch Bracket
1
DADF Reg
Sensor Bracket
1
Retard Roll Housing
4. Invert the Housing assembly, then locate and remove the KL-Clip securing the Retard
Roll Shaft.
5. Slide the Retard Roll Shaft to the right and remove the Retard Roll.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
1
Rear Harness Guide
1
Loosen screws (2) and the IIT Front Cover
Figure 2 Removing the IIT Left Cover Figure 3 Removing the UI Support Bracket
8. Remove the UI Support Bracket (Figure 3). 9. Remove the IIT Right Cover (Figure 4).
2 1
Remove screws (2) and Remove the Right Rear
the IIT Right Cover Upper Cover (2 screws)
Figure 4 Removing the IIT Right Cover Figure 5 Removing the Right Rear Upper Cover and the Right Upper Cover
10. Remove the Right Rear Upper Cover and the Right Upper Cover (Figure 5). 11. Remove the Lift Arm used to open/close the IIT Housing (Figure 6).
2
Attach the Arm
Shaft
Figure 6 Removing the Lift Arm Figure 7 Preparing to open the IIT Frame
12. Prepare to open the IIT Frame (Figure 7). 13. Secure the DADF (Figure 8).
2
Lock the Brace Shaft in place by sliding the Locking
Bracket to the right and secure with screw
Figure 8 Securing the DADF Figure 9 Securing the IIT Housing with the Brace Shaft
14. Using the Arm Shaft, lift up the IIT Frame. 16. After securing the IIT Frame with the Brace Shaft, remove the Arm Shaft used to lift the IIT
15. Secure the IIT Housing using the Brace Shaft (Figure 9). Frame.
Replacement
1. To install, perform the removal steps in reverse order.
Replacement
1. To install, perform the removal steps in reverse order.
1
Sensor Bracket
5. Detach the IIT Registration Sensor from the Sensor Bracket. Figure 2
a. Disconnect the connector and detach the sensor from the bracket.
2
Platen Angle Sensor
Replacement
1. To install, perform the removal steps in reverse order.
3
Conductor Plate
2
CCD Flexible
Print Cable
1
Gasket Bracket
a. Slide the cover out to the rear of the copier/printer. There are no screws to remove. b. Remove (2) Thumb Screws from the underside of the Tray Assembly, where the
Tray Assembly meets the left side of the copier/printer.
b. Remove the Top Rear Cover 2.
c. Remove (1) screw each from the center of the left and right support brackets on the
4. Remove the IPS Fan from the centrally-located Duct at the rear of the IIT.
underside of the Tray Assembly.
a. Disconnect the connector to the fan.
d. Lift the Tray Assembly up to remove.
b. Disengage the (3) plastic clips on the Duct.
e. Place the Tray Assembly out of the way on a flat surface.
c. Separate the top portion of the Duct from the bottom portion.
3. Remove the IIT Left Cover. PL 13.1
d. Observe the fan direction before removal, then remove the IPS Fan.
a. Remove (4) securing screws.
Replacement b. Remove the IIT Left Cover.
1. To install, perform the removal steps in reverse order. 4. At the upper, left rear corner of the copier/printer, disconnect the Lamp Fan connector and
unhook the wire harness.
5. Observe the fan direction before removal, then remove the Lamp Fan.
Replacement
1. To install, perform the removal steps in reverse order.
1
Clamps
1
Connector
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2
Clamps
3 4
CCD Fan Screws
1
1 Motor Guard
Carriage Motor
connector
7. Remove the (2) screws securing the Carriage Motor from the front.
8. Remove the Carriage Motor from the rear.
a. Remove the Tension Spring.
b. Unhook the Belt from the Pulley.
c. Remove the Carriage Motor and its attached wire harness.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Route the Pulley on the Belt when installing the Carriage Motor. Figure 3
a. Belt
b. Pulley
NOTE: This procedure describes the installation and removal procedures for the Rear Car-
riage Cable only.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with
the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
NOTE: The Front and Rear Carriage Cables must be installed separately.
Figure 1 Marking the front support position 11. Take out the Full Rate Carriage from the IIT Frame. REP 5.34
1
Ball
Figure 5 Inserting Carriage Cable Ball into Capstan Pulley Figure 6 Winding Clip end of Carriage Cable on Capstan Pulley
2. Wind the Clip end of the Carriage Cable for 3.5 turns. Figure 6 3. Wind the Ball end of the Carriage Cable on the Capstan Pulley for 2.5 turns. Figure 7
a. Wind the Clip end of the Carriage Cable on the Capstan Pulley for 3.5 turns. a. Wind the Ball end of the Carriage Cable on the Capstan Pulley for 2.5 turns.
b. Secure the Carriage Cable at the Clip end with tape. b. Tape the cable, wound on the Capstan Pulley, to prevent it from loosening.
5. Install the Clip end of the Carriage Cable. Figure 10 f. Remove the tape used to secure the cable from loosening.
a. Hang the Carriage Cable on the pulley. (From bottom to top.) g. Reinstall the Full Rate Carriage into the IIT Frame. REP 5.34
b. Hang it on the smaller pulley on the Half Rate Carriage. (From bottom to top.) h. Adjust the position of the Full Rate/Half Rate Carriage. ADJ 5.8
c. Hang the Carriage Cable on the stud. (From bottom to top.) i. Manually move the Full Rate Carriage to ensure that it moves smoothly.
d. Attach the Tension Spring to the Clip of the Carriage Cable. 6. Continue the installation by performing the removal steps from Step 10 in reverse order.
e. Hook the Tension Spring to the IIT Frame.
NOTE: You must remove the Extension Memory and IIT/IPS PWBs together as a single unit.
and then separate the Extension Memory and IPS boards at the 2 edge connectors
5. Remove the screws (3 Blue) and pull out the IIT/IPS Unit.
6. Remove the (15) screws securing the IIT/IPS Cover and remove the cover.
7. Figure 2 shows the location of the PWBs.
10. Remove all screws securing the IIT/IPS PWB before removing the Extension Memory and
IIT/IPS PWBs as a single unit.
a. Remove (6) stand-offs.
b. Note the location and orientation of two (2) ground clips, and remove the (2) screws
securing the ground clips.
c. Remove (4) screws without ground clips.
d. Remove (2) screws on the metal flange at the edge of the PWB.
e. Remove (4) connector stand-offs on the backplane.
11. Remove the PSDC PWB, as necessary, by removing (4) screws, disconnecting (2) cable
clamps, and disconnecting the connector to the Extension Memory PWB.
Replacement
1. To install, perform the removal steps in reverse order. Screws, standoffs, and ground clips
must go back in the correct locations; use Figure 3 and the following legend:
• circles = location of blue screws
• x in circle = location of standoffs
• diamonds = location of ground clip w/ standoff
• squares = location of ground clips w/out standoffs
2. If you replaced the IIT/IPS PWB, print a Systems settings list and compare with the list
printed at the beginning of the procedure. If the IIT s/w versions do not match, you must
reload IIT software.
3. When replacing, enter into Diagnostic mode and then clear the DC135 HFSI Counter.
“Chain Link: 956-803”
“Chain Link: 956-804”
Replacement
1. To install, perform the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Insert the Exposure Lamp Boss into the Full Rate Carriage installation hole. Figure 3
a. Exposure Lamp Boss
b. Installation Hole for the Full Rate Carriage.
Replacement
1. To install, perform the removal steps in reverse order.
13. Remove the Motor Guard at the rear of the IIT. PL 13.7 Figure 3
a. Remove (2) screws securing the Motor Guard.
b. Remove the Motor Guard. Figure 3 Removing the Motor Guard at rear of IIT
14. Disconnect the Slide Cord at the rear of the IPS by pulling the cord out of its connector.
Figure 3
15. Release the (4) cable clamps and remove the Slide Cord.
16. Remove the Slide Cord from the pulley of the Half Rate Carriage. Figure 4
a. Remove the Slide Cord from the pulley.
b. Remove the Slide Cord from the hooks (2).
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Adjust the position of Full Rate/Half Rate Carriages (ADJ 5.8).
2
Open The Cable Clip and gently
move Ribbon Cables to the left
1
Disconnect
Ribbon Cables
(4)
Figure 3 Removing the Right and Left Plates Figure 4 Opening the Cable Clip
8. Open the Cable Clip (Figure 4). 9. Remove the ROS Assembly (C, K) (Figure 5).
2
Open The Cable Clip and gently
move Ribbon Cables to the left
3
Gently pull on the Rib-
bon Cables to get more
4 slack (disconnected and
Disconnect Ribbon Cables (4) and moved in step 4)
gently remove the ROS Assembly
Replacement
1. Ensure that Ribbon Cables are properly re-connected.
2. Re-install parts in reverse order of the removal procedure.
3. Perform the Registration Control Setup Cycle (ADJ 9.8).
1
Disconnect
Ribbon
Cables (4)
Figure 2 Removing the IIT Plate Figure 3 Removing the Left and Right Plates
6. Slide out Toner Cartridges (5). 8. Disconnect Ribbon Cables (Figure 4).
7. Remove Left and Right Plates (Figure 3).
4
Disconnect Ribbon Cables
(4) and gently remove the
ROS Assembly
2
Open the Cable Clip and
gently move Ribbon Cables
to the left
Figure 4 Disconnecting Ribbon Cables Figure 5 Removing the ROS Assembly (Y, M)
1
Feeder
Securing
Screws
Replacement
Figure 1 Exposing the docking base
1. Position the HCF Feeder’s bottom rail-following feet onto the internal HCF rail.
2. Slide the HCF Feeder back into the HCF until it seats. 3. Release the docking latch spring lever on the right side of the docking base.
3. Reinstall the two securing screws and hand tighten until snug. 4. Pull the HCF toward you (away from the copier/printer) to undock it from the copier/
printer.
Replacement
1. Push the HCF toward the two docking points on the left side of the printer.
2. Align the two holes in the HCF docking base with the two docking points on the printer/
copier.
4. Remove the E-Clips, Wire Guides, and Pulleys from the rear of the HCF Tray. Figure 3
a. Remove (2) E-Clips, (2) Wire Guides, and (2) Pulleys.
2
Plate NOTE: When both sections of the cable are slack, disengage the Lift Shaft from its
bracket, and slide the Tray Cable Pulley farther to the left on the Lift Shaft to release
the cable ends trapped in the pocket underneath the Tray Cable Pulley. Figure 4
3. At the rear of the HCF Tray, begin to free up movement of the Tray Cable Pulley. Figure 2
a. Remove the E-Clip on the Lift Shaft.
b. Slide the bearing to the left on the Lift Shaft.
c. Slide the Tray Cable Pulley to the left on the Lift Shaft to reveal the cable ends (2)
trapped in a pocket of the Lift Shaft underneath the Tray Cable Pulley.
NOTE: You will not be able to release the cable ends from underneath the Tray
Cable Pulley until you perform the next step, which puts slack in the cable enabling
the Lift Shaft to be disengaged from its bracket, and the Tray Cable Pulley moved
farther to the left releasing the cable ends.
NOTE: You will not be able to release the cable ends from underneath the Tray
Cable Pulley until you perform the next step, which puts slack in the cable enabling
the Lift Shaft to be disengaged from its bracket, and the Tray Cable Pulley moved
farther to the right releasing the cable ends.
7. Remove the E-Clips, Wire Guides, and Pulleys from the front of the HCF Tray. Figure 6
Figure 6 Front Tray Cable details
a. Remove (2) E-Clips, (2) Wire Guides, and (2) Pulleys.
NOTE: When both sections of the cable are slack, disengage the Lift Shaft from its Replacement
bracket, and slide the Tray Cable Pulley farther to the right on the Lift Shaft to 1. Install the front Tray Cable by carrying out the removal steps in reverse order.
release the cable ends trapped in the pocket underneath the Tray Cable Pulley.
2. Install the rear Tray Cable by carrying out the removal steps in reverse order.
b. Remove (1) E-Clip, (1) Wire Guide, and (1) Pulley. 3. Reinstall the HCF Tray’s Front Cover.
c. Disengage the Tray Cable from the Bottom Plate in 2 places and remove the Tray a. Make sure to raise the gear on the Indicator Shaft so that it meshes with the adjoin-
Cable. ing Lift Shaft gear.
b. Replace the (5) Installation Screws.
4. Reinstall the HCF Tray by lining up the rails of the tray with the adjoining rails of the HCF
and pushing the tray into place.
5. Place previously removed paper, or fresh paper, into the tray.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with
the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
1. Open the Feeder Top Cover of the HCF. PL 18.7
2. Release the Lever to open the Upper Feeder Assembly to reveal the (3) rolls.
NOTE: For reference purposes, the single roll in the Upper Feeder Assembly is the
Nudger roll. The double roll in the Upper Feeder Assembly is the Feed Roll. The larger
double roll in the Lower Feeder component is the Retard Roll.
3. Remove each roll by squeezing the roll’s shaft at both ends (with the thumb and forefinger
of one hand) and lifting the roll up and out of the HCF. Figure 1
Replacement
1. Install each new roll by squeezing its shaft at both ends and sliding the roll into place.
2. Use your fingers to roll each roll in place to assure its movement.
3. Flip down the Upper Feeder Assembly.
2
Lever
1
Spring. Note how exten-
sion fits into Lever.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
1
Securing screws (2)
Figure 1 Removing the HCF Nudger Solenoid 2. Place the Tray 5 / Bypass on a flat work surface, and remove the Lower Cover. PL 3.2
a. Remove the left (1) and right (1), UNDERSIDE-MOUNTED screws, securing the
Replacement Lower Plate to the Front and Rear Brackets. Figure 2
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. For reinstallation purposes, note the two springs, which are attached to the Lower
NOTE: When replacing the HCF Nudger Solenoid, make sure that the actuator pin is Cover, and are held in tension behind the Lower Plate. These springs assure correct
aligned with the groove in the Solenoid Link. (spring-actuated) Lower Cover operation.
2
Press down here on
bracket.
3
Slide plastic tab of
1 Rear Cover 2 out from
Remove the left and right under bracket here.
underside-mounted screws
securing the Lower Plate.
4. Remove the (4) screws securing Rear Cover 1 (PL 3.2), and remove the cover. Figure 5
1
Lower Plate
2
Lower Cover
1
Lift Up Motor
5. Remove the Rear Bracket (PL 3.2) by sliding it to the right off its mounting shaft. Figure 6 Lift Up Motor
6. Remove the Front Cover 2. PL 3.2
11. Remove the Lift Up Motor.
a. Remove the Tapping Screws (2).
12. Remove the Sector Gear. PL 3.3
b. While pressing down on the Front Bracket, slide the Front Cover 2 out from under
the bracket to remove the cover. a. Remove the E-Ring.
7. Remove the Front Bracket. PL 3.2 b. Remove the Sector Gear.
a. Remove the Tapping Screws (2). c. Remove the pin.
b. Remove the Front Bracket by sliding it to the left out of its mounting hole. d. Remove the Sleeve Bearing.
8. Remove the Front Cover 1. PL 3.2 13. Remove (5) screws used to secure the Feeder. Figure 7
• Installation screws: Front (1), Rear (Tapping) (1).
9. Remove the Front Frame. PL 3.3
a. Remove the screws (3).
b. Remove the Tapping Screws (2).
c. Remove the Front Frame.
10. Remove the (3) screws used to secure the Lift Up Motor. Figure 6
a. Disconnect the connector.
b. Remove the cable band from the hole.
c. Remove the screws (3).
1
Securing
Screws
Figure 7 Feeder
3
2 Torsion Spring 2
Feed Roll Nudger Lever
3
Nudger Roll
1
1 Nudger Bracket
Retard Roll
Replacement
Figure 1 Retard, Feed, and Nudger Rolls
1. Install the Nudger Bracket, Nudger Lever, and Torsion Spring where shown in the Figure
and as detailed in the Parts List. Figure 1
Replacement
2. Close the Upper Feeder.
1. Install each new roll by squeezing its shaft at both ends and sliding the roll into place.
2. Use your fingers to roll each roll in place to assure its movement.
3. Close the Upper Feeder.
Replacement
1. Install the Feed/Nudger Shaft where shown in the Figure and as detailed in the Parts List.
Figure 1
2. Close the Upper Feeder. Figure 1 Removing the bracket
6. Remove the Feed Out Chute to make it easier to remove the feed assembly. Figure 2
a. Disengage the plastic pins on the left and right sides.
b. Remove the Feed Out Chute.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. After replacement, clear the HFSI counter.
• “Chain Link: 954-800”
• “Chain Link: 954-819”
1
Disengage the plastic pins
on the left and right sides
of the Feed Out Chute,
then remove the chute.
1
Remove 2 securing screws.
Note the left screw hidden
behind wires.
Replacement
Figure 2 Disconnecting the cable clamps and connector 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. After replacement, clear the HFSI counter.
7. Remove the Tray 2 Feed Assembly. Figure 3
• “Chain Link: 954-801”
a. Remove the screws (2). Note that the left screw is hidden behind the wires.
• “Chain Link: 954-820”
b. Remove the Tray 2 Feed Assembly.
NOTE: If the Tray 4 Transport Assembly moves with the Tray 4 Assembly, use your left
hand to support the Transport Assembly as you pull the Tray 4 Assembly out of the copier/
printer. You can then separate the two pieces of equipment after they have been removed
from the copier/printer. If, however, the Tray 4 Transport Assembly stays in place on its
rails, then just remove the Tray 4 Assembly by itself, making replacement easier.
Replacement
1. If necessary, slide the Tray 4 Transport Assembly onto its rails inside the copier/printer.
2. Install the Tray 4 Assembly onto its rails and check to see that the assembly is moving
freely on its rollers. Figure 1 Removing the securing screw inside the copier/printer
3. Install the Stopper.
4. Roll the Tray 4 Assembly in to meet up with the Tray 4 Transport Assembly. 4. Undock the HCF, if so equipped. REP 7.3
5. Secure the Tray 4 Transport Assembly to the Tray 4 Assembly with (2) screws. 5. Raise the Tray 5 / Bypass. PL 3.1
6. Place paper back into Tray 4 and slide Tray 4 back into the copier/printer. 6. Open the Left Chute Cover. PL 2.19
7. Remove the bracket. Figure 2
a. Remove the screw.
b. Remove the bracket.
NOTE: Replace the Feed/Nudger/Retard Rolls at the same time because they have the same
life duration.
NOTE: As the Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll is the same for both Trays 1 and 2, only the replace-
ment procedure for Tray 1 is described here.
1. Remove Tray 1.
2. Move the Chute to the front. Figure 1
a. Move the Chute.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. After replacement, clear the HFSI counter.
• Tray 1 “Chain Link: 954-800”
• Tray 2 “Chain Link: 954-801”
NOTE: Replace the Feed/Nudger/Retard Rolls at the same time because they have the same
life duration.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. After replacement, clear the HFSI counter.
• “Chain Link: 954-802”
NOTE: Replace the Feed/Nudger/Retard Rolls at the same time because they have the same
life duration.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. After replacement, clear the HFSI counter.
• “Chain Link: 954-803”
1
Remove these
items to put slack
in the cable.
2
Slack cable allows Lift
Shaft to be disengaged
and Pulley moved,
freeing 2 cable ends.
1
Remove the E-Clip at the end
of the Lift Shaft and slide the
Pulley towards you to remove
the cable ends.
Figure 1 Removing Front Left and Right Cable ends from Lift Shaft
1
Remove the E-
Clip and slide
the Pulley for-
ward to remove
the cable ends.
Figure 2 Removing the (2) cable ends from the Lift Shaft pocket
1
Remove (4) securing
screws. Note the screw
that has to be removed
from the sheet metal of
left side.
3. Remove the (2) cable ends from the pocket of the Lift Shaft. Figure 2
a. Remove the E-Clip from the end of the Lift Shaft.
b. Slide the Pulley forward (towards you) on the Lift Shaft.
c. Remove the (2) cable ends.
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with
the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the Tray 4 Assembly. REP 7.21
2. At the rear of the Tray 4 Assembly, remove (2) cable ends from the pocket of the Lift
Shaft. Figure 1
a. Remove (2) E-Clips, (2) Wire Guides, and (2) Pulleys.
b. When both sections of the cable are slack, disengage the Lift Shaft from its bracket,
and slide the Pulley on the Lift Shaft to release the cable ends trapped in the pocket
underneath the Pulley.
c. Remove the (2) cable ends from the Lift Shaft.
2
Slack cable allows
1 Lift Shaft to be disen-
Remove these items to gaged and Pulley
put slack in the cable. moved, freeing 2
cable ends.
Figure 1 Removing the (2) cable ends from the Lift Shaft pocket
3. Disengage the Tray Cable from the Bottom Plate in 2 places and remove the Rear Cable.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
1
Securing screws (2).
1
Disconnect
connectors (5)
3
Remove
board from
mounting
studs (4)
4
2 Remove board from
Disconnect connectors (5) mounting studs (2)
3
Remove screw
and Registration
Transport
Assembly
2
1 Slide out Transport
Turn release han- Drawer until it stops Figure 2 Removing the Registration Transport Assembly
dle to the right
2
3 Remove the
Remove the handle (2
Inner Cover screws)
1 2
Turn release han- Slide out Transport
dle to the right Drawer until it stops
2
Remove (push) P/J
out from Bracket
1
Disconnect
connector
3
Open Har-
ness Clip Remove screws (2)
and the Bracket
2
Remove Harness from
Harness Clips (2)
2
Push Belt Tensioner down
to release tension
1 3
Loosen screw Tighten screw
Figure 5 Releasing Belt Tension Figure 6 Disconnecting the Bypass Motor Harness
7. Disconnect the Bypass Motor Harness (Figure 6). 8. Remove the Bypass Motor Assembly (Figure 7).
2
Remove screws (2) and the
Right Upper Cover
1
Remove screws (2) and
the Right Rear Upper
Cover
Figure 1 Removing the Right Rear Upper and Right Upper Cover
Remove
screws (2) 1
Disconnect
connector
1 2
Remove screw and Remove screw and the
the Filter Cover Rear Lower Cover
5. Remove Left Rear Lower and the Filter Cover (Figure 2).
2
Remove screws
(2) securing the
Filter Case
1
Remove screw
2
Remove screws
(3) and the
Bracket
1
Open Harness
clip and discon-
nect connector
2
1 Remove screw
Disconnect
connector
9. Remove the Blower Assembly (Figure 6). 10. Remove the Bracket (Figure 7).
1
Disconnect connector 2
and remove Ground Remove screws (2)
Strap (1 screw)
Figure 7 Removing the Bracket Figure 8 Removing the IIT LVPS
11. Remove the IIT LVPS (Figure 8). 12. Remove the T/A Motor (Figure 9).
1
Disconnect
connector
2
Slide out the
Transfer Module
until it stops
1
Push in the Left and Right Rail stoppers
Figure 2 Sliding out the Transfer Module completely
4. Open the Handles on the Drum Cartridge Module and the IBT Drawer (Figure 3).
1
2 Turn Release Handle
Slide out the Transfer to the right
Module until it stops
3. Push in Rail stops and slide out Transfer Module completely (Figure 2).
3
Remove Screws (2)
Figure 3 Opening the Handles Figure 4 Sliding out the IBT Drawer
5. Slide out the IBT Drawer (Figure 4). 6. In order to prevent waste toner spillage, remove the IBT Cleaner (REP 9.2) before raising
the Transfer Belt Unit to a vertical position
7. Remove the Transfer Belt Unit (Figure 5).
Figure 5 Removing the Transfer Belt Unit 9. Remove the IBT Cleaner Assembly, if necessary. (REP 9.2)
Replacement
8. Extend the Transfer Belt Support Arm and put the Transfer Belt Unit on the back (Figure 1. Ensure that the white stud is positioned in the frame cut-out (Figure 7).
6)
1
Lift the Transfer Belt Unit
using the Front IBT handle
2
Secure the Transfer Belt
Unit with the Retract Shaft
2
1 Pull IBT Cleaner Assembly towards
Remove screws (2) the front of the machine to remove
the Assembly
Replacement
1. Re-install parts in reverse order of the removal procedure.
2
1 Pull Inlet upward to
Remove screw remove Inlet
2
Remove Support 1
Assembly Remove screws (2)
Figure 3 Releasing the Transfer Belt Tension
Figure 2 Removing the Support Assembly
6. Remove the Transfer Belt (Figure 4).
5. Release the Transfer Belt Tension (Figure 3).
Figure 4 Removing the Transfer Belt Figure 5 Re-installing the Transfer Belt
2
Slide out the
Transfer Module
until it stops
1
Push in the Left and
Right Rail stoppers
2
Slide out the Transfer
1
Module until it stops Turn Release Handle
to the right
3. Push in Rail stops and slide out Transfer Module completely (Figure 2).
1 2 3
2 3 Remove the Indicator by Disconnect Open cable tie
Remove the handle Remove the Inner pulling it of from the connector
(2 screws) Cover
Figure 4 Removing the Indicator and disconnecting connector
Figure 3 Removing the Inner Cover
6. Remove the 2nd BTR Assembly (Figure 5).
5. Remove Indicator and disconnect connector (Figure 4).
2
Release Wire Harness
from Wire Clamps
1
2 Disconnect connector
Remove screw and lift out the 2nd BTR Assembly
Figure 1 Disconnecting connector and releasing the Wire Harness
Replacement
1. Re-install parts in reverse order of the removal procedure.
Figure 2 Removing the Plate 5. Remove rear drive Gears (Figure 4).
4 2
Remove Front Arm 3 Remove E-Ring
1 3 2 Remove Screw 1
Remove the Spring Remove gears (2) Remove Spring
Remove E-clip
Figure 4 Removing the Gears Figure 5 Removing the 2nd BTR Roll
1 2
Release Wire Harness
Disconnect connector
from Wire Clamps
1
Remove springs (2)
Remove screw and the Inlet Chute
Figure 3 Removing the Inlet Chute Figure 4 Removing the Blade Assembly
1 4 1 2
Open the Handle on Open the Handle on the
Disconnect Release the HVPS from the mounting
the IBT Drawer Drum Cartridge Module
connectors (2) stud and remove the 1st BTR HVPS
Figure 1 Opening the IBT Drawer and Drum Cartridge Module handles
2 3
Disconnect
Remove screw
connectors (4)
Replacement
1. Re-install parts in reverse order of the removal procedure.
2
Loosen screws (2) and remove the
Toner Cartridge Cover
2
Lift out Drum Cartridge(s) using the
handles in the front and back
1
Slide out the Drum Cartridge Module
Replacement
1. Re-install parts in reverse order of the removal procedure.
1
Remove Toner Cartridges
(5)
Figure 1 Removing the Toner Cartridges and the Toner Cartridge Cover
4. Disconnect connectors (Figure 3). 5. Remove screws securing the Dispenser Assembly (Figure 4).
Figure 7 Opening the IBT Drawer and Drum Cartridge Module Handles
8. Open the IBT Drawer and Drum Cartridge Module handles (Figure 7).
1 2
Slide out the Drum Lift and remove the
Cartridge Module Dispenser Assembly
Figure 8 Removing the Dispenser Assembly
Replacement
1. Re-install parts in reverse order of the removal procedure.
1 2
Remove screws (3) Gently pull out the Drum Motor Assembly
Figure 2 Removing the Drum Motor Assembly (K)
Remove screws (3) and
Replacement the Tension Bracket
1. Re-install parts in reverse order of the removal procedure. Figure 1 Removing the Tension Bracket
1 2
Disconnect connector Remove Harness from Harness Clips (3)
Figure 3 Disconnecting connector and releasing Harness from Clips
Figure 2 Removing the Gear Bracket 6. Remove the Belt from the Pulley (Figure 4).
5. Disconnect connector and release Wire Harness from Harness Clips (Figure 3).
Figure 4 Removing the Belt from the Pulley Figure 5 Releasing Belt Tension
7. Loosen the Belt Tension (Figure 5). 8. Remove the Rear Cooling Fan and Duct (Figure 6).
2
Remove screws (2)
and the Fan and
Duct
Replacement
Figure 6 Removing the Rear Cooling Fan 1. Re-install parts in reverse order of the removal procedure.
1 2
Remove screws (2) Remove screws (2)
and Fuser Duct and the Bracket
Figure 3 Removing Fuser Duct and Bracket
2 3 2 3
Release Harness from Remove screws (3) and the Release Harness from Remove screws (3) and the
Harness Clips (2) Drum Motor Assembly (C) Harness Clip Drum Motor Assembly (M)
Figure 5 Removing the Drum Motor Assembly (C) Figure 6 Removing the Drum Motor Assembly (M)
7. Remove the Drum Motor Assembly (M) (Figure 6). 8. Remove the Drum Motor Assembly (Y) (Figure 7).
2
Remove screws (2) and the
Drum Motor YMC PWB
Replacement
1. Re-install parts in reverse order of the removal procedure.
Figure 2 Disengaging right first stop Figure 3 Disengaging right second stop
8. Disengage second stop on the right side (Figure 3). 9. Remove the Drum Cartridge Module (Figure 4).
Disconnect connector
1 2
Remove screw Remove bracket and
MOB ADC Assembly Disengage stop and pull
drawer out slightly
Figure 6 Removing the MOB ADC Assembly
Figure 2 Disengaging left first stop Figure 3 Removing the Inner Cover
4. Remove the Inner Cover (Figure 3). 5. Remove Spring(s) (Figure 4).
Remove Spring on the Developer Loosen screw and remove ATC Cover for the
Housing(s) to be removed. Developer Housing(s) to be removed.
6. Remove the ATC Cover(s) (Figure 5). 7. Disconnect connector(s) (Figure 6).
3 2
Disconnect connector on the Developer
Remove the Developer Loosen screw and remove Bracket(s) on the Devel-
Housing(s) to be removed.
Housing(s) oper Housing(s) to be removed.
Figure 6 Disconnect the connectors Figure 7 Removing the Developer Housing(s)
Remove Cover
(4 snap locks)
1
Add Developer material 2
evenly into the Housing Turn Drive Pulley clockwise
while adding material
Figure 3 Adding Developer (picture shows yellow housing) Remove screw
1 3
Disconnect connector and Remove screws (2) and
release harness from har- move Toner Cartridge
Remove screw ness clips CRUM PWB to the side
Figure 2 Removing screw Figure 3 Removing the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB
4. Remove the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB (K) (Figure 3). 5. Remove the Guide (Figure 4).
Remove screw
1
Remove screw
7. If replacing the C Dispenser, remove the Low Toner Sensor PWB (REP 9.20) and re-
install it on the new C Dispenser.
Remove screw
1
Disconnect connector and
release harness from har-
ness clips
Figure 2 Removing the front screw Figure 3 Removing the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB (C, M, Y)
4. Remove the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB (C, M, Y) (Figure 3). 5. Remove the rear screw and disconnect connectors (Figure 4).
1 2
Remove screw Push the Shutter down and
Disconnect con-
remove the M Dispenser
nectors (2)
Figure 4 Removing the rear screw and disconnecting connectors Figure 5 Removing the M Dispenser
Remove screw
2
Disconnect con-
nectors (2)
1
1 Remove screw
Disconnect connector and
release harness from har-
ness clips
Figure 3 Removing the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB (C, M, Y) Figure 4 Removing the rear screw and disconnecting connectors
5. Remove the rear screw and disconnect connectors (Figure 4). 6. Remove the Y Dispenser (Figure 5).
NOTE: The Low Toner Sensor can be removed without removing the Dispenser com- NOTE: The Low Toner Sensor can be removed without removing the Dispenser com-
pletely. pletely.
Figure 1 Removing the Low Toner Sensor Figure 1 Removing the Low Toner Sensor
NOTE: The Low Toner Sensor can be removed without removing the Dispenser com- NOTE: The Low Toner Sensor can be removed without removing the Dispenser com-
pletely. pletely.
Figure 1 Removing the Low Toner Sensor Figure 1 Removing the Low Toner Sensor
1
Remove
screws (2)
2
3 Remove
3 Remove the screw
2 1 Lift Fuser out of the Vacuum
Slide out the Transfer Turn Release Handle Transfer Unit Transport
Unit until it stops to the right Assembly
Remove screws
(2) and the Fuser
Duct
Figure 3 Removing the Vacuum Transport Duct Figure 4 Removing the Vacuum Transport Fan.
5. Remove the Fan. (Figure 4) 6. Disconnect connectors and release Harness from Harness Clips (Figure 5).
1
Disconnect
connectors (2)
2
Release Harness from
Harness Clips (2)
Figure 5 Disconnecting connectors and releasing Harness from Clips Figure 6 Releasing Harness from Harness Clips
7. Release Harness from Harness Clips (Figure 6). 8. Remove the Fuser Drive Assembly (Figure 7).
2
Remove front
screws (2)
1
Remove rear
screws (2)
3
Loosen screw
1 2
Disconnect P/J Remove screw
Remove screws
(3) and the Front
Door Assembly
Figure 1 Removing the Front Door Assembly Figure 1 Removing the Rear Upper Cover
Figure 2 Removing the Top Cover Remove screws (2) and the
Front Top Cover
11. Remove screw securing the Top Tray Full Sensor Bracket to the Tray Spring Guide.
Remove screws (2)
Disconnect con-
nectors (2)
2
Pull the Docking
release and Undock
the Finisher from the
IOT
NOTE: In order not to damage the Registration Motor Drive Belt during the next step, use
caution when removing the Punch Frame Assembly from the Finisher.
1
Remove screws (2)
2
Disconnect connector and remove the
Punch Frame Assembly
1
Pull out Punch Frame Assembly
until you can reach connector
Figure 4 Removing the Punch Frame Assembly
4 3
Remove Stapler Remove screws (3)
Carriage
1
Disconnect 2
connectors (2) Remove screws (2) and
the Stapler Assembly
1
2 Disconnect
Release Harness Clip connector
3
Pull out and remove
the Booklet Maker 1
Unit from the Fin-
Pull out the
isher
Booklet Stapler
4
Remove the
Booklet Stapler
1
2 Push in the stopper
Push in the stopper on the Right Rail and
on the Left Rail. pull the Booklet
Maker Unit out fur- 2
ther until it stops Remove screws (2)
on the Left Rail
Replacement
1. Perform the installation in the reverse order of the removal procedure, starting with attach-
ing the Left Rail then the Right Rail.
1
Disconnect the
connector
NOTE: In the next step, while disengaging the Elevator Pulley, hold the Stacker Tray with
one hand.
Push in the
Front Tab
Push in the
Rear Tab and
remove the
Compiler Tray
2.
Remove E-clip
and Bushing
2
Release
tabs (2) on
the Belt 1
Clamps and Remove
remove the the Spring
4. rear
Press Bracket down and Stacker
remove the Paddle Shaft Drive Belt
Replacement
1. Reinstall components in the reverse order of the removal procedure.
Replacement
1. Reinstall components in the reverse order of the removal procedure. Refer to Figure 1 Figure 1 Removing the Buffer Path Sensor
and Figure 2 for Stacker Drive Belt positioning in the Belt Clamps.
3
Remove
screws (2)
securing the
Left Harness
Bracket
4
Remove the
Left Harness
Bracket
2
Remove
screw secur-
ing the
ground wire
Remove
screws (2)
3
Remove the Buffer
Roll
1 2
Lower the Bottom Buffer Remove the E-clip and
Chute Assembly the Bushing
Figure 2 Removing the Transport Gate Solenoid Bracket
4. Remove Pulley and Gear (Figure 3). Figure 4 Removing the Buffer Roll
Replacement
3 1. Ensure that the Transport Gate is in the correct position when re-assembling.
Release Belt
Tension
1
Remove E-clip
4
Release tab on
Gear. Remove
the Gear and 2
Bushing from the Remove Pulley
Buffer Roll Shaft
Remove
screws (2)
and Baffle
3
1 Disconnect P/J8340 (Sub
Remove Pinch Springs (2) Paddle Solenoid)
1
Remove E-clip
6. Remove Pinch Springs and screws from the Eject Pinch Shaft (Figure 2).
3
Remove the Eject
Chute Assembly
Replacement
1. Restore Finisher NVM saved in step 1 of the removal procedure.
2. Check Finisher software version and compare with software version recorded in step 1 of
the removal procedure.
3. If the current software version is lower than the previous version, load software to the Fin-
isher.
The Parts List section identifies all part numbers and the corresponding location of all spared R/E Reduction/Enlargement
subsystem components. REF: Refer to
SCSI Small Computer Systems Interface
Organization W/ With
Parts Lists W/O Without
Each item number in the part number listing corresponds to an item number in the related illus-
tration. All the parts in a given subsystem of the machine will be located in the same illustration Table 2
or in a series of associated illustrations.
Operating Companies
Electrical Connectors and Fasteners Abbreviation Meaning
This section contains the illustrations and descriptions of the plugs, jacks, and fasteners used
AO Americas Operations
in the machine. A part number listing of the connectors is included.
NASG - US North American Solutions Group - US
Common Hardware NASG - North American Solutions Group -
The common hardware is listed in alphabetical order by the letter or letters used to identify Canada Canada
each item in the part number listing and in the illustrations. Dimensions are in millimeters XE Xerox Europe
unless otherwise identified.
Symbology
Part Number Index
Symbology used in the Parts List section is identified in the Symbology section.
This index lists all the spared parts in the machine in numerical order. Each number is followed
by a reference to the parts list on which the part may be found. Service Procedure Referencing
If a part or assembly has an associated repair or adjustment procedure, the procedure number
Other Information will be listed at the end of the part description in the parts lists e.g. (REP 5.1, ADJ 5.3)
Abbreviations
Abbreviations are used in the parts lists and the exploded view illustrations to provide informa-
tion in a limited amount of space. The following abbreviations are used in this manual:
Table 1
Abbreviation Meaning
A3 297 x 594 Millimeters
A4 210 x 297 Millimeters
A5 148 x 210 Millimeters
AD Auto Duplex
AWG American Wire Gauge
EMI Electro Magnetic Induction
GB Giga Byte
KB Kilo Byte
MB Mega Byte
MM Millimeters
MOD Magneto Optical Drive
NOHAD Noise Ozone Heat Air Dirt
PL Parts List
P/O Part of
Brackets
A bracket is used when an assembly or kit is spared, but is not shown in the illustration. The
item number of the assembly or kit precedes the bracket; the item numbers of the piece parts
follow the bracket.
Tag
The notation “W/Tag” in the parts description indicates that the part configuration has been
updated. Check the change Tag index in the General Information section of the Service Data
for the name and purpose of the modification.
In some cases, a part or assembly may be spared in two versions: with the Tag and without the
Tag. In those cases, use whichever part is appropriate for the configuration of the machine on
which the part is to be installed. If the machine does not have a particular Tag and the only
replacement part available is listed as “W/Tag”, install the Tag kit or all of the piece parts. The
Change Tag Index tells you which kit or piece parts you need.
Whenever you install a Tag kit or all the piece parts that make up a Tag, mark the appropriate
number on the Tag matrix.
5. Select the desired routine within one of these tabs and touch Launch Routine to call up
diagnostic routines. These routines are essentially the same as the like-named routine in
the PWS tool (while the look of the screen may vary slightly, the functions are the same).
The following procedure describe how to enter the Diagnostics mode with the PWS. Table 1 Machine Data displayed in Service Entry
The following procedure describes how to enter Diagnostic Navigator with the PWS. Product Code Displays a code allocated to each machine type.
Serial Number Displays the 6 (XC) or 10 (XE) digit number allocated to
1. Connect the Portable Work Station (PWS) to the machine (Figure 1). each machine.
Total Copies Displays the total number of copies/prints
Remove cover and connect PWS Copies Since Last Call Displays the total number of copies/prints since the last
power cord and adaptor
CSE visit (complete closeout).
SW Version Displays current IOT software version
Last 40 Faults History Displays the faults that have occurred since the last com-
ID, Description, Occurrences plete closeout.
CRU/HFSI Displays CRU and HFSI component and percentage of life
Type, Name, Remaining remaining.
PWS
USB A Last 40 Faults Occurrences Displays current (active) faults in the machine.
USB B
Port
Port Fault Name, Code, Fault
Count,
6. If communication is lost between the PWS and the machine, an error window will open.
USB
A/B
Cable
Table 1 dC Routines
dC code Name Description
100 Service Entry Screen 1. Displays the Service Routine Tabs.
2. Lists Active Faults
3. Lists the item names of the HFSIs that exceeded life expectancy.
4. Lists the jams that have occurred since the last Call Closeout.
5. Displays IOT S/W Version.
6. Lists the total copies/prints
102 Software Upgrade Allows the machine software to change
104 System Usage Counters History of system usage
105 System Configuration Install Phase (system), Install Phase (Main Controller), Product Identifier, Product Type, System Configuration, Line Frequency, Line Voltage, Cus-
tomer Service Number, and Power Saver (current mode), Market Region Platform Options, NVRam Size and System Settings “Apply” Button.
108 Software Versions System Software identifiers
109 Billing Counts Billing Counter Data
111 ESS Logging ESS Log type, current status, results, Faults that may have occurred, Debug Logging Enable/Disable buttons and “GetLog File Button.
114 ESS/Network Error Log Occurrences of ESS shutdowns, errors, and warnings.
115 Maintenance Diagnostic Data Machine usage data
120 Fault Counters Number of Fault events from the last Complete Closeout (performed in Service Exit) to the current copy count.
122 Shut-down History Most recent 40 Faults
124 ESS Fault Counts Occurrences of ESS Faults
129 Automatic Setting: Adjust System The IOT lead registration and side registration are matched.
Registration
131 NVM access: Read/Write NVM Reference or set/change the NVM data.
132 Set Machine Serial Number. Sets the Machine Serial Number with assistance of service support.
Read Billing Meter Information Reads Billing Meter Information for MCU PWB.
133 Time Adjust System Time, System Date, Time Display Format, and GMI Offset.
135 Service Data Part replacement life expectancy (threshold) and current value (usage). Allows changing the replacement life expectancy to a preset value in the
HFSI Counter PWS database and reset the current value.
140 Analog Monitor
188 Service Mode Exit Screen Requirements for exit from the Service Mode.
301 NVM initialization Initiates NVM Data initialization
303 CCM POST Self Test Routine Provides access to a group of diagnostic tests that also run at system boot and application loading.
312 ESS Echo tests Network echo tests by Protocol
314 Connectivity Tests Connectivity Tests by Protocol
327 Admin Test Resets Admin Pin
330 Component Check: Component Instructions and results of the Input Component Check and Output Component Check
Control 1. You can monitor each Input Component or check the operation of each Output Component.
2. You can simultaneously check multiple Input Components and Output Components up to 11 total.
• Product Code
Initial Actions
• Serial Number Latest software release CD must be available.
• Total Images
1. Set up the PWS:
• Images Since Last Call
a. Ensure that it is connected with AC power adapter
• (IOT) Software Version
b. Disable PWS Virus Scan.
Procedure c. Disable PWS Power Save.
1. Enter the PWS Diagnostic mode.
NOTE: The following two steps are precautionary; the saving and restoring of NVM is an auto-
2. Check the CRU/HFSI. matic part of this routine. If, however, the routine is not successfully completed, you may need
3. Check the Last 40 Faults History. This is a chronological listing of all shutdown faults this information to restore the machine to its previous configuration.
that have occurred since the last service exit with the Complete Closeout option selected.
Check for any faults that have a high number of occurrences. 2. Print a configuration report (GP 6). Ensure that the Configuration Report is enabled during
4. Check the Last 40 Faults Occurrences. This lists the last 40 different fault codes that have power on.
occurred, and gives the number of occurrences for each. If any faults in progress are dis- 3. Enter the PWS Diagnostic mode. Perform NVM Save Restore (dC361). Save the IOT
played, troubleshoot accordingly. Critical NVM. Note the name of the file and the location where it will be saved.
5. Select the Refresh button to have the PWS request and receive the latest information on Procedure
Total Copies, Copies Since Last Call, Non-Zero Jams or CRU/HFSI. 1. Place the software CD into the CD drive.
2. Select dC102 from the DC Quick menu.
3. The tool now presents you with a choice between Automatic Upgrade or Single Com-
ponent upgrade:
• Automatic Upgrade requires minimal manual intervention; you are only required to
hook up the PWS and choose the software to be loaded. This is typically the choice
you would make when upgrading from one level of software to a newer version.
• Platform Upgrade is very manual, allowing the CSE to choose the platform to be
upgraded as well as individual file(s) for platforms. (Example - IIT platform contains
IISS,DADF, and ExtMem files; each of them may be selected independently for
upgrade).
If you needed to load a version of software older than the version currently running,
or if you wanted to reload the same version to fix a possible corrupt file, you would
choose this option.
4. Select the desired tab, then select Start.
5. The PWS will ask you to confirm, then display a message instructing you to wait. The
machine will restart, then the UI will display a series of progress bars. These will incre-
ment as the download progresses.
6. When the machine has entered download mode (this may take up to 4 minutes) the PWS
will ask you to point to the location of the software.
a. In the Software Upgrade window, click on Select File. A new window will open.
b. Select Browse for Software Version. A standard Windows file tree will open.
c. Double click on your CD drive.
d. Double click on the inst folder.
e. Select (but do not open) the software folder (the name will be similar to
“040.032.50740,” and will vary with the version of software)
NOTE: Changes to some configuration settings may result in an immediate power down/
reboot of the system.
Procedure Procedure
1. Enter the PWS Diagnostic mode. 1. Enter the PWS Diagnostic mode.
2. Select the Diagnostics tab. 2. Select the Maintenance tab.
3. Select the ESS/Network tab. 3. Select the HFSI/Counter tab.
4. Select Error Log (dC114). 4. Select Diagnostic Data (dC115).
5. Select the type, source, and layout of the desired log 5. The following options are displayed:
• Select Log • Filter By: (You can limit the list to a single Service ID. Default is All)
– Shutdown • Display Counters with zero value - (default YES)
– Errors and Warnings • Reset Counter
– All • Reset All
• Retrieve from • Refresh - Refreshes the screen to display current data.
– ESS • Save - Saves the displayed data as a .txt file on the PWS. A standard Windows
– File Save As screen will open.
• Retrieve by
– Last x
– Time
6. Click on Retrieve to generate the log file. You will have the option of recording all, or only
a partial set of the errors.
7. Select the desired output:
• Print Report prints report on connected machine-
• Clear Report deletes the file
• Save Report saves the displayed data as a .txt file on the PWS. A standard Win-
dows Save As screen will open.
NOTE: For NVM Areas IOT/Finisher and Scan Services, you can select NVM locations either
by entering a Chain/Link number or by entering an Index number. All other NVM Areas accept
only Index numbers.
7. In NVM Values window scroll to the desired NVM location, or enter the NVM value in the
Find NVM window.
8. In New Value window enter new NVM value.
9. Select Write Value to load new NVM value.
Procedure NOTE: At launch, there were no Output components enabled for this product. The instructions
Reading and resetting HFSI regarding outputs are included for future expansion.
NOTE: If the component has a runtime restriction, the component is switched on for
that period and automatically switched off.
NOTE: Some components cannot be energized at the same time as another compo-
nent. If you activate such a combination of components, the first component
switched on will be automatically switched off.
NOTE: If the component cannot be automatically turned off, the following message
appears: Cannot check the component. Stop another output component.
• Complete Closeout resets the Shutdown History (DC122), Fault Counter (DC120),
and the number of images since last call.
Initial Actions
• Disconnect any Foreign Interface devices.
• Temporary Closeout does not reset these counters.
• Obtain all of the following information:
4. Message ‘Would you like to save...” appears.
– Saved Machine Settings - a known-good diskette or a new recording, if possible.
Select Yes to save machine data. The Save Machine Settings dialog box opens. The fol-
lowing options exist: – NVM value factory setting report (typically it is located in the Tray 1 pocket)
• Select Save and a file is automatically saved in the Data folder: – Any customer setting Auditron account from the system administrator
– Before selecting Save, the name can be changed in the File Name window. – Any setting changes (specifically NVM settings) shown on the machine’s service log.
– The location the file is saved in can be changed in Save In window. The file – Any customer settings in the Tools mode.
can be saved on diskette inserted into a: drive. • If possible, save Critical NVM (dC361).
– Select Save and the diagnostic tool closes and machine reboots. Disconnect Procedure
PWS from machine. 1. Enter the PWS Diagnostic mode.
• Select Cancel and diagnostic tool closes and machine reboots. Disconnect PWS 2. Select the Adjustments tab.
from machine.
3. Select the NVM tab.
5. Select No to close diagnostic tool and reboot machine. Disconnect PWS from machine.
4. Select the Init (DC301, DC306) tab. The NVM Initialize screen is displayed
5. There are several selectable areas of NVM that can be individually initialized. The proce-
dure that sent you here directs what areas to initialize.
Areas are:
• Atlanta Job Based Accounting Agent
• Copy Service
• DC Platform Manager
• Fault Log Service
• Foreign Interface Service
• Image Processing Service
• Internal Image Disk
• Internal Image Print Service
• IOT/Finisher
• Mark Service
• MF Print Server
• MF Scan Server
• Queue Utility
• Scan Service
• System Management Service
• TripleA Service
• UI Client
• Video Manager Service
6. Select an NVM area and select Start to initialize the area.
Procedure
1. Enter the PWS Diagnostic mode.
2. Select the Diagnostics tab on the Service Entry (DC100) screen.
3. Select the POST tab.
4. Select CCM Self Test (DC303).
5. Select individual tests by clicking on the test name (Table 1). Select Tests to run all tests.
6. Select Start to run the test(s).
NOTE: If the component has a runtime restriction, the component is switched on for that period
and automatically switched off.
6. Press the Stop or Stop All button, or double click the active component in the Active
Stack box to end the test. The ID and Active Stack components are removed from the
Active Stack box.
Stacking Component Codes
NOTE: Some components cannot be energized at the same time as another component. If you
activate such a combination of components, the first component switched on will be automati-
cally switched off. If the component cannot be automatically turned off, the following message
appears:! Cannot check the component. Stop another output component
1. To stack several codes, select the first code and press Start, then select the next code
and press Start. Continue to enter up to eleven codes.
2. The selected ID appears in the ID column of the Active Stack box and the state changes
to Run; H or L as applicable.
3. Stop a highlighted component by pressing Stop or double click the active component in
the Active Stack Box
4. To switch Off all components and clear the screen, press Stop All.
Procedure Procedure
1. Enter the PWS Diagnostic mode. 1. Enter the PWS Diagnostic mode.
2. Select the Adjustments tab. 2. Select the Diagnostics tab.
3. Select the Configuration tab. 3. Select ESS/Network tab.
4. Select IOT Cfg (DC372). 4. Select Config Sheet (DC373).
5. The following will be displayed: 5. Select Start Job to print out a Config Sheet.
• Number of Internal Paper Trays 6. Check or uncheck Disable Config Sheet on Power Up.
• External Feeders
• Output Device (Finisher, OCT, or SCT) attached
Procedure Procedure
1. Enter the PWS Diagnostic mode. 1. Enter the PWS Diagnostic mode.
2. Select the Adjustments tab. 2. Select the Adjustments tab on the Service Entry Screen.
3. Select the Software Tools tab. 3. Select the Software Tools tab on the Adjustments Screen.
4. Select SW Options (dC374). 4. Select Net Cfg B/R (DC375).
A list of software options and status is displayed. Installed options will be listed as either 5. Select Save Configuration to save the Configuration data to the “NetworkConfigura-
Enabled or Disabled. Options that are not installed will be listed as Installation tion.icg” file in the Data folder.
Required. 6. Select Upload Configuration to open the contents of the saved file. The values in the file
5. Enable or disable an option. will be displayed on the screen. Select Yes to upload the data to the machine.
a. Select the option.
b. Select Enable or Disable.
c. Verify that Option successfully enabled or Option successfully disabled is dis-
played in lower window.
Procedure Procedure
1. Enter the PWS Diagnostic mode. 1. Enter the PWS Diagnostic mode.
2. Select the Diagnostics tab. 2. Select dC612 from the DC Quick menu.
3. Select the Test Patterns tab. 3. Select the Pattern from the menu.
4. Select ESS Test Ptrn (DC606).
NOTE: Not all of the following parameters are applicable to all test patterns; and some test pat-
5. Select Composition. A geometric test pattern will be output in either Postscript or PCL terns require a specific set of parameters; refer to Table 1.
format.
4. Select the Paper Tray.
6. This routine requires either 11 x17”/A3, or 8.5 x11”/A4 LEF paper in Tray 1.
If you open the paper tray to change size, but do not get a “Confirm paper tray status” NOTE: If you open the paper tray to change size, but do not get a “Confirm paper tray sta-
screen on the UI, you must exit diagnostics in order to confirm the change. Reenter diag- tus” screen on the UI, you must exit diagnostics in order to confirm the change. Reenter
nostics and continue with the procedure. diagnostics and continue with the procedure.
7. Select Start Job.
5. Select Simplex/Duplex
6. Select Paper Type
7. Select Screen Type
8. Select Color Mode
9. Set the number of prints to output in the Print Count Box and select Start.
NOTE: Even though no paper is fed, Tray 1 must be loaded with 8.5 x 11 or A4 paper in order Procedure
to run this routine. 1. Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Refer to PWS Diagnostic mode.
If you open the paper tray to change size, but do not get a “Confirm paper tray status” screen 2. Select dC726 from the DC Quick menu.
on the UI, you must exit diagnostics in order to confirm the change. Reenter diagnostics and
3. Select the sensor to be monitored by clicking on one of the rows in the central table.
continue with the procedure.
4. Select a paper tray where applicable (some sensor selections do not allow a choice of
Procedure trays).
1. Enter the Diagnostic Mode. Refer to Entering Diagnostic Navigator.
NOTE: If you open the paper tray to change size, but do not get a “Confirm paper tray sta-
2. Select the Maintenance tab. tus” screen on the UI, you must exit diagnostics in order to confirm the change. Reenter
3. Select the Paper Path tab. diagnostics and continue with the procedure.
4. Select No Paper Run (DC710).
5. Enter the number of sheets to be fed. The default value is 20.
5. Select Color Mode (Color or Fast Black).
6. Select Start. A histogram of the results, and the minimum, nominal, and maximum times
6. Enter the number (1 - 99) of simulated print cycles you wish to run. Select Start to acti- for the run will be displayed when the run finishes.
vate.
7. Select Stop to immediately halt the Routine.
Refer to ADJ 9.4 for instructions. Refer to ADJ 9.11 for instructions.
NOTE: This procedure is also available in UI Diagnostic mode. See Accessing UI Diagnostics.
Procedure Procedure
NOTE: It is not necessary to enter SA mode (log in) in order to perform this procedure. A Configuration Report can be produced in three ways:
1. Press the Machine Status button on the UI. 1. Switching power off then on (if configured)
4. In the Configuration Group, select either Copy Calibration or Print Calibration. NOTE: It is not necessary to enter SA mode (log in) in order to perform this procedure.
5. The steps to perform the procedure will be displayed on the UI; take care to follow the
• Press the Machine Status button on the UI.
instructions exactly.
• Select Tools.
• Select Connectivity & Network Setup.
• Select Configuration Report.
2. Insert the SIM for a feature that has to be re-installed as shown in Figure 1. NOTE: When an option is installed it is automatically enabled except for Immediate Image
Overwrite. This option should be enabled only by the customer.
3. As each SIM is inserted, the status will be indicated by an LED display as shown in Figure
1. The LEDs are located on the CCM PWB and are visible through small square holes in
the frame above (Green) and below (Red) the SIM socket. The following list describes
the LED display status:
• Solid Green Diode indicates “correct insertion”, should remain on for 2 seconds.
NOTE: Record the original data for every place you make a change. You may or may not need
to reset the IP address, depending on PWS usage and local network practice
1. Record any selections that you change, so that you can restore your original configuration
when finished.
2. Print a Configuration Report (GP 6).
NOTE: With Windows 98 perform steps 3 through 12. With Windows 2000/XP, perform
steps 13 through 22.
NOTE: Windows 2000/XP Network Controller Configuration Setup steps 13 through 22.
CAUTION
There are several service routines available within AltBoot. You can:
Do NOT attempt to open the clone file as it may cause the file to become corrupt.
• force a reboot from the boot routine on the ESS HDD. You can monitor the progress via
2. Right click on Cloning.dlm to save the clone file (Figure 3). the program steps displayed on the PWS.
NOTE: When the file is saved, a .txt extension may automatically be placed at the end of • force a reboot from an alternate boot routine resident within the AltBoot tool.
the file name. Before loading this clone file, navigate to the saved file, right-click on the file • reload Network Controller software
and select Rename. The correct format for the file name is xxxxxxxx.dlm. • run diagnostics on the ESS software and the HDD.
The following sections explain the setup and use of the AltBoot Tool:
Establishing a LAN connection
PWS connections for AltBoot
Starting AltBoot
Viewing the Network Controller boot sequence
Loading Network Controller software
AltBoot Diagnostic Menu
Establishing a LAN connection
NOTE: With Windows 98 perform steps 1 through 10. With Windows 2000/XP, perform steps
11 through 19.
The following steps establish a correctly configured Local Area Network (LAN) connection so
that the AltBoot tool on the PWS can communicate with the Network Controller. Once the set-
tings are established they will remain in effect until changed.
NOTE: Record the original data for every place you make a change. You may or may not need
to reset the IP address, depending on PWS usage and local network practice
1. Record any selections that you change, so that you can restore your original configuration
Figure 3 Saving the Clone File if required.
2. Right click on the Network Neighborhood icon.
Using the Clone file 3. Select Properties.
4. Under the Configuration tab, select TCP/IP (etherlink card).
NOTE: This procedure can be done from ANY PC connected to the network or the PWS con-
nected to the machine using an Ethernet crossover cable. The only requirement on the PC is 5. Select Properties.
an Internet Browser. 6. Under the IP Address tab, select Specify an IP address radio button.
7. Enter 192.168.0.10 for IP address.
1. Open Internet Explorer
8. Enter 255.255.255.0 for Subnet mask.
2. Enter the machine’s IP address in the Address line and select Go.
9. Select OK to close the window.
3. When the CentreWare Internet Services window opens, select the Properties Tab.
Click on the General Settings link, then the Cloning link (Figure 1). 10. Select OK to close the Network Neighborhood window.
4. Scroll to the bottom of the page (Figure 2). 11. You must reboot the PWS to load the settings. Procedure is complete.
5. Use the Browse button to navigate to the clone file, or type the full path to the file. NOTE: Windows 2000/XP Network Controller Configuration Setup steps 12 through 19.
Click the Install button. If the machine does not reboot after two minutes, power the
12. Right click on the My Network Places icon.
machine off/on.
13. Select Properties to bring up the Network and Dial-up Connections window.
6. Verify the cloned settings with a new Configuration Report.
14. Right click on Local Area Connection and select Properties (Figure 1).
NOTE: Even though the Null Modem Adapter has the same connector on both ends, it can
only be connected one way; you must match up the screws and screw posts.
5. Connect the Null Modem Adapter to the Serial Port on the Network Controller.
6. Connect the Serial Cable to the Null Modem Adapter
Figure 1 Preparing to Configure Network Controller
Remove cover and connect
15. Select the General tab and scroll down to Internet Protocol (TCP/IP). Highlight TCP/IP PWS power cord and adapter
and select Properties.
16. Select the Use the following IO address radio button.
17. Enter 192.168.0.10 for IP address.
18. Enter 255.255.255.0 for Subnet mask. DIsconnect Customer
Ethernet Cable
19. Select OK to close the TCP/IP Properties window
Serial
Cable
Ethernet
Crossover
Cable
Null
Modem
Adapter
4. Power on the Network Controller. After a few seconds a message similar to the following ===============================
will appear: System ID => Xerox Denali v1.00
=============================== BIOS ID => American Megatrends Inc. 070309 02/27/2005
ALTERNATE BOOT Ver 4.0 Board ID => Celestica ISR P2 CMYI33404000118
=============================== uP ID => AMD mobile AMD Geode(tm)NX 01800 MHz
System ID => Xerox Denali v1.00 Main Revision => 4.12a
BIOS ID => American Megatrends Inc. 070309 02/27/2005 ===============================
Board ID => Celestica ISR P2 CMYI33404000118 Explanation: the System BIOS hands off boot up control.
uP ID => AMD mobile AMD Geode(tm)NX 01800 MHz Troubleshooting:
Main Revision => 4.12a • If this menu is not displayed and no beeps are heard, suspect a defective network
=============================== controller PWB or CPU not seated correctly.
• If this menu is not displayed and two beeps are heard, approximately 30 sec. after
Press any key for the AltBoot menu
power on, check for the following:
5. You have five seconds to press a key in the AltBoot Terminal Window in order to interrupt
– a defective connection between the Network Controller PWB and the disk drive.
the normal boot process. When interrupted, the following menu appears in the terminal
window: – a defective network controller disk drive.
=============================== • If this menu is not displayed and three beeps are heard repeatedly, suspect loose,
– MAIN MENU defective or missing network controller memory. Check the memory PWB connec-
tions.
===============================
2. The PWS then displays:
1) Continue Boot-Up
Press any key for the AltBoot menu
2) PWS Boot
Explanation:
3) Diagnostic Menu
• Pressing a key within 5 seconds will bring up the AltBoot Menu. If you do nothing,
4) Reboot System
the default action is to continue with the HDD boot (this is the same as typing 1 on
=============================== the AltBoot menu). A single beep will be heard when the interrupt time expires.
Selection: = > • The BIOS then queries the bus for the Network Controller HDD.
6. Type the number of the desired option and hit Return: Troubleshooting:
• Option 1 will perform a normal boot from the network controller hard disk (see View- • If the boot sequence stops at the interrupt statement, suspect no software image on
ing the Network Controller boot sequence). the Network Controller HDD, no power to the Network Controller HDD, a bad con-
• Option 2 is used to perform the PWS Boot process (see Loading Network Controller nection from the Network Controller HDD, or a defective Network Controller HDD.
software). • If the start button appears to be locked up, the machine reboots / resets and the net-
• Option 3 will allow you to run simple diagnostics (see AltBoot Diagnostic Menu). work controller will not boot up. Remove and reconnect the HDD data on the Net-
• Option 4 restarts the boot process. work Controller PWB. Install a new Network Controller PWB.
Viewing the Network Controller boot sequence 3. If you allowed the timer to expire, or if you selected 1 from the AltBoot menu, the following
message will appear on the PWS:
NOTE: To save the text strings displayed during the AltBoot process, select Start Logging in GRUB Loading stage 1.5.
the File pull-down menu in the AlternateBoot window. GRUB loading, please wait.....
This procedure allows you to monitor the process of the Network Controller boot sequence, in Press any key to continue.
order to identify the point of failure. GRUB version 0.92 (639K / 12928 upper memory)
Explanation: The BIOS (Pre boot) attempts to load the Network Controller software from
the HDD, and hand off the boot up procedure to the Linux Custom OS.
**************************************************************** ===============================
Explanation: Network Controller software is loaded and the Network Controller will now Selection: = >
attempt to synchronize with the CCM. 3. Enter 2 and hit the Return key. This will display the following menu:
Critical Check: If this message is not displayed, suspect corrupt or missing Network ===============================
Controller software, or a bad Network Controller PWB. NETWORK / SERIAL BOOT MENU
6. This message should be followed by: ===============================
********************************************************************************* 1) Return to Main Menu
*****ESS System 'SYNCHRONIZED' with SYSTEM MANAGER **** 2) Download Linux Netboot Image
********************************************************************************* ===============================
*********** DIGITAL COPIER PLATFORM 'AVAILABLE *************** Selection: = >
********************************************************************************* 4. Enter 2 and hit the Return key. This will open a file request window. The tool is looking for
********************** UI PLATFORM 'AVAILABLE *********************** the Linux Kernel Image to download. The expected file is named “linux.netboot.” If this file
is not listed in the window, either the window is not pointing to the correct folder, or the file
*********************************************************************************
may have been encoded with a different extension.
Troubleshooting: If these messages are not received, check the FireWire cable and the
The standard path is E:\inst\040.032.50xxx\ess (your CD drive may have a different let-
FireWire PWBs installed in the CCM module and in the Network Controller.
ter assigned). Navigate to this location.
Loading Network Controller software If the file is still not found, select All Files (*.*) in the Files of Type scroll box. The file
This routine allows you to download Network Controller (ESS) software from the PWS directly should now be shown as “linux.netboot.xxx.”
to the Network Controller. This may be required if normal loading via dC102 was unsuccessful. When you have located the file, double-click on it in its window.
5. After a brief pause while the selected file loads, a second file request window will open,
CAUTION
requesting the user to select the Linux root file system to download. The expected file will;
This procedure will repartition the disk and install software. There is a chance that some or ALL
have a name similar to “kfs0402048.01.gz.” Double click on this file.
of the system's configuration settings will be lost. Printing a configuration report is strongly rec-
ommended before proceeding. Ensure that the System Administrator has recorded all perti- 6. After this file is downloaded, the altboot application will display a tree menu requesting the
user to select the directory in which the disk image resides.
nent Setup data, and that SIM cards for all options are available.
The standard path is E:\inst\040.032.50xxx\ess (your drive may have a different letter
1. Start the AltBoot tool (see Starting AltBoot). After a few seconds a message similar to the
assigned). Select the directory.
following will appear:
7. There will be some initial startup steps (such as; uncompress the needed utilities) before
===============================
the network configuration menu appears:
ALTERNATE BOOT Ver 4.0
Hostname: localhost
Environmental Requirements
• Temperature: 10 ~ 32 degrees Centigrade
• Humidity 15 ~ 85% (no condensation - max. humidity@ 32 degrees = 62%, 85% @ 28
degrees)
• Altitude: 8600 feet max.
• Must be level +/- 5 mm front-to-rear; 10 mm side-to-side
• Ambient Light: 3,000 lux max (no direct sunlight) max.
Advanced Finisher (XC) VKM Paper Weights Optimum: 24 lb./90 gsm Range: 64 - 300 gsm Range: 64 - 220 gsm
Range: 64 - 220 gsm (280 gsm for coated
Professional Finisher (XE) VKL
paper)
Advanced Finisher (XE) VKN Capacities 24 3110 sheets total: 250 sheets 2000 sheets
2000 Sheet HCF VKK lb. (90 gsm) • Tray 1: 500 sheets
User Interface (XC) VUW • Tray 2: 500 sheets
User Interface (XE) VUY • Tray 3: 870 sheets
Network Controller WKW • Tray 4: 1140 sheets
Network Controller with S2X WYM
Foreign Device Interface YRC
Voltage Requirements
• Single phase (two wires plus ground)
• 110 VAC/60 Hz (99 - 121 VAC, 55 to 62 Hz)
• 220 - 240 VAC/50 Hz (198 to 255 VAC, 48.5 to 51.5 Hz)
Power Consumption
• 2.2 KVA maximum
• 300 watts in low power mode
• 95 watts in sleep mode
Top Tray 500 sheets - Paper trays may not support irregular Brush 600T41901
paper sizes below A4/Letter with width Tester Lead Wire (red) 600T 9583
shorter than 200mm and length above Tester Lead Wire (black) 600T2030
longer than 400mm.
Stacker (No Booklet) 3000 sheets 200 sets or Paper size smaller than A4/Letter
3000 sheets
Stacker (No Booklet) 1500 sheets 200 sets or Paper size larger than A4/Letter
1500 sheets
Stacker (No Booklet) 300 sheets 300 sheets When paper larger than the previous
paper in both width and length direc-
tions is stacked
Stacker (with Booklet) 1500 sheets 200 sets or Paper size smaller than A4/Letter
1500 sheets
Stacker (with Booklet) 1500 sheets 100 sets or Paper size larger than A4/Letter
1500 sheets
Stacker (with Booklet) 300 sheets 300 sheets When paper larger than the previous
paper in both width and length direc-
tions is stacked
Booklet Tray 20 set 20 set Staple: 15 sheets/set, Staple Off: 5
sheets/set, Bi-Fold: 1 sheet/set
A tag number may also be required to identify the presence of optional hardware, special non-
volatile memory programming, or whether mandatory modifications have been installed. Each
tag number is given a classification code to identify the type of change that the tag has made.
The classification codes and their descriptions are listed in Table 1.
Table 1
Classification Code Description
M Mandatory tag.
N Tag not installed in the field.
O Optional tag.
R Repair tag.
Figure 1 7001
J1 P4
J418
(BP PWB)
J20
J32
J18
J15
P5 J11
J17
J25
J2 J22
J1
J6
J19 J101
(Riser) (Riser)
J102
J7 J25
(RAM)
Figure 27 CCM PWB
Figure 28 Network Controller
INLET RESET
SWITCH ZCT MAIN POWER
SWITCH
FS2L FS31L FS32L P80 J80 J60B J60A J80 P80
1 2 2 1 1 1 1
BLK BLK BLK BLK
AC DRIVE PWB
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
CN1-1 J17 J17 P14 J14 J70A NETWORK
6 3 1 1 CONTROLLER 1.1
BLK OUTLET
RELAY1
P12 J12
DC POWER 1 1
GENERATION
RELAY2
2.5
IIT LOW VOLTAGE
P13B J13B J83 P2 POWER SUPPLY
4 7 1
BLK
2.2
CN2-1 J11 MAIN LOW VOLTAGE
4 POWER SUPPLY
BLK
1.1
CN3-1 FS1L FINISHER
OUTLET
BLK
FUSER
RELAY 4 P61B 10.2
1 MAIN LAMP 1
BLK
THERMOSTAT
J15 J612 J695 FS64 FS65 P62B 10.2
1 5 1 1 MAIN LAMP 2
BLK BLK BLK BLK
P63B 10.2
1 SUB LAMP
BLK
IOT ACN WIRENET
INLET RESET
SWITCH ZCT MAIN POWER
SWITCH
FS2N FS31N FS32N P80 J80 J60D J60C J80 P80
WHT WHT 4 4 1 1 3 3
WHT WHT
AC DRIVE PWB
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
CN1-2 J17 J17 P14 J14 J70A NETWORK
4 1 2 3 CONTROLLER 1.1
WHT OUTLET
RELAY 3
2.5
IIT LOW VOLTAGE
P13B J13B J83 P2 POWER SUPPLY
3 5 3 2
WHT
DC POWER
GENERATION
2.2
CN2-2 J11 MAIN LOW VOLTAGE
3 POWER SUPPLY
WHT
1.1
CN3-2 FS1N FINISHER
OUTLET
WHT
P12 J12
J515 J19
DC POWER 1 1 J18 P3 P7 P7
GENERATION GRY 28 28 21 21
WHT
2 2 42 42
GRY
3 3 43 43
GRY
+3.3VDC 44 44
LCD PWB LCD DISPLAY 4.2
4 4 PANEL
GRY 45 45
P6 J2 J3
46 46 2 36 39
4 37 40
5 39
+3.3VDC
+3.3VDC
7 40
93 78
J130 7.3
B4 3 TRAY 3 PAPER
24 37 SIZE SENSOR
GRY
83 88
IIT/IPS PWB J131 TRAY PAPER 7.4
B1 3 SIZE SENSOR
P336 P719 GRY
3,6,9,12, 3,6,9,12,
,
15,18,28, ,
15,18,28, 3.2
31,34,37, 31,34,37,
38,40,42, 38,40,42,
44,46,49 44,46,49
UI
UI PWB 4.2
LCD PWB LCD
7, 8 7, 8 1,3,6,7,8
10, 13 3,6,9,12 3,5,8,11
P/J18 P/J 3 10, 13 12,16,17 J3
16, 17 16, 17 15,18,21 J6 J2 14,17,20
18,22,26
18, 19 18, 19 24,27,30 23,26,29
20, 21 20, 21 27,28,32
33,36,38 32,35,38
24, 35 24, 35 36
IOT +5 VDC WIRENET (1 OF 6)
IOT DRIVER PWB DRAWER UNIT
MAIN LOW VOLTAGE POWER
SUPPLY J439 J607A P607A J609 P609 J121 8.10
A3 18 3 5 1 1 PRE REG. SENSOR
YEL YEL GRY
J460
3 6 TO IOT +5 VDC (6 OF 6) J126 8.10
GRY A13 8 13 1 6 1 OHP SENSOR
YEL YEL GRY
F5002 J400
2 2 TO IOT +5 VDC (2 OF 6)
GRY J607B P607B P629 J629 J159 9.28
POST 2ND BTR
B3 17 3 4 3 1 SENSOR
YEL YEL GRY
J505 IIT LOW VOLTAGE 2.5 J158 2ND BTR CONTACT/ 9.28
1 1 POWER SUPPLY B6 14 6 1 6 1 RETRACT SENSOR
GRY YEL YEL GRY
J105 10.11
B11 9 11 1 DUP PATH SENSOR
F4002 J501 YEL YEL
1 CCM PWB UI PWB
+5VDC 4.1 J104 10.11
F4001 J19 J18 32, 33 J3 32, 33 B14 6 14 1 DUP IN SENSOR
2 6 YEL YEL
GRY 49,50 49,50
J607A P607A J106 10.11
B16 5 16 1 DUP OUT SENSOR
YEL YEL
J434 P680
7 3 TO IOT +5 VDC (6 OF 6)
GRY
IBT UNIT
J155 9.20
1 20 1 19 1 3 IBT BELT SENSOR
YEL YEL YEL
MCU PWB
J138 9.24
A14 3 14 1 MOB CENT SENSOR
GRY YEL
J160 9.25
B16 1 16 1 MOB OUT SENSOR
GRY YEL
J135 9.25
B4 13 4 1 HUMI/TEMP SENSOR
GRY YEL
J407 P679 J679 J639 P639 SJ33 SJ33 P638 J638 J117 7.11
A6 A5 A6 5 10 1 2 1 9 1 MSI LIFT UP SENSOR
GRY WHT YEL YEL GRY
J208 DRUM MOTOR YMC 9.7 J115 MSI PAPER SET 7.5
B10 1 PWB 5 1 SENSOR
GRY YEL
TO IOT +5 VDC (3 OF 6 )
IOT +5 VDC WIRENET (3 OF 6)
FROM IOT +5VDC 2 OF 6)
MCU PWB
J412 P620 J620 J144 FRONT DOOR 2.1
1 1 10 A2 INTERLOCK SWITCH
GRY GRY
MCU PWB
FROM
IOT +24VDC (3 OF 8) ROS ASSY
3 48
FROM
IOT +24VDC (3 OF 8)
3 48
OCT (OPTION)
J434 P680 J801 SJ802 SJ802 J805 REAR POSITION 10.13
FROM IOT +5 VDC (1 OF 6) 7 1
3 10 6 1 SENSOR
GRY RED YEL
HCF (OPTION)
HCF PWB
JF01 PF54 JF54 PF67 TRAY 6 FEED OUT 8.8
FROM IOT 3 1 3 1
24VDC (6 OF 8) GRY GRY SENSOR
TRAY MODULE
FROM IOT +5VDC J508 J460 J463 P661 J661 J101 7.7
(1 OF 6) TRAY 1 STACK J465 J242 P242
3 6 A7 9 7 3 HEIGHT SENSOR 9.33
GRY GRY A3 3 3 BLOWER FAN MOTOR
GRY
A
IOT 5V RTN WIRENET (1 OF 10)
J460 42 9
6 5 TO IOT +5V RTN (10 OF 10)
VIO
49 2
J400
7 1 TO IOT +5V RTN (3 OF 10) J432 J401
VIO 2 49
49 2
J505 2.5
8 2 IIT LOW VOLTAGE J434 P680
WHT POWER SUPPLY 3 2 TO IOT +5V RTN (8 OF 10)
VIO
P678
4 2 TO IOT +5V RTN (9 OF 10)
VIO
IBT UNIT
+5VDC J501 J443 J603 P603 J601B P601B J155 TRANSFER BELT 9.20
RETURN 4 CCM PWB 3 18 3 17 3 1 HOME SENSOR
UI PWB YEL YEL YEL
IOT PWB
DRAWER UNIT
J104 10.11
B12 8 12 3 DUPLEX IN SENSOR
YEL YEL
MCU PWB
J508 J400 J405 J612 P612 P642 J642 J149 10.4
FROM IOT +5V RTN (1 OF 10) 7 1 A1 A10 A1 3 1 3 FUSER EXIT SENSOR
YEL YEL YEL
J173 10.1
A15 B5 B5 YEL 3 FUSER NIP SENSOR
YEL
J160 9.25
B15 2 15 3 OUTER MOB SENSOR
GRY YEL
J135 9.25
B2 15 2 3 HUM/TEMP SENSOR
GRY YEL
MCU PWB
J407 P679 J679 J639 P639 SJ33 SJ33 P638 J638 J117 TRAY 5 LIFT UP 7.11
A4 A7 A4 7 8 7 9 3 7 3 SENSOR
GRY WHT YEL YEL GRY
J206 9.11
B17 2 Y,M,C DEV. MOTOR
GRY
J585 9.12
A4 6 DEV.BIAS(K)HVPS
GRY
J411 P680B
B11 2 TO IOT +5V RTN ( 7 OF 10)
GRY
(SEE IOT_+5VRTN-6)
IOT 5V RTN WIRENET (6 OF 10)
MCU PWB
LOW TONER
SENSOR PWB
P624B J624B J653A J653B J140Y LOW TONER SENSOR 9.15
B5 10 5 1 4 3 Y
YEL YEL YEL
ROS ASSY
LDD PWB Y
6.1
4,21,22 JA421 J345A Y 47,30,29
30,31, 21,20,
32,49 19,2
25 26
MPD PWB (Y/M) 6.1
4,21,22 JB421 J345B Y 47,30,29 J4A R1 J1 R1
30,31, 21,20, 1 3
32,49 VIO
19,2
26 25
25 26
MPD PWB (C/K) 6.3
4,21,22 JB423 J345B C 47,30,29 J4A R2 J1 R2
30,31, 21,20, 1 3
32,49 VIO
19,2
26 25
OCT (OPTION)
J434 P680 J801 SJ802 SJ802 10.13
FROM IOT +5V RTN (1 OF 10) 3 1
2 1 2 OCT DETECT
VIO BLK WHT
FINISHER
J411 P680B J680B J8300 3.5
FROM IOT +5V RTN (4 OF 10) B11 2 11 5
GRY ORN
FINISHER MAIN PWB
J434 P680 J8301
FROM IOT +5V RTN (1 OF 10) 3 2 1
VIO BLK
IOT 5V RTN WIRENET (9 OF 10)
HCF (OPTION)
HCF ASSY
J434 P678 J678 JF04 JF01 PF54 JF54 PF67 TRAY 6 FEED OUT 8.8
FROM IOT +5V RTN (1 OF 10) 4 2 2 1 3 1 3 SENSOR
VIO VIO VIO VIO
TRAY
MODULE
PWB A
J508 J460 J463 P661 J661 J101 TRAY 1 STACK 7.7
FROM IOT +5V RTN (1 OF 10) 6 5 A8 8 8 2
GRY GRY HEIGHT SENSOR
J102 TRAY 4 PAPER 7.10 J467 J153 WASTE BOTTLE SET 9.32
B11 5 11 2 SENSOR A5 3 SENSOR
GRY GRY GRY
P668 J668 J133D TRAY 4 FEED OUT 8.6 J469 J152 WASTE BOTTLE FULL 9.32
B16 3 1 3 SENSOR 1 3 SENSOR
GRY GRY GRY
A
IOT +12 VDC WIRENET
AC DRIVE PWB
DC POWER
GENERATION
+12VDC
DC POWER
GENERATION
MCU PWB 2.2
F3002 J504 J400 F1
ON/OFF 5 7 TO IOT +3.3 VDC
BRN
+12VDC
TO IIT +5 VDC (2 OF 2)
F3001
7,8 N.C
F2001
4 N.C
IOT 12V RTN WIRENET
DC POWER
GENERATION
DC POWER
GENERATION
F6001 J509 J460
1 1 TO IOT +24VDC (2 OF 8)
ORN
J430
2 8 TO IOT +24VDC (3 OF 8)
ORN
+24VDC
F2 +24VDC +12VDC
TO TO TO IIT +3.3VDC/3.3V RTN
+12VDC +3.3VDC
J506 CN4-2
3
ORN
CN4-1 TO IOT +24VDC (7 OF 8)
4
ORN
IOT +24 VDC WIRENET (2 OF 8)
TRAY MODULE PWB 2.5
J233 8.4
A16 1 TAKE AWAY MOTOR
GRY
7 8 7 2
GRY YEL
F6 J221 10.7
10 5 10 5
GRY YEL
INVERT MOTOR
13 2 13 2
GRY YEL
J468 J132 J132 J468 J465 J235 P235 TAKEAWAY CLUTCH 8.4
1 1 3 2 A8 2 1 2
ORN ORN GRY
F5 +24VDC
TO TO IOT +5VDC (5 OF 6)
+6VDC 410 J239 P239 9.33
B1 4 1 CC FAN
GRY
UI
CCM PWB
UI PWB J5 CN1 4.3
2 2
J3 INVERTER PWB
P19 J18
4 8 26 26 3 3
ORN
F6 J422 J604 P604 J602B P602B J253 P253 IBT STEERING 9.19
5 6 5 6 5 1 5 MOTOR
YEL YEL YEL
TO IOT +24VDC (4 OF 8)
IOT +24 VDC WIRENET (4 OF 8)
J435 P679B J679B J639 P639 P227 J227 TRAY 5 NUDGER 7.11
8 5 8 12 3 2 1 SOLENOID
GRY YEL YEL
TO IOT +24VDC (5 OF 8)
IOT +24 VDC WIRENET (5 OF 8)
J244D 10.6
4 1 2 1 EXIT ROLL FAN 4
BLU
J244B 10.6
4 1 2 1 EXIT ROLL FAN 2
GRY
5 12 5 2
YEL YEL
IOT +24 VDC WIRENET (6 OF 8)
HCF (OPTION)
TRANSPORT COVER 2.4
INTERLOCK SWITCH
HCF PWB
+24VDC
TO HCF PWB
+5VDC
JF05
TO IOT 5VDC (5 2
ORN
OF 6)
K1
F2 JF06 PF56 JF56 PF58 JF58
3 2 2 7.12
ORN WHT WHT TRAY 6 LIFT/FEED
MOTOR
4 5 5
ORN WHT BLK
F3 PF57 JF57
9 5 3 8.8
ORN WHT TRAY 6 TAKEAWAY
DC COM MOTOR
10 4 4
ORN BLK
F4 PF56A JF56A
13 6 1
ORN GRY
F401 J437 J637 P637 P605 J605 J602 P602 J203 9.18
7 4 1 1 1 1 1 IBT DRIVE MOTOR
ORN ORN ORN ORN ORN
J207K 9.6
5 1 DRUM MOTOR K PWB
ORN
J205 9.11
7 1 Y,M,C DEV. MOTOR
ORN
J209 9.5
11 1 MAIN MOTOR PWB
ORN
F402 J400
5 6 TO IOT +24VDC (8 OF 8)
ORN
MCU PWB
ROS ASSY
J409 P247 C J7 R2 J6 R2 6.6
1 5 1 5 ROS MOTOR C,K
GRY ORN
P247 Y J7 R1 J6 R1 6.5
6 5 1 5 ROS MOTOR Y,M
GRY ORN
J584 9.8
CHARGE (K)/ 9.30
B10 1 PRECLEAN HVPS
GRY
J582 9.26
B20 1 2ND BTR HVPS
GRY
J587 9.9
A19 1 HVPS S7
GRY
J460
4
DC POWER
GENERATION
J509 J460 J465 J242 9.33
10 3 A2 4 2 BLOWER FAN MOTOR
VIO GRY
9 A7
VIO
+24VDC
RETURN J233 8.4
A15 2 TAKEAWAY MOTOR
GRY
PSDC PWB
HCF (OPTION)
J712 J732
8 8 4 TO IIT +3.3VDC/3.3V RTN J411 P678A J678A JF03 3.4
A5 2 5 2 HCF PWB
GRY YEL
5 5
J506 CN4-4 J514 J430 J437 J637 P637 P605 J605 J602 P602 J203 9.18
1 1 1 2 1
2 1
2 2
1 2 IBT DRIVE MOTOR
BLU VIO VIO VIO VIO VIO
FROM IOT+24V RTN
(1 OF 2)
CN4-3 J211 FUSER DRIVE 10.1
2 2 3 4 2 MOTOR
BLU VIO VIO
J207K 9.6
6 2 DRUM MOTOR K PWB
VIO
J209 9.5
12 2 MAIN MOTOR PWB
VIO
J205 9.11
8 2 Y,M,C DEV. MOTOR
VIO
MCU PWB
J514 J400 J405 J603A P603A J601A P601A J581 9.21
4 5 B14 7 14 7 14 YEL 2 1ST BTR HVPS 9.22
VIO YEL YEL
ROS ASSY
J409 P247 C J7 R2 J6 R2 6.6
2 4 2 4 ROS MOTOR C,K
GRY VIO
P247 Y J7 R1 J6 R1 6.5
P516 7 4 2 4 ROS MOTOR Y,M
3 GRY VIO
J584 9.8
CHARGE (K)/ 9.30
B9 2 PRECLEAN HVPS
GRY
J582 9.26
B19 2 2ND BTR HVPS
GRY
J587 9.9
A18 2 HVPS S7
GRY
7-37
IIT +24 VDC/+24V RTN WIRENET
24V RTN
5 5 3
PSDC PWB
EXTENSION MEMORY
PWB 2.5
J744 J737
1 1
GRY
2 2
GRY
25,26, P/J733
8 8 85,86
GRY
9 9
GRY
J712 J732
FROM IOT +24V RTN (1 OF 2) 8 4 3 3
VIO 1,8,10,15,
17,22,23,
4 4
VIO 24,27,28,
38,47,60,
6 6 61,62,68,
VIO
75,82,84,
7 7 87,88,98,
VIO 107,117,
120
IIT +5 VDC WIRENET
IIT/IPS PWB
B11 21
B12 22
36 A5
18 B10
LENS/CCD PWB
+5VDC J710
TO A7 11
+3.3VDC
B6 12
IIT/IPS PWB
LENS/CCD PWB 5.15
J712 J720 J710 J700
FROM IOT_+12VRTN) 2 1 A1 1
VIO
B1
B5 9
A6 10
B10
A11
B17 31
A19 34
B20 37
A22 40
B22
J722 J728 5.12
A1 3 IIT REG. SENSOR
VIO
J7261 5.4
A6 3 APS SENSOR 1
VIO
J7262 5.4
A9 3 APS SENSOR 2
VIO
4 4
VIO
33 A2
30 A3
IIT +10 VDC WIRENET
IIT/IPS PWB
A15 26
DADF +5 VDC WIRENET
J762 5.5
35 A4 A6 1 DADF FEED SENSOR
GRY
J763 5.6
36 A5 A9 1 PRE-REG. SENSOR
GRY
J765 5.6
B3 1 DADF APS SENSOR 1
GRY
J766 5.6
B6 1 DADF APS SENSOR 2
GRY
A
J767 5.6
B9 1 DADF APS SENSOR 3
GRY
A
DADF +5V RTN WIRENET
A
IIT/IPS PWB DADF PWB
J770 5.2
A4 3 4 3 BOTTOM SENSOR
VIO VIO
A
DADF +24 VDC WIRENET
IIT/IPS PWB
FROM FEEDER
IIT +24 VDC 5.1
COVER
DADF PWB INTERLOCK DADF PWB
SWITCH
P750 J752 F1 J753 F2 F1 J753 J758 5.2
1 B1 2 1 1 DADF TRAY MOTOR
ORN ORN RED
6 N.C
2 B2
J754 P764
A10 2 1 N.C
ORN
3 B3 J760 J782 5.6
P768 5.5 A1 5
B10 2 1 DADF FEED CLUTCH ORN DADF PRE-REG.
ORN MOTOR
4 B4 A6 2
J755 P787 5.7 ORN
A4 3 1 BAFFLE SOLENOID
ORN
5 A14 P784 J784
P788 5.9 A7 1 6 5.8
A7 2 1 EXIT GATE SOLENOID ORN WHT
ORN PLATEN MOTOR
6 A13 A12 6 1
P789 SIMP/DUP GATE 5.9 ORN BLK
B1 3 1 SOLENOID
ORN
7 A12 J781 5.5
P790 INVERT ROLL NIP/ 5.9 A13 2
B4 2 1 RELEASE SOLENOID ORN
ORN DADF FEED MOTOR
8 A11 B3 5
ORN
J785 5.10
B10 2
ORN
DADF EXIT MOTOR
B15 5
ORN
FINISHER +5 VDC WIRENET (1 OF 4)
FINISHER PWB
J8302 J8303A J8303B J8319 TRANSPORT 12.11
3 1 3 1 ENTRANCE SENSOR
GRY GRY
TO FIN +5 VDC (2 OF 4)
FINISHER +5 VDC WIRENET (2 OF 4)
FINISHER
PWB
J8350 12.10
10 15 1 SIDE REG. 1 SENSOR
GRY GRY
TO FIN +5VDC (3 OF 4)
FINISHER +5 VDC WIRENET (3 OF 4)
H-TRANSPORT PWB
FINISHER
PWB
J8310 J8329 J8396 J8455A J8455B J8403 DECURLER OUT 12.8
14 17 6 1 3 1 SENSOR
YEL GRY GRY
6 N.C
BOOKLET PWB
BOOKLET
J8405 J8202 P8202 J8176 TAMPER 12.16
3 A12 A3 1 HOME SENSOR
GRY GRY (FRONT)
BOOKLET
J8177 TAMPER 12.16
6 A9 A6 1 HOME SENSOR
GRY GRY
(REAR)
PS BOOK F7
+24VDC (CHIP FUSE)
J8378 TO J8178 BOOKLET COMPILER 12.14
FROM FIN +24 VDC (1 OF 4) 3 BOOK 9 A6 A9 1 NO PAPER SENSOR
GRY GRY
+5VDC
J8182 12.14
19 B10 B5 1 BOOKLET IN SENSOR
GRY GRY
BOOKLET TRAY
FINISHER PWB
FINISHER
PWB
J8307 J8355 P8355 J8353 PUNCH BOX SET 12.10
3 3 3 SENSOR
VIO VIO
J8350 12.10
12 13 3 SIDE REG. 1 SENSOR
VIO VIO
H-TRANSPORT PWB
FINISHER
PWB
J8310 J8329 J8396 J8455A J8455B J8403 DECURLER OUT 12.8
13 18 4 3 1 3 SENSOR
YEL VIO VIO
J8316 J8377
2 14
BLU
TO FIN +5V RTN (4 OF 4)
15 1
BLU
4 N.C
BOOKLET PWB
J8182 12.14
17 B12 B3 3 BOOKLET IN SENSOR
VIO VIO
BOOKLET TRAY
FINISHER LVPS PS
+24VDC BOOK
PS+24VDC J8317 J8378 TO +5VDC TO FIN +5VDC
3 3 BOOK (4 OF 4)
ORN
+24VDC +5VDC
POWER PS
GENERATION +24VDC +5VDC
TO TO FIN +5VDC (1 OF 4) +24VDC +24VDC TO FIN +24 VDC
J502 J8315 1 1
1 1 +5VDC ORN (4 OF 4)
ORN
K1 K2
+24VDC TO FIN +24 VDC
2 4
ORN (2 OF 4)
INTLK ON
+24VDC
1 2
J8313
ORN ORN
FINISHER PWB
J8336 12.28
12 2
ORN
EJECT MOTOR
14 5
ORN
J8342 12.9
16 2
ORN
FINISHER
TRANSPORT MOTOR
18 5
ORN
F1
(CHIP FUSE) J8338B P8338A SET CLAMP 12.29
22 2 1 CLUTCH
ORN
FINISHER
PWB
F2
(CHIP FUSE) J8309 J8461B J8461A J8363B J8363A FRONT TAMPER 12.25
11 9 11 5 2 MOTOR
GRY GRY
H-TRANSPORT PWB
H-TRA F1
J8310 J8329 (CHIP FUSE) J8396 J8401 12.7
1 30 17 1 DECURLER CLUTCH
YEL ORN ORN
J8453 12.6
2 29 29 2
YEL ORN ORN
DECURLER
TRANSPORT MOTOR
30 1 30 5
YEL ORN ORN
FINISHER +24 VDC WIRENET (4 OF 4)
BOOKLET PWB
BOOK F4
J8378 (CHIP FUSE) RT3 T ‹ J8408 J8409 BOOKLET GATE 12.10
FROM FIN +24 VDC (1 OF 4) 3 2 2 SOLENOID
ORN
J8188 12.13
9 24 24 3
ORN ORN
BOOKLET PAPER
PATH MOTOR
11 27 27 6
ORN ORN
FINISHER PWB
DC COM
(+5VRTN) TO FIN +5V RTN (1 OF 4)
+24VRTN
(EARLY TYPE ONLY)
J502 J8315 J8310 J8371 J8373 J8383 DOWNLOAD ACCESS 12.5
5 2 3 28 1 2 SWITCH
BLU YEL VIO
4 27
YEL
6 5
BLU
29 2
YEL
BOOKLET PWB
BOOKLET TRAY
8 4 5 5
VIO WHT/BLU
WorkCentre 7655/7665 TABLE OF CONTENTS
BLOCK SCHEMATIC FUNCTIONAL AREA 1 - INPUT POWER FUNCTIONAL AREA 7 - MEDIA SUPPLY AND FEEDING (CONT’D) FUNCTIONAL AREA 10 - FUSER/POST-FUSER
DIAGRAMS 1.1 AC INPUT POWER
1.2 AC POWER ON
7.8 TRAY 2 PAPER STACKING
7.9 TRAY 3 PAPER STACKING
TRANSPORTATION
10.1 FUSER DRIVE CONTROL)
February, 2006
7.10 TRAY 4 PAPER STACKING 10.2 FUSER HEAT CONTROL
FUNCTIONAL AREA 2 - SWITCHED POWER 7.11 TRAY 5 (NO HCF/STANDARD HCF) PAPER STACKING 10.3 FUSER HEAT MONITORING
2.1 IOT INTERLOCK SWITCHING 7.12 STANDARD HCF OPTION (TRAY 6) PAPER STACKING 10.4 FUSING
2.2 DC POWER GENERATION (IOT +3.3/+5/+12 VDC) 7.13 RESERVED 10.5 FUSER FAN CONTROL (1 OF 2)
2.3 DC POWER GENERATION (IOT +24 VDC) 7.14 RESERVED 10.6 FUSER FAN CONTROL (2 OF 2)
2.4 DC POWER GENERATION (INTLK +24 VDC) 7.15 RESERVED
2.5 DC POWER GENERATION (IIT - 1 OF 2) 7.16 RESERVED 10.7 INVERTER (1 OF 2)
2.6 DC POWER GENERATION (IIT - 2 OF 2) 7.17 RESERVED 10.8 INVERTER (2 OF 2)
2.7 RESERVED 7.18 RESERVED 10.9 FUSED PAPER EXIT
10.10 DUPLEX TRANSPORTATION (1 OF 2)
FUNCTIONAL AREA 3 - MACHINE RUN CONTROL FUNCTIONAL AREA 8 - MEDIA TRANSPORTATION 10.11 DUPLEX TRANSPORTATION (2 OF 2)
3.1 PWB COMMUNICATION (IOT) 8.1 TRAY 1,2 PAPER FEEDING 10.12 DUPLEX PAPER COOLING
3.2 PWB COMMUNICATION (CCM - IIT) 8.2 TRAY 3, 4 PAPER FEEDING 10.13 RESERVED
3.3 PWB COMMUNICATION (IIT - DADF) 8.3 TRAY 5 / STANDARD HCF PAPER FEEDING
3.4 PWB COMMUNICATION (MCU-HCF) 8.4 TAKEAWAY DRIVE FUNCTIONAL AREA 11 - PRINT EXITING
3.5 PWB COMMUNICATION (MCU-FINISHER) 8.5 TRAY 1, 2 TRANSPORTATION 11.1 OCT (OPTION)
3.6 PWB COMMUNICATION (MCU-IOT DRIVE) 8.6 TRAY 3, 4 TRANSPORTATION
3.7 NETWORK CONTROLLER 8.7 TRAY 5 (NO HCF/STANDARD HCF) TRANSPORTATION FUNCTIONAL AREA 12 - FINISHING
8.8 STANDARD HCF OPTION (TRAY 6) PAPER 12.1 C-FINISHER DC POWER GENERATION
FUNCTIONAL AREA 4 - USER INTERFACE TRANSPORTATION 12.2 C-FINISHER DC POWER DISTRIBUTION
4.1 CONTROL PANEL SWITCH/LED 8.9 REGISTRATION DRIVE
4.2 UI LCD CONTROL 8.10 REGISTRATION 12.3 C-FINISHER INTERLOCK SWITCHING
4.3 UI TOUCH PANEL AND BACKLIGHT CONTROL 8.11 RESERVED 12.4 C-FINISHER DETECTION & COMMUNICATIONS
8.12 RESERVED 12.5 C-FINISHER PWB COMMUNICATIONS
FUNCTIONAL AREA 5 - IMAGE INPUT 8.13 RESERVED 12.6 C-FINISHER I/F DRIVE CONTROL
5.1 DOCUMENT SET AND INTERLOCK 8.14 RESERVED 12.7 C-FINISHER DECURLER CONTROL
5.2 DOCUMENT STACKING 8.15 RESERVED
5.3 DOCUMENT SIZE SENSING - DADF 8.16 RESERVED 12.8 C-FINISHER I/F TRANSPORTATION
5.4 DOCUMENT SIZE SENSING - PLATEN 12.9 C-FINISHER DRIVES
5.5 DOCUMENT FEEDING FUNCTIONAL AREA 9 - XEROGRAPHICS 12.10 C-FINISHER BOOKLET / PUNCH TRANSPORT
5.6 DOCUMENT PREREGISTRATION 9.1 DRUM LIFE CONTROL (C, K) 12.11 C-FINISHER TRANSPORT / TOP TRAY GATING
5.7 DOCUMENT REGISTRATION 9.2 DRUM LIFE CONTROL (Y, M) 12.12 C-FINISHER BUFFER TRANSPORT
5.8 DOCUMENT SCAN POSITIONING 9.3 TONER CARTRIDGE LIFE CONTROL (K1)
5.9 DOCUMENT INVERSION 9.4 TONER CARTRIDGE LIFE CONTROL (Y, M, C, K2) 12.13 BOOKLET DRIVE
5.10 DOCUMENT EXIT 9.5 XEROGRAPHIC DRIVES CONTROL 12.14 BOOKLET TRANSPORTATION
5.11 DRIVE TRANSMISSION 9.6 BLACK DRUM (K) DRIVE CONTROL 12.15 BOOKLET TAMPER CONTROL (1 OF 2)
5.12 CARRIAGE CONTROL 9.7 Y,M,C DRUMS DRIVE CONTROL 12.16 BOOKLET TAMPER CONTROL (2 OF 2)
5.13 DOCUMENT ILLUMINATION 9.8 BLACK CHARGING AND EXPOSURE 12.17 BOOKLET KNIFE CONTROL
5.14 IMAGE EXPOSURE 9.9 CHARGING AND EXPOSURE - Y,M,C
5.15 COPY/SCAN IMAGE INPUT PROCESSING (1 OF 3) 9.10 BLACK DEVELOPER DRIVE CONTROL 12.18 BOOKLET STAPLE CONTROL
5.16 COPY/SCAN IMAGE INPUT PROCESSING (2 OF 3) 9.11 Y,M,C DEVELOPER DRIVE CONTROL 12.19 BOOKLET END GUIDE CONTROL
5.17 COPY/SCAN IMAGE INPUT PROCESSING (3 OF 3) 9.12 BLACK DEVELOPMENT 12.20 BOOKLET TRAY CONTROL
5.18 PRINT IMAGE INPUT PROCESSING (1 OF 2) 9.13 YELLOW, MAGENTA, CYAN DEVELOPMENT 12.21 C-FINISHER TOP TRAY STACKING
5.19 PRINT IMAGE INPUT PROCESSING (2 OF 2) 9.14 YELLOW, MAGENTA, CYAN DEV. MONITORING 12.22 C-FINISHER PUNCH DRIVE
9.15 TONER DISPENSE CONTROL (1 OF 3)
FUNCTIONAL AREA 6 - IMAGE OUTPUT 9.16 TONER DISPENSE CONTROL (2 OF 3) 12.23 C-FINISHER PUNCH HOLE CONTROL
6.1 YELLOW LASER CONTROL 9.17 TONER DISPENSE CONTROL (3 OF 3) 12.24 C-FINISHER COMPILING
6.2 MAGENTA LASER CONTROL 9.18 TRANSFER BELT DRIVE CONTROL 12.25 C-FINISHER TAMPER CONTROL
6.3 CYAN LASER CONTROL 9.19 TRANSFER BELT STEERING CONTROL 12.26 C-FINISHER STAPLE POSITIONING
Prepared by: 6.4 BLACK (K) LASER CONTROL 9.20 TRANSFER BELT POSITION MONITORING 12.27 C-FINISHER STAPLER CONTROL
6.5 LASER SCAN Y,M DRIVE CONTROL 9.21 1ST TRANSFER (1 OF 3)
6.6 LASER SCAN C,K DRIVE CONTROL 9.22 1ST TRANSFER (2 OF 3) 12.28 C-FINISHER EJECT DRIVE
Xerox Corporation 6.7 RESERVED 9.23 1ST TRANSFER (3 OF 3) 12.29 C-FINISHER SET CLAMP CONTROL
Global Knowledge and 9.24 IMAGE REGISTRATION CONTROL (1 OF 2) 12.30 C-FINISHER STACKER DRIVE
FUNCTIONAL AREA 7 - MEDIA SUPPLY AND FEEDING 9.25 IMAGE REGISTRATION CONTROL (2 OF 2) 12.31 C-FINISHER STACK HEIGHT DETECTION
Language Services 7.1 TRAY 1 PAPER SIZE SENSING 9.26 2ND TRANSFER AND CLEANING (1 OF 3)
Bldg. 845-17S 7.2 TRAY 2 PAPER SIZE SENSING 9.27 2ND TRANSFER AND CLEANING (2 OF 3)
800 Phillips Road 7.3 TRAY 3 PAPER SIZE SENSING 9.28 2ND TRANSFER AND CLEANING (3 OF 3)
7.4 TRAY 4 PAPER SIZE SENSING 9.29 BCR AND COROTRON CLEANING DRIVE CONTROL
Webster, NY 14580 7.5 TRAY 5 (NO HCF/STANDARD HCF) PAPER SIZE 9.30 BLACK DRUM CLEANING
SENSING 9.31 Y,M,C DRUM CLEANING
7.6 STANDARD HCF OPTION (TRAY 6) PAPER SIZE 9.32 WASTE TONER DISPOSAL
Copyright SENSING AND TRAY SET 9.33 BLOWER AND CC FAN CONTROL
© Xerox Corporation 2006 7.7 TRAY 1 PAPER STACKING 9.34 RESERVED
A B C D E F G H J
DC COM POWER ON AC
2.4 2.2
3 (AC DRIVE PWB)
ACH
PLUG-IN AC
10.2
(AC DRIVE PWB)
1.2 AC POWER ON
MCU PWB BP PWB CCM PWB BP PWB MCU PWB
PL11.1 PL11.7 PL11.7 PL11.7 PL11.1
1
+3.3V READY POWER ON 1
1.1 MAIN SWITCH ON 1.1
(L) +3.3VDC J407 P/J418 J335 J4 J4 J335 P/J418 J407 (H)+3.3VDC
B15 95 76 15 46 B4
GRY GRY
1
B2 2.2 2.3
GRY READY POWER ON
B1
+3.3V GRY
DC COM MAIN POWER ON 1
1.1 DC140 [10-204] 1.1
V IN SENSE 2 (H)+3.3VDC
B8 16 45 B16
GRY
2 GRY
1 +3.3V
POWER UP
STATUS
74 97
POWER SAVE
4.1 SWITCH ON
(H) +3.3VDC J18
30
3
+3.3V IIT RESET
(H)+3.3VDC 2.5
J3
50
4 MAIN SWITCH
AC DRIVE PWB
FINISHER OUTLET
SEMI P.
STAND- LOW LOW SLEEP SWITCH
5 BY POWER POWER OFF RESET SWITCH
NOTE: MAIN POWER ON ON ON ON OFF OFF
RDY POWER ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF POWER UNIT
1 USING THREE SIGNAL LINES, CCM PWB
CONTROLS LOW POWER/SLEEP/SEMI LOW LVPS ENABLE/ AC POWER IN
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
POWER. IIT RESET SIGNAL
THE TABLE SHOWS THE RELATION IN EACH PWS OUTLET
+3.3VDC O O O O ×
MODE BETWEEN OUTPUT POWER AND
COMBINATION OF MAIN POWER ON SIGNAL, +5VDC O O O × ×
CCM
READY POWER ON SIGNAL AND LVPS +12VDC O O O × ×
ENABLE/IIT RESET SIGNAL OPERATIONS. +24VDC O O × × ×
+5VDC O O × × ×
+12VDC O O × × ×
6 IOT
2 DC140 [10-204] NORMAL RANGE : +24VDC O O × × ×
100-200VAC: 551-697 FUSER AC O O × × × MAIN LOW VOLTAGE
208VAC OR MORE: 576-858 POWER SUPPLY
+5VDC O × × × ×
IIT +12VDC O × × × ×
+24VDC O × × × ×
A B C D E F G H J
DC COM
3
VIO
DC COM
A B C D E F G H J
F2
IOT F2 +24VDC 1 2
F3 VIO
NOTE: IOT F3 +24VDC
F4 4 3
1 OVERCURRENT PROTECTION: IOT F4 +24VDC VIO
IF 24V OUTPUT IS SHORTED, 24V OUTPUT IS TERMINATED, F5 DC COM
TO RESTORE POWER, REPAIR THE SHORT, POWER OFF, IOT F5 +24VDC
ALLOW 5 SEC, AND THEN POWER ON AGAIN. F6
IOT F6 +24VDC
OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTION F7
IOT F7 +24VDC
IF +24V OUTPUT REACHES +28 VDC , OUTPUT IS TERMINATED. F8
6
TO RESTORE THE OUTPUT, POWER OFF, ALLOW 5 SEC AND IOT F8 +24VDC
THEN POWER ON AGAIN.
+24VDC
2.5
+24VDC (TO PSDC PWB)
DC COM
A B C D E F G H J
F401
7 4
ORN
2
+24VDC INTLK
+24 VDC 1 1
TH2 VIO
F202
2 3
VIO
DC COM DC COM
+24VDC TO FUSER 10.1
3 MCU PWB
PL11.1
F402 J400
5 6
+24VDC INTLK
4 5
DC COM DC COM
4
HCF TOP HCF PWB
HCF PWB F2
PL18.8 COVER PL18.8 F2 HCF +24VDC INTLK
INTERLOCK DC330 [078-300]
PL18.7 HCF COVER F3
INTLK CLOSED F3 HCF +24VDC INTLK
K1
JF05 FS001 FS002 (H)+24VDC JF05
1 2 F4
F4 HCF +24VDC INTLK
+24 VDC
HCF +24VDC INTLK
+3.3 VDC
5
FAULT CODES
DOCKING 078-300:
INTERLOCK DC COM 078-300
HCF TOP COVER OPEN
SWITCH DC COM
PL18.8 DC330 [078-301) +5VDC 078-301:
HCF DOCKED HCF UNDOCKED
JF08 FS003 FS004 (L)+5VDC JF08
1 2
078-301
DC COM
6
A B C D E F G H J
IOT IIT
IIT/IPS PWB
1 PL13.7
1.2 IIT RESET IIT RESET 2.6
(H)+3.3VDC P719 (H)+3.3VDC
50
6
A B C D E F G H J
1
IIT/IPS PWB BDEC PWB
PL13.8 PL13.8
2.5 F4
+12 VDC
+12 VDC
TO (F4) +5 VDC
+5 VDC F2
10VDC
J709 J708
2 2
GRY
(F2) +5 VDC +5 VDC
3 1 1
VIO
4 4
VIO
DADF PWB
DC COM DC COM PL14.3
P750 J752 F2
35 A4
36 A5
18 B10 +5 VDC
4 (F2) +5 VDC 32 A1
33 A2
30 A3
1-9 B1-B4
A10-A14
2.5 DC COM DC COM F1
+24 VDC A6-A9
19-27
B5-B9
+24 VDC
5
6
A B C D E F G H J
3
NVM PWB
PL11.1
+3VDC P/J420
MCU PWB
5
CCM PWB UI PWB CCM PWB
PL11.7 PL17.4 PL11.7
ESS-UI UI
J18 COMMAND + P3 P3 STATUS + J18
UI 22 15 17 23 UI
COMMAND ESS-UI STATUS 003-346
UI
COMMAND - STATUS - 003-347
47 16 18 48
CCM PWB
PL11.7
CCM PWB IIT/IPS PWB
PL11.7 ESS-IPS PL13.8 IPS-ESS
J3 COMMAND + P719 P719 STATUS + J3
24 24 22 22 FAULT CODES
ESS-IPS IPS-ESS 062-210: IISS HOT LINE FAIL
COMMAND - 062-210 STATUS -
23 23 21 21 062-211: IPS EPROM FAIL
DOWNLOAD 062-311 062-220: IPS-EXT. CONNECTION FAIL
CLOCK + 062-392
20 20 RBT 062-278: IIT-EXT. COMMUNICATION FAIL
DOWNLOAD +3.3VDC
2 25 IIT POWER 062-310: IPS-CCM COMMUNICATION FAIL
CLOCK - 062-310
19 19 STATUS 062-311: IIT SOFTWARE LOGIC FAIL
25
062-345: IPS EPROM FAIL
DOWNLOAD
START DC COM RBT 062-392: IPS MEMORY FAIL
41 41 +3.3VDC
DOWNLOAD
DC COM ACKNOWLEDGE
39 39
RAM DC COM
062-211
EPROM 062-345
3
EXTENSION MEMORY PWB IIT/IPS PWB
PL13.8 PL13.8
IPS-EXT EXT-IPS
BDEC PWB COMMAND P/J717 P/J717 STATUS
PL13.8 27 28
P/J714 DOWNLOAD 062-278
DOWNLOAD ACKNOWLEDGE 062-220
CLOCK 2
26 063-220
DOWNLOAD
063-230
START
1 065-210
065-215
+3.3VDC
065-216
4 EXT RESET
30
PAGE SYNC
31
EPROM 063-210
063-210: EXTENSION EPROM FAIL
063-220: IPS-EXT PAGE SYNC FAIL
063-230: EXT MEMORY CAPACITY FAIL
5
065-210: EXTENSION PAGE MEMORY FAIL 1
065-215: EXTENSION PAGE MEMORY FAIL 2
065-216: EXTENSION PAGE MEMORY FAIL 3
6
A B C D E F G H J
IIT/IPS PWB
IPS-DADF PL13.8 FAULT CODES
P750 COMMAND+ J751 DADF-IPS
IPS-DADF 005-275:
11 8 J751 STATUS+ P750 DADF-IPS
COMMAND IPS-DADF DADF RAM FAIL
6 10 STATUS
COMMAND- DADF-IPS 062-277 005-280:
29 7 5 STATUS- DADF EPROM FAIL
28
PLATEN +5VDC 062-277:
PLATEN CLOSED DC330 [005-083] IIT/IPS-DADF
6.1 +3.3VDC COMMUNICATION FAIL
CLOSED (L)+5VDC DOCUMENT READY
13 4
2 (L)+3.3VDC
DC COM 3 16
DC COM DC COM
31 1 DC330 [062-240] +3.3VDC
DADF DETECTED TP182
DC COM DC COM (L)+3.3VDC
2 34
DADF +5VDC
RESET DC COM
(L)+5VDC J752
12 B12 +3.3VDC
DC COM SHEET AT
J752 DADF REG. SENSOR
+5VDC B11 17
3 DADF START DC COM +3.3VDC
15 B13
DADF PAGE SYNC
DC COM B14 14
IIT-DADF
CABLE DC COM IIT-DADF
PL14.3 CABLE
PL14.3
RAM
005-275
EPROM 005-280
4
6
A B C D E F G H J
HCF (OPTION)
MCU PWB
PL11.1 HCF PWB MCU PWB
PL18.8 PL11.1
MCU-HCF HCF-MCU
2 JF03 JF03
J411 COMMAND+ P678B J678B J678B P678B STATUS+ J411
A7 8 1 14 12 3 6 A9
GRY YEL YEL GRY FAULT CODES
MCU-HCF HCF-MCU
COMMAND- STATUS- 077-312:
A8 7 2 13 11 4 5 A10
GRY YEL +5VDC YEL GRY FEEDER COMMUNICATION
HCF FEED FAULT
OUT REQUEST DC330 [078-200] +3.3VDC
A13 2 7 8 SHEET AT HCF
GRY YEL
DC COM PAPER SENSOR
7 8 1 A14 077-312
YEL GRY
+5VDC
HCF FEED
STOP P678A J678A
3 A3 4 3 4
GRY YEL HCF +3.3VDC
DC COM YEL DETECT
J678A P678A (L)+3.3VDC
1 6 1 A6
YEL GRY
+3.3VDC SYS RESET DC COM
/LV SQ
A4 3 4 3
GRY YEL
DC COM
+5VDC
SELECT
A5 2 5 2
4 GRY YEL
DC COM
6
A B C D E F G H J
FINISHER
MCU PWB MCU PWB
PL11.1 FINISHER PWB PL11.1
PL21.12 FINISHER-MCU FAULT CODES
MCU-FINISHER J8300 STATUS+ J680B P680B J411
J411 P680B J680B COMMAND + J8300 13 3 10 B3
GRY GRY 012-334:
B1 12 1 15 FINISHER-MCU
GRY ORN DOWNLOAD MODE FAILURE
MCU-FINISHER STATUS- 012-334
12 4 9 B4
COMMAND - GRY GRY
B2 11 2 14 047-310:
GRY 047-310
MCU-FINISHER COMMUNICATION FAULT
DC 330 [014-111] +5VDC +3.3VDC
2 PAPER AT IOT EXIT SENSOR FINISHER
(H)+5VDC DETECT(L)+3.3VDC
B6 7 6 10 11 5 8 B5
GRY WHT WHT GRY
DC COM DC COM
1 4 2
DC COM DC COM
4
6
A B C D E F G H J
1 50
2
49 2
2 49
DC COM FLAT DC COM
CABLE
J431 J401
50 1
3
1 50
DC COM
49 2
42 9
2 49
DC COM
FLAT
4 CABLE
6
A B C D E F G H J
1 J100
P1 J11 FIREWIRE PWB
PL11.8
5.15 SCAN DATA 5.19
TO S2X PWB
J32
5.18
PORT IEEE 1394B
1 DATA TO
CCM 3.1
COPY. SCAN
N.C. POWER DATA TO IPS
SUPPLY
PL11.8
J23 SATA
DATA
AC TO
1.1 NETWORK SYSTEM DISK
3 CONTROLLER J4 P4 +12VDC
1 DRIVE
PL11.8
2,3 DC COM J7
+5VDC
4
512 MB
SYSTEM
MEMORY
J1
POWER
4 20/
5 FIREWIRE PWB
PL11.8 HEATSINK/
FAN
J32 ASSEMBLY
IEEE 1394B
DATA TO PL11.8
NETWORK PORT
3.1
CONTROLLER 1 J25
1
+5VDC
2 MOT
6 3
DC COM
A B C D E F G H J
POWER SAVE
POWER SAVE POWER SAVE SWITCH ON 1.2
SWITCH ON P3 (H)+3.3VDC
CCM PWB 25 25 30
PL11.7
+3.3VDC
NOTES:
LED 1
+24VDC 1 REFER TO IOT WIRENETS FOR POWER/GND DISTRIBUTION
4 LED 2
LED 1 (INT)
14 14 SCAN
LED 3
LED 2 (PWR SAVE) SW_
15 15 = KEY
LED 4 2
LED 3 (ALL SVCES)
16 16
LED 4
LED 4 (JOB STATUS)
17 17
LED 5 (MACH STATUS)
18 18 SWITCH LEGEND SWITCH LEGEND SWITCH LEGEND
3
J18 P3 LED 8
4 4 22 22 SW1 0 SW10 4 SW25 C
6 +3.3VDC
1 1 21 21
+3.3VDC +3.3VDC +3.3VDC
DC COM
1 1 26 26
DC COM DC COM DC COM
A B C D E F G H J
1
5
+3.3VDC +3.3VDC
1
6
A B C D E F G H J
1 1
3 3
DC COM DC COM
2 VR CABLE +24VDC +24VDC
PL17.3 4 4
5 5
DC COM DC COM
TOUCH PANEL
PL17.4
3 INVERTER PWB
BACK LIGHT P1
1 Y2 1 Y2
X1 X1 X2
2 2
Y1
TOUCH 3
LCD 3 Y1
PANEL
PWB X2
4 4
4
LCD
DISPLAY
UI PWB VR PWB
5
SW/LED PWB
6
A B C D E F G H J
FEEDER COVER
INTERLOCK
SWITCH
OPERATOR
LOADED
DOCUMENT DOCUMENT
SET LED
2 DOCUMENT
SET SENSOR
DADF PWB
PL14.3 DC330 [005-084] DOCUMENT SET
LED
DOCUMENT SET PL14.4
LED ON
(L)+5VDC
J755 J791
B6 2
YEL L/H COVER INTERLOCK
DC COM SENSOR
B7 1
GRY
3
DADF PWB
PL14.3
+5VDC
DC330 [005-102]
DOCUMENT AT +5VDC FAULT CODES
J756 P797 J797 J769 SET SENSOR
A3 4 3 1 J769 J797 P797 (L)+5VDC J756 005-940 005-940
GRY GRY 2 2 5 A2
+5VDC YEL YEL 005-941 NO ORIGINAL IN DADF
A1 6 1 3 005-941
VIO VIO DOCUMENT SET DOCUMENT COUNT
DC COM
SENSOR PL14.16 MISMATCH
INTLK ON
4 +24VDC
FEEDER
COVER DC330 [005-212]
INTERLOCK FEEDER COVER
SWITCH +5VDC
CLOSED
PL14.5 (H)+24VDC 005-305
J753 F2 F1 J753 DADF FEEDER COVER
2 1 005-305
ORN ORN OPEN (RUNNING)
+24VDC DC COM
DC330 [005-223]
L/H COVER +5VDC
J786 CLOSED
5 J755 (L)+5VDC
A3 1 J786 J755
GRY 2 A2 005-309 005-309
+5VDC YEL L/H COVER
OPEN (RUNNING)
A1 3
VIO L/H COVER
DC COM INTERLOCK
SENSOR PL14.5
1
DADF STACK HEIGHT SENSOR
TRAY UP/DOWN
5.1
DRIVE
DADF PWB
PL14.3
DADF
2 TRAY
MOTOR
TRAY MOTOR 1
J758 ON +24V CLOCK
2
YEL
BOTTOM SENSOR
DC COM
ON +24V CLOCK
3
ORN
DC COM
ON +24V CLOCK
4 MOT
BRN
DC COM TRAY INTERLOCK SENSOR
3 ON +24V CLOCK
5
BLK
DC COM
+24V DC
1
RED
INTLK ON
+24VDC DADF PWB
PL14.3
005-919
DC330 [005-202] DADF TRAY LIFT UP
P797 J797 J770 DOC. TRAY AT BOTTOM FAIL (DOCUMENT SET)
A6 1 6 1 J770 J797 P797 (H)+5VDC 005-281
GRY 2 5 2 A5 005-942
YEL 005-282
+5VDC DADF TRAY LOADING
FAULT
A4 3 4 3
VIO
6 BOTTOM SENSOR
PL 4.16
DC COM
NOTE:
1 DC330 [005-086]=TRAY LIFT UP [005-087]=TRAY LIFT UP (IN JOB)
[005-091] TRAY MOTOR CW [005-092] TRAY MOTOR CCW
A B C D E F G H J
DADF PWB
PL14.3
1 DC330 [005-215]
APS SENSOR 1 +5VDC
J756 P796 J796 J771 BLOCKED
B3 7 3 1 J771 J796 P796 (H)+5VDC 1 J756
GRY GRY 2 2 8 B2
YEL YEL
3 FAULT CODES:
B1 9 1
VIO VIO 005-194
TRAY APS SENSOR 1 005-196 005-194
PL14.16 SIZE MISMATCH JAM
005-197
ON SLOW SCAN MIX SIZE
DC330 [005-216]
APS SENSOR 2 +5VDC 005-196
2 J772 BLOCKED SIZE MISMATCH JAM ON
B6 4 6 1 J772 (H)+5VDC 1 NO MIX SIZE
GRY GRY 2 5 5 B5
YEL YEL 005-197
PROHIBITED COMBINATION
B4 6 4 SIZE JAM
3
VIO VIO
TRAY APS SENSOR 2
PL14.16
DC330 [005-217]
APS SENSOR 3
BLOCKED +5VDC
J773 (H)+5VDC
B9 1 9 1 1
3 GRY GRY J773
2 8 2 B8
+5VDC YEL YEL
B7 3 7 3
VIO VIO
TRAY APS SENSOR 3
DC COM PL14.16
4 NOTE: DOC SIZE IN SLOW SCAN IS DETERMINED BY THE COUNT OF PULSES OF PRE REGI MOTOR
1 TRAY APS SENSOR 1
FOR A PERIOD FROM PRE REGI SENSOR ON TO FEED SENSOR OFF.
DOC SIZE IN THE FAST SCAN DIRECTION IS DETERMINED BY A COMBINATION OF OUTPUTS OF TRAY APS SENSORS 1~3 AND
NO. 1~NO.3 APS SENSORS IN FEEDER.
THE TABLE SHOWS THE RELATION BETWEEN DOC WIDTH (MM) IN FAST SCAN AND COMBINATION OF TRAY APS SENSORS 1~3 OUTPUTS.
6
A B C D E F G H J
A6 3
APS SENSOR 1
3 PL13.4
DC330 [062-253] +5VDC
DOCUMENT AT (F2)
J7262 APS SENSOR 2
A11 1 J7262 (L)+5VDC
2 A10
A9 3
APS SENSOR 2
PL13.4
DC COM
DC330 [062-253]
APS SENSOR 2 DOCUMENT AT
APS SENSOR2 PLATEN INTERLOCK SWITCH
(L)+5VDC
5
APPROX. +1.2VDC BETWEEN J725-3(+) AND GND(-)
WITH THE SENSOR CONNECTED
APS SENSOR 1
A B C D E F G H J
STACKED
5.2 DOCUMENT
1
DADF FEED
SENSOR
DADF PWB
PL14.3
2
DADF FEED DADF FEED
MOTOR ON 1 MOTOR
PL14.6
J760 +24V CLOCK J781
A14 3 INVERTER ROLL
DRIVE 5.9
DC COM
ON +24V CLOCK
A15 1
BLU
DC COM
ON +24V CLOCK
B1 4
BLU DADF FEED MOTOR
DC COM MOT
B2 ON +24V CLOCK
3 6
BLU
DC COM FED
5.6
A13 2 DOCUMENT
ORN
B3 5
ORN
INTLK ON DADF FEED
+24VDC DC330 [005-062] CLUTCH
FEED CLUTCH ON PL14.6
J754 (L)+24VDC P768
B11 1 2
BLU DADF PWB FAULT CODES
4 DC COM PL14.3 005-121
ORN DADF FEED SENSOR
B10 2 1 ON JAM
+24VDC 005-141
DADF FEED SENSOR
OFF JAM
NOTE 1 THE OPERATING SPEED AND ROTATION DIRECTION DEPEND ON THE DIAG CODE.
DADF TRAY
5.5
FED DOCUMENT
1
INVERT
5.9
DOCUMENT
PRE-REG.
SENSOR
NO3. APS
DADF PWB SENSOR
PL14.3
1
DADF DADF PRE-
PRE-REG.MOTOR ON REG.MOTOR
J760 +24V CLOCK J782 PL14.7 NO1. APS
A2 6 SENSOR
BLU
DC COM NO2. APS
ON +24V CLOCK DOCUMENT
3 A3 4 SENSOR
BLU TO
REGISTRATION 5.7
DC COM
ON +24V CLOCK
A4 3
BLU
DC COM MOT
ON +24V CLOCK
A5 1
BLU
DC COM DADF PWB
A1 5 PL14.3
ORN
A6 2
INTLK ON ORN
4
+24VDC PRE- NOTE: 1
REG.SENSOR DC330 [005-206] FAULT CODES
PL14.17 DOCUMENT AT +5VDC 005-122: COMPONENT OPERATING
J754 J763 CONTROL CODE SPEED
A7 3 PRE-REG.SENSOR SIMPLEX PRE-REG. SENSOR ON JAM
VIO J763 (L)+5VDC J754 005-122
DC COM 2 A8 DC330[005-015] 55MM/SEC
005-135 005-135:
A9 1 PRE-REG. SENSOR ON JAM (SIDE 2)
GRY 005-144 DC330[005-016] 73.3MM/SEC
+5VDC DADF APS 005-151
SENSOR 1 DC330 [005-218] 005-144:
DOCUMENT AT +5VDC 005-198 DC330[005-017] 82.5MM/SEC
J765 PL14.17 TOO EARLY TO PRE-REG. SENSOR ON JAM
B1 3 DADF APS SENSOR 1 005-199
J765 (L)+5VDC DC330[005-018] 110MM/SEC
VIO 005-907 005-151:
DC COM 2 B2 PRE-REG. SENSOR OFF JAM DC330[005-019] 146.7MM/SEC
5 B3 1 (PUNCHED DOC MODE)
GRY DC330[005-020] 165MM/SEC
+5VDC 005-198:
DADF APS
SENSOR 2 DC330 [005-219] TOO SHORT SIZE JAM DC330[005-021] 220MM/SEC
PL14.17 DOCUMENT AT +5VDC
J766 DADF APS SENSOR 2 005-199
B4 3 DC330[005-022] 293.3MM/SEC
VIO J766 (L)+5VDC 005-284 TOO LONG SIZE JAM
DC COM 2 B5 DC330[005-023] 330MM/SEC
005-914
B6 1 005-284
GRY APS SENSOR LOGIC FAIL DC330[005-024] 440MM/SEC
+5VDC
005-907 DC330[005-025] 700MM/SEC
DADF APS PRE-REG. SENSOR STATIC JAM
DC COM SENSOR 3 DC330 [005-220] DC330[005-076] 460MM/SEC
PL14.17 DOCUMENT AT +5VDC 005-914
J767 DC330[005-077] 750MM/SEC
6 B7 3 DADF APS SENSOR 3 NO. 1/2/3 APS SENSOR STATIC JAM
+5VDC VIO J767 (L)+5VDC
2 B8 CCW
YEL DC330[005-089] (650 MM/SEC)
B9 1
GRY
A B C D E F G H J
1
5.6 DOCUMENT TO REGISTRATION
LEAD REG.
SENSOR
DADF PWB
PL14.3
2
1 DADF REG.
MOTOR
DADF REG. MOTOR PL14.8
J760 ON +24V CLOCK P783 J783
B5 2 5
BLU BRN
DC COM
ON +24V CLOCK
B6 3 4
BLU BLU
DC COM
ON +24V CLOCK
B7 4 3
BLU YEL
DC COM MOT
ON +24V CLOCK
B8 5 2
3 BLU RED
DC COM REG. SENSOR DOCUMENT
BAFFLE SOLENOID
B4 ORN 1 6 TO
WHT 5.8
SCAN
B9 6 1
ORN BLK
INTLK ON
+24VDC
DADF PWB
PL14.3
FAULT CODES
DADF REG. 005-123:
4 SENSOR DC330 [005-110] SIMPLEX REG. SENSOR ON JAM
PL14.25 DOCUMENT AT +5VDC 005-123
J757 J794 P794 J776 DADF REG. SENSOR 005-125 005-124:
A9 1 3 1 J776 P794 J794 (L)+5VDC J757 005-136 SIMPLEX LEAD REG. SENSOR ON JAM
GRY 2 2 2 A8
+5VDC YEL YEL 005-152
005-908 005-125:
A7 3 1 3 REG. SENSOR OFF JAM
VIO
DC COM 005-136:
LEAD REG. DC330 [005-207] REG. SENSOR ON JAM (SIDE 2)
SENSOR DOCUMENT AT +5VDC
P792 J792 J779 PL14.8 LEAD REG. SENSOR 005-152:
B7 3 7 3 005-124
VIO J779 J792 P792 (L)+5VDC 005-153 REG. SENSOR OFF JAM (PUNCHED DOC MODE)
DC COM 2 8 2 B8 005-909
YEL YEL 005-153:
5 B9 1 9 1
GRY LEAD REG. SENSOR OFF JAM (PUNCHED DOC MODE)
+5VDC BAFFLE
SOLENOID 005-908
DC330 [005-065] 2 PL14.7 NOTE: REG. SENSOR STATIC JAM
BAFFLE SOLENOID PULL OPERATING OPERATING
J755 (L)+24VDC P787 1 DIAG CODE SPEED DIAG CODE SPEED 005-909
A5 2 2 LEAD REG. SENSOR STATIC JAM
BLU
DC COM DC330[005-026] 55MM/SEC DC330[005-034] 330MM/SEC
PLATEN MOTOR
DADF PWB
PL14.3
1 PLATEN
MOTOR SCANNED
DADF PLATEN MOTOR PL14.9 5.10 5.9
J760 ON +24V CLOCK P784 J784 DOCUMENT
A8 2 5
3 BLU BRN
DC COM
ON +24V CLOCK
A9 3 4
BLU BLU
DC COM DOCUMENT
ON +24V CLOCK
A10 4 3 ON PLATEN
BLU YEL 6.2
GLASS
DC COM MOT
ON +24V CLOCK
A11 5 2
BLU RED
DC COM
A7 1 6
4 ORN WHT
A12 6 1
ORN BLK
INTLK DADF PWB
+24VDC PL14.3 FAULT CODES
005-126:
OUT SENSOR ON JAM
005-127:
OUT SENSOR OFF JAM
PLATEN EXIT
SENSOR DC330 [005-208] 005-154:
PL14.22 DOCUMENT AT +5VDC 005-126 OUT SENSOR OFF JAM
J757 P792 J792 J778 (PUNCHED DOC MODE)
5 B4 6 4 3 PLATEN EXIT SENSOR 005-127
VIO VIO J778 J792 P792 (L)+5VDC J757
DC COM 2 5 5 B5 005-154 005-910:
B6 4 6 1 005-910 OUT SENSOR
GRY GRY STATIC JAM
+5VDC A
NOTE:
1
DIAG CODE SPEED DIAG CODE SPEED
DC330[005-037] 55MM/SEC DC330[005-044] 220MM/SEC
6 DC330[005-038] 73.3MM/SEC DC330[005-045] 293.3MM/SEC
DC330[005-039] 82.5MM/SEC DC330[005-046] 330MM/SEC
DC330[005-041] 110MM/SEC DC330[005-047] 440MM/SEC
DC330[005-042] 146.7MM/SEC CCW
DC330[005-085] 460MM/SEC
DC330[005-043] 165MM/SEC
A B C D E F G H J
INVERTER ROLL
1 5.4 DRIVE
ZONE INVERTED 5.6
G2 DOCUMENT
5.7 SCANNED
DOCUMENT
B D
SIMP/DUP
DC330 [005-068] GATE
4 SOLENOID
SIMP/DUP GATE(SIMP) PL14.11
(L)+24VDC P789
B2 2 2
BLU
DC COM
B1 3 1
ORN DC330 [005-067] DADF PWB
+24VDC PL14.3
SIMP/DUP GATE (DUP)
(L)+24VDC
B3 1 3
BLU
DC COM
5 C
INVERT DC330 [005-211]
SENSOR 1 DOCUMENT AT +5VDC
J757 P792 J792 J777 PL14.22 INVERT SENSOR 1 FAULT CODES
B1 9 1 3 (L)+5VDC
VIO VIO J777 J792 P792 J757
DC COM 2 2 8 B2 005-130:
YEL INVERT SENSOR ON JAM
B3 7 3 1 005-130
GRY GRY
+5VDC 005-133 005-133:
005-157 INVERT SENSOR OFF JAM
005-913
INVERT D 005-918 005-157:
SENSOR 2 DC330 [005-226] INVERT SENSOR OFF JAM (PUNCHED DOC MODE)
PL14.21 DOCUMENT AT
B1 P793 J793 J780 INVERT SENSOR 2
3 1 3 005-913:
6 0 VIO VIO J780 J793 J793 (L)+5VDC INVERT SENSOR 1 STATIC JAM
DC COM 2 2 2 B11
B1
1 3 1 005-918:
2 GRY GRY INVERT SENSOR 2 STATIC JAM
+5VDC
A B C D E F G H J
5.7 SCANNED
DOCUMENT
ZONE
D3
DOCUMENT
TO EXIT TRAY
2
DADF EXIT
SENSOR 2 DADF EXIT
DADF EXIT
DADF PWB SENSOR 1 MOTOR
PL14.3 DADF EXIT
1 SENSOR 1
DADF EXIT
DADF EXIT MOTOR MOTOR
PL14.10
J760 ON +24V CLOCK J785
B11 1
BLU
DC COM
ON +24V CLOCK
B12 3
BLU
3 DC COM
ON +24V CLOCK
B13 6
BLU DADF EXIT
MO ZONE
DC COM SENSOR 2
ON +24V CLOCK T G2
B14 4
BLU
DC COM
B10 2
ORN
2 DOCUMENT
PATH
FEED MOTOR
4
EXIT MOTOR
5
NO.1 EXIT ROLL
NO.2 EXIT ROLL INVERT ROLL (EXIT MOTOR)
(EXIT MOTOR) (FEED MOTOR)
PLATEN MOTOR
1
DC330 [062-005] (SCAN)
IIT/IPS PWB CARRIAGE
PL13.8 DC330 [062-006] (RETURN) MOTOR
PL13.7
CARRIAGE MOTOR ON
J721 +24V CLOCK /B
3
ORN
DC COM
CLOCK B
4
BLU
DC COM
2
CLOCK /A
5
YEL
DC COM MOT
CLOCK A
6 CARRIAGE
RED A DRIVE 5.13
DC COM
+24VDC
1
WHT
3
+24VDC
2
BLK
F1
+24VDC
IIT/IPS PWB
PL13.8
FAULT CODES
F2
TD +5VDC 062-360:
4 1 DC330 [062-212]
J722 J728 IIT REG. SENSOR BLOCKED CARRIAGE POSITION FAIL
A3 1 J728 (H) +5VDC J722 062-360
GRY 2 A2
YEL 062-389 062-389:
CARRIAGE OVERRUN
F2 FAIL (SCAN END)
+5VDC A1 3
VIO
DC COM
IIT REG. SENSOR
PL13.6 A
5
TD TEST POINT : J728-1(+) TO GND(-) = +1.2VDC
1
6
A B C D E F G H J
5.12 CARRIAGE
DRIVE
1
IPS FAN
LAMP FAN
DC COM 2 N.C
+24VDC
4 4
5.14
3 N.C ILLUMINATION
F1 +24VDC
5 5
3 EXPOSURE LAMP
+24VDC
DC COM 4
1 1
DC COM
2 2
MOT
FAULT CODES
062-355:
B10 1 4 IPS FAN FAIL
VIO DC COM BLK
DC COM 062-356:
LAMP FAN FAIL
5
IIT/IPS PWB
PL13.8
DC COM
B14 1 4
VIO BLK
DC COM
3 5.13
ILLUMINATION
5.8 DOCUMENT ON
PLATEN GLASS
LAMP
4
LENS AND CCD
5
COOLING AIR
6
A B C D E F G H J
5 VIDEO DATA Y3
2 56
VIDEO DATA Y2
155 56
VIDEO DATA Y1
55 6
YELLOW VIDEO
PORT1 57 VIDEO DATA Y0 DATA AND CONTROL 6.1
IMAGE (IEEE-1349 ) 154 (PRINT)
3.7 DATA FROM NETWORK
CONTROLLER VALID Y
158 53
VIDEO CLOCK Y
51 10
PAGE REQUEST Y
159 52
3 LINE REQUEST Y
59 2
TAG Y3
54 7
TAG Y2
153 58
TAG Y1
53 8
TAG Y0
152 59
VIDEO DATA M7
48 13
4 VIDEO DATA M6
147 64
VIDEO DATA M5
47 14
VIDEO DATA M4
146 65
VIDEO DATA M3
46 15
VIDEO DATA M2
145 66
VIDEO DATA M1
45 16 MAGENTA VIDEO
VIDEO DATA M0 DATA AND CONTROL 6.2
5 144 67 (PRINT)
VALID M
148 63
VIDEO CLOCK M
41 20
PAGE REQUEST M
149 62
LINE REQUEST M
49 12
TAG M3
44 17
TAG M2
143 68
6 TAG M1
43 18
TAG M0
142 69
A B C D E F G H J
VIDEO DATA K7
28 33
VIDEO DATA K6
4 127 84
VIDEO DATA K5
27 34
VIDEO DATA K4
126 85
VIDEO DATA K3
26 35
VIDEO DATA K2
125 86
VIDEO DATA K1 SWITCHED
25 36
BLACK VIDEO
VIDEO DATA K0 DATA AND CONTROL 6.4
124 87 (PRINT)
5 VALID K
128 83
VIDEO CLOCK K
21 40
PAGE REQUEST K
129 82
LINE REQUEST K
29 32
TAG K3
24 37
TAG K2
123 88
TAG K1
6 23 38
TAG K0
122 89
A B C D E F G H J
DC COM DC COM
FLAT
CABLE
Y,M PL5.1
A B C D E F G H J
6.1
MONITOR M J4B R1 MCU PWB
2 PL11.1
YEL
TAG M1
18
TAG M0
69
JA422 J1A M
LD M +5VDC
49 2
LD M +5VDC
5 48 3
MCU PWB
PL11.1 LDD PWB C
J345A C MPD PWB
JA423 C,K
5-20 VIDEO DATA C 46-31
33-48 18-3
P/J 418 LD RESET YMC
VIDEO DATA C7 23 28 MONITOR 6.4
LD DATA C C J4A R2 J1 R2 J1 R2 MONITOR K
23
2 24 27 2 2 5
VIDEO DATA C6 CRUD C YEL
74 25 26
VIDEO DATA C5 1 3
24 DC COM VIO
SCR START C
VIDEO DATA C4 26 25 DC COM DC COM
75 SCCNTY C
VIDEO DATA C3 27 24 3 1
SWITCHED GRY
5.19 25 APC START C MCU PWB
CYAN VIDEO 28 23 LD C
VIDEO DATA C2 +5VDC PL11.1
DATA AND CONTROL 76 MONSW C
(PRINT) 29 22 FAULT CODES
VIDEO DATA C1
SWITCHED 26 DC330 [061-210] 061-311:
CYAN VIDEO 061-311
VIDEO DATA C0 J345B C LD ALARM C JB423 CLAPPER 2 FAIL
3 5.17 DATA AND CONTROL 77 26 25 061-335
(COPY/SCAN) 061-337 061-328:
VALID C JB423 J345B C J345A C JA423 061-343 ROS CONNECT (C) FAIL
73 5-20 CD SBL C 46-31 50 1 061-602
VIDEO CLOCK C 33-48 18-3 061-606 061-335:
30 VIDEO DATA C DC COM C/K ROS VDD FAIL
23 28 1 50
PAGE REQUEST C 061-337:
72 LD CLOCK C
24 27 J345B C JB423 +3.3VDC C/K ROS VDD DOWN FAIL
LINE REQUEST C SCUD C 1 50
22 26 25 061-343:
TAG C3 CKAPC C ROS CONNECT C ROS LD (C) FAIL
27 27 24 50 1 061-328
OFCAN C
TAG C2 28 23 061-602:
78 VREF C ROS DATA (C) FAIL
4 30 21 FLAT
TAG C1 CABLE
28 DC330 [061-007] 061-606:
C,K PL5.1 ROS LD (C) ALARM
LASER C, K ON
TAG C0
79
LD
6.6
LASER BEAM C
1 LDD PWB K
6.3
MONITOR K J4B R2
2
YEL
MCU PWB
PL11.1
MCU PWB FAULT CODES
PL11.1 JA424 J1A K
46-31 VIDEO DATA K 5-20 061-311:
18-3 33-48 CLAPPER 2 FAIL
P/J 418 LD RESET K
VIDEO DATA K7 28 23 061-329:
33 LD DATA K DC330 [061-211] ROS CONNECT (K)
VIDEO DATA K6 27 24 J1B K LD ALARM K JB424 061-311 FAIL
2 84 CRUD K 25 26
VIDEO DATA K5 26 25 061-335
061-335:
34 061-337
VIDEO DATA K4 DC COM C/K ROS VDD FAIL
SWITCHED 061-340
5.19 85 SCR START K
BLACK VIDEO VIDEO DATA K3 25 26 J1A K 061-603
JA424 061-337:
DATA AND CONTROL 35 SCCNTY K 1 50 061-607 C/K ROS VDD DOWN
(PRINT) VIDEO DATA K2 24 27
86 FAIL
ROS CONNECT K
SWITCHED VIDEO DATA K1 50 1 DC COM
36 APC START K 061-340:
BLACK VIDEO VIDEO DATA K0 23 28 ROS LD (K) FAIL
5.17 DATA AND CONTROL 87 MONSW K J1B K JB42K +3.3VDC
(COPY/SCAN) 22 29 50 1
VALID K 061-603:
3 83 50 1 ROS DATA (K) FAIL
VIDEO CLOCK K 1 50 061-329
40 JB424 J1B K
PAGE REQUEST K 46-31 CD SBL K 5-20 061-607:
82 FLAT ROS LD (K) ALARM
LINE REQUEST K 18-3 33-48 CABLE
32 VIDEO DATA K C, K PL5.1
TAG K3 28 23
37 LD CLOCK K
TAG K2 27 24 DC330 [061-007]
88 SCUD K LASER C,K ON
TAG K1 25 26 HI SPD
38 CKAPC K
TAG K0 24 27 DC330 [061-008]
89 OFCAN K LASER C,K ON
23 28 LO SPD
VREF K
4 21 30
6.6
LD LASER BEAM K
2 6 5 1 5 061-317:
GRY ORN
SOS SHORT Y,M FAIL
+24VDC
7 4 2 4 061-320:
GRY VIO ROS MOTOR Y,M FAIL
DC330 [061-202]
DC COM NO SOS FAIL Y,M 061-323:
NO SOS Y,M FAIL
LDD PWB SOS PWB Y,M B LDD PWB DC330 [061-204] LD M
M M SOS LONG FAIL Y,M +5VDC 061-338:
J3 R1 J5 R1 SOS STOP Y,M FAIL
1 3 DC330 [061-206] 061-313
J5 R1 J3 R1 J1A M SOS SHORT FAIL Y,M JA422 061-317
DC COM 2 2 30 21
061-323
3 FLAT 061-338
3 1
CABLE
LD M Y,M PL5.1
+5VDC
B
LASER BEAM Y,M
TO SOS
LDD PWB Y
LDD PWB M
6.1
LASER BEAM Y
A
6.2
LASER BEAM M
5
SCANNED 9.9
YELLOW IMAGE
SCANNED 9.9
MAGENTA IMAGE
6
A B C D E F G H J
1
MCU PWB
PL11.1
POLYGON
ROS ASSY C,K
PL5.1 LOCK 2.3
MCU PWB ROS MOTOR C,K C,K
PL11.1 DC330 061-003] (HI SPD) DC330 [061-201]
DC330 061-004] (LO SPD) ROS MOTOR C,K +5VDC
ROS MOTOR C,K ON READY
J409 (L)+6VDC P247 C J7 R2 J6 R2
3 3 3 3 J6 R2 J7 R2 P247 C (L)+5VDC J409
GRY YEL 2 4 2 4 061-321
YEL GRY
DC COM ROS MOTOR
CLOCK FAULT CODES
5 1 5 1
2 GRY YEL 061-315:
SOS LONG C,K FAIL
DC COM MOT A
1 5 1 5 061-319:
GRY ORN SOS SHORT C,K FAIL
+24VDC
061-321:
2 4 2 4 ROS MOTOR C,K FAIL
GRY VIO DC330 [061-203]
DC COM NO SOS FAIL C,K
061-325:
DC330 [061-205] NO SOS C,K FAIL
LDD PWB K SOS PWB C,K B LDD PWB K SOS LONG FAIL C,K LD K
+5VDC 061-339:
J3 R2 J5 R2 DC330 [061-207] SOS STOP C,K FAIL
1 3 061-315
3 J5 R2 J3 R2 J1A K SOS SHORT FAIL C,K JA424 061-319
DC COM 2 2 30 21
061-325
061-339
3 1 FLAT
CABLE
LD K C,K PL5.1
+5VDC
LDD PWB C
LASER BEAM C,K B
4 TO SOS
LDD PWB K
5 A
6.4
LASER BEAM K
SCANNED 9.9
CYAN IMAGE
SCANNED 9.8
BLACK IMAGE
6
A B C D E F G H J
NOTE: 1 PAPER SIZE IS SENSED BY VOLTAGE VALUE CORRESPONDING TO COMBINED RESISTANCE VALUE OF
PAPER SIZE SENSOR AND SW5 ON/OFF. THE TABLE SHOWS THE RELATION BETWEEN PAPER SIZE,
AND SWITCH ON/OFF COMBINATION PATTERN AND VOLTAGE VALUE.
3 ANY COMBINATION OTHER THAN THE LISTED ONES LEADS TO UNDEFINED SIZE.
VOLTAGE
PAPER SIZE S1 S2 S3 S4 S5
(J403-B1)
NOTE: 1 PAPER SIZE IS SENSED BY VOLTAGE VALUE CORRESPONDING TO COMBINED RESISTANCE VALUE OF
PAPER SIZE SENSOR AND SW5 ON/OFF. THE TABLE SHOWS THE RELATION BETWEEN PAPER SIZE,
AND SWITCH ON/OFF COMBINATION PATTERN AND VOLTAGE VALUE.
3 ANY COMBINATION OTHER THAN THE LISTED ONES LEADS TO UNDEFINED SIZE.
VOLTAGE
PAPER SIZE S1 S2 S3 S4 S5
(J403-B3)
TRAY MODULE
PWB TRAY 3 PAPER SIZE SENSOR
1 PL11.3 PL2.3 1
J467 +3.3VDC J130
B6 1
GRY
MCU PWB
AV REF PL11.1
+3.3VDC DC COM
B4 3
GRY
DC COM TRAY
MODULE 2
SW3 SW1 PWB AVREF
PL11.3 +3.3VDC
DC140 [073-200] STATUS CODES
TRAY 3 SIZE SENSOR 07-514-03:
J130 J467 J461 OUTPUT SIGNAL J403 07-546-03
2 2 B5 B14 B5 TRAY 3 OPEN
GRY GRY
07-514-03 07-546-03:
TRAY 3 MEDIA OR TYPE MISMATCH
NOTE: 1 PAPER SIZE IS SENSED BY VOLTAGE VALUE CORRESPONDING TO COMBINED RESISTANCE VALUE OF
3 PAPER SIZE SENSOR. THE TABLE SHOWS THE RELATION BETWEEN PAPER SIZE,
AND SWITCH ON/OFF COMBINATION PATTERN AND VOLTAGE VALUE.
ANY COMBINATION OTHER THAN THE LISTED ONES LEADS TO UNDEFINED SIZE.
VOLTAGE
PAPER SIZE SW1 SW3
(J403-B5)
SW3 SW1
2
DC140[ 073-200] DISPLAYS TRAY 3 PAPER SIZE A/D VALUE.
THE VALUE IS NORMALLY IN THE OUTPUT RANGE BELOW:
A4 LEF LOADED = 304~367
B5 LEF LOADED = 800~863
TRAY SLID OUT = 928~1023
6
A B C D E F G H J
TRAY MODULE
PWB TRAY 4 PAPER SIZE SENSOR
1 PL11.3 PL2.3 1
J467 +3.3VDC J131
B3 1
GRY
MCU PWB
AV REF PL11.1
+3.3VDC DC COM
B1 3
GRY
DC COM TRAY
MODULE 2
SW3 SW1 PWB AVREF
PL11.3 +3.3VDC
DC140 [074-200] STATUS CODES
TRAY 4 SIZE SENSOR 07-514-04:
J131 J467 J461 OUTPUT SIGNAL J403 07-546-04
2 TRAY 4 OPEN
2 B2 B13 B6
GRY GRY 07-514-04 07-546-04:
TRAY 4 MEDIA OR TYPE MISMATCH
NOTE: 1 PAPER SIZE IS SENSED BY VOLTAGE VALUE CORRESPONDING TO COMBINED RESISTANCE VALUE OF
3 PAPER SIZE SENSOR. THE TABLE SHOWS THE RELATION BETWEEN PAPER SIZE,
AND SWITCH ON/OFF COMBINATION PATTERN AND VOLTAGE VALUE.
ANY COMBINATION OTHER THAN THE LISTED ONES LEADS TO UNDEFINED SIZE.
VOLTAGE
PAPER SIZE SW1 SW3
(J403-B5)
SW3 SW1
2
DC140[ 074-200] DISPLAYS TRAY 4 PAPER SIZE A/D VALUE.
THE VALUE IS NORMALLY IN THE OUTPUT RANGE BELOW:
A4 LEF LOADED = 304~367
B5 LEF LOADED = 800~863
TRAY SLID OUT = 928~1023
6
A B C D E F G H J
A1 10 1 10 5 2 07-535:
GRY GRY YEL DC COM TRAY 5 EMPTY
DC COM
07-546-05:
TRAY 5 MEDIA OR
2 DC330 [075-202] TYPE MISMATCH
+3.3VDC
SHEET AT
SJ33 SJ33 P638 J638 J118 TRAY 5 PAPER SENSOR
A6 5 6 5 10 1 3 4 6 1 J118 J638 P638 (L)+3.3VDC
GRY WHT YEL YEL GRY 2 5 5 11 4 7 4 A7 07-546-05
GRY YEL YEL GRY
+5VDC
A4 7 4 7 8 7 10 6 4 3
GRY GRY YEL YEL GRY
DC COM
TRAY 5 PAPER SENSOR
PL3.7 B
+5VDC
DC330 [075-203]
3 J115 TRAY 5 PAPER SET
5 1 J115 (H)+5VDC
YEL 2 12 3 8 3 A8
YEL YEL GRY
12 3
YEL
C TRAY 5 PAPER SET
SENSOR
PL3.5
4
1 PAPER WIDTH (FAST SCAN) IS SENSED BY VOLTAGE VALUE CORRESPONDING TO COMBINED RESISTANCE VALUE OF MSI PAPER SIZE SENSOR.
THE TABLE SHOWS THE RELATION BETWEEN PAPER SIZE (WIDTH) AND VOLTAGE VALUE.
VOLTAGE VOLTAGE
PAPER SIZE PAPER SIZE
(P639-6) (P639-6)
POSTCARD S 2.91 B5L
1.07
A6S 2.88 B4S
B6S 2.58 16 FOLD L
C 1.01
5.5"X8.5"S 2.50 8 FOLD S
5
A5S 2.38 8.5"X11"L
0.82
B5S 1.98 11"X17"S
A5L A4L
A4S
1.65
A3S
*0.62
8.5"X11"S 12"X18"S 0.56 * REF
8.5"X12.4"S 12.6"X17.7"S 0.34 PAPER LENGTH (SIZE IN SLOW SCAN) IS SENSED BY
8.5"X13"S
*1.59 13"X19"S 0.23 HOW LONG PAPER TAKES TO PASS ON REGI. SENSOR.
8.5"X14"S
6 8"X10"L 1.75
A
A B C D E F G H J
7.6 STANDARD HCF OPTION (TRAY 6) PAPER SIZE SENSING AND TRAY SET
HCF PWB
HCF PWB PL18.8
PL18.8
DC330 [078-202] +5VDC
1 TRAY 6 SIZE SENSOR
JF01 PF51 JF51 A (LETTER) BLOCKED
12 1 3 1 JF51 PF51 (H)+5VDC JF01
GRY RED 2 2 2 11
BLU YEL
+5VDC
10 3 1 3
VIO BLK
TRAY 6 SIZE SENSOR 1
DC COM
(LETTER)
PL18.8
DC330 [078-203] STATUS CODES
+5VDC
TRAY 6 SIZE SENSOR 07-546-06 07-514-06:
2 PF52 JF52 B (A4) BLOCKED
9 1 3 1 JF52 PF52 (H)+5VDC 07-514-06 TRAY 6 OPEN
GRY RED 2 2 2 8
BLU YEL 07-546-06:
+5VDC
TRAY 6 MEDIA OR TYPE MISMATCH
7 3 1 3
VIO BLK
DC COM TRAY 6 SIZE SENSOR
(A4)
PL18.8
+5VDC
DC 330 [078-204]
PF53 JF53 C TRAY 6 TRAY IN DETECTED
6 1 3 1 JF53 PF53 (H)+5VDC
3 GRY RED 2 2 2 5
+5VDC BLU YEL
4 3 1 3
VIO BLK
DC COM
TRAY 6 IN SENSOR B
PL18.1 A
NOTE:
1 PAPER SIZE IS DETERMINED BY COMBINATION OF OUTPUTS OF TRAY SIZE SENSORS, AS FOLLOWS:
A4L OFF ON
**NON-STANDARD - -
6
A B C D E F G H J
OPERATOR
LOADED PAPER
4
TRAY MCU PWB
MODULE PL11.1
PWB TRAY
PL11.3 MODULE
PWB DC330 [071-200] +3.3VDC
PL11.3 TRAY 1 STACK HEIGHT
J463 P661 J661 J101 SENSOR LIFT UP
A7 9 7 3 J101 J661 P661 J463 J461 (H)+3.3VDC J403 FAULT CODES
GRY GRY 1 9 7 A9 B6 B13 071-210
GRY GRY GRY 071-210:
+5VDC
TRAY 1 LIFT FAULT
A8 8 8 2 STATUS CODES
GRY GRY
5 DC COM TRAY 1 STACK HEIGHT 07-544:
SENSOR TRAY 1 EMPTY
PL2.6 A
+3.3VDC
DC330 [071-201]
J102 TRAY 1 EMPTY
A10 6 10 3 J102 (H)+3.3VDC
GRY GRY 1 12 4 A12 B7 B12 07-544
+5VDC GRY GRY GRY
A11 5 11 2
6 GRY GRY
DC COM TRAY 1 PAPER
SENSOR
PL2.6 B
A B C D E F G H J
OPERATOR
LOADED PAPER
4
TRAY MCU PWB
MODULE PL11.1
PWB TRAY
PL11.3 MODULE
PWB DC330 [072-200] +3.3VDC
PL11.3 TRAY 2 STACK HEIGHT
J464 P662 J662 J101 SENSOR LIFT UP
A7 9 7 3 J101 J662 P662 J464 J461 (H)+3.3VDC J403
GRY GRY 1 9 7 A9 B2 B17 072-210
+5VDC GRY GRY GRY
FAULT CODES
A8 8 8 2 072-210:
GRY GRY TRAY 2 LIFT FAULT
5 DC COM TRAY 2 STACK HEIGHT
SENSOR
PL2.8 A STATUS CODES
07-545:
TRAY 2 EMPTY
+3.3VDC
DC330 [072-201]
J102 TRAY 2 EMPTY
A10 6 10 3 J102 (H)+3.3VDC
GRY GRY 1 12 4 A12 B3 B16 07-545
+5VDC GRY GRY GRY
A11 5 11 2
GRY GRY
6 TRAY 2 PAPER
DC COM
SENSOR
PL2.8 B
A B C D E F G H J
OPERATOR
LOADED PAPER
4
TRAY MCU PWB
MODULE PL11.1
PWB TRAY
PL11.3 MODULE
PWB DC330 [073-200] +3.3VDC
PL11.3 TRAY 3 STACK HEIGHT
J464 P663 J663 J101 SENSOR LIFT UP
B7 9 7 3 J101 J663 P663 J464 J461 (H)+3.3VDC J403
GRY GRY 1 9 7 B9 A15 A4 073-210 FAULT CODES
+5VDC GRY GRY GRY 073-210:
TRAY 3 LIFT FAULT
B8 8 8 2
GRY GRY
5 DC COM TRAY 3 STACK HEIGHT STATUS CODES
SENSOR
PL2.10 A 07-533:
TRAY 3 EMPTY
+3.3VDC
DC330 [073-201]
J102 TRAY 3 EMPTY
B10 6 10 3 J102 (H)+3.3VDC
GRY GRY 1 12 4 B12 A14 A5 07-533
+5VDC GRY GRY GRY
B11 5 11 2
GRY GRY
6 TRAY 3 PAPER
DC COM
SENSOR
PL2.10 B
A B C D E F G H J
OPERATOR
LOADED PAPER
4
TRAY MCU PWB
MODULE PL11.1
PWB TRAY
PL11.3 MODULE
PWB DC330 [074-200] +3.3VDC
PL11.3 TRAY 4 STACK HEIGHT
J463 P664 J664 J101 SENSOR LIFT UP
B7 9 7 3 J101 J664 P664 J463 J461 (H)+3.3VDC J403
GRY GRY 1 9 7 B9 A11 A8 074-210 FAULT CODES
+5VDC GRY GRY GRY 074-210:
TRAY 4 LIFT FAULT
B8 8 8 2
GRY GRY
5 DC COM TRAY 4 STACK HEIGHT STATUS CODES
SENSOR
PL2.12 A 07-534:
TRAY 4 EMPTY
+3.3VDC
DC330 [074-201]
J102 TRAY 4 EMPTY
B10 6 10 3 J102 (H)+3.3VDC
GRY GRY 1 12 4 B12 A10 A9 07-534
+5VDC GRY GRY GRY
B11 5 11 2
GRY GRY
6 TRAY 4 PAPER
DC COM
SENSOR
PL2.12 B
A B C D E F G H J
7.11 TRAY 5 (NO HCF/STANDARD HCF) PAPER STACKING
MCU PWB
PL11.1
MCU PWB
PL11.1 DC330 [075-200] +3.3VDC
1 TRAY 5 UP
J407 P679A J679A J639 P639 SJ33 SJ33 P638 J638 J117
A6 5 6 5 10 1 2 1 9 1 J117 J638 P638 P639 J639 J679A P679A (H)+3.3VDC J407 FAULT CODES
YEL 2 8 2 14 1 10 1 A10 075-210
GRY YEL BLU GRY
+5VDC 075-210:
A4 7 4 8 7 9 3 7 3 TRAY 5 LIFT FAULT
7 YEL GRY TRAY 5 LIFT UP
DC COM SENSOR 075-211:
PL3.7 A TRAY 5 DOWN FAULT
DC330 [075-201] +3.3VDC
J114 TRAY 5 DOWN
4 1 J114 (H)+3.3VDC
YEL 2 13 2 9 2 A9 075-211
BLU GRY
2 YEL
11 3
YEL
TRAY 5 DOWN
SENSOR B
PL3.5
TRAY 5 NUDGER C
IOT DRIVER PWB DC 330 [075-003] (HIGH) SOLENOID
PL11.1 DC 330 [075-004] (LOW) PL3.6
TRAY 5 NUDGER
SOLENOID ON
J401 J431 J435 (L)+24VDC P679B J679B J639 P639 P227 J227
10 41 7 6 7 11 4 1 2
3 GRY YEL YEL
DC COM
8 5 8 12 3 2 1
GRY YEL YEL
IOT
+24VDC TRAY 5 LIFT MOTOR
DC 330 [075-005] (LIFT) TRAY 5 LIFT MOTOR
DC 330 [075-006] (DOWN) +5VDC DIRECTION PL3.3
+24VDC
TRAY 5 LIFT MOTOR ON LIFT = (H)+24VDC
(H)+24VDC P226 J226 D
DOWN = (L)+24VDC
11 40 5 8 5 14 1 1 2
GRY WHT YEL
DC COM DC COM
4 MOT
TRAY 5 LIFT MOTOR TRAY 5 LIFT MOTOR
DIRECTION +5VDC DIRECTION
+24VDC
LIFT = (L)+5VDC LIFT = (L)+24VDC
DOWN = (H)+5VDC DOWN = (H)+24VDC
12 39 6 7 6 13 2 2 1
GRY WHT
DC COM FLAT DC COM
CABLE
C
A
5
D
NUDGER ROLL
8.7 DRIVE
B
A B C D E F G H J
3 2 2
ORN WHT WHT
4 5 5
ORN WHT BLK
HCF F2
+24VDC
1
7.7 TRAY 1 FEED
DRIVE
TRAY 1 FED 8.5
PAPER
A13 3 13 3
3 GRY GRY
DC COM TRAY 1 PRE FEED
SENSOR
PL2.6
A13 3 13 3
GRY GRY
DC COM TRAY 2 PRE FEED
4 SENSOR
PL2.8
5 B
6
A B C D E F G H J
1
7.9 TRAY 3 FEED
DRIVE
TRAY 3 FED
8.6
PAPER
B13 3 13 3
3 GRY GRY
DC COM TRAY 3 PRE FEED
SENSOR
PL2.10
B13 3 13 3
GRY GRY
DC COM TRAY 4 PRE FEED
4 SENSOR
PL2.12
5 B
6
A B C D E F G H J
8.7
TRAY 5 FEED DRIVE
3
2 A12 5 B
GRY
DC COM
TAKEAWAY
CLUTCH 2
A16 1
GRY
TRAY C
+24VDC
A15 2
GRY
DC COM
D
E
3 TAKEAWAY
CLUTCH 1
DC330 [077-002] DC330 [077-002] PL2.20
TAKEAWAY TAKEAWAY
CLUTCH 1 ON CLUTCH 1 ON
J404 (H)+3.3VDC J462 (L)+24VDC J234 P234
B2 B15 A11 1 2
GRY GRY
DC COM
A10 2 1
GRY
INTLK
+24VDC TAKEAWAY
CLUTCH 2
4 DC330 [077-003] DC330 [077-003] PL2.20 TAKEAWAY
TAKEAWAY TAKEAWAY ROLL 1
CLUTCH 2 ON CLUTCH 2 ON 8.5
J235 P235 DRIVE
(H)+3.3VDC (L)+24VDC
B1 B16 A9 1 2 A
GRY GRY
DC COM TAKEAWAY
ROLL 2 8.5
A8 2 1 DRIVE
GRY B
INTLK
+24VDC
TAKEAWAY
ROLL 3 8.6
5 DRIVE
C
TAKEAWAY
ROLL 4 8.6
DRIVE
D
TAKEAWAY
ROLL 5 8.6
DRIVE
E
6
A B C D E F G H J
1 MCU PWB
PL11.1
MCU PWB FAULT CODES
PL11.1 071-101:
DC330 [071-101] +5VDC
PAPER AT TRAY 1 071-101 TRAY 1 MISFEED
J407 P665 J665 J133A FEED OUT SENSOR
A11 3 1 3 J133A J665 P665 (L)+5VDC J407 072-102
GRY 1 3 1 A13 073-102 072-101:
+5VDC GRY GRY TRAY 2 MISFEED
074-102
078-101
A12 2 2 2 072-102:
GRY TRAY 2 FEEDOUT SENSOR ON JAM
DC COM
TRAY 1 FEED OUT
SENSOR TRAY 073-102:
2
PL2.16 A MODULE TRAY 3 FEEDOUT SENSOR 1 ON JAM
PWB
PL11.3 074-102:
TRAY MODULE
PWB TRAY 4 FEEDOUT SENSOR 1 ON JAM
PL11.3
DC330 [072-101]
PAPER AT TRAY 2 +5VDC 078-101:
J464 P666 J666 J133B FEED OUT SENSOR TRAY 6 FEEDOUT SENSOR 1 ON JAM
A18 1 3 1 J133B J666 P666 J464 J461 (L)+5VDC J403
GRY 2 2 2 A17 B5 B14 072-101
+5VDC GRY GRY GRY
(CH1.5)
A16 3 1 3
3 GRY
DC COM
(CH1.5) TRAY 2 FEED OUT 8.10
SENSOR TRAY FED PAPER
PL2.18 B
TAKEAWAY
8.4 ROLL 1 A
DRIVE
TRAY 1 FED
8.1 TRAY 1 FED PAPER
PAPER ZONE
4 ZONE B4
F4
TAKEAWAY
8.4 ROLL 2 B
DRIVE
TRAY 2 FED
8.1 TRAY 2 FED PAPER
PAPER ZONE
ZONE B5
F5
5
8.8 HCF FED
PAPER
6
A B C D E F G H J
074-103:
B16 3 1 3 TRAY 4 FEEDOUT SENSOR 3 ON JAM
GRY
DC COM
TRAY 3 FEED OUT 074-101:
SENSOR TRAY 4 MISFEED
PL2.18 A
2
DC330 [074-101]
PAPER AT TRAY 4 +5VDC
J463 P668 J668 J133D
B18 1 3 1 FEED OUT SENSOR
GRY J133D J668 P668 J463 (L)+5VDC
+5VDC 2 2 2 B17 A6 A13 074-101
GRY GRY GRY
B16 3 1 3
GRY
DC COM
TRAY 4 FEED OUT
3 SENSOR
PL2.18 B
TRAY 3, 4 FED 8.5
PAPER
TAKEAWAY
8.5 ROLL 5
DRIVE
TAKEAWAY
8.5 ROLL 4
DRIVE
4
TAKEAWAY
8.5 ROLL 3 A
DRIVE
6
A B C D E F G H J
MCU PWB
PL11.1
DC330 [077-108]
PAPER AT +5VDC FAULT CODES
J416 J675 P675 J120
B12 1 3 1 TRAY 5 PRE REG. SENSOR 075-109:
GRY YEL J120 P675 J675 (L)+5VDC J416 TRAY 5 PRE-REG. SENSOR ON JAM
+5VDC 2 2 2 B11 075-109
4
YEL GRY
B10 3 1 3
GRY YEL
DC COM
TRAY 5 PRE-REG.
SENSOR A
PL2.16 B
NUDGER ROLL 7.11
DRIVE
8.3
TRAY 5 FEED DRIVE
5
8.10
TRAY 5 FED PAPER
8.3 TRAY 5 PRE FED
PAPER
6
8.9 TRAY 5 PRE REG.
ROLL DRIVE
B
A B C D E F G H J
A
HCF PWB
PL18.8 DC330 [078-005] (242 MM/S)
DC330 [078-006]500 MM/S)
DC330 [078-007] (640 MM/S) TRAY 6
TRAY 6 TAKEAWAY TAKEAWAY
2 MOTOR ON MOTOR
JF06 +24V CLOCK A PF57 JF57 PL18.8
7 2 6
BLU ORN
DC COM
CLOCK B
12 3 5
BLU RED
DC COM
CLOCK /A
8 6 2
BLU BLU
DC COM MOT
3
CLOCK /B
11 7 1
BLU YEL
DC COM
9 5 3
ORN WHT
HCF PWB
10 4 4 PL18.8
ORN BLK
F3
+24VDC
4
6
A B C D E F G H J
13 5
ORN PRE REG. SENSOR 8.10
F1
INTLK
+24VDC
8 9 8 5 2 5
YEL YEL
6 F3
INTLK
+24VDC
A B C D E F G H J
8.10 REGISTRATION
IOT DRIVER MCU PWB
PWB PL11.1
PL11.1
IOT DRIVER
PWB DC33O [077-100] +5VDC
1 J439 J607A P607A J609 P609 J121 PAPER AT 071-104
PL11.1
A3 18 3 5 1 1 PRE REG. SENSOR 072-104
YEL YEL GRY J121 P609 J609 P607A J607A (L)+5VDC J439 J432 J402 073-104 FAULT CODES
+5VDC 2 2 4 4 17 A4 45 6
GRY YEL YEL 074-104 071-104:
077-118 TRAY1 PRE REG. SENSOR ON JAM
A5 16 5 3 3 3 078-100
YEL YEL GRY 071-105:
DC COM TRAY1 REG. SENSOR ON JAM
T29 T30 PRE REG. SENSOR
PL4.5 A 072-104:
GRN TRAY2 PRE REG. SENSOR ON JAM
072-105:
DC33O [077-101] 071-105 TRAY2 REG. SENSOR ON JAM
PAPER AT +5VDC
J608 P608 J122 072-105 073-104:
2 A10 11 10 4 3 1 REG. SENSOR TRAY3 PRE REG. SENSOR ON JAM
YEL YEL GRY J122 P608 J608 (L)+5VDC 073-105
+5VDC 2 2 5 9 12 A9 48 3 074-105 073-105:
GRY YEL YEL TRAY3 REG. SENSOR ON JAM
075-135
A8 13 8 6 1 3 077-123 074-104:
YEL YEL GRY 078-102 TRAY4 PRE REG. SENSOR ON JAM
DC COM 074-105:
REG. SENSOR
PL4.4 B TRAY4 REG. SENSOR ON JAM
075-135:
TRAY 5 REG. SENSOR ON JAM
DC33O [077-102] 077-118:
SHEET AT +5VDC
J126 PRE REG. SENSOR ON JAM (DUPLEX)
A13 8 13 1 6 1 TRANSPARENCY SENSOR
3 YEL YEL GRY J126 (L)+5VDC 077-123:
+5VDC 2 5 2 12 9 A12 47 4 REG. SENSOR ON JAM (DUPLEX)
GRY YEL YEL
078-100:
FLAT PRE REG SENSOR ON JAM (HCF)
A11 10 11 3 4 3
YEL YEL GRY CABLE
TRANSPARENCY 078-102:
DC COM REG SENSOR ON JAM (HCF)
SENSOR
PL4.4 C
C B
8.9 REG.
5 ROLL DRIVE
6
8.5 TRAY FED
PAPER
A B C D E F G H J
091-919:
MCU/DRUM (C) COMMUNICATION FAIL
XERO CRUM PWB C B 091-313
3 PL6.5 091-921:
091-431 DRUM (K) NOT IN POSITION
MUTE J171C P171C 091-916
+3.3VDC
B4 3 4 091-919 091-923:
YEL WRONG DATA IN DRUM (C) CRUM
091-923
P171C J171C CRUM DATA C
5 2 B5 091-926
YEL 091-926:
DATA 091-929 DRUM (C) CRUM DATA MISMATCH
B3 4 3 091-934
YEL
091-929:
XERO CRUM DRUM (C) NOT IN POSITION
B1 6 1 TAG C
YEL 091-934:
+5VDC DRUM (C) END-OF-LIFE
4 B2 5 2
YEL
DC COM
XERO CARTRIDGE C
PL6.1 A
DC COM B
6
A B C D E F G H J
091-922:
XERO CARTRIDGE M WRONG DATA IN DRUM (M) CRUM
PL6.1
DC COM 091-924:
DRUM (Y) CRUM DATA MISMATCH
091-925:
DRUM (M) CRUM DATA MISMATCH
XERO CRUM PWB Y B
3 PL6.5 091-927:
091-313 DRUM (Y) NOT IN POSITION
MUTE J171Y P171Y +3.3VDC
B16 3 4 091-411 091-928:
YEL
091-917 DRUM (M) NOT IN POSITION
P171Y J171Y CRUM DATA Y
5 2 B17 091-920
DATA YEL 091-924 091-932:
B15 4 3 091-927 DRUM (Y) END-OF-LIFE
YEL
091-932 091-933:
XERO CRUM DRUM (M) END-OF-LIFE
B13 6 1 TAG Y
YEL
+5VDC
4 B14 5 2
YEL
DC COM
XERO CARTRIDGE Y
DC COM PL6.1
A
B
6
A B C D E F G H J
B7 8 7 5 2
YEL YEL
DC COM
6
A B C D E F G H J
A7 8 7 6 1
YEL YEL
+5VDC
A8 7 8 5 2 TONER TONER
YEL YEL CARTRIDGE CARTRIDGE M
DC COM TAG M PL6.1
TONER CARTRIDGE
CRUM PWB C,K2
6 TONER CARTRIDGE
CRUM PWB Y,M
A B C D E F G H J
1
MAIN MOTOR GAIN 1
A4 4
GRY MAIN
2 MOTOR
DC COM +5VDC
1
MAIN MOTOR GAIN 2
A3 5
GRY
DC COM +5VDC MOT
A
MAIN MOTOR CLOCK
A2 6
GRY
DC COM
3 +5VDC
A7 1
GRY
+5VDC
DC COM
A6 2
GRY
DC COM
6
A B C D E F G H J
2 1
DRUM MOTOR K GAIN 1
A6 5
GRY
DRUM
DC COM +5VDC MOTOR K
1
DRUM MOTOR K GAIN 2
A5 6
GRY
DC COM +5VDC MOT
REVERSE
A3 8
GRY
DC COM
+5VDC
A10 1
GRY
+5VDC
4 DC COM
A9 2
GRY
DC COM
REF CLOCK
B2 9
GRY
DC COM +5VDC
REVERSE
B1 10
GRY
3 DC COM Y,M,C DRUM 9.9
DRUM DRIVE
MOTOR
+5VDC ASSY Y
B10 1
GRY PL1.2
+5VDC 4
DC COM MOT
B9 2
GRY
DC COM 6
6
1
5
DRUM
MOTOR
MOTOR SPEED GAIN 1 GAIN 2 ASSY C
PL1.2
220MM/S LOW HIGH 4
110MM/S HIGH LOW
MOT
73.33MM/S LOW LOW
6
6
A B C D E F G H J
1 MCU PWB
SCOROTRON PL11.1
MCU PWB PL6.1 DC330 [091-202]
PL11.1 NEW COROTRON
PRESENT
J410 P650 J650 FUSE J650 P650 (L)+3.3VDC J410 091-403 FAULT CODES
A1 2 1 2 1 A2
GRY GRY 091-404
FUSE 091-312:
DC COM +3.3VDC SCOROTRON HVPS FAIL
CUT SIGNAL
091-320:
SCOROTRON OPEN CIRCUIT
CHARGE (K) / PRECLEAN
HVPS 091-403:
2 PL11.2 DC330 [091-204] +3.3VDC SCOROTRON NEAR END-OF-LIFE
DC330 [091-007] SCOROTRON FAIL
SCOROTRON PWM J584 J584 (H)+3.3VDC 091-404:
091-312 SCOROTRON AT END-OF-LIFE
B8 3 5 B6 091-320
GRY GRY
DC330 [091-007]
SCOROTRON GRID PWM
B7 4
GRY
SCOROTRON
VOLTAGE
B10 1
GRY
INTLK
+24VDC J591 SCOROTRON GRID VOLTAGE
3 B9 2 1
GRY
DC COM
CHARGING K
EXPOSURE K
5 DRUM
K
EXPOSED 9.12
DRUM
6.6 SCANNED
BLACK IMAGE
6
A B C D E F G H J
CHARGED
DRUM M DRUM Y
9.31 CLEANED
Y,M,C DRUM
4 EXPOSURE M
9.7 Y,M,C DRUM
DRIVE CHARGED
DRUM C
DRUM M
EXPOSURE C
EXPOSED 9.12
DRUM Y,M,C
SCANNED CYAN DRUM C
6.6
IMAGE
5
6.5 SCANNED MAGENTA
IMAGE
6
A B C D E F G H J
1
MCU PWB IOT DRIVER PWB
PL11.1 PL11.1 A DEV. K DRIVE
DC330 [093-022] DC330 [093-022]
DEV. K DRIVE +5VDC DEV. K CLUTCH
CLUTCH ON DRIVE CLUTCH ON PL1.4
J402 (L)+5VDC J432 J433 (L)+24VDC J215 P215
45 6 9 1 2
GRY
DC COM FLAT DC COM
CABLE
8 2 1
GRY
IOT
+24VDC
2
3
9.12
BLACK DEV. DRIVE
6
A B C D E F G H J
6
A B C D E F G H J
A6 3 6 3 1
YEL VIO A
DC COM
9.8 EXPOSED
DRUM
5 9.15 DISPENSED
TONER
9.10
BLACK DEV. DRIVE
6
A B C D E F G H J
MAG
3 ROLL
B9 1
GRY
INTLK
+24VDC
B8 2 ATC
GRY SENSOR
DC COM
DRUM CYAN
Y,M,C DEV. BIAS C DEVELOPED 9.21
AC MONITOR CYAN IMAGE
B1 9 DEV. HOUSING
GRY
V OUT
MONITOR MAG MAGENTA
ROLL ATC 9.14
4 B2 8 SENSOR
GRY
DC COM
ATC
SENSOR
YELLOW
DEVELOPER
DRIVE
CYAN MAGENTA
DEVELOPER DEVELOPER
DRIVE DRIVE
5
9.11 Y,M,C DEVELOPER
DRIVE EXPOSED
YELLOW
DRUM
EXPOSED EXPOSED
CYAN MAGENTA
9.9 EXPOSED DRUM DRUM DISPENSED
DRUM Y,M,C YELLOW
TONER
DISPENSED DISPENSED
6 CYAN MAGENTA
9.15 DISPENSED TONER TONER
TONER
A B C D E F G H J
1
YELLOW DEVELOPER
HOUSING MCU PWB
MCU PWB PL11.1
PL11.1 PL6.6
ATC SENSOR
YELLOW ATC
J413 J648 P648 P134Y J134Y J134Y P134Y P648 J648 SENSOR SIGNAL J413 092-653
A11 4 3 1 3 2 2 2 5 A10
YEL GRY YEL YEL 092-657 FAULT CODES
+5VDC 092-653:
YELLOW ATC SENSOR OUTPUT SIGNAL FAIL
A9 6 1 3 1 092-654:
2 YEL VIO MAGENTA ATC SENSOR OUTPUT SIGNAL FAIL
DC COM
092-655:
CYAN ATC SENSOR OUTPUT SIGNAL FAIL
092-657:
YELLOW ATC SENSOR FAIL
MAGENTA DEVELOPER
HOUSING
PL6.6 092-658:
MAGENTA ATC SENSOR FAIL
ATC SENSOR
MAGENTA ATC 092-659:
3 P134M J134M J134M P134M SENSOR SIGNAL CYAN ATC SENSOR FAIL
092-654
A14 1 6 1 3 2 2 5 2 A13
YEL GRY YEL YEL 092-658
+5VDC
A12 3 4 3 1
YEL VIO
DC COM
4 CYAN DEVELOPER
HOUSING
PL6.6
ATC SENSOR
CYAN ATC
J647 P647 P134C J134C J134C P134C P647 J647 SENSOR SIGNAL 092-655
A5 4 5 1 3 2 2 4 5 A4
YEL GRY YEL YEL 092-659
+5VDC
A3 6 3 3 1
YEL VIO
5 DC COM
6
A B C D E F G H J
DISPENSED 9.13
TONER Y,M,C
LOW TONER
SENSOR Y,M,C
6
A B C D E F G H J
MAGENTA
2 DC330 [093-007] DISPENSE
MAGENTA DISPENSE +5VDC
MAGENTA DISPENSE MOTOR ON MOTOR
MOTOR ON (H)+24VDC J201M P201M PL6.4
(L)+5VDC A12 3 12 3 6 1 2
41 10 GRY GRY YEL
CYAN
DC330 [093-008] DISPENSE
3 CYAN DISPENSE +5VDC
CYAN DISPENSE MOTOR ON MOTOR
MOTOR ON (H)+24VDC J201C P201C PL6.4
(L)+5VDC A10 5 10 5 4 1 2
40 11 GRY GRY YEL
BLACK
DC330 [093-009] DISPENSE
+5VDC MOTOR
BLACK DISPENSE BLACK DISPENSE MOTOR ON
4 MOTOR ON (H)+24VDC J201K P201K PL6.4
(L)+5VDC A8 7 8 7 2 1 2
39 12 GRY GRY YEL
FLAT MOT
BLACK DISPENSE MOTOR ON
DC COM CABLE
(L)+24VDC
A7 8 7 8 1 2 1
GRY GRY YEL
IOT
+24VDC
Y,M,C,K DISPENSE
9.15
MOTOR DRIVE
6
A B C D E F G H J
B10 1 2
GRY
2 IOT
+24VDC
K2 TONER
DC330 [093-005] +5VDC CARTRIDGE
BLACK (K2) CARTRIDGE CARTRIDGE MOTOR
MOTOR ON MOTOR K2 ON PL6.8
(L)+5VDC (L)+24VDC J202K2 P202K2
34 17 B7 2 1
GRY
DC COM DC COM MOT
B8 1 2
GRY
IOT
3 +24VDC
CYAN TONER
DC330 [093-003] +5VDC CARTRIDGE
CYAN CARTRIDGE CYAN CARTRIDGE MOTOR
MOTOR ON MOTOR ON PL6.8
(L)+5VDC (L)+24VDC J202C P202C
35 16 B5 2 1 CARTRIDGE MOTOR 9.15
GRY
Y,M,C,K1,K2 DRIVE
DC COM DC COM MOT
B6 1 2
GRY
IOT
+24VDC
4 MAGENTA
DC330 [093-002] +5VDC TONER
MAGENTA CARTRIDGE MAGENTA CARTRIDGE CARTRIDGE
MOTOR ON MOTOR ON MOTOR
(L)+5VDC (L)+24VDC J202M P202M PL6.8
36 15 B3 2 1
GRY
DC COM DC COM MOT
B4 1 2
GRY
IOT
+24VDC
YELLOW
5 DC330 [093-001] TONER
+5VDC
YELLOW CARTRIDGE YELLOW CARTRIDGE CARTRIDGE
MOTOR ON MOTOR ON MOTOR
(L)+5VDC (L)+24VDC J202Y P202Y PL6.8
37 14 B1 2 1
GRY
DC COM DC COM MOT
FLAT
CABLE
B2 1 2
GRY
IOT
+24VDC
6
A B C D E F G H J
MCU PWB
PL11.1 IBT DRIVE MOTOR
1 1 PL7.4 IBT CLEANER 9.26
IOT AUGER DRIVE
DRIVER IBT DRIVE +5VDC
PWB MOTOR ON
PL11.1
J402 J432 J443 (L)+5VDC J603B P603B J601B P601B J204
30 21 16 5 16 4 16 3
YEL YEL
+5VDC
DC COM IBT DRIVE
MOTOR
GAIN 1 1
29 22 15 6 15 5 15 4
YEL YEL
+5VDC
DC COM IBT DRIVE MOT
MOTOR 1
GAIN 2
2 28 23 14 7 14 6 14 5
YEL YEL
+5VDC
DC COM REFERENCE
CLOCK
27 24 13 8 13 7 13 6
YEL YEL
+5VDC
DC COM
REVERSE
26 25 12 9 12 8 12 7
YEL YEL
DC COM FLAT
CABLE 18 3 18 2 18 1 TRANSFER BELT HOME SENSOR
YEL YEL (BSD 9.20)
3 +5VDC
17 4 17 3 17 2
YEL YEL YEL
DC COM
J437 J637 P637 P605 J605 J602 P602 J203
1 1 1 3 1
ORN ORN ORN ORN
INTLK
+24VDC-2
2 2 2 2 2
VIO VIO VIO VIO
4 DC COM
MCU PWB
PL11.1
IOT
DRIVER
NOTE: PWB +3.3VDC
PL11.1 FAULT CODES
1 COMPONENT CONTROL SETS SIGNAL LEVEL OF GAIN1 AND GAIN2 SIGNALS,
WHICH DETERMINES MOTOR SPEED (SEE TABLE) J204 P601B J601B P603B J603B J443 J432 J402 042-324:
8 11 9 11 10 11 39 12 042-324 IBT DRIVE MOTOR
YEL YEL
FAIL
5 COMPONENT
MOTOR SPEED GAIN 1 GAIN 2
CONTROL CODE
6
A B C D E F G H J
IBT STEERING
1 IOT PWB MOTOR
PL11.1 PL7.4
MCU PWB IBT STEERING +5VDC
PL11.1 MOTOR DIRECTION
CW(H)+5VDC IBT STEERING MOTOR ON
J401 CCW(L)+5VDC J431 J442 +24V CLOCK A J604 P604 J602B P602B J253 P253
41 10 4 7 4 7 4 2 4
YEL YEL YEL
2 +5VDC
DC COM DC COM
IBT STEERING
MOTOR CLOCK CLOCK /A
40 11 3 8 3 8 3 3 3
YEL YEL YEL
+5VDC
DC COM IBT STEERING DC COM
MOTOR ON
(L)+5VDC CLOCK B
39 12 2 9 2 9 2 4 2 MOT
YEL YEL YEL
DC COM DC COM
IBT STEERING +5VDC
MOTOR CURRENT CLOCK /B
HIGH CURRENT(H)+5VDC 1 10 1 10 1 5 1
YEL YEL YEL
3 LOW CURRENT(L)+5VDC
38 13 DC COM
FLAT
DC COM
CABLE 5 6 5 6 5 1 5
YEL YEL YEL
IOT F6
+24VDC
DC330 FUNCTION
6
A B C D E F G H J
IOT PWB
PL11.1
1
J443 J603B P603B J601B P601B J155
1 20 1 19 1 3
YEL YEL YEL J155
+5VDC 2
YEL
3 18 3 17 3 1
YEL YEL YEL
DC COM TRANSFER BELT HOME
SENSOR
PL7.5
MCU PWB
2 PL11.1
TRANSFER BELT EDGE
SENSOR
TRANSFER BELT +5VDC PL7.4
EDGE SENSOR
J402 LED ON J432 J156
21 30 10 11 10 10 10 1 J156
YEL YEL YEL 2
FLAT YEL
DC COM
CABLE
8 13 8 12 8 3
YEL YEL YEL
DC COM
3
9 12 9 11 9
YEL YEL YEL
2 19 2 18 2
YEL YEL YEL
MCU PWB
PL11.1
4
DC330 [042-200] +5VDC
TRANSFER BELT AT FAULT CODES
J432 HOME POSITION J402
(H)+5VDC
41 10 042-326 042-326:
BELT HOME POSITION TOO LONG
042-327:
BELT POSITION FAIL
042-602:
BELT EDGE CHECK FAIL
6
A B C D E F G H J
MCU PWB
PL11.1
B15 6 15 6 15 1
YEL YEL YEL
INTLK +24VDC
+24VDC
2
B14 7 14 7 14 2
YEL YEL YEL
DC COM DC COM 1ST BTR
I OUT I OUT (K)
J589 MONITOR J589 P601A J601A P603A J603A MONITOR J405
B9 12 9 12 9 1 K 9 1 20 1 20 B1
YEL YEL YEL YEL YEL YEL
DC COM
DC COM
1ST BTR
V OUT (K)
V OUT MONITOR
MONITOR 8 2 19 2 19 B2
3 YEL YEL YEL
9.12 DEVELOPED K
BLACK IMAGE
IMAGE 9.24
PATTERN
9.13 DEVELOPED
Y IMAGE
9.13 DEVELOPED
M IMAGE
4
9.13 DEVELOPED
C IMAGE
M
DC330 [094-007]
1ST BTR 1ST BTR M 9.21
(M) PWM 1ST BTR M VOLTAGE VOLTAGE
B12 9 12 9 12 4
2 YEL YEL YEL
C
DC330 [094-008]
1ST BTR 1ST BTR C 9.21
(C) PWM 1ST BTR C VOLTAGE VOLTAGE
B11 10 11 10 11 5
YEL YEL YEL
MCU PWB
B15 6 15 6 15 1 PL11.1
YEL YEL YEL 1ST BTR
INTLK +24VDC I OUT I OUT (Y)
3 +24VDC MONITOR J589 P601A J601A P603A J603A MONITOR J405
Y 3 7 14 7 14 B7
YEL YEL YEL
B14 7 14 7 14 2
YEL YEL YEL
DC COM DC COM DC COM
1ST BTR
V OUT (Y)
J589 V OUT MONITOR
B9 12 9 12 9 1 MONITOR 2 8 13 8 13 B8
YEL YEL YEL YEL YEL YEL
Y
DC COM A GND
A GND
1ST BTR
4 I OUT I OUT (M)
MONITOR MONITOR
M 5 5 16 5 16 B5
YEL YEL YEL
DC COM
1ST BTR
V OUT (M)
V OUT MONITOR
MONITOR 4 6 15 6 15 B6
YEL YEL YEL
M
A GND
5 1ST BTR
I OUT I OUT (C)
MONITOR MONITOR
C 7 3 18 3 18 B3
YEL YEL YEL
DC COM
1ST BTR
V OUT (C)
V OUT MONITOR
MONITOR 6 4 17 4 17 B4
YEL YEL YEL
C
6 A GND
A B C D E F G H J
1ST BTR
RETRACT
1 IOT DRIVER PWB 1ST BTR MOTOR
MCU PWB PL11.1 RETRACT PL7.4
PL11.1 DC33O [094-001] (CONTACT) MOTOR ON
DC33O [094-002] (RETRACT) +5VDC J442 +24V CLOCK /B J604 P604 J602B P602B J252 P252
1ST BTR RETRACT 9 2 9 2 9 2 4
MOTOR ON YEL YEL YEL
J401 (L)+5VDC J431 DC COM
42 9
+5VDC CLOCK B
DC COM 8 3 8 3 8 3 3
1ST BTR RETRACT YEL YEL YEL
MOTOR CLOCK DC COM
43 8
CLOCK /A
DC COM FLAT 7 4 7 4 7 4 2 MOT A
CABLE YEL YEL YEL
2 DC COM
CLOCK A
6 5 6 5 6 5 1
YEL YEL YEL
DC COM
10 1 10 1 10 1 5
YEL YEL YEL
F7
+24VDC
4 17 4 16 4 3
YEL YEL YEL
DC COM
1ST BTR CONTACT/
B RETRACT SENSOR
PL7.4
5 16 5 15 5
YEL YEL YEL
4
MCU PWB
PL11.1
A DC33O [094-200] +3.3VDC
1ST BTR IN FAULT CODES
B CONTACT POSITION
J432 (L)+5VDC J402 094-320
32 19 094-320:
094-321
FLAT 1ST BTR RETRACT FAIL
CABLE
094-321:
1ST BTR CONTACT FAIL
6
CENTER MOB
SENSOR
A B C D E F G H J
6
A B C D E F G H J
3 A GND
2ND BTR V OUT
MONITOR 1
6 B15
GRY
V OUT
MONITOR 2ND BTR V OUT
MONITOR 2
7 B14
GRY
A GND
9.18 IBT CLEANER IBT CLEANING
AUGER DRIVE
8.10 REGISTERED
PAPER
UNFUSED 10.4
PRINT
2ND BTR
9.5 RETRACT
CAM DRIVE
5
2ND BTR CONTACT/
RETRACT DRIVE 9.26
6
A B C D E F G H J
6
A B C D E F G H J
SCOROTRON 9.30
CLEANER DRIVE
5
MCU PWB
PL11.1
+3.3VDC
BCR CLEANER
J416 P649 J649 J154 POSITION SENSOR FAULT CODES
A12 1 3 1 J154 J649 P649 SENSED(H)+3.3VDC J416
GRY GRY 2 2 2 A11 091-311
GRY GRY 091-311:
+5VDC CC CLEANER MOTOR FAIL
A10 3 1 3
GRY GRY
6 DC COM
BCR CLEANER
POSITION SENSOR
PL6.9 A
A B C D E F G H J
MCU PWB
PL11.1 CHARGE (K)/PRECLEAN
1 HVPS
PL11.2
DC330 [091-008]
J410 PRE CLEAN COROTRON PWM J584 PRE CLEAN COROTRON
B5 6 A
GRY
B10 1
GRY
INTLK
+24VDC
B9 2
GRY
2 DC COM
A8 2 1
GRY
+24VDC
(CH1.7)
4
9.29 COROTRON
CLEANER DRIVE
B
A
CLEANING
9.5 XERO CLEANER BLADE
K DRIVE
5
WASTE TONER 9.32
FROM DRUM K
CLEANING DRUM
BRUSH K
6
A B C D E F G H J
+24VDC
A3 12 3 2 1
GRY GRY
C BCR B BCR A BCR
CLEANER CLEANER CLEANER IOT
CLEANING CLEANING CLEANING +24VDC
C ERASE LAMP C
BLADE BLADE BLADE CYAN ERASE PL6.5
BCR BCR BCR LAMP ON
(L)+24VDC P248C J248C
A2 13 2 1 2
4 GRY GRY
+24VDC
A1 14 1 2 1
GRY GRY
IOT
+24VDC
(CH1.7)
5
CLEANED 9.9
Y,M,C DRUMS
6
A B C D E F G H J
MCU PWB
TRAY TRAY PL11.1
1 MODULE MODULE
PWB PWB
PL11.3 PL11.3
DC330 [091-200] +5VDC
WASTE BOTTLE
J467 J153 IN POSITION
7 1 J153 J467 J461 (H)+5VDC J403
GRY 2 6 A4 A15 091-910
+5VDC GRY GRY
FAULT CODES
5 3 091-400:
GRY WASTE BOTTLE NEAR FULL
DC COM WASTE BOTTLE SET
SENSOR 091-910:
PL6.11 WASTE BOTTLE NOT IN POSITION
2 A
091-911:
DC330 [091-201] WASTE BOTTLE FULL
WASTE BOTTLE +3.3VDC
J469 J152 NEAR FULL
3 1 J152 J469 (H)+3.3VDC 091-400
GRY 2 2 A3 A16
GRY 091-911
+5VDC GRY
1 3
GRY
DC COM WASTE BOTTLE FULL
SENSOR
3 PL6.5 B
WASTE TONER
9.31 FROM DRUM
Y,M,C
6
A B C D E F G H J
A1 5 1
GRY MOT A
2 TRAY
+24VDC
A2 4 2
GRY
DC COM
3
CC FAN
DC330 [042-023] (HI SPD) PL9.3
DC330 [042-024] (LO SPD)
CC FAN
J410 J239 P239 VACUUM OZONE
PWM
B2 3 2 FROM CHARGE
GRY SCOROTRON
DC COM MOT B
B1 4 1 B
GRY
+24VDC
4 B4 1 4
GRY
DC COM
VACUUM
AIRBORNE TONER
AND OZONE
5
A
6
A B C D E F G H J
A15 5 5 3
YEL YEL FAULT CODES
DC COM 010-321:
FUSER NIP SENSOR FUSER NIP FAIL
PL8.1 A
010-330:
FUSER MOTOR FAIL
DC330 [010-001] (320MM/S) FUSER DRIVE MOTOR
DC330 [010-002] (220MM/S) PL1.3
2 DC330 [010-003] (110MM/S)
DC330 [010-004] (77.33MM/S) +5VDC +3.3VDC
FUSER DRIVE MOTOR ON FUSER DRIVE MOTOR FAIL
J408 (L)+5VDC J212 J212 (H)+3.3VDC J408
A16 3 8 A11 010-330
GRY +5VDC GRY
DC COM
1 FUSER DRIVE MOTOR
GAIN 1
A15 4
GRY +5VDC
DC COM 10.4
1 FUSER DRIVE MOTOR
GAIN 2 FUSER DRIVE
3 A14 5
GRY +5VDC
DC COM
FUSER DRIVE MOTOR
REFERENCE CLOCK
A13 6
GRY +5VDC
DC COM FUSER DRIVE MOTOR A
REVERSE
(H)+5VDC VACUUM
A12 7 MOT TRANSPORT 10.4
GRY DRIVE
DC COM
A18 1
4 GRY
+5VDC
A17 2
GRY
DC COM
NOTE: 1
FUSER DRIVE MOTOR CONTROLLED BY GAIN1, GAIN2
NIP RELEASE
2
FUSER NIP FUSER NIP
MOTOR SPEED GAIN 1 GAIN 2 SENSOR SENSOR
6
320MM/S HIGH HIGH
220MM/S LOW HIGH
110MM/S HIGH LOW
73.33MM/S LOW LOW
A B C D E F G H J
1
MCU PWB
PL11.1 AC DRIVE PWB
DC330 [010-007] MAIN LAMP 1
MAIN LAMP 1 ON PT301 PL8.1
J407 (L)+24VDC J510 MAIN LAMP 1
B7 10 J16 J612 P612 ON ACH P61A
GRY 4 1 1 1
WHT WHT
DC COM
P61B
1
+24VDC BLK
2
P62B
1
+24VDC BLK
3
ZERO +3.3VDC
DC330 [010-009] SUB LAMP
1.1 CROSS SUB LAMP ON PT303 PL8.1
SIGNAL J407 (L)+24VDC SUB LAMP
B9 B5 12 ON ACH P63A
GRY 1 3 3 1
WHT WHT
DC COM
CE12 P63B
1
+24VDC BLK
RL5
4
PLUG IN
ACN
PLUG-IN AC +24VDC
1.1
(AC DRIVE PWB)
PLUG-IN T21
ACH 6 6 T20
6 GRN GRN
PLUG-IN
ACN
A B C D E F G H J
MCU PWB
PL11.1
A C
D
B MAIN LAMP 1
(BSD10.2)
5
E
THERMOSTAT
(BSD10.2) MAIN LAMP 2
(BSD10.2)
10.4
SUB LAMP FUSING HEAT
(BSD10.2)
6
A B C D E F G H J
10.4 FUSING
MCU PWB
PL11.1
1 IOT DRIVER
PWB IOT DRIVER
PL11.1 DC330 [010-200] PWB +5VDC
J439 J607B P607B J148 PAPER AT FUSER PL11.1
B17 3 17 1 ENTRANCE SENSOR
YEL YEL J148 P607B J607B J439 J432 J402
(L)+5VDC
+5VDC 2 16 4 B16 33 18
YEL YEL
FLAT
B15 5 15 3 CABLE
YEL YEL
DC COM FUSER ENTRANCE FAULT CODES
SENSOR A 077-103:
PL4.2
FUSER EXIT SENSOR OFF JAM STRAIGHT
2
077-106:
MCU PWB DC330 [010-201] FUSER EXIT SENSOR ON JAM
+5VDC
PL11.1 PAPER AT FUSER
J405 J612A P612A P642 J642 J149 EXIT SENSOR 077-107:
A3 8 3 1 3 1 J149 J642 P642 P612A J612A (L)+5VDC J405 077-103 FUSER EXIT SENSOR OFF JAM INVERT
YEL YEL YEL 2 2 2 2 9 A2 077-106
YEL YEL YEL
+5VDC 077-107
A1 10 1 3 1 3
YEL YEL YEL
DC COM
FUSER EXIT SENSOR B
3 PL8.1
10.1
FUSER DRIVE
HOT AIR
TO REAR 10.5
COOLING FAN
10.3
FUSING HEAT
4
A HOT AIR
B TO FUSER 10.5
9.21 UNFUSED EXHAUST FAN
IMAGE ON PAPER
5
10.1 VACUUM TRANSPORT
DRIVE
SUCTION TO 10.5
VACUUM TRANSPORT FAN
6
A B C D E F G H J
042-330:
14 1 4 FUSER EXHAUST FAN FAIL
GRY MOT A
DC COM
+5VDC
IOT DRIVER PWB
PL11.1 FUSER EXHAUST FAN
J432 FAIL SIGNAL J402
2 38 13 042-330
FLAT
CABLE FUSER EXHAUST FAN
PL9.2
FUSER EXHAUST FAN
J433 FAIL SIGNAL J241 P241
3 2 3
GRY
DC330 [042-020]
FUSER EXHAUST FAN
J402 J432 ON SIGNAL
48 3 2 3 2
GRY
DC COM MOT B
3
1 4 1
GRY
IOT A
+24VDC
4 1 4
GRY
DC COM
DC330 [042-026] (HI SPD)
+5VDC DC330 [042-027] (LO SPD) VACUUM TRANSPORT
INTLK VACUUM TRANSPORT FAN
+24VDC
FAN ON PL9.2
(H)+24VDC J238 P238
4 47 4 5 3 1 C
GRY VACUUM TRANSPORT
DC COM FAN SPEED
HIGH SPEED (L)+3.4VDC
LOW SPEED (H)+3.4VDC
46 5 7 1 3 MOT C
GRY
DC COM FLAT
B
CABLE
6 2 2
GRY
HOT AIR DC COM
10.4 TO REAR
COOLING FAN
5
HOT AIR
10.4 TO FUSER
EXHAUST FAN
10.4 SUCTION TO
VACUUM TRANSPORT FAN
6
A B C D E F G H J
5 6 5 2 1
GRY GRY
IOT
+24VDC
1 2 1
GRY
3 2 1
BLU BLU
4
EXIT ROLL FAN 4
PL9.3
J244D P244D
1 10 1 3 2 1 2
C GRY BLU BLU BLU
IOT MOT E
B +24VDC
D 1 2 1
E BLU
5
A
10.9
COOLING AIR TO EXIT
10.8
COOLING AIR TO INVERTER
6
A B C D E F G H J
10.7 INVERTER (1 OF 2)
EXIT MOTOR
INVERT IN SENSOR IOT EXIT SENSOR (BSD 10.9)
(BSD 10.8) (BSD 10.9)
1
MCU PWB
PL11.1 TRAY MODULE PWB
PL11.3
DC330 [077-013] (INVERT)
DC330 [077-014] (EXIT) INVERT A
DC330 [077-015] (DUPLEX) MOTOR B
INVERT MOTOR DIRECTION +5VDC PL10.2
INVERT(L)+5VDC INVERT MOTOR
EXIT(H)+5VDC J466 ON +24V CLOCK A P670 J670 J221
J404 DUPLEX(H)+5VDC J462 11 4 11 4
B16 B1 GRY YEL A
GRY +5VDC C
DC COM
DC COM
2 INVERT MOTOR CLOCK /A
CLOCK 9 6 9 6
B15 B2 GRY YEL
GRY +5VDC DC COM
DC COM
INVERT MOTOR ON CLOCK B
(L)+5VDC 12 3 12 3
B14 B3 GRY YEL
GRY +5VDC DC COM MOT
DC COM INVERT END SENSOR
INVERT MOTOR CLOCK /B
CURRENT 14 1 14 1 (BSD 10.8)
B13 B4 GRY YEL
GRY
DC COM
DC COM
3 13 2 13 2
GRY YEL
10 5 10 5
GRY YEL
TRAY F6
+24VDC
INVERT GATE INVERT ROLL
DC330 [077-011] SOLENOID 10.8
+5VDC DRIVE
INVERT GATE SOLENOID INVERT GATE SOLENOID PL10.5
GATE IN GATE IN
(L)+5VDC J465 (L)+24VDC P669 J669 P223 J223
A15 A2 B16 1 15 1 3
4 GRY GRY YEL
DC COM DC COM INVERT GATE 10.8
DRIVE
B15 2 14 2 2
DC330 [077-012] +5VDC GRY YEL
INVERT GATE SOLENOID TRAY INVERT GATE SOLENOID
EXIT +24VDC EXIT
(L)+5VDC (L)+24VDC
A14 A3 B14 3 13 3 1
GRY GRY YEL B
DC COM DC COM
RELEASE C
5 DC330 [077-016] +5VDC INVERT
RELEASE INVERT SOLENOID RELEASE INVERT SOLENOID SOLENOID
RELEASE RELEASE PL10.5
J403 (L)+5VDC J461 (L)+24VDC P224 J224
B18 B1 B13 4 12 1 2
GRY GRY YEL NIP/RELEASE 10.8
DC COM DC COM DRIVE
B12 5 11 2 1
GRY YEL
TRAY
+24VDC
6
A B C D E F G H J
10.8 INVERTER (2 OF 2)
MCU PWB
1 PL11.1
TRAY TRAY
MODULE MODULE
PWB PWB DC330 [077-103]
PL11.3 PL11.3 PAPER AT +5VDC
J465 P669 J669 J108 INVERT IN SENSOR
B4 13 3 1 J108 J669 P669 J465 J461 (H)+5VDC J403
GRY GRY 2 2 14 B3 B9 B10
+5VDC GRY GRY GRY
B2 15 1 3
GRY GRY
DC COM INVERT IN SENSOR
2 PL10.4 A
DC330 [077-203]
PAPER AT +5VDC
J467 P671 J671 J110 INVERT END SENSOR
A10 1 3 1 J110 J671 P671 J467 (H)+5VDC
GRY GRY 2 2 2 A9 A5 A14
+5VDC GRY GRY GRY
A8 3 1 3
GRY GRY
DC COM INVERT END SENSOR
PL10.1 B
FUSED IMAGE
3 ON PAPER
ZN
F6
10.7 NIP/RELEASE
DRIVE
SHEET TO 10.11
ZN DUPLEX
B C5
6
A B C D E F G H J
2
TRAY MODULE PWB
PL11.3 EXIT MOTOR
MCU PWB PL10.3
PL11.1 +5VDC
EXIT MOTOR ON
EXIT MOTOR J466 +24V CLOCK A P670 J670 J222
J404 CLOCK J462 5 10 5 4
A1 A16 GRY YEL
GRY
DC COM
DC COM
+5VDC CLOCK /A
DC330 [077-010] 3 12 3 6
EXIT MOTOR ON GRY YEL
3 (L)+5VDC DC COM
A2 A15
GRY CLOCK B INVERT IN AND
DC COM 6 9 6 3 DECURLER ROLL 10.8
+5VDC GRY YEL DRIVE
DC COM MOT
EXIT MOTOR
CURRENT CLOCK /B
A3 A14 8 7 8 1
GRY GRY YEL
DC COM DC COM
7 8 7 2
GRY YEL
TRAY F7
4 +24VDC
4 11 4 5
GRY YEL
COOLING AIR
10.6 TO EXIT
SHEET TO 10.13
OCT TRAY
6
A B C D E F G H J
DUPLEX MOTOR
MCU PWB IOT DRIVER PWB PL4.2
PL11.1 PL11.1
+5VDC
DUPLEX MOTOR DC330 [077-018]
DIRECTION DUPLEX MOTOR ON
J401 CW(H)+5VDC J431 J440 +24V CLOCK J606B P606B J219
25 26 3 14 3 4
YEL YEL
2 +5VDC
DC COM DC COM
DUPLEX MOTOR
CLOCK CLOCK /A
24 27 1 16 1 6
YEL YEL
+5VDC
DC COM DC330 [077-018] DC COM
DUPLEX MOTOR ON
(L)+5VDC CLOCK B
23 28 4 13 4 3 DUPLEX ROLL
10.11
YEL YEL DRIVE
+5VDC
DC COM DC COM MOT
DUPLEX MOTOR
CURRENT CLOCK /B
22 29 6 11 6 1
3 YEL YEL
DC COM FLAT DC COM
CABLE
2 15 2 5
YEL YEL
IOT F4
+24VDC
5 12 5 2
YEL YEL
6
A B C D E F G H J
B9 11 9 3
YEL YEL
DUPLEX PATH
DC COM SENSOR
PL4.3 B
DC330 [077-106]
PAPER AT +5VDC
J607A P607A J106 DUPLEX OUT SENSOR
3 B16 5 16 1 J106 P607A J607A (H)+5VDC
YEL YEL 2 15 6 A15 44 7 077-130
+5VDC YEL YEL
FLAT
B14 7 14 3 CABLE
YEL YEL
DC COM DUPLEX OUT SENSOR
C PL4.3
DUPLEX MOTOR
(BSD 10.10)
10.8 PAPER TO
6 DUPLEX
A B C D E F G H J
B10 7 9 2 1
GRY GRY
+5VDC
2
DUPLEX
FAN 2
PL10.5
DUPLEX FAN 2 ON
(L)+5VDC J246 P246
B9 8 8 1 2
GRY GRY
MOT B
B8 9 7 2 1
GRY GRY
3 +5VDC
6
A B C D E F G H J
3 2 1 2 A
3 VIO BLK WHT J806
B 1 J806
DC COM
3 YEL 2 7 4 3 47
YEL GRY GRY GRY
F
4 C
YEL C 3 C
YEL
5 FRONT POSITION J804 P804
10.9 PAPER TO YEL SENSOR 2 2 8 3 4 48
OCT TRAY PL16.3 YEL GRY GRY GRY
G
B 047-210
+3.3VDC
5 DC330 [047-203]
OCT INSTALLED FAULT CODES
E
(L)+3.3VDC 047-930:
6 047-310 OCT TRAY FULL
C +5VDC
DC330 [047-202]
6 G OCT TRAY FULL
(L)+5VDC
3 047-930
FLAT
CABLE
A B C D E F G H J
12.1 C-FINISHER DC POWER GENERATION
12.2
ACH J2 J502 +24 VDC PS J8315 +24 VDC PS
4 1 1
BRN ORN
HARNESS GND
ASSEMBLY GN/YL
AC INLET ACN +24 VDC +24 VDC PS K1 K2
3 POWER 2 4 12.2
BLU ORN +24 VDC
GENERATION
3
+24 VDC
1 INTLK
GN/YL (CH12.3)
T1 T2 RETURN 5 2
DC COM VIO
12.2
DC COM
6 5
DC COM VIO
DC COM
4 FINISHER LVPS
ENABLED (H) +3.3 VDC J505
PS ENABLE / 3
12.4 YEL
FINISHER RESET +24 VDC
FINISHER LVPS CONTROL
ENABLED (H) +3.3 VDC
4
YEL
6
A B C D E F G H J
12.2 C-FINISHER DC POWER DISTRIBUTION
1 FINISHER PWB
PL21.12
H-TRANSPORT
+5 VDC PWB
PL21.12 1
12.1 F7
+5 VDC CH12 ALL J8310 +5 VDC J8371 +5 VDC
14 17
YEL
CR4 DC COM CH12 ALL
GRN BOOKLET PWB
12.1 18 PL21.12
DC COM CH12 ALL DC COM DC COM
13
YEL
CH12 ALL
J8316 +5 VDC J8377 +5 VDC
2 1 15
F1 +24 VDC BLU
DC COM CH12 ALL
2 14
F2 CH12 ALL BLU
+24 VDC DC COM DC COM
15 1 1
BLU
F3 CH12 ALL CH12 ALL
+24 VDC
1 H-TRANSPORT PWB
F4 CH12.22 PL21.12
+24 VDC
J8310 +24 VDC J8371 F1 +24 VDC +24 VDC
CH12.19 1 30 R2 BOOK
F5 +24 VDC YEL
+24 VDC CH12 ALL
2 29 +24 VDC CH12.16
3 12.1 F6 CH12.27 YEL
+24 VDC +24 VDC +24 VDC R3 BOOK
30 1 1
YEL
DC COM CH12 ALL +24 VDC CH12 ALL
R4 BOOK
CH12 ALL DC COM DC COM
3 28 +24 VDC CH12 ALL
YEL R5
DC COM CH12 ALL BOOK
4 27
YEL
DC COM +24 VDC CH12.19
29 2 F8 BOOK
YEL
+5 VDC CH12.14
+24 VDC J8317 +24 VDC J8378 F4 BOOK
4 1 1
ORN
12.1 CH12 ALL
+24 VDC PS +24 VDC PS +24 VDC PS +24 VDC PS +5 VDC
3 3 TO +5 VDC
ORN BOOK CR4
+24 VDC PS DC COM CH12 ALL
2 2 GRN
BLU
CH12.3 DC COM
4 4
BLU DC COM CH12 ALL
1 FINISHER PWB
PL21.12
+24 VDC
INTLK CLOSED
(H) +24 VDC J8313
2 +24 VDC
ORN K1 F7 DIST
CH12 ALL
FINISHER
2 FRONT DOOR K2
INTERLOCK 1
SWITCH DC COM
PL21.3
J8365 J8365
1B 1A
FINISHER PWB +5 VDC
PL21.12 FAULT CODES
FRONT DOOR
EJECT OPEN (H) +24 VDC J8314 012-300:
COVER 2A 2B 2 012-302
YEL FINISHER EJECT
SWITCH
COVER OPEN
PL21.7 NC J8364
3 2
J8313 J8364 EJECT COVER
1 1 OPEN (H) +24 VDC 012-302:
ORN 3 1
+24 VDC PS YEL 012-300 FINISHER FRONT
NO DOOR OPEN
8314
3
YEL
DC COM
MCU PWB
PL11.1 MCU PWB
PL11.1
FINISHER
1 FINISHER PWB
PL21.12 FINISHER-MCU FAULT CODES
MCU-FINISHER J8300 STATUS+ J680B P680B J411
J411 P680B J680B COMMAND + J8300 13 3 10 B3
GRY GRY 012-334:
B1 12 1 15 FINISHER-MCU
GRY ORN DOWNLOAD MODE FAILURE
2 MCU-FINISHER STATUS- 012-334
12 4 9 B4
COMMAND - GRY GRY
B2 11 2 14 047-310:
GRY 047-310
MCU-FINISHER COMMUNICATION FAULT
DC 330 [014-111] +5VDC +3.3VDC
PAPER AT IOT EXIT SENSOR FINISHER
(H)+5VDC DETECT(L)+3.3VDC
B6 7 6 10 11 5 8 B5
GRY WHT WHT GRY
DC COM DC COM
1 4 2
DC COM DC COM
5
1
FINISHER
PWB
PL21.12 H-TRANSPORT FINISHER PWB
PWB PL21.12
PL21.12
+5 VDC
J8310 RS232-C TXD J8371
27 4 RS232-C
YEL
J8371 RXD J8310
2 3 28
J8384 PWS RXD J8373
3 4
YEL
DC COM
5 5
VIO
DC COM
3 DOWNLOAD
ACCESS
SWITCH 1 +5 VDC
RS232-C
DOWNLOAD
J8383 SELECT SIGNAL
1 2 5 26
YEL
2 1
VIO
DC COM
BOOKLET
4 MAKER PWB
PL21.12
+24 VDC
30 5
1 ORN
+24 VDC
1 FINISHER
PWB
PL21.12 H-TRANSPORT DECURLER
PWB CAM A
1 PL21.12 CLUTCH
PL21.26
DECURLER CAM
J8310 CLUTCH ON (L) +24 VDC J8371 J8396 J8401
15 16 16 2
YEL BLU
DC COM
17 1
ORN
+24 VDC
2
DECURLER H-TRANSPORT FINISHER PWB
1 HOME SENSOR B PWB PL21.12
PL21.26 PL21.12 FAULT
J8404 CODES
13 3 +5 VDC
DECURLER HOME
VIO
DC COM SENSOR BLOCKED
J8404 J8396 J8371 J8310 012-330: DECURLER
(H) +5 VDC
2 14 19 12 012-330 HOME SENSOR OFF FAIL
15 1 012-332 012-332: DECURLER
GRY
+5 VDC HOME SENSOR ON FAIL
3
DECURLER
12.6
DRIVE
4
12.8
5 DECURLER ROLL DRIVE
H-TRANSPORT
PWB DECURLER IN A
1 PL21.12 SENSOR H-TRANSPORT FINISHER PWB
DOUBLE PL21.27 PWB PL21.12
PLUG PL21.12
FAULT
J8396 J8454A J8454B J8402 CODES
7 3 1 3 DOUBLE DC330 [14-190] +5 VDC
VIO VIO PLUG DECURLER IN SENSOR 012-112: DECURLER IN
J8402 J8454B J8454A J8396 J8371 PAPER SENSED (H) +5 VDC J8310 012-112 SENSOR ON JAM
2 2 2 8 13 18 012-901
9 1 3 1 YEL YEL YEL 012-901: PAPER AT
GRY GRY DECURLER IN SENSOR
+5 VDC
(CH12.2)
DECURLER B
2 1 OUT SENSOR
DOUBLE PL21.27
PLUG
J8455A J8455B J8403
4 3 1 3 DOUBLE DC330 [14-191] +5 VDC
VIO VIO PLUG
DC COM DECURLER OUT SENSOR 012-162: DECURLER
J8403 J8455B J8455A PAPER SENSED (H) +5 VDC 012-162 OUT SENSOR ON JAM
2 2 2 5 12 19 012-902
6 1 3 1 YEL YEL YEL 012-902: PAPER AT
GRY GRY DECURLER OUT SENSOR
+5 VDC
12.10
DECURLED SHEET
DECURLER
TRANSPORT
12.6
ROLL DRIVE
4
B
12.7 DECURLER
ROLL DRIVE
10.9 SHEET TO
FINISHER
REGISTRATION
1 MOTOR
PL21.11 BUFFER ROLL 12.12
3
CLOCK A J8335 B DRIVE
7 1
3 BLU
DC COM
CLOCK /A
9 3
BLU ENTRANCE ROLL 12.10
DC COM DRIVE
CLOCK B
11 4 C
BLU
DC COM MOT
CLOCK /B COMPILE 12.24
13 6
BLU PADDLE DRIVE
D D
DC COM
4 +24 VDC
10 5
ORN
+24 VDC
8 2
ORN
+24 VDC
FINISHER
1 TRANSPORT
MOTOR
4 PL21.10
CLOCK A J8342
23 1
5 BLU
DC COM
CLOCK /A
25 3
BLU
DC COM
CLOCK B NOTES:
27 4 1
REFER TO WIRENETS FOR DC
BLU POWER DISTRIBUTION
DC COM MOT
CLOCK /B 2 DC330 [14-007] EXIT MOTOR FWD (SLOW)
29 6
BLU DC330 [14-008] EXIT MOTOR FWD (FAST)
DC330 [14-010] EXIT MOTOR REVERSE
DC COM
6 +24 VDC DC330 [14-003] REGISTRATION MOTOR FWD (SLOW)
18 5 3
ORN DC330 [14-004] REGISTRATION MOTOR FWD (FAST)
DC330 [14-006] REGISTRATION MOTOR REVERSE
+24 VDC
16 2 4 DC330 [14-001] TRANSPORT MOTOR SPEED 1
ORN DC330 [14-002] TRANSPORT MOTOR SPEED 2
+24 VDC
A B C D E F G H J
12.10 C-FINISHER BOOKLET / PUNCH TRANSPORT
12.22 PUNCH
DRIVE
SIDE REG
1 SENSOR SIDE REG
12.9 ENTRANCE 2 SENSOR
ROLL DRIVE
PUNCHED /
12.8 UNPUNCHED 12.11
2 DECURLED SHEET SHEET
PUNCHER
BOX SET
BOOKLET SENSOR
PWB
PL21.12 BOOKLET GATE SHEET TO
SOLENOID BOOKLET
1 PL21.10 12.14
DC330 [13-069] MAKER
SHEET TO BOOKLET
J8408 MAKER (L) +24 VDC J8409
3 1
BLU
3 DC COM +24 VDC
2 2
DC330 [13-068] ORN
+24 VDC SHEET TO STACKER
(L) +24 VDC
1 3
BLU
DC COM FINISHER PWB
PL21.12
FINISHER
PWB
PL21.12 1
J8307 J8355 P8355 J8353
1 1 1
GRY GRY
3 3 3
VIO VIO
5
SIDE REG 1 SENSOR
PL21.5 +5 VDC
DC330 [14-200]
J8333 P8333 J8350
12 13 3 EDGE DETECTED
VIO J8350 P8333 J8333 (H) +5 VDC
2 14 11
YEL
10 15 1
GRY SIDE REG 2 SENSOR
PL21.5 012-247 012-247: FINISHER SIDE
DC330 [14-201] +5 VDC
J8351 REG SENSOR OFF FAIL
9 16 3 EDGE DETECTED
VIO J8351 (H) +5 VDC
6 DC COM 2 17 8
YEL
7 18 1
GRY
+5 VDC
12.21
SHEET TO TOP TRAY
1 TRANSPORT ENTRANCE SENSOR GATE SENSOR
FINISHER
PWB
2 PL21.12
TRANSPORT GATE
DC330 [14-011] SOLENOID
PL21.10
SHEET TO TOP
J8304 TRAY (L) +24 VDC J8341
30 1
BLU
DC COM
+24 VDC
28 2
ORN
+24 VDC DC330 [14-012]
SHEET TO STACKER
3 (L) +24 VDC
32 3
BLU
DC COM
BUFFER
PATH
SENSOR
FINISHER
PWB
PL21.12
3 BUFFER GATE
SOLENOID
DC330 [14-015]
PL21.10
SHEET TO COMPILER
J8304 (L) +24 VDC J8394
35 1
BLU
DC COM
+24 VDC
34 2
ORN
+24 VDC DC330 [14-016]
SHEET TO BUFFER
(L) +24 VDC
36 3
4 BLU
DC COM
FINISHER PWB
PL21.12
FAULT CODES
BUFFER PATH DOUBLE DC330 [14-101] +5 VDC 012-142:
SENSOR PLUG BUFFER PATH
SHEET IN BUFFER
PL21.10 J8392 J8318B J8318A PATH (H) +5 VDC J8302 012-142 SENSOR ON JAM
5 2 2 2 14
012-900
YEL
012-900:
BUFFER PATH
SENSOR STATIC JAM
DOUBLE
PLUG
J8302 J8318A J8318B +5 VDC J8392
15 1 3 1
GRY GRY
+5 VDC
DC COM
13 3 1 3
1 VIO VIO
DC COM
6
BOOKLET IN 12.14
DC330 [13-064] 350 MM/SEC ROLL DRIVE
1 A
DC330 [13-065] 277.6 MM/SEC
DC330 [13-066] 250 MM/SEC
FINISHER PWB BOOKLET PWB DC330 [13-067] 50 MM/SEC BOOKLET BOOKLET FOLD 12.14
PL21.12 PL21.12 PAPER PATH MOTOR ON PAPER PATH ROLL DRIVE
MOTOR B
+5 VDC PL21.22
PAPER PATH 8406 CLOCK A J8203 J8188
J8316 MOTOR CLOCK J8377 12 22 1
11 5 BLU
YEL
DC COM CLOCK /A
SUB-CPU TXD 10 23 2
2 5 11 BLU
YEL
CLOCK B
SUB-CPU RXD 8 25 4
4 12 BLU
YEL MOT
CLOCK /B
SUB-CPU OUT 6 26 5
6 10 BLU
YEL
+24 VDC
SUB-CPU IN 9 24 3
7 9 ORN
3 YEL
+24 VDC
11 27 6
ORN
+24 VDC
BOOKLET
FOLDER ROLL
DC330 [13-008] MOTOR
BOOKLET FOLDER PL21.22
+24 VDC ROLL MOTOR FWD BOOKLET EJECT 12.14
J8407 (H) +24 VDC J8175 ROLL DRIVE
3 1 2 C
4 DC330 [13-009] BLU
DC COM BOOKLET FOLDER
+24 VDC
MOT
ROLL MOTOR REV
(H) +24 VDC
4 17 1 BOOKLET KNIFE
ORN 12.17
DRIVE
DC COM D
1 BOOKLET
BOOKLET PWB
DRAWER SET FAULT CODES
5 PL21.12
SENSOR
PL21.15 012-264:
J8405 J8429
23 3 +5 VDC BOOKLET DRAWER
VIO DC330 [13-104]
BROKEN
DC COM BOOKLET DRAWER
J8429 CLOSED (H) +5 VDC J8405 012-264
2 24 012-307:
YEL 012-307 BOOKLET DRAWER
25 1
GRY INTERLOCK OPEN
+5 VDC
012-113: 012-180:
BOOKLET IN SENSOR BOOKLET FOLDER ROLL
ON JAM EXIT SENSOR OFF JAM
1
012-114: 012-266:
BOOKLET IN SENSOR BOOKLET COMPILER NO
OFF JAM 1 PAPER SENSOR FAIL
012-115: 012-936:
BOOKLET FOLDER PAPER REMAIN AT
ROLL EXIT SENSOR BOOKLET IN SENSOR
SHEET TO ON JAM
12.10 BOOKLET
MAKER
BOOKLET
12.15
TAMPER DRIVE BOOKLET
G COMPILE NO
PAPER
12.17 BOOKLET KNIFE SENSOR DC330 [13-139]
+5 VDC H
DRIVE PL21.18 PAPER AT BOOKLET
H J8178
7 A8 A7 3 COMPILE NO PAPER
VIO VIO J8178 SENSOR (H) +5 VDC
12.18 BOOKLET 2 A8 A7 8 012-266
STAPLE DRIVE C
4 9 A6 A9 1
I GRY GRY
I
12.19 BOOKLET END
GUIDE DRIVE
J BOOKLET
FOLDER ROLL
12.19 BOOKLET
DOUBLE EXIT SENSOR
PADDLE DRIVE
PLUG PL21.21 DC330 [13-103]
K +5 VDC
PAPER AT BOOKLET K
J8197A J8197B J8183
20 B9 B6 3 1 3 FOLDER ROLL EXIT
VIO VIO VIO J8183 SENSOR (L) +5 VDC 012-115
DC COM 2 B7 B8 21
012-180
5 22 B7 B8 1 3 1
GRY GRY GRY J
+5 VDC
BOOKLET 12.14
BOOKLET TAMPER DRIVE
FINISHER BOOKLET PWB TAMPER MOTOR
PWB PL21.12 DRAWER DOUBLE (FRONT)
PL21.12 2 CONNECTOR PLUG PL21.19
J8406 CLOCK A J8203 P8203 J8190B J8190A BOOKLET
18 14 14 4 3 TAMPER HOME
BLU BLU 12.16
SENSOR FRONT
DC COM
2 CLOCK /A
20 12 12 6 1
BLU BLU
+5 VDC DC COM
MOTOR CLOCK B
CLOCK 16 15 15 3 4
BLU BLU
J8316 J8377
13 3 DC COM MOT
YEL CLOCK /B
14 16 16 1 6
DC COM BLU BLU
BOOKLET
DC COM TAMPER HOME
+24 VDC 12.16
21 13 13 5 2 SENSOR REAR
ORN ORN
3 +24 VDC
NC 2 5
1 1
BOOKLET
TAMPER MOTOR
DOUBLE (REAR)
3 PLUG PL21.19
CLOCK A J8191B J8191A
26 30 30 4 3
BLU BLU
+5 VDC DC COM
4 MOTOR CLOCK /A
28 28 28 6 1
CLOCK BLU BLU
12 4
YEL DC COM
CLOCK B
DC COM 24 24 24 3 4
BLU BLU
DC COM MOT
CLOCK /B
22 22 22 1 6
BLU BLU
DC COM
+24 VDC
23 23 23 5 2
ORN ORN
5 +24 VDC
NC 2 5
1 A14 A1 3
VIO VIO
J8177
6 A9 A6 1
GRY GRY
+5 VDC
4
4 A11 A4 3
VIO VIO
DC COM
BOOKLET
12.15 TAMPER HOME
SENSOR REAR
BOOKLET 12.14
KNIFE DRIVE
12.13 BOOKLET
KNIFE DRIVE
B
BOOKLET
PWB
PL21.12 KNIFE
SOLENOID
DRAWER DC330 [013-010] DOUBLE PL21.22
CONNECTOR KNIFE SOLENOID PLUG A
J8405 J8202 J8202 ON (L) +24 VDC J8181B J8181A
16 B13 B2 1 2
3 BLU GRY
15 B14 B1 2 1
ORN VIO
+24 VDC
KNIFE HOME A
SENSOR
PL21.18
J8180
2
4
SHORTING
PLUG BOOKLET PWB
PL21.12
J8196B J8180
6 1 FAULT CODES
GRY SHORTING DRAWER
DC 330 [13-101] +5 VDC
J8196A PLUG CONNECTOR
12 A3 A12 3 4 3 BOOKLET KNIFE AT HOME 012-243: BOOKLET KNIFE
VIO VIO VIO J8196B J8196A P8202 J8202 POSITION (H) +5 VDC J8405 012-243 HOME SENSOR ON JAM
DC COM 5 2 A13 A2 13
YEL YEL YEL 012-265
012-265: BOOKLET KNIFE
KNIFE FOLDER B HOME SENSOR OFF JAM
SENSOR DC 330 [13-140] +5 VDC
5 PL21.18 BOOKLET KNIFE AT FOLD
J8179 POSITION (H) +5 VDC 012-2261: BOOKLET KNIFE
1 2 2 5 A10 A5 10 012-261 FOLD SENSOR FAULT
YEL YEL YEL
J8179
11 A4 A11 4 3 1
GRY GRY GRY
+5 VDC
1 3
6 VIO
BOOKLET 12.14
STAPLE DRIVE
1
A
2
B
BOOKLET A
1 LOW STAPLE BOOKLET PWB
SWITCH DRAWER DC330 [13-107] PL21.12
FRONT CONNECTOR LOW STAPLES
4 J8406 J8201 P8189 J8189 J8203 P8203 J8406
FRONT (H) +5 VDC
25 20 20 5 6 2 2 4 4 29
YEL YEL YEL YEL YEL YEL 2
FAULT CODE
2 VIRTUAL SIGNALS:
6 DC330 [13-106]
BOOKLET STAPLE ERROR (H) +5 VDC
DC330 [13-105]
BOOKLET STAPLE READY (L) +5 VDC
A B C D E F G H J
12.19 BOOKLET END GUIDE CONTROL
+24 VDC
7 11 11 6
ORN ORN
+24 VDC BOOKLET END 12.14
DRIVE GUIDE
3 BOOKLET A
DC330 [13-021] PADDLE MOTOR
BOOKLET PADDLE PL21.17
MOTOR ON (L) +24 VDC J8186 A C
13 2 2 1
BLU BLU
DC COM
MOT
+24 VDC BOOKLET
15 18 18 2 12.14
ORN ORN PADDLE DRIVE
+24 VDC B
BOOKLET C B
END GUIDE
4 HOME FINISHER PWB
SENSOR DRAWER PL21.12
PL21.17 CONNECTOR
J8185 P8202 J8202 J8405 J8377 FAULT CODES
2 B13 B2 27 6
YEL YEL +5 VDC
DC330 [13-137] 012-227: BOOKLET
END GUIDE AT HOME END GUIDE HOME
POSITION (L) +5 VDC J8316 012-227 SENSOR OFF JAM
10
YEL 012-228
J8185 012-228: BOOKLET
1 END GUIDE HOME
5 SENSOR ON JAM
1
3
B12 B3 26
VIO VIO
DC COM
B14 B1 28
GRY GRY
+5 VDC
TRAY BELT
DRIVE MOTOR
2 DC330 [013-020] DOUBLE PL21.23
+24 VDC TRAY BELT DRIVE PLUG
J8408 MOTOR ON (H) +24 VDC J8411A J8411B J8460
6 6 3 3
WHT/GRN A
DC COM TRAY BELT DRIVE
7 MOTOR ON (H) +24 VDC 5 4 4
BLU
MOT
DC COM
4 8 1 1
WHT/ORN
DC COM
5 7 2 2
3 ORN
DC COM
TOP TRAY C
OFFSET
SENSOR
PL21.28
3
J8389 J8386 DC330 [14-216]
7 3 +5 VDC
VIO TOP TRAY OFFSET
DC COM SENSOR NOT 012-270: TOP OFFSET
J8386 HOME (H) +5 VDC J8389 012-270 HOME SENSOR ON FAIL
2 8
YEL YEL 012-271 012-271: TOP OFFSET
9 1
GRY HOME SENSOR OFF FAIL
1 +5 VDC
+24 VDC
2 2 5
ORN
+24 VDC
+24 VDC
3 2
ORN
+24 VDC
3
PUNCH MOTOR
MOTOR PL21.5
3 +24 VDC PUNCH
FWD (H)
J8332 J8345 MOTOR
+24 VDC
1 1
ORN ORN
DC COM MOTOR
+24 VDC
MOT
REV (H)
+24 VDC
2 2
BLU BLU
DC COM
PUNCH 12.10
MOTOR FINISHER PUNCH DRIVE
4 SENSOR PWB
1 PL21.5 PL21.12
J8349 PUNCH
2 +5 VDC MOTOR
DC 330 [14-274]
MOTOR PULSE SENSOR
(H) +5 VDC J8307
14
PUNCH
HOME
SENSOR DC 330 [14-271] +5 VDC
J8347 012-320:
21 4 1 PL21.5 PUNCH AT HOME PUNCH HOME
3 GRY GRY
J8348 POSITION (H) +5 VDC 012-320 SENSOR ON FAIL
2 9 16
20 5 3 YEL YEL 012-321
VIO VIO 012-321:
PUNCH HOME
SENSOR OFF FAIL
J8348
18 7 1
GRY GRY
+5 VDC
17 8 3
VIO VIO
DC COM
4
PUNCH MOVE
HOME SENSOR
PUNCH HOLE
SELECT SENSOR
PUNCH FRONT
SENSOR
PUNCH HOME
SENSOR
12.9
SUB PADDLE DRIVE
1
12.9 COMPILE
PADDLE DRIVE
B
2
12.12
SHEET TO COMPILER SET READY 12.28
FOR EJECT
12.27
STAPLER DRIVE C
3 STAPLER
COMPILER TRAY
COMPILER C
TRAY NO FINISHER PWB
PAPER PL21.12
SENSOR DC330 [14-151] FAULT CODES
PL21.8 DOUBLE +5 VDC
J8359 SHEET IN
2 PLUG COMPILER TRAY 012-161:
FINISHER J8461A J8461B (H) +5 VDC J8309 FINISHER SET EJECT JAM
4 012-161
PWB 2 18 2
GRY 012-905 012-905:
PL21.12 DOUBLE
PLUG PAPER AT COMPILER TRAY
PAPER SENSOR
J8309 J8461B J8461A J8359
3 17 3 1
GRY GRY
1 19 1 3
GRY VIO
COMPILER EXIT B
DOUBLE SENSOR DC330 [14-150]
PLUG PL21.9 +5 VDC 012-151:
DOUBLE SHEET EXITING
J8302 J8391A J8391B J8320 COMPILER TRAY EXIT
5 4 3 1 3 PLUG TO COMPILER
SENSOR OFF JAM
GRY GRY J8320 J8391B J8391A (H) +5 VDC J8302 012-151
+5 VDC 2 2 2 5 012-152 012-152:
6 1 3 1 YEL 012-903 COMPILER TRAY EXIT
VIO VIO SENSOR ON JAM
DC COM
1 012-903:
SUB- PAPER AT COMPILER TRAY
A EXIT SENSOR
PADDLE
DC330 [14-013] SOLENOID
PADDLE IN DOWN PL21.7
J8304 POSITION (L) +24 VDC J8340
24 2
BLU BLU
6
26 1
ORN ORN
+24 VDC NOTES: REFER TO WIRENETS FOR DC
1
POWER DISTRIBUTION
A B C D E F G H J
12.25 C-FINISHER TAMPER CONTROL
REAR
TAMPER
FINISHER PWB MOTOR COMPILER TRAY
1 PL21.12 DOUBLE DC330 [14-026 ~ 031] DOUBLE PL21.8
PLUG REAR TAMPER PLUG
J8309 CLOCK A J8461B J8461A MOTOR ON J8362B J8362A
15 5 15 6 1 A
BLU
CLOCK /A
17 8 12 4 3
BLU
CLOCK B
18 7 13 3 4 MOT
BLU
2
CLOCK /B
19 6 14 1 6
BLU
CLOCK /A
12 8 12 4 3
BLU
CLOCK B
13 7 13 3 4 MOT
BLU
CLOCK /B
4 14 6 14 1 6
BLU B
+24 VDC
4 5
ORN
+24 VDC
FINISHER PWB
STAPLER PL21.12
1 HOME A
POSITION
SENSOR DC330 [014-241]
PL21.6 FAULT CODES
DC COM J8354 STAPLER
4 16 3 +5 VDC
VIO AT HOME
012-295:
DC COM POSITION
J8354 J8308 STAPLER MOVE SENSOR ON
(H) +5 VDC 012-295
+5 VDC 2 17 FAIL
YEL 012-296
18 1
GRY
+5 VDC 012-296:
STAPLER MOVE SENSOR OFF FAIL
STAPLER ASSEMBLY
DC330 [014-046] PL21.6
FINISHER PWB STAPLE MOTOR CW (HEAD CLOSED)
PL21.12 DC330 [014-047]
STAPLE MOTOR CCW (HEAD OPEN)
12.24
STAPLER DRIVE
+5 VDC J8356
11 5
GRY
+5 VDC +5 VDC
DC COM
15 1
VIO FINISHER PWB
DC COM DC COM
T4 T3 PL21.12
GRN
4 LOW STAPLE
SENSOR
+5 VDC 12-526:
STAPLE READY STAPLER FEED READY FAIL
SENSOR 12-527:
5 DC330 [014-243] +5 VDC FINISHER STAPLE STATUS NG
+5 VDC 012-291:
STAPLER FAIL
STAPLE HEAD
HOME SENSOR
+5 VDC
FINISHER PWB
PL21.12
1 EJECT CLAMP FINISHER PWB
HOME SENSOR PL21.12
PL21.7 FAULT CODES
DC330 [14-250]
J8302 J8324 +5 VDC 012-260:
EJECT CLAMP IN
28 1 EJECT CLAMP HOME
GRY HOME POSITION
+5 VDC J8324 (L) +5 VDC J8302 012-260 SENSOR ON FAIL
2 27
26 3 012-282 012-282:
VIO EJECT CLAMP HOME
DC COM
SENSOR OFF FAIL
1
2
EJECT CLAMP
DC330 [14-052] MOTOR
+24 VDC EJECT CLAMP MOTOR PL21.7
J8304 CW (H) +24 VDC J8339
31 1
BLU
DC COM DC330 [14-053]
+24 VDC
MOT
EJECT CLAMP MOTOR
CCW (H) +24 VDC
33 2
ORN
3 DC COM
EJECT MOTOR
1 PL21.8
CLOCK A J8336
15 1
BLU
DC COM
CLOCK /A
17 3
BLU
4 DC COM
CLOCK B
19 4
BLU
DC COM MOT
CLOCK /B
21 6
BLU
DC COM
+24 VDC
14 5
ORN
+24 VDC
12 2
5 ORN
+24 VDC
EJECT MOTOR
2 (SEE BSD 12.28)
3 FINISHER PWB
PL21.12
SET
CLAMP
DC330 [14-050] CLUTCH
CLUTCH ON PL21.8
J8304 (L) +24 VDC J8338B J8338A
20 1 2
BLU
DC COM
22 2 1
ORN
+24 VDC
4
UPPER
LIMIT
STACKER SENSOR
FINISHER PWB
PL21.12 ELEVATOR ENCODER
DC330 [14-061] MOTOR SENSOR STACKER
+24 VDC STACKER TRAY PL21.4 NO
J8305 DOWN (H) +24 VDC
1 PAPER
3 BLU SENSOR
DC COM DC330 [14-060]
+24 VDC
MOT
STACKER TRAY
UP (H) +24 VDC
2
ORN
DC COM
UPPER LIMIT
DOUBLE SENSOR
PLUG PL21.4
DOUBLE DC330 [14-260] FAULT CODES
J8441A J8441B J8327 +5 VDC
PLUG STACKER TRAY
40 1 6 1
GRY GRY AT UPPER LIMIT 012-212:
5 J8327 J8441B J8441A (H) +5 VDC STACKER TRAY UPPER LIMIT FAULT
2 5 5 39 012-212
38 3 4 3 YEL
VIO VIO
STATUS CODES
STACKER NO 12-533:
PAPER SENSOR STACKER TRAY FULL (PROFESSIONAL FINISHER)
PL21.4
J8326 DC330 [14-262] +5 VDC 12-574:
37 4 3 1 STACKER TRAY FULL (ADVANCED FINISHER)
GRY GRY STACKER EMPTY
+5 VDC J8326 (H) +5 VDC 12-533
2 2 2 36 12-574
35 6 1 3 YEL
6 VIO VIO
DC COM
A B
D C
2
STACK A STACK B
FINISHER HEIGHT HEIGHT FINISHER PWB
PWB SENSOR (1) SENSOR (1) PL21.12
PL21.12 DOUBLE FRONT REAR
PLUG +5 VDC
PL21.4 PL21.4 J8331 +5 VDC J8302
J8302 J8440A J8440B J8330 3 23
16 5 1 5 GRY
DC330 [14-264]
VIO VIO
STACK DETECTED
(H) +5 VDC
4 22
4 18 3 3 3 YEL
GRY GRY
STACK HEIGHT
1 SYNC CLOCK
2 24
YEL
STACK HEIGHT FAULT CODES
2 SYNC CLOCK 012-211:
1 25 STACKER TRAY FAULT
YEL
012-211 012-213:
012-213 STACKER TRAY LOWER LIMIT FAULT
STACK C STACK D 12-528
HEIGHT HEIGHT 12-531
5 DOUBLE
SENSOR (2) SENSOR (2)
REAR FRONT PLUG
+5 VDC
PL21.4 PL21.4 J8330 J8440B J8440A +5 VDC
J8331 3 3 3 18
21 5 GRY DC330 [14-264]
VIO STATUS CODES
DC COM STACK DETECTED 12-528:
(H) +5 VDC STACKER LOWER SAFETY WARNING (ADVANCED FINISHER)
4 2 4 17
YEL 12-531:
23 3
GRY STACKER LOWER SAFETY WARNING (PROFESSIONAL FINISHER)
+5 VDC STACK HEIGHT
2 SYNC CLOCK
1 2 4 2 19
YEL
6
STACK HEIGHT
1 SYNC CLOCK
1 5 1 20
YEL NOTES: REFER TO WIRENETS FOR DC
1
POWER DISTRIBUTION